History of Redemption:

11th Hour Laborers

Contents
To the reader ..................................................................................................... 2
Chapter 1 Shadow and reality ............................................................................ 3
Chapter 2- The Temple .................................................................................... 16
Chapter 3 The Mystery Religion ....................................................................... 24
Chapter 4 Lessons from Babylonian captivity................................................... 48
Chapter 5 The Kingdom of God ........................................................................ 59
Chapter 6 The Ram and the Goat ..................................................................... 84
Chapter 7 The Little Horn of Daniel 8 ............................................................... 88
Chapter 8 Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people........................... 112
Chapter 9 The three worthies: Zerubbabel Ezra and Nehemiah ..................... 123
Chapter 10 The desire of all nations............................................................... 163
Chapter 11 Duties after 34 A.D. Church Organisation .................................... 209
Chapter 12 New Duties Revealed................................................................... 229
Chapter 13 The Church the pillar and ground of truth. .................................. 264
Chapter 14: Thy Kingdom come .................................................................... 297
Chapter 15 The Alpha and Omega apostasy................................................... 317
Chapter 16 The 11th Hour Labourers .............................................................. 383

This manual is brought to you

by the Right Arm of the Gospel
in partnership with Streams of
light Ministry. It was compiled
by Brother Yohane Tembo
Contact: +265 881843317,
[email protected]

Facebook.com/StreamsOfLightMinistry

1|Page
To the reader

There are a lot of events happening in the world around us, but momentous events are
happening in our church. The church is the pillar and ground for truth, but the devil has waged
a war and it seems he is almost successful but God will have a remnant a group called the 11th
hour labourers which will finish the work.

This manual is a companion manual to the manual titled the Sanctuary, in the Sanctuary
Manual we saw the work of redemption and what God seeks to accomplish in collaboration
with Man. In this manual we begin to see the subtle attack the enemy has waged upon the
people of God, and we shall see how God seeks to have a people qualified to finish the work.

The manual forms part 1 of the end time events as outlined in the books of prophecy, and
Redemption and Beginning of the End is the sequel to this manual, it is of paramount
important that after going through this manual, you then go through redemption and relief
work for the practical solutions to our condition as a church today

2|Page
Chapter 1 Shadow and reality
This chapter was compiled by:
Br Kunselema
[email protected]
+265(0)994447420

The Bible is a book of parallel events and movements; of types and their antitypes. This makes
the Bible an upto-date Book from Genesis to Revelation to the very close of human history.
Thus "all Scripture is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in
righteousness." (2 Timothy 3:16). Adam, the first man, was a type of Christ, the second Adam;
Enoch and Elijah were types of those who will be translated when Jesus comes; Moses was a
type of those who will be resurrected at the second advent; Noah and his message were
typical of the messengers and message of the second advent; so also were the messages of
Elijah and John the Baptist. Jezebel was a type of the papacy; ancient Egypt, of spiritual
darkness and the bondage of sin; and ancient Babylon, of Satan's false and counterfeit system
of religion to the close of time. The earthly sanctuary with its apartments, furniture, service,
and priesthood, were typical of the heavenly temple and the atoning ministration of Christ.
Advent Movement and the Exodus p 4.

The history of the past is the shadow of the things to come. By looking into the shadow, we
come to know the things of the future…. It is well to tell what God has done, for whatever he
has done, is a prophecy of what he will do. .. Looking backward upon what God has done is
really the same as looking forward; for that to which we should continually be pressing is the
beginning…If we compare the Old Testament with the New Testament, we can see that the
Old Testament is a type and the New Testament is its antitype… The Old Testament is the
gospel in figures and symbols. The New Testament is the substance. One is as essential as the
other... E. J. W. {May 1905 EJW, MEDM 131.3}, {1MR 43.1}

In other words, the Old Testament is a prophecy and the New Testament is its
fulfillment…The thing that hath been, it is that which shall be; and that which is done is that
which shall be done: and there is no new thing under the sun. Is there anything whereof it
may be said, See, this is new? It hath been already of old time, which was before us.
Ecclesiastes 1:9-10... Declaring the end from the beginning and from ancient times the things
that are not yet done, saying, my counsel shall stand, and I will do all my pleasure:. Isaiah
46:10…. But as the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. Matthew
24:37.

“In every age there is a new development of truth, a message of God to the people of that
generation .The old truths are all essential; new truth is not independent of the old, but an

3|Page
unfolding of it. It is only as the old truths are understood that we can comprehend the new.
When Christ desired to open to His disciples the truth of His resurrection, He began "at Moses
and all the prophets" and "expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning
Him." Luke 24:27. But it is the light which shines in the fresh unfolding of truth that glorifies
the old. He who rejects or neglects the new does not really possess the old. For him it loses
its vital power and becomes but a lifeless form. “{COL 127.4}.

The light transmitted by marvels of typical events is a clear manifestation that there is a type
for every incident of vital interest to the church of God, which are the only positive proofs and
clear explanations of Divine providences. As there is no type that which is false, teachers of
theories without a typical representation for their claims of so-called Bible truths, and those
who believe in them, are as the blind leading the blind. The types are worked out to expose
the error and reveal the truth.

LIGHT

And the earth was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the deep. And
the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters. And God said, Let there be light: and
there was light. Genesis 1:2-3… In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God,
and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by
him; and without him was not anything made that was made. In him was life; and the life was
the light of men. And the light shineth in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not.
John 1:1-5. …. For God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our
hearts, to [give] the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ. 2
Corinthians 4:6 ..The night is far spent, the day is at hand: let us therefore cast off the works
of darkness, and let us put on the armour of light. Rom 13:12.

Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the LORD is risen upon thee. For, behold,
the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people: but the LORD shall arise
upon thee, and his glory shall be seen upon thee. And the Gentiles shall come to thy light,
and kings to the brightness of thy rising. Isaiah 60:1-3

We often hear people talk about "new light." Some people are said to have, or claim to have,
new light; and the question whether or not "new light" should be accepted is discussed with
great earnestness by many. But the truth which the scripture states, and which is so plain as
to be really self-evident, is that there is not and cannot be any such thing as "new light." All
the light that there is,or ever can be, has been from the beginning. Christ, who is the
Beginning, is the light of the world; and he is "the same yesterday, and to-day, and for-ever."
"God is light," and the source of all light in the universe, and he is "from everlasting to
everlasting" the same. {May 1905 EJW, MEDM(130.3}

How closely this resembles the words spoken of some during Christ's life on earth. "Then Jesus
said unto them, yet a little while is the light with you. Walk while ye have the light, lest
darkness come upon you: for he that walketh in darkness knoweth not whither he goeth.
While ye have the light, believe in the light, that ye may be children of light. . . . [John 12:35-
40, 42, 43]. {19MR 180.2}

In all ages the people of God have been the light of the world. Joseph was a light in Egypt. He
represented Jehovah in the midst of a nation of idolaters. While the Israelites were on the
way from Egypt to the promised land, they were a light to the surrounding nations. Through
them God was revealed to the world. Satan sought to extinguish their light; but by the power

4|Page
of God it was kept alive through successive generations while Israel maintained a national
existence; and even during the captivity there were faithful witnesses for God. From Daniel
and his companions, and Mordecai, a bright light shone amid the moral darkness of the kingly
courts of Babylon. In holy vision, God revealed to Daniel light and truth that he had concealed
from other men, and through his chosen servant this light has shone down through the ages,
and will continue to shine to the end of time. {GW92 433.2}

THE FLOOD

As God declared the danger to the old world by the preaching of Noah in one generation, just
so has He forewarned the world of its end in this generation. As provision was made before
the flood for those who wished to escape the ruin, just so He has provided means and facilities
for all who wish to evade the doom that confronts our world-not to enter into an ark built by
the hands of man, no, no, that was only a figure; but into “many mansions” prepared by the
Lord Himself; not into an ark floating over mad waters; but into mansions resting on
foundations of precious stones. The dreaded flood is a type of the dark Millennium. As God’s
faithful people were saved the, so shall they be saved now; but the sinner shall perish as the
sinner then-The Flood a Type, page 17.

THE BABYLONIAN GARMENT

By Achan’s taking illicit possession of the “goodly Babylonian garment” is typified that class
of church members who covet the worldly styles and fashions in the vogue now, when Israel
of today is about to enter the Promised Land. And the price he had paid, they shall pay. The
Latest News for “Mother”, page 39.

COVET OF SILVER AND GOLD

Achan’s taking the Lord’s money represents that class of church members who covet the
“silver” and the “gold” which He has set apart for Himself, and who thereby rob Him of that
which is His own-tithes and offerings. Those who withhold that which is His and appropriate
if for use according to their own wisdom, as well as those who oppress “the hireling in his
wages, the widow and the fatherless, and turn aside the stranger from his right, and fear not
Me, saith the Lord of hosts” (Mal.3:5), are acting Achan’s part, and therefore, “are cursed with
a curse:...The Latest News for “Mother”, page 39.

THE VALLEY OF ANCHOR.

Had not this remarkable judicial writ been intended for “an ensample,” God would not have
designated the very place of Achan’s punishment. His execution, in the valley of Anchor points
forward to the time of the antitypical execution within the Christian church. Hence, this
antitypical valley of Anchor, her door of hope, can but point to the destruction of the sinners,
tares, her illegitimate children in her midst. (See Testimonies, Volume 5, page 80:0).

ESAU OR JACOB

"And Isaac entreated the Lord for his wife, because she was barren: and the Lord was
entreated of him, and Rebekah his wife conceived. And the children struggled together within
her; and she said, If it be so, why am I thus? And she went to enquire of the Lord.

5|Page
"And the Lord said unto her, Two nations are in thy womb, and two manner of people shall
be separated from thy bowels; and the one people shall be stronger than the other people;
and the elder shall serve the younger.

"And when her days to be delivered were fulfilled, behold, there were twins in her womb.
And the first came out red, all over like an hairy garment; and they called his name Esau. And
after that came his brother out, and his hand took hold on Esau's heel; and his name was
called Jacob." Gen. 25:21-26.

In the preternatural birth and the lives of Esau and Jacob, there is unmistakable Divine design
and typology. The strange anomaly of this family's experience obviously dramatized in
miniature an experience through which God's church would one day pass. Rebekah herself
was made well aware of this fact when "the Lord said unto her, Two nations are in thy womb,
and two manner of people shall be separated from thy bowels; and the one people shall be
stronger than the other people, and the elder shall serve the younger." Gen. 25:23

What is the typology in this throbbing life drama? -- Basically that which stands forth in Paul's
interpretation of the equally intense drama of Hagar and Ishmael, Sarah and Isaac. Inspiration
unveils the fact that the former pair represent the Old Testament Church and its members,
the Jews; and that the latter pair represent the New Testament Church and its members, the
Christians (Gal. 4:22-31).

Similarly, though in another phase, Rebekah also represents the church, while Esau and Jacob
represent her offspring, the laity. And since the two struggled within the mother before they
were born (delivered), the important lesson is that while the church is travailing with her
children just before they are delivered, receive the second birth (John 3:3) and are led into
the kingdom, they are to struggle within. So, Rebekah's carrying two sons makes known that
the church is carrying within her two classes of people -- Esaus and Jacobs.

"There are two opposing influences," affirms Inspiration, "continually exerted on the
members of the church. One influence is working for the purification of the church, and the
other for the corrupting of the people of God." -- Testimonies to Ministers, p. 46.

The manner in which Esau and Jacob were born -- Jacob's following Esau ahold of his heel --
has very obvious significance: Esau's leading makes him a type of leaders possessing his
character, and Jacob's following makes him a type of followers possessing his character. This
analogy unerringly signifies, too, that the one represents a class which precedes the other in
church fellowship. Broadly speaking, therefore, they together represent candidates for a
successor ministry and laity respectively.

There is also typical significance in the further fact that Esau was born hairy and Jacob
smooth. This outstanding external unlikeness obviously imports some kind of outstanding
visible identification of the two classes typified.

God ordained the man to lead and the woman to follow, and as such He created the man
hairy and the woman smooth. These Divine marks of distinction reveal that Esau and the class
which he represents possess the natural equipment for leadership, while Jacob and the class
he represents do not. Besides, being the first-born, Esau by birthright was to be the family's
priest. Through him were to come the progenitors of the twelve tribes, the prophets the
princes, and the kings of Israel, even the King of kings Himself, the Saviour of the world.
{SR1P: 27.2}

THE FIRST AND SECOND TEMPLES

6|Page
As it was in the type, so it the antitype-ancient Babylon (the type of the papacy) robbed and
destroyed Solomon’s temple (the type of the early Christian Church) and led Israel into
captivity. This symbolical prophecy met its perfect fulfillment in 538 A.D. when the papacy
went forth and destroyed the Church (Christian), robbed them of the truth, and led the
followers of Christ into captivity (subject to papal rule). As the true Sanctuary worship was
abolished by ancient Babylon at the captivity of Israel, with the destruction of the temple, just
so the papacy supplanted the truth of the heavenly mediatorial work of Christ, of which the
ceremonial system of the first temple was a type in the period before the judgment began.
And as the sacred vessels were carried from the sanctuary and set up in a pagan temple in a
heathen land, just so the papacy trod down the “Truth” and set up a pagan priesthood in a so
called-Christian Church during the Dark ages, while the “woman” was in the wilderness, which
was a typified by the heathen land-Babylon. The first and second Temples-Type and Antitype,
Page 22-23.

IMAGE

As the king of Babylon decreed death to those who would not bow down and worship the
great image then, the queen of modern Babylon decrees that those who will not worship the
image should be killed. Daniel 3:1-6; Revelation 13:15-16. Our characters must be like those
of the three Hebrew boys for us to stand immovable against the decree to worship the image
of the beast-Faith of Jesus, commandment keeping and health reformers.

The dream was given the king to show him that earthly kingdoms were not enduring, but
would pass away and be followed by the kingdom of the Prince of heaven, which should fill
the whole earth. But Nebuchadnezzar determined to make an image like that which he had
seen, only it was to be made all of gold. This idol of gold was to be a most imposing spectacle,
and was to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. {12MR 219.1}

The Sunday idol is set up as was this image. Human laws demand that it be worshiped as
sacred and holy, thus putting it where God's holy Sabbath should be. Men speak great swelling
words, and exalt their power, placing themselves where God should be. Sitting in the temple
of God, they strive to make themselves as God, showing themselves to be God. When Pilate
said of Christ, "I find no fault in Him," the priests and elders declared, "We have a law, and by
our law He ought to die." {12MR 219.2}

As the advisers of Nebuchadnezzar hit upon the scheme of ensnaring the Hebrew captives
and causing them to bow to the idol by leading the king to proclaim that every knee should
bow to the image, so men will strive today to turn God's people from their allegiance. But the
men who sought to destroy Shadrach, Meshech, and Abed-nego, were themselves destroyed.
Those who make cruel enactments, seeking to destroy, are destroyed by the recoil of their
actions. {12MR 219.3}

MELCHIZEDEK AND JESUS

If there is a history of Melchizedek who blessed Abram through bread and wine in the Old
Testament, which is a shadow, there should be the history of Melchizedek in the New
Testament, which is its reality. Jesus became the high priest in the order of Melchizedek by
blessing people through bread and wine, unlike the other priests who offered animal
sacrifices...And Melchizedek king of Salem brought forth bread and wine: and he was the
priest of the most high God. Genesis 14:18-20…The LORD hath sworn, and will not repent,

7|Page
Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek. Psalm 110:4…As he saith also in
another place, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec. Hebrews 5:6.

The writer of the book of Hebrews presents Melchizedek as the highest type of the Messiah,
and no doubt Abram looked upon him in that light--as representing the seed of the woman
who was to bruise the head of the serpent. In him, by faith, he saw the work of the Son of
God, and he honored him accordingly. {1890 JHW, FEE 22.1}

Melchizedek is mentioned in only three places in the Bible: Genesis 14:18-20, Psalms 110:4,
and Hebrews 5,6, and 7. He was "king of Salem. . . and priest of the Most High God" living in
the area ,,,here Abraham sojourned. Gen. 14:18-20. This was more than four hundred years
before the Levitical priesthood was established. He was, therefore, not of the tribe of Levi;
nor was he one of the patriarchs. Yet he was a worshiper of the true God. It seems that
Abraham was acquainted with Melchizedek and trusted in his righteousness, accepting his
kind hospitality as expressed in the bread and wine that Melchizedek brought forth for the
refreshment of his army. PP 136. Abraham manifested confidence in Melchizedek's position
as “priest of the Most High God” by paying tithe to him. In bestowing the benediction upon
Abraham, Heb. 7:6,7. Melchizedek acknowledged that Jehovah was the source of Abraham’s
strength and of his victory. Gen. 14:19,20. The Path To The Throne Of God. p 49.

"It is evident that our Lord sprang out of Judah," though we would naturally expect Him to
come out of Levi whom He Himself had chosen for the priesthood. "And it is yet far more
evident: for that after the similitude of Melchizedek there ariseth another Priest (Christ) who
is made . . . a Priest forever after the order (with the rank - Moffatt) of Melchizedek." Heb.
7:14-17, Emphasis supplied. The Path To The Throne Of God. p 49.

Melchizedek was made priest "like unto the Son of God" - (resembling God's Son: Moffatt.)
He abideth a priest continually," or permanently, as Moffatt has it; that is without a successor.
Heb 7:3. Christ also had no successor; He was made High Priest "after the power of an endless
life," or "forever," He was made High Priest with the rank of Melchizedek, that is, as
Melchizedek was both priest and king, so also was Christ. Thus Melchizedek was a type of
Christ. The Path To The Throne Of God. p 49.

After the Similitude of Melchizedek. It is not the service of Christ that is after the similitude of
Melchizedek (of whose service there is no record,) but of Melchizedek as priest and king, The
service of Christ is fully typified in the service of the Levitical priesthood as illustrated in the
earthly sanctuary. In what particulars, then, was Christ similar to Melchizedek?

1. In rank. Melchizedek was "king of Salem" (afterward Jerusalem) and priest of the Most
High God." Gen. 14:18. His name by interpretation is "king of righteousness, and after that
the king of Salem, which is king of peace." Heb. 7:1,2. Likewise, Christ is both King and Priest
- Priest of the Most High God, and "The Prince of Peace." Isa. 9:6. He Is the King of
Righteousness with His throne finally in the New Jerusalem. Rev. 21:22.

Melchizedek was made priest as he as made king - not by inheritance, as were the Levitical
priests, but by appointment. Christ also was made Priest, not because His father was priest;
but by appointment - on the oath of God. Heb. 7:20,21; Ps. 110:4. This was the fulfillment of
the promise to Abraham: "In thee shall all families of the earth be blessed," Gen. 12:3, - the
promise of the Redeemer, who would be forever both Priest and King. Thus Christ as our
Redeemer is assured to us "by two immutable things" - God's promise and His oath. Heb.
6:12,17,18 '

8|Page
2. Melchizedek was not one of the patriarchs; he was not of the Patriarchal order of
priests, nor was he a Levite, of the Levitical order. Likewise, Christ was not of either of these
orders of priests. "Our Lord sprang out of Judah, of which tribe Moses spake nothing
concerning priesthood." Heb. 7:14,15.

Melchizedek was "without father, without mother, without descent," Heb. 7:3, in the
priesthood. This expression, says Smith's Bible Dictionary, is a "Greek idiom," indicating one
whose parentage was humble or unknown. There is no record of his genealogy, while a very
exact record of the genealogy of both the Patriarchal and Levitical priests was kept, and finally
preserved in the Bible. Like Melchizedek, Christ was without priestly parentage or pedigree.

5, Melchizedek's priesthood had "neither beginning of days nor end of life.' This also, says
Smith, is a "Greek idiom," indicating one whose "days" - time of discharging his function as
priest - was unrecorded and unknown by humanity. Christ is a Priest "forever with the rank of
Melchizedek; that is, He is both Priest and King. Moffatt, Heb. 2:3; Ps. 110:4. His days, the
time of discharging His function as Priest are known and recorded in the Bible. He was made
Priest after the power of an endless life, a time no man can comprehend. Heb. 7:15-17.

Both Patriarchal and Levitical priests were changeable; that is, death prevented But them
from continuing; therefore, their priesthood passed by inheritance from father to son. But
Melchizedek did not belong to a succession of priests - his priesthood did not pass to a
successor, nor did he receive it by inheritance - and in that sense it was unchangeable.
Likewise, Christ, because He continueth ever, hath an unchangeable priesthood." Heb, 7:24.
“He holds His priesthood without any successor, since He continues forever, or,
permanently.” Moffatt's translation of Heb. 7:3,23,24.

Melchizedek was an individual priest recognized by God. He was a Canaanite, an ordinary

human being living at Salem. But he was extraordinary in that, in spite of his Canaanitish
pedigree and environment, (he was near neighbor of the king of Sodom, Gen. 14:17,18) yet
he was righteous. Christ was taken from among men, Heb. 5:1, from among sinners. He was
"made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest.” Heb. 2:17.
Until He had partaken of human nature, until He had been tempted in all points like as we
are, and in a most unfavourable environment had overcome and was ‘without sin,’ He could
not be “touched with the feeling of our infirmities,” Heb. 4:15, nor could He “succor” them
that are tempted.” Heb. 2:18; 4:15. How comforting and how wonderful is the thought that
Christ identifies Himself with anyone – even a

Canaanite – who serves God to the best of his knowledge and ability in righteousness and
peace! The Path To The Throne Of God. p 50

FEASTS OF THE LORD

The Jews saw in the sacrificial offerings the symbol of Christ whose blood was shed for the
salvation of the world. All these offerings were to typify Christ and to rivet the great truth in
their hearts that the blood of Jesus Christ alone cleanseth from all sin, and without the
shedding of blood there is no remission of sins. Some wonder why God desired so many
sacrifices and appointed the offering of so many bleeding victims in the Jewish economy. {1NL
133.5}

Every dying victim was a type of Christ, which lesson was impressed on mind and heart in the
most solemn sacred ceremony, and explained definitely by the priests. Sacrifices were

9|Page
explicitly planned by God Himself to teach this great and momentous truth, that through the
blood of Christ alone there is forgiveness of sins. {1NL 133.6}

Paul then endeavored to direct the minds of his hearers to the one great Sacrifice for sin. He
pointed back to those sacrifices that were shadows of good things to come, and then
presented Christ as the antitype of all those ceremonies, -the object to which they pointed as
the one only source of life and hope for fallen man. Holy men of old were saved by faith in
the blood of Christ. As they saw the dying agonies of the sacrificial victims, they looked across
the gulf of ages to the Lamb of God that was to take away the sin of the world. {LP 242.1}

MOSES AND JESUS

Moses typifies Christ. … {3T 358.1}.

The spirit of prophecy says, “The LORD thy God will raise up unto thee a Prophet from the
midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me; unto him ye shall hearken; Deuteronomy 18:15”…
“For Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of

your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he shall say unto you.
Acts 3:22”…The works of Moses are a shadow of those of Jesus Moses was born and he was
in danger of being killed, likewise, Jesus was born, King Herod intended to kill Him. As Moses
took refuge in Pharaoh’s Palace, so Jesus took refuge in Egypt.

THE PASSOVER LAMB PREFIGURING THE MESSIAH

Exodus 12:5-6 Luke 23:1-24

Lamb taken from sheep they took him from disciples (sheep)

Male Lamb Christ is male

Kept until 14t day passed two tribunals

Without Blemish No fault after examination (sinless)

THE SIGN OF JONAH

The whales’ failing to do away with Jonah ,but rather taking him safely to the shore so that
Nineveh perish not, typifies the Satan-dominated Sanhedrin’s failing to do away with Jesus,
though fulfilling the prophecy “that it is expedient ….that one man should die for the people
and that the whole nation perish not. “John 11:50. And just as providence permitted the ship’s
crew plunge Jonah into the sea for the sake of the ship’s safety and for the sake of their own
lives, as well as for the sake of Nineveh, so the providences permitted the mob to take Christ
and to nail Him to the cross for the sake of His church and her captive members, as well as for
the sake of the lost world.

Here is also seen that the as the ship and its crew would never have survived the storm, nor
Nineveh the Judgment that was about to befall her, save Jonah’s voluntarily being cast into
the briny deep, by his ordeal in the whale’s belly, and by his survival therein, in like manner
the church and the world would never escaped Satan’s hold upon them, save by Christ’s
voluntarily sufferings and death at the hands of the Sanhedrin and by His Triumphant
resurrection.-The Golden Clasp, page 30-31.

10 | P a g e
The crucifixion

"As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness," even so was "the Son of man ... lifted up:
that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have eternal life" (John 3:14, 15). If
you are conscious of your sins, do not devote all your powers to mourning over them, but
look and live. Jesus is our only Saviour; and although millions who need to be healed will reject
His offered mercy, not one who trusts in His merits will be left to perish. While we realize our
helpless condition without Christ, we must not be discouraged; we must rely upon a crucified
and risen Saviour. Poor, sin-sick, discouraged soul, look and live. Jesus has pledged His word;
He will save all who come unto Him. {1SM 352.2}

Jesus declared that this brazen serpent lifted up on the pole in the wilderness was symbolic
of Himself lifted up on the cross of Calvary. John 3:14-17. Brass is made of a mixture of copper
and zinc, so Jesus was a combination of the divine and human. He was the God-man, or "God
manifest in the flesh." The serpent was symbolic of sin, and Christ came "in the likeness of
sin." He was therefore represented by symbol of sin. Jesus was made "to be sin for us, who
knew no sin, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him." —2 Corinthians 5:21.
"By man came death" and therefore Jesus must come "in the likeness of sinful flesh" in order
to destroy the author of sin and death and "deliver them who through fear of death were all
their lifetime subject to bondage." See Hebrews 2:14,15. The Deliverer must come in the
likeness of the Destroyer.

It was His coming to earth in "sinful flesh" and "in the likeness of sin" that made it possible
for Christ to counteract the poison of sin and destroy "that old serpent, the devil and Satan."
There was no deadly poison in the brazen serpent and there was no sin in Christ. He was lifted
up on the cross "in the likeness of sinful flesh" in order that He might save from the deadly
virus of sin and eternal death all who behold Him through the eyes of faith. Jesus is the great
antitoxin for the poison of sin which is injected into out characters by the sting of the great
serpent. A vision of Christ on the cross of Calvary is the only remedy for sin. "Whosoever"
looks and believes shall "not perish, but have everlasting life." Beholding Christ is the antidote
for death and the elixir of eternal life.

For almost forty years the Israelites had so far lost sight of Christ and Calvary that the
celebration of the Passover was denied them. Unlike Moses, they had not "endured as seeing
Him who is invisible." The pillar of fire by night and cloud by day, which represented the visible
presence of Christ, meant nothing to them. This was the cause of their failure both times at
Kadesh-Barnea. Now Israel is brought to the place where they are compelled to look to Christ
as their only hope. The only requirement of the serpent-bitten victims was to look, and the
look of faith brought life. Doubtless many in the camp had no faith in the remedy and they
died in hopeless agony. The remedy may have seemed unscientific and unreasonable to them
and therefore useless. It took faith to apply the remedy. The Exodus of Ancient Israel from
Ancient Egypt And the Exodus of Modern Israel From Modern Spiritual Babylon, p 115.

Brass signifies strength, stability, endurance, and victory through suffering. Of Asher Moses
said, "Thy shoes shall be iron and brass; and as thy days, so shall thy strength be." Dent. 33:25;
Micah 4:13. In Zechariah 6:1,12, Christ, the Branch, is represented by four chariots coming
out from between two “mountains of brass” - a fitting symbol of Christ's strength, stability,
endurance and victory. These mountains of brass, according to Cruden's Concordance, article
Brass, are "the immovable decrees of God; the steady execution of His counsels; the
inseparable restraints on all empires which God keeps within the barriers of such impregnable
11 | P a g e
mountains that not one can start till He opens the way." The Path To The Throne Of God. p
26.

While, as already noted, brass is a symbol of strength and endurance, it also signifies
condemnation or judgment. In the curses, or judgments, for disobedience, God says to Israel,
"If ye will not . . . hearken unto Me, then I will make your earth as brass: . . for your land shall
not yield her increase." Lev. 26:18-20. "Thy heaven that is over thy head shall be brass." Deut.
28:23. Equally fruitless will be our service for Christ, if the love of God is not our inspiring
motive, "Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, and have not love, I am
become as sounding brass." I Cor. 13:1. The Path To The Throne Of God. p 39.

Brass also represents victory through suffering and sacrifice. At the altar Christ won the
victory through sacrifice. He was made "perfect through sufferings, " Heb. 2:10, - not perfect
in character, for He was always that, but perfect as our Redeemer, since "He Himself hath
suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted. Only thus could He
sympathize with those who fall under temptation; only thus could He be made "a merciful
and faithful High Priest," Heb. 2:17,18, the Captain of our salvation. The Path To The Throne
Of God. p 39.

Brass, which is an alloy of copper and zinc, is formed only in a furnace, a "furnace of earth." It
is written, “I have chosen thee in the furnace of affliction.” Isa. 48:10. When John saw Christ
officiating as our High Priest in the heavenly sanctuary, His feet appeared "like unto fine brass,
as if they burned in a furnace." Rev. 1:15. Fine brass, mentioned only twice in the Scriptures,
was brass of so superior quality that its value was greater even then gold. How infinite in value
was the fine brass that illustrates the feet of Christ, as for us He walked on this earth through
the fiery furnace of affliction! Who, more than our Redeemer, suffered the just for the unjust?
The entire fifty-third chapter of Isaiah is a vivid picture of Christ, the "man of sorrows," the
man who was "acquainted with grief," He who was "wounded for our transgressions, "who
was "bruised for our iniquities," He on whom the Lord hath laid "the iniquity of us all," and
who finally, though "He had done no violence, neither was any deceit in His mouth," yet "He
made His grave with the wicked." Only "fine brass" could illustrate the, sufferings of Christ. It
is even written, it pleased the Lord to bruise Him" - Isa. 53: 10 – even His own beloved Son.
Why all this? - It was for me; it was for you. With His stripes we are healed." The Path To The
Throne Of God. p 39.

“Christ was treated as we deserve, that we might be treated as He deserves. He was

condemned for our sins, in which He had no share, that we might be justified by His
righteousness, in which we had no share. He suffered the death which was ours, that we might
receive the life which was His. With His stripes we are healed.” DA 25.

The smitten rock & Lifted serpent

The smitten rock typified Christ, who was to be wounded for men's transgressions that the
stream of salvation might flow to them. {LP 168.1}

The Rock of salvation has been smitten for you that you may drink, that Christ may be in you
a well of water springing up unto everlasting life. Then for Christ's sake, drink; for your soul
will be refreshed with the living stream, and you will long to see others quenching their souls'
thirst at the fountain of life. Your heart will be softened and subdued by the love of Christ,
and your soul invigorated to go forth and work for others. You will awake to the peril and

12 | P a g e
privilege of the time in which you live. Today the people are breaking the law of God, and the
warning cry is to be sounded. The warning message has come to you in order that you may
repeat it to those who are in darkness and ignorance as to what is coming upon the world.
The Lord has said," If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his
forehead, or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured
out without mixture into the cup of his indignation." {MM, September 1, 1892 par. 2}

In the last day, that great [day] of the feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst,
let him come unto me, and drink. He that believeth on me, as the scripture hath said, out of
his belly shall flow rivers of living water.(But this spake he of the Spirit, which they that believe
on him should receive: for the Holy Ghost was not yet [given]; because that Jesus was not yet
glorified.) John 7:38-39.

In the wilderness, when the Lord permitted poisonous serpents to sting the rebellious
Israelites, Moses was directed to lift up a brazen serpent, and bid all the wounded look to it
and live. But many saw no help in this Heaven-appointed remedy. The dead and dying were
all around them, and they knew that without divine help their fate was certain; but they would
lament their wounds, their pains, their sure death, until their strength was gone, and their
eyes were glazed, when they might have had instant healing. {GW92 413.1}

“As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness,” even so was “the Son of man lifted up;
that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have eternal life.” [John 3:14, 15.] If
you are conscious of your sins, do not devote all your powers to mourning over them, but
look and live. Jesus is our only Saviour; and although millions who need to be healed will reject
his offered mercy, not one who trusts in his merits will be left to perish. While we realize our
helpless condition without Christ, we must not be discouraged; we must rely upon a crucified
and risen Saviour. Poor, sin-sick, discouraged soul, look and live. Jesus has pledged his word;
he will save all who come unto him. {GW92 413.2}

THE EXODUS VS THE ADVENT MOVEMENT-TYPOLOGY

1844 1863 1888 Present Time

Mara wilderness of sin Kadesh Barnea Moab

Ex 15. Ex 16. Num 13. Deut 34.

One of the greatest parallels consisting of types and antitypes is found in what we call the
Exodus and Advent movements of ancient and modern Israel. The Lord delivered ancient
Israel from the bondage of Egypt and led them through the wilderness into the earthly
Canaan, or the "promised land." The exodus from Egypt and the experiences of Israel were
typical of the gathering of modern Israel out of the darkness of modern Egypt and spiritual
Babylon to lead them into the heavenly Canaan. These are the two greatest religious

13 | P a g e
movements of all history. Both arose in fulfillment of prophecy and accomplished their work
in harmony with a divine purpose and move forward under the leadership of the God of
heaven. The Exodus of Ancient Israel from Ancient Egypt And the Exodus of Modern Israel
From Modern Spiritual Babylon, p 4.

On the way from the Red Sea to the Mount of the Law, the children of Israel experienced a
disappointment which may have been typical of the bitter disappointment of the Advent
people in 1844. At the waters of Marah, or "bitterness", (margin), the Lord showed Moses "a
tree, which when he had cast into the waters, the waters were made sweet." In like manner,
to the disappointed Adventists was divinely shown "a reed like unto a rod", by which they
were to measure or study the sanctuary. The measuring rod by which they were to study the
heavenly sanctuary and its services was the Mosaic tabernacle and its typical services. As the
result of the discovery of the great sanctuary truth revealing the mediatorial work of Christ
and the glad tidings of salvation through His priestly ministration, the bitter waters were
sweetened and the disappointment was turned into rejoicing. See Revelation 10:8-11; 11:1.
The Exodus of Ancient Israel from Ancient Egypt And the Exodus of Modern Israel From Modern
Spiritual Babylon, p 61.

Retreating Spiritually

"I am filled with sadness when I think of our condition as a people. The Lord has not closed
heaven to us, but our own course of continual backsliding has separated us from God. Pride,
covetousness, and love of the world have lived in the heart without fear of banishment or
condemnation. Grievous and presumptuous sins have dwelt among us. Yet the general
opinion is that the church is flourishing, and that peace and spiritual prosperity are in all her
borders. The church has turned back from following Christ her Leader, and is steadily
retreating toward Egypt. Yet few are alarmed or astonished at their want of spiritual power.
Doubt and even unbelief of the testimonies of the Spirit of God is leavening our churches
everywhere." —Vol. 5:217. No person can read Vol. 5, without knowing that God’s people
were in deplorable spiritual condition previous to 1888. The same message applies to us again
now and this volume should be carefully and prayerfully read by all our people. They should
also read and study the book of "Christ Our Righteousness," which explains the significance
of the 1888 crisis.

On the Borders

That the Advent Movement was on the very borders of the heavenly Canaan in those
momentous days is evident from the following: In 1879 came the cheering message: "We are
now on the very borders of the eternal world." —Vol 4:306. In 1881 the prophet of the
movement said: "The end of all things is at hand", and "I have been shown that we are
standing upon the threshold of the eternal world." —Vol. 5:16, 17. During the next few years
appeared the following statement: "We are standing as it were, on the borders of the eternal
world." "Eternity stretches before us. The curtain is about to be lifted." —Vol.5:382, 460, 464.
In the R.H. of June 18, 1889 was another statement to the same effect: "What place have we
for jesting and levity right here on the borders of the eternal world." God’s remnant people
were told that the end was nearer than any of them realized. There is only one explanation
for these and many other statements and that is that the end was then at hand and the Lord
planned to quickly finish His work. His purpose for the Advent Movement was just as clear
and definite as for the Exodus Movement when He led them to Kadesh-Barnea.

14 | P a g e
This section was until the end of the document was compiled by brother Yohane Tembo.

1 Co 10:6-12 Now these things were our examples, to the intent we should not lust after evil
things, as they also lusted. Neither be ye idolaters, as were some of them; as it is written, The
people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play. Neither let us commit fornication, as
some of them committed, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand. Neither let us tempt
Christ, as some of them also tempted, and were destroyed of serpents. Neither murmur ye,
as some of them also murmured, and were destroyed of the destroyer. Now all these things
happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom
the ends of the world are come. Wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest
he fall.

In reviewing our past history, having traveled over every step of advance to our present
standing, I can say, Praise God! As I see what the Lord has wrought, I am filled with
astonishment, and with confidence in Christ as leader. We have nothing to fear for the
future, except as we shall forget the way the Lord has led us, and His teaching in our past
history.--LS 196 (1902). {LDE 72.1}

For us as a people to know our future we must look at the past and learn lessons from the
past so that we can avoid being deceived and most importantly know and learn how to do the
will of God.

15 | P a g e
Chapter 2- The Temple

We need to understand the events leading to the destruction of Jerusalem and its temple, If
we understand this issues then it means we can understand Why *Ezra and Nehemiah* came
on the scene. It wasn’t just disobedience alone! But something very specific, we must
understand the principles at that were at play then, if we understand this we shall understand
why it was paramount to have the temple rebuilt.

When we talk of the temple people usually think of the Jewish temple monument, but in the
beginning what made the temple of God?

Ezekiel 28:15 Thou wast perfect in thy ways from the day that thou wast created, till iniquity
was found in thee. 18 Thou hast defiled thy sanctuaries by the multitude of thine iniquities,
by the iniquity of thy traffick; therefore will I bring forth a fire from the midst of thee, it shall
devour thee, and I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold
thee.

We see as it was in the beginning the created heavenly intelligences were to be the in-dwelling
place of God’s Spirit, this was the whole purpose they were created. Because of Sin, Lucifer
defiled the sanctuary or dwelling place or temple, with this understanding we see why God
created man.

1Corinthians 3:16 Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God
dwelleth in you?

Here we see that Man was also created to be a dwelling place of God, but recall that God
cannot dwell in a temple defiled by sin, this is why Adam and Eve were created Holy.

Creation of Man in The Image of God

KJV Genesis 1:26 And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness: and let them
have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and
over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth.

God made man in His image, Image is a reflection of something!

KJV Genesis 5:2 – 3 Male and female created he them; and blessed them, and called their
name Adam, in the day when they were created. And Adam lived an hundred and thirty years,
and begat a son in his own likeness, after his image; and called his name Seth:

Just like Seth and was born and begotten in the image of Adam his father and inherited his
nature. So too we see that Adam and Eve was made in the image of God! So we see that when
Adam and Eve was created, they were created Holy and we have this testimony of the Holy
Pair in Eden.

After the earth with its teeming animal and vegetable life had been called into existence, man,
the crowning work of the Creator, and the one for whom the beautiful earth had been fitted
up, was brought upon the stage of action. To him was given dominion over all that his eye
could behold; for "God said, Let Us make man in Our image, after Our likeness: and let them
have dominion over . . . all the earth. . . . So God created man in His own image; . . . male and
female created He them." Here is clearly set forth the origin of the human race; and the divine

16 | P a g e
record is so plainly stated that there is no occasion for erroneous conclusions. God created
man in His own image. Here is no mystery. There is no ground for the supposition that man
was evolved by slow degrees of development from the lower forms of animal or vegetable
life. Such teaching lowers the great work of the Creator to the level of man's narrow, earthly
conceptions. Men are so intent upon excluding God from the sovereignty of the universe that
they degrade man and defraud him of the dignity of his origin. He who set the starry worlds
on high and tinted with delicate skill the flowers of the field, who filled the earth and the
heavens with the wonders of His power, when He came to crown His glorious work, to place
one in the midst to stand as ruler of the fair earth, did not fail to create a being worthy of the
hand that gave him life. The genealogy of our race, as given by inspiration, traces back its
origin, not to a line of developing germs, mollusks, and quadrupeds, but to the great Creator.
Though formed from the dust, Adam was "the son of God." {PP 44.3}

KJV Psalm 8:1 – 3 O LORD our Lord, how excellent is thy name in all the earth! who hast set
thy glory above the heavens. Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings hast thou ordained
strength because of thine enemies, that thou mightest still the enemy and the avenger. When
I consider thy heavens, the work of thy fingers, the moon and the stars, which thou hast
ordained;

Here we see the creation of God, this chapter I would love to say is referring to a point in time
before man Sinned, this point is made abundantly clear in the following verses.

KJV Psalm 8:4 – 5 What is man, that thou art mindful of him? and the son of man, that thou
visitest him? For thou hast made him a little lower than the angels, and hast crowned him
with glory and honour.

When Adam and Eve ware created then we see that they were clothed in honour and glory

What does this mean?

KJV Psalm 104:1 - 2 Bless the LORD, O my soul. O LORD my God, thou art very great; thou art
clothed with honour and majesty. Who coverest thyself with light as with a garment: who
stretchest out the heavens like a curtain:

Here we see that Adam and Eve was crowned with glory and honour or majesty. So we see
that in the end. As God is clothed with light as a garment; So too Adam and Eve were clothed
with Light and Honour

As man came forth from the hand of his Creator, he was of lofty stature and perfect
symmetry. His countenance bore the ruddy tint of health and glowed with the light of life and
joy. Adam's height was much greater than that of men who now inhabit the earth. Eve was
somewhat less in stature; yet her form was noble, and full of beauty. The sinless pair wore no
artificial garments; they were clothed with a covering of light and glory, such as the angels
wear. So long as they lived in obedience to God, this robe of light continued to enshroud
them. {PP 45.3}

Psalm 8:5-9 For thou hast made him a little lower than the angels, and hast crowned him with
glory and honour. Thou madest him to have dominion over the works of thy hands; thou hast
put all things under his feet: All sheep and oxen, yea, and the beasts of the field; The fowl of
the air, and the fish of the sea, and whatsoever passeth through the paths of the seas. LORD
our Lord, how excellent is thy name in all the earth!
17 | P a g e
 He was placed, as God's representative, over the lower orders of being. They cannot
understand or acknowledge the sovereignty of God, yet they were made capable of loving
and serving man. The psalmist says, "Thou madest him to have dominion over the works of
Thy hands; Thou hast put all things under his feet: . . . the beasts of the field; the fowl of the
air, . . . and whatsoever passeth through the paths of the seas." Psalm 8:6-8. {PP 45.1}

Man was to bear God's image, both in outward resemblance and in character. Christ alone
is "the express image" (Hebrews 1:3) of the Father; but man was formed in the likeness of
God. His nature was in harmony with the will of God. His mind was capable of comprehending
divine things. His affections were pure; his appetites and passions were under the control of
reason. He was holy and happy in bearing the image of God and in perfect obedience to His
will. {PP 45.2}

So we see that God put Adam and Eve in charge of all that he had made and created, man
was the representative of God. And because man was made in the Image of God the name of
the Lord of the character of God was made excellent in all the earth.

But we know Adam Eve Sinned, and thus the image of God in man was marred and this caused
much problems...Because of this…God brought forth the plan that was made from the
beginning...And we see the plan if redemption! Let us begin to breakdown this message and
see what is going on!

So we see this Amazing plan of redemption, that was kept hidden since the foundation of the
world.

Ephesians 3:3-5 How that by revelation he made known unto me the mystery; (as I wrote
afore in few words, Whereby, when ye read, ye may understand my knowledge in the
mystery of Christ) Which in other ages was not made known unto the sons of men, as it is
now revealed unto his holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit;

At this point in time when man was being created Lucifer had already fallen, and as His plan
was from the beginning he wanted to expand and establish his kingdom (refer to Sanctuary
Manual). So a plan was made that IF (not when) man would fall this plan was made for his
upliftment.

KJV Genesis 3:15 And I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed
and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel.

So we see these figures and symbols

 Woman and her Seed

 Serpent and its Seed

What are these things, we need to allow the Bible to interpreted and make sense of its self.

KJV Jeremiah 6:2 I have likened the daughter of Zion to a comely and delicate woman.

Zion = delicate woman

But who is Zion?

18 | P a g e
KJV Zechariah 8:3 Thus saith the LORD; I am returned unto Zion, and will dwell in the midst
of Jerusalem: and Jerusalem shall be called a city of truth; and the mountain of the LORD of
hosts the holy mountain.

Zion = Jerusalem the city of truth, the holy mountain of God: So we know Gods people reigned
in Zion.

So this is something we must see: The woman represents Gods people or Church in prophecy.

The Apostle Paul puts it beautifully

KJV Ephesians 5:30 - 33 For we are members of his body, of his flesh, and of his bones. For
this cause shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall be joined unto his wife, and they
two shall be one flesh. This is a great mystery: but I speak concerning Christ and the church.
Nevertheless let every one of you in particular so love his wife even as himself; and the wife
see that she reverence her husband.

The woman is the Church, and we know her seed referred to here is Jesus!

KJV Galatians 3:16 Now to Abraham and his seed were the promises made. He saith not, And
to seeds, as of many; but as of one, And to thy seed, which is Christ.

And then we have the serpent? Who is this!

KJV Revelation 12:9 And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and
Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were
cast out with him.

The serpent is the Devil, So we see the plan of redemption, would be carried out, If there was
a deep seated hatred or enmity between:

 The woman Gods chosen people and the

 serpent Satan and the love of the world

When the enmity shall be completed, then we shall see clearly that the serpents head will be
crushed, and the plan of redemption completed...

God had a Plan, God would put enmity between Satan and His church, and by doing so man
could live victorious over sin. This is the plan of redemption, And this is the central pillar this
is the real issue. All other issues are side issues

We have a definite mission, and we should not turn from it to side issues. Men and means are
not to be employed in bringing before the people books that have no bearing upon the
present truth.—Manual for Canvassers, 51 (1902). - CM 120.4

Introducing Side Issues—Brethren should not feel that it is a virtue to stand apart because
they do not see all minor points in exactly the same light. If they agree on fundamental truths,
they should not differ and dispute about matters of little real importance. To dwell on
perplexing questions, that after all are of no vital consequence, tends to call the mind away
from truths vital to the saving of the soul. Brethren should be very modest in urging these
side issues which often they do not themselves understand, points that they do not know to
be truth and that are not essential to salvation.... - Ev 182.3
19 | P a g e
I have been shown that it is the device of the enemy to divert men’s minds to some obscure
or unimportant point, something that is not fully revealed or is not essential to salvation. This
is made the absorbing theme, the “present truth,” when all the investigations and
suppositions only serve to make matters more obscure and to confuse the minds of some
who ought to be seeking for oneness through sanctification of the truth.—Undated
Manuscript 111. - Ev 182.4

So the real issue is a restoration of the image of God in Man, so we see God Chose Israel for
a specific purpose.

He chose them to do something special, and since the fall of Man God has his representatives,
Read Hebrews 11, we have such people as Seth, Methuselah, Enoch, Noah and after the flood
Abraham, Isaac and Jacob and then Jacob’s name was changed to Israel for he was an
overcomer, and then came the birth of the Nation of Israel called the children of Israel. But
God had a grander purpose in calling the children of Israel out of captivity.

KJV Exodus 19:3 - 7 And Moses went up unto God, and the LORD called unto him out of the
mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel; Ye
have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles' wings, and brought
you unto myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my covenant, then
ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all people: for all the earth is mine: And ye shall
be unto me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation. These are the words which thou shalt
speak unto the children of Israel. And Moses came and called for the elders of the people,
and laid before their faces all these words which the LORD commanded him.

After the fall of Adam and Eve. Humanity was held captive to Satan and his host of demons,
God had a rescue plan for man kind..the plan of redemption explained in Eden. IT Involved
the establishment of the kingdom of God on earth

Israel was to be:

1 Kingdom of priests

For this to be possible, Israel was to be a holy nation. So God's kingdom consists in Holiness
and all Israelites were to come to a place where they stopped sinning, where they all had
enmity towards sin and Lucifer, and due to this enmity. They would then cease to sin. And
when they did this they were to be:

2 Priests of God: recall a priest can stand between a sinner and a Holy God, Israel was to be
heavens outpost, Where sinners were to find refuge and find salvation

KJV Exodus 20:20 And Moses said unto the people, Fear not: for God is come to prove you,
and that his fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not.

The real issue why the laws was given was to show the transcript of the character of God,
And that his people were to live without sin, this was the real issue. Not just to be a Chose
people but to do a chosen Job to fulfil a purpose that God designed

KJV Exodus 20:6 And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me, and keep my
commandments.

20 | P a g e
The covenant of God was simple. God was to be their king and sovereign, and the children of
Israel were to be given enmity against the devil. They were to be given a supernatural love
for the Lord and this a kingdom would be established by God on earth. A kingdom which
supersedes all kingdoms on the earth. Gods original purpose was fulfilled in Solomon!

KJV Zechariah 8:3 Thus saith the LORD; I am returned unto Zion, and will dwell in the midst of
Jerusalem: and Jerusalem shall be called a city of truth; and the mountain of the LORD of hosts
the holy mountain.

When God was giving them land. We call it the City of Jerusalem, but this had a specific
purpose, It was to be a city of truth!

Recall Jesus is the truth

KJV John 14:6 Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto
the Father, but by me.

Jerusalem was to be the city of truth which is the city of Jesus. It was to be the place where
salvation was to be had, and what was Gods expectation for Jerusalem. He wanted to
establish his kingdom brothers and sisters. A whole nation of people living without sin. This
was what God wanted!

KJV Zechariah 8:20 - 23 Thus saith the LORD of hosts; It shall yet come to pass, that there shall
come people, and the inhabitants of many cities: And the inhabitants of one city shall go to
another, saying, Let us go speedily to pray before the LORD, and to seek the LORD of hosts: I
will go also. Yea, many people and strong nations shall come to seek the LORD of hosts in
Jerusalem, and to pray before the LORD. Thus saith the LORD of hosts; In those days it shall
come to pass, that ten men shall take hold out of all languages of the nations, even shall take
hold of the skirt of him that is a Jew, saying, We will go with you: for we have heard that God
is with you.

Zechariah 7-13. Spiritual Restoration Coming.--The work of which the prophet Zechariah
writes is a type of the spiritual restoration to be wrought for Israel before the end of time
[Zechariah 8:9, 11-13, 7, 8 quoted] (Letter 42, 1912). {4BC 1180.3}

We see that God wanted a Loud cry. Not just in speech but the actions: which speak louder
than words. A call was to be issued forth to sinners on earth for repentance and expand the
kingdom of God from Israel to flood the earth!

KJV Habakkuk 2:14 For the earth shall be filled with the knowledge of the glory of the LORD,
as the waters cover the sea.

The earth was to be filled with the knowledge of God, as was in the beginning before Adam
and Eve sinned. This was the setting up of the kingdom of God, this was the real issue

So let see what God did through Solomon. For this was his purpose alone of establishing his
kingdom on earth. To have a people who have overcome sin is the kingdom

When Solomon dedicated the temple unto God

21 | P a g e
KJV 2 Chronicles 5:1 - 4 Thus all the work that Solomon made for the house of the LORD was
finished: and Solomon brought in all the things that David his father had dedicated; and the
silver, and the gold, and all the instruments, put he among the treasures of the house of God.
Then Solomon assembled the elders of Israel, and all the heads of the tribes, the chief of the
fathers of the children of Israel, unto Jerusalem, to bring up the ark of the covenant of the
LORD out of the city of David, which is Zion. Wherefore all the men of Israel assembled
themselves unto the king in the feast which was in the seventh month. And all the elders of
Israel came; and the Levites took up the ark.

KJV 2 Chronicles 5:11 - 14 And it came to pass, when the priests were come out of the holy
place: (for all the priests that were present were sanctified, and did not then wait by course:
Also the Levites which were the singers, all of them of Asaph, of Heman, of Jeduthun, with
their sons and their brethren, being arrayed in white linen, having cymbals and psalteries and
harps, stood at the east end of the altar, and with them an hundred and twenty priests
sounding with trumpets:) It came even to pass, as the trumpeters and singers were as one, to
make one sound to be heard in praising and thanking the LORD; and when they lifted up their
voice with the trumpets and cymbals and instruments of musick, and praised the LORD,
saying, For he is good; for his mercy endureth for ever: that then the house was filled with a
cloud, even the house of the LORD; So that the priests could not stand to minister by reason
of the cloud: for the glory of the LORD had filled the house of God.

Notice the glory of the Lord filled the temple in Jerusalem: The city of truth had the Shekinah
Glory in the Sanctuary, which was a visible symbol of the continual presence of God in Israel

Two Additional Angels Placed by Ark.--A most splendid sanctuary had been made, according
to the pattern showed to Moses in the mount, and afterward presented by the Lord to David.
In addition to the cherubim on the top of the ark, Solomon made two other angels of larger
size, standing at each end of the ark, representing the heavenly angels guarding the law of
God. It is impossible to describe the beauty and splendor of this sanctuary. Into this place the
sacred ark was borne with solemn reverence by the priests, and set in its place beneath the
wings of the two stately cherubim that stood upon the floor. {2BC 1030.5}

So we see that God was well pleased with Solomon! A temple was built in Israel and what else
did Solomon do? Did people come from all corners of the earth to come and see the glory of
God?

Were the ever a time when the earth was full of the glory of God as the water covers the
Earth?

The Queen of Sheba Admires Solomon's Wisdom

KJV 1 Kings 10:1 - 2 And when the queen of Sheba heard of the fame of Solomon concerning
the name of the LORD, she came to prove him with hard questions. And she came to
Jerusalem with a very great train, with camels that bare spices, and very much gold, and
precious stones: and when she was come to Solomon, she communed with him of all that was
in her heart.

Notice here: the queen of Sheba came all the way from the area called Sheba believed to be
Modern day Ethiopia, which at the time was at the center of trade routes and therefore very

22 | P a g e
prosperous.The Earth was full of the knowledge of The wisdom of Solomon and of a truth she
came to see if it was so

KJV 1 Kings 10:3 - 4 And Solomon told her all her questions: there was not any thing hid from
the king, which he told her not. And when the queen of Sheba had seen all Solomon's wisdom,
and the house that he had built,

She asked the king hard questions and he answered them all. Then she saw the house that
Solomon built and she was amazed

KJV 1 Kings 10:5 And the meat of his table, and the sitting of his servants, and the attendance
of his ministers, and their apparel, and his cupbearers, and his ascent by which he went up
unto the house of the LORD; there was no more spirit in her.

When she saw the meat or food, that the Israelites ate, and how the ministers and their dress
reform, how the worship service was conducted and her breath was taken away there was no
more spirit in Here

KJV 1 Kings 10:6 - 8 And she said to the king, It was a true report that I heard in mine own land
of thy acts and of thy wisdom. Howbeit I believed not the words, until I came, and mine eyes
had seen it: and, behold, the half was not told me: thy wisdom and prosperity exceedeth the
fame which I heard. Happy are thy men, happy are these thy servants, which stand continually
before thee, and that hear thy wisdom.

The will of God was accomplished in Israel. The knowledge of God has reached a queen of
Sheba

She went back glorifying God, this was what God wanted Israel to be. Israel was to be the
epicentre of His kingdom. So we see the plan of God was carried out and God later blessed
Solomon even more

KJV 1 Kings 10:14, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27 Now the weight of gold that came to Solomon in one year
was six hundred threescore and six talents of gold, So king Solomon exceeded all the kings of
the earth for riches and for wisdom. And all the earth sought to Solomon, to hear his wisdom,
which God had put in his heart. And they brought every man his present, vessels of silver,
and vessels of gold, and garments, and armour, and spices, horses, and mules, a rate year by
year. And Solomon gathered together chariots and horsemen: and he had a thousand and
four hundred chariots, and twelve thousand horsemen, whom he bestowed in the cities for
chariots, and with the king at Jerusalem. And the king made silver to be in Jerusalem as stones,
and cedars made he to be as the sycomore trees that are in the vale, for abundance.

Solomon was a highly sought after man for all the earth knew his God had blessed Him with
knowledge... Lets continue to a time where we see the plan of God was not carried out

23 | P a g e
Chapter 3 The Mystery Religion

Moving forward to the Isaiah’s time: Then we can understand why we are the temple was
destroyed and why there was a need or a want for men and women who had an
understanding of Israel’s responsibility and duty a need for these men was needed for them
to engage in the rebuilding of the temple.

KJV Isaiah 38:1 - 3 In those days was Hezekiah sick unto death. And Isaiah the prophet the son
of Amoz came unto him, and said unto him, Thus saith the LORD, Set thine house in order: for
thou shalt die, and not live. Then Hezekiah turned his face toward the wall, and prayed unto
the LORD, And said, Remember now, O LORD, I beseech thee, how I have walked before thee
in truth and with a perfect heart, and have done that which is good in thy sight. And Hezekiah
wept sore.

There was a time the king of Israel Hezekiah was sick to the point of death.

KJV Isaiah 38:7 - 9 And this shall be a sign unto thee from the LORD, that the LORD will do
this thing that he hath spoken; Behold, I will bring again the shadow of the degrees, which is
gone down in the sun dial of Ahaz, ten degrees backward. So the sun returned ten degrees,
by which degrees it was gone down. The writing of Hezekiah king of Judah, when he had been
sick, and was recovered of his sickness:

Here we see that the sun was brought back 10 degrees. This was very powerful miracle
designed to turn the attention of those idolatrous nations to Israel. But to understand this,
we need to understand the religions of the time, when we read Genesis chapter 10 and 12

History records that there are over 270

flood legends in many different
cultures. Just as the flood was a world-
wide catastrophic event, it is
something the descendants of Noah
would be discussing for a long time for
years to come. Here are some cultural
flood legends which fit the description
of the biblical flood story.

One ancient Chinese classic called

the “Hihking” tells the story of Fuhi,
whom the Chinese consider to be
the Father of their civilization

24 | P a g e
 The flood legend stories are
taken from

www.DrDino.com and
www.2peter3.com

creation science and

evangelism seminar videos
taken from presentations by
Dr. Kent Hovind.

Genesis 10:1, 6-10 Now these are the generations of the sons of Noah, Shem, Ham, and
Japheth: and unto them were sons born after the flood. And the sons of Ham; Cush, and
Mizraim, and Phut, and Canaan. And the sons of Cush; Seba, and Havilah, and Sabtah, and
Raamah, and Sabtecha: and the sons of Raamah; Sheba, and Dedan. And Cush begat Nimrod:
he began to be a mighty one in the earth. He was a mighty hunter before the LORD: wherefore
it is said, Even as Nimrod the mighty hunter before the LORD. And the beginning of his
kingdom was Babel, and Erech, and Accad, and Calneh, in the land of Shinar.

We see a descendant of Noah called Nimrod a mighty hunter and a mighty man in all the
earth. History records that he was a black man. Nimrod had ideas and these ideas were the
ones that lead to the building of tower of babel. Thinking if God we are to ever destroy the
earth by a flood they would escape to the top of this tower of babel.

Nimrod, also spelled Nemrod, legendary biblical figure of the book of Genesis. Nimrod is
described in Genesis 10:8–12 as “the first on earth to be a mighty man. He was a mighty
hunter before the Lord.” The only other references to Nimrod in the Bible are Micah 5:6,
where Assyria is called the land of Nimrod, and I Chronicles 1:10, which reiterates his might.
The beginning of his kingdom is said in the Genesis passage to be Babel, Erech, and Akkad in
the land of Shinar.

Reading carefully wee see Nimrod was a mighty man in all the earth. And we see the beginning
of His kingdom. Deductive reasoning will tell us you cannot have a kingdom unless you are a
king. So we see Nimrod was a Mighty King of the Earth.

Here we see Nimrod and his wife began what would later be called a Mystery religion.

The father of lies has invented paganism to counterfeit the pure teachings of the Gospel of
Christ; and hide his falsehood under the cloak of Christianity. As in the true faith, paganism
has a promise of a Messiah; had a form of baptism, spiritual rebirth, confession of sins,
communion and the promise of immortality. Where do we find this to be true, and where
paganism started from? It started from the first descendants of Noah after the flood.
(Antichrist 666: pg 9)

So we see the promise given by God in Eden to restore man, by the seed or the messiah to
come (refer to sanctuary manual) this promise was twisted by the Devil in a mesh of deception
called paganism.

25 | P a g e
 In Genesis 10:8-11 we learnt that Nimrod established a kingdom.
Therefore, one would expect to find also, in the literature of the Ancient
East, a person who was a type or example, for other people to follow. And
there was a well-known tale, common in the Sumerian literature, of a man
who fits the description. In addition to the Sumerians, the Babylonians
wrote about this person; the Assyrians likewise; and the Hittites. Even in
Palestine, tablets have been found with this man’s name on them. He was
obviously the most popular Hero in the Ancient Near East.

There are accounts of Gilgamesh, who bears striking resemblance to the biblical Nimrod story.
Just as one person can have different names as language goes, so too Nimrod has many names
according to the culture and language describing him.

Now it was Nimrod who excited them to such an affront and contempt of God. He was the
grandson of Ham. The son of Noah- a bold man, and of great strength of hand. He persuaded
them not to ascribe it to God, as it were through his means they were happy, but to believe
that it was their own courage which procured that happiness. He also gradually changed the
government into tyranny-seeing no other way of turning men from the fear of God, but to
bring them into constant dependence upon his own power. He also said he would be
revenged on God, if he should have a mind to drown the world again; for that he would build
a tower too high for the waters to be able to reach! And that he would avenge himself on God
for destroying their forefathers! (Ant. I; iv:2)
www.christiananswers.net/dictionary/nimrod.html

God has promised to turn back the Sun back by 10° In the time
of Hezekiah the king, as a sign that he would be healed. For He
was so Sick

Isaiah 38:1 In those days was Hezekiah sick unto death. And
Isaiah the prophet the son of Amoz came unto him, and said unto
him, Thus saith the LORD, Set thine house in order: for thou shalt
die, and not live. 8 Behold, I will bring again the shadow of the degrees, which is gone down
in the sun dial of Ahaz, ten degrees backward. So the sun returned ten degrees, by which
degrees it was gone down.

26 | P a g e
In the Babylonian and Assyrian legend, Nimrod died in his prime leaving a queen name
Semiramis. In his death, Nimrod according to the legend, became immortal, and his spirit flew
up to the sun and took possession of it, Hence he became “Beelasamian.” Lord of Heaven.
(Anti Christ 666 pg 27)

So we see Nimrod essential became the sun-god and this was the foundation of the mystery
religion, the worship of the host of heaven.

After Nimrod had died and became the Sun God,

Semiramis his queen became pregnant, she
claimed to have become pregnant
supernaturally by Nimrod’s Spirit coming down
on her from the sun. She proclaimed to her
subject that her husband’s spirit entered her
womb through a sunbeam and begot the
legendary god-child Tammuz (Ezekiel 8:14) He
was bordn December 25 (Antichrist 666 pg 27).

27 | P a g e
Above is a picture of the pagan deity, Semiramis holding Tammuz, and you can also observe
the sun disks above semiramis representing Nimrod.

Since it was at the tower of Babel where this pagan mystery religion was heavily propagated.

Genesis 11:1 And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. 2 And it came
to pass, as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and
they dwelt there. 3 And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them
throughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for morter. 4 And they said, Go
to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a
name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. 5 And the LORD came
down to see the city and the tower, which the children of men builded. 6 And the LORD said,
Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now
nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. 7 Go to, let us go
down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another's
speech. 8 So the LORD scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and
they left off to build the city. 9 Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the LORD
did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the LORD scatter them
abroad upon the face of all the earth.

So as the
people spread
to all areas
according to
the language,
here we see
the mystery
religion was
spread abroad
to all areas.

28 | P a g e
From Babylon this mystery-religeon spread to all the surrounding nations, as the years went
on the world was populated by the descendants of Noah. Everywhere the symbols were the
same, and everywhere the cult of the mother and child became the popular system. Their
worship was celebrated with the most disgusting immoral practices. The image of the queen
of Heaven with the babe in her arms was seen everywhere, though the names might change
as languages differ. It became the mystery religion of Phoenician, and by the Phoenicians was
carried to the ends of the earth. Ashtoreth and Tammus, the mother and child of these hardy
adventurers, became Isis and Horus in Egypt, Aphrodite and Eros in Greece, Venus and Cupid
in Italy, and bore many other names in more distant places, within 1000, years Babylonianism
had become the religion of the world, which had rejected the Devine revelation.
www.Idolphin.org/semir.html

Nimrod Lord of Tammuz the pagan Semiramis the

Heaven Messiah Queen of Heaven

Israelites Baal Tammuz Ashtoreth

Phoenicians El Bacchus Astarte

Assyria Ninus Hercules Beltis

Greece Jupiter Anus Diana, Cybele

Egypt Ra Orsiris, Horus Isis, Hathor

China Pan-Ku Yi Ma Tsoopo, Heng-O

Mexico Teotl Quetzalcoatl Coatliecue

Scandina Via Odin Balder Frigg, Freyia

When Semiramis died, her son Tammuz began to advocate that her spirit went to inhabit the
moon, and Semiramis began to be worship as the moon goddess or Queen of Heaven. Whilst
Tammuz when he died he had prior taught that his spirit would inhabit venus which was
believed to be a star then and by this the worship of the host of heaven was a complete
system known as the mystery religion, worship of the Sun, Moon, and Stars.

After all this in mind, we have the Babylonians who come to Israel to inquire something
strange that has happened to Baal the Sun God.

KJV Isaiah 39:1 - 2 At that time Merodach-baladan, the son of Baladan, king of Babylon, sent
letters and a present to Hezekiah: for he had heard that he had been sick, and was recovered.
And Hezekiah was glad of them, and shewed them the house of his precious things, the silver,
and the gold, and the spices, and the precious ointment, and all the house of his armour, and
all that was found in his treasures: there was nothing in his house, nor in all his dominion, that
Hezekiah shewed them not.

Notice...by the time of Isaiah. The Babylonians had perfected the worship of the hosts of
heaven and their Sun god as the Israelites called him Baal was turned back 10°. Which God
was more powerful than Baal. So the Babylonians came to inquire. They came under the guise
of inquiring of his health. But this turning of the sun back 10o had so affected the babylonians

29 | P a g e
they wanted answers for their religion could not explain this phenomenon. Instead of doing
what Solomon did, Hezekiah began to show off his gold and precious things. This was an
apostasy, for Babylonians had better gold and silver than this, instead of preaching the true
God, Hezekiah preached a watered down message to a sin sick pagan Babylonian people.

KJV Isaiah 39:3 - 7 Then came Isaiah the prophet unto king Hezekiah, and said unto him, What
said these men? and from whence came they unto thee? And Hezekiah said, They are come
from a far country unto me, even from Babylon. Then said he, What have they seen in thine
house? And Hezekiah answered, All that is in mine house have they seen: there is nothing
among my treasures that I have not shewed them. Then said Isaiah to Hezekiah, Hear the
word of the LORD of hosts: Behold, the days come, that all that is in thine house, and that
which thy fathers have laid up in store until this day, shall be carried to Babylon: nothing shall
be left, saith the LORD. And of thy sons that shall issue from thee, which thou shalt beget,
shall they take away; and they shall be eunuchs in the palace of the king of Babylon.

Because of this God was going to make the Israelites go off into captivity! You can see that
four kings later (2 Kings) the next king was Josiah....

2Kings 20:21 And Hezekiah slept with his fathers: and Manasseh his son reigned in his stead.

2Kings 21:1 Manasseh was twelve years old when he began to reign, and reigned fifty and
five years in Jerusalem. And his mother's name was Hephzibah. 2 And he did that which was
evil in the sight of the LORD, after the abominations of the heathen, whom the LORD cast out
before the children of Israel. 3 For he built up again the high places which Hezekiah his father
had destroyed; and he reared up altars for Baal, and made a grove, as did Ahab king of Israel;
and worshipped all the host of heaven, and served them. 4 And he built altars in the house
of the LORD, of which the LORD said, In Jerusalem will I put my name. 5 And he built altars
for all the host of heaven in the two courts of the house of the LORD.

Manasseh pretty much brought in the mystery religion into Israel: the children of Israel served
Baal also known as Nimrod the Sun god, the worship of the host of heaven sun moon and
stars was what Manasseh promoted.

Exodus 34:12 Take heed to thyself, lest thou make a covenant with the inhabitants of the
land whither thou goest, lest it be for a snare in the midst of thee: 13 But ye shall destroy
their altars, break their images, and cut down their groves: 14 For thou shalt worship no other
god: for the LORD, whose name is Jealous, is a jealous God:

Deuternomy 4:19 And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun,
and the moon, and the stars, even all the host of heaven, shouldest be driven to worship
them, and serve them, which the LORD thy God hath divided unto all nations under the whole
heaven.

So we see Manasseh did much evil is the sight of the Lord.

2King 21:18 And Manasseh slept with his fathers, and was buried in the garden of his own
house, in the garden of Uzza: and Amon his son reigned in his stead. 19 Amon was twenty
and two years old when he began to reign, and he reigned two years in Jerusalem. And his
mother's name was Meshullemeth, the daughter of Haruz of Jotbah. 20 And he did that which
was evil in the sight of the LORD, as his father Manasseh did.

30 | P a g e
So we see again after Manasseh came Amon who did evil in the sight of the Lord.

2Ki 21:23 And the servants of Amon conspired against him, and slew the king in his own
house. 24 And the people of the land slew all them that had conspired against king Amon;
and the people of the land made Josiah his son king in his stead. 25 Now the rest of the acts
of Amon which he did, are they not written in the book of the chronicles of the kings of Judah?
26 And he was buried in his sepulchre in the garden of Uzza: and Josiah his son reigned in his
stead.

After Amon we see another King the 4th king coming on the scene, Josiah.

God had given ample warning against worshiping according to the way the pagans did. The
judgements would have come in his time, but what happened. During Josiah's Good Reign
over Judah, the Book of the Law Is Found

KJV 2 Kings 22:1 – 4 Josiah was eight years old when he began to reign, and he reigned thirty
and one years in Jerusalem. And his mother's name was Jedidah, the daughter of Adaiah of
Boscath. And he did that which was right in the sight of the LORD, and walked in all the way
of David his father, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left. And it came to pass
in the eighteenth year of king Josiah, that the king sent Shaphan the son of Azaliah, the son
of Meshullam, the scribe, to the house of the LORD, saying, Go up to Hilkiah the high priest,
that he may sum the silver which is brought into the house of the LORD, which the keepers of
the door have gathered of the people:

Josiah was a good king

KJV 2 Kings 22:10 - 13 And Shaphan the scribe shewed the king, saying, Hilkiah the priest
hath delivered me a book. And Shaphan read it before the king. And it came to pass, when
the king had heard the words of the book of the law, that he rent his clothes. And the king
commanded Hilkiah the priest, and Ahikam the son of Shaphan, and Achbor the son of
Michaiah, and Shaphan the scribe, and Asahiah a servant of the king's, saying, Go ye, enquire
of the LORD for me, and for the people, and for all Judah, concerning the words of this book
that is found: for great is the wrath of the LORD that is kindled against us, because our fathers
have not hearkened unto the words of this book, to do according unto all that which is written
concerning us.

Josiah was making changes in Israel, until he found the book of the law.

What is “The book of the law”?

Act 3:22 For Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up
unto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he shall
say unto you.

Here we begin to understand that Moses spoke of Jesus, who was to come as another
prophet. But what we see here is that Moses is described as a prophet of God.

Hosea 12:13 And by a prophet the LORD brought Israel out of Egypt, and by a prophet was
he preserved.

31 | P a g e
It was through the prophet (Moses) that Israel was brought out of Egypt and it was through
the prophet (Moses) Israel was preserved, which means without the prophet, Israel would
have become corrupt, but it was through the prophet God’s mouth piece that Israel was
preserved.

Deuteronomy 31:24 And it came to pass, when Moses had made an end of writing the words
of this law in a book, until they were finished, 25 That Moses commanded the Levites, which
bare the ark of the covenant of the LORD, saying, 26 Take this book of the law, and put it in
the side of the ark of the covenant of the LORD your God, that it may be there for a witness
against the

Here we see that it was Moses who wrote the book of the Law and it was to be put in the side
of the Ark in the Most Holy place.

Deuteronomy 31:9 And Moses wrote this law, and delivered it unto the priests the sons of
Levi, which bare the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and unto all the elders of Israel.

Here we see that copies of the book of the law were handed unto all the priests and levites,
elders (later on kings) all had the book of the law.

The book of the law contained all the instruction regarding the sanctuary, and how if a man
sinned they can have their sin forgiven, in the book of the law were laws governing food,
dress, Sabbath keeping, Sabbath service, sacrificial system, in the book of the law the 10
commandments were broadened and applied to every aspect of life. It was God who told
Moses to write the book of the Law.

Deuteronomy 31:9 And Moses wrote this law, and delivered it unto the priests the sons of
Levi, which bare the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and unto all the elders of Israel. 10 And
Moses commanded them, saying, At the end of every seven years, in the solemnity of the
year of release, in the feast of tabernacles, 11 When all Israel is come to appear before the
LORD thy God in the place which he shall choose, thou shalt read this law before all Israel in
their hearing. 12 Gather the people together, men, and women, and children, and thy
stranger that is within thy gates, that they may hear, and that they may learn, and fear the
LORD your God, and observe to do all the words of this law: 13 And that their children, which
have not known any thing, may hear, and learn to fear the LORD your God, as long as ye live
in the land whither ye go over Jordan to possess it.

Here we see the book of the law was meant to be read to the people so that the people could
not fall into apostasy.

Deuteronomy 31:25 That Moses commanded the Levites, which bare the ark of the covenant
of the LORD, saying, 26 Take this book of the law, and put it in the side of the ark of the
covenant of the LORD your God, that it may be there for a witness against thee. 27 For I know
thy rebellion, and thy stiff neck: behold, while I am yet alive with you this day, ye have been
rebellious against the LORD; and how much more after my death? 28 Gather unto me all the
elders of your tribes, and your officers, that I may speak these words in their ears, and call
heaven and earth to record against them. 29 For I know that after my death ye will utterly
corrupt yourselves, and turn aside from the way which I have commanded you; and evil will
befall you in the latter days; because ye will do evil in the sight of the LORD, to provoke him

32 | P a g e
to anger through the work of your hands. 30 And Moses spake in the ears of all the
congregation of Israel the words of this song, until they were ended.

The book of the law would live-on even after Moses the Prophet had died.

The writings of the prophet of Israel. The Spirit of Prophecy Then was found.

KJV Hosea 12:13 And by a prophet the LORD brought Israel out of Egypt, and by a prophet
was he preserved.

The Prophet

Exodus 20:4 Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of any thing
that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth:
5 Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them: for I the LORD thy God am a
jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth
generation of them that hate me; :6 And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love
me, and keep my commandments.

Here we see God’s character that he does punish sin either the third or fourth generation.
God set a limit and the limit of forbearance is reached in the fourth generation.

Exodus 33:11 And the LORD spake unto Moses face to face, as a man speaketh unto his friend.
And he turned again into the camp: but his servant Joshua, the son of Nun, a young man,
departed not out of the tabernacle. 12 And Moses said unto the LORD, See, thou sayest unto
me, Bring up this people: and thou hast not let me know whom thou wilt send with me. Yet
thou hast said, I know thee by name, and thou hast also found grace in my sight.

Exodus 34:1 And the LORD said unto Moses, Hew thee two tables of stone like unto the first:
and I will write upon these tables the words that were in the first tables, which thou brakest.
2 And be ready in the morning, and come up in the morning unto mount Sinai, and present
thyself there to me in the top of the mount. 3 And no man shall come up with thee, neither
let any man be seen throughout all the mount; neither let the flocks nor herds feed before
that mount. 4 And he hewed two tables of stone like unto the first; and Moses rose up early
in the morning, and went up unto mount Sinai, as the LORD had commanded him, and took
in his hand the two tables of stone.

God was the one who wrote the 10 commandments with his finger

Exodus 34:5 And the LORD descended in the cloud, and stood with him there, and proclaimed
the name of the LORD. 6 And the LORD passed by before him, and proclaimed, The LORD,
The LORD God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, 7
Keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by
no means clear the guilty; visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, and upon
the children's children, unto the third and to the fourth generation.

If was then God proclaimed his name/character, he is a merciful God but in case of iniquity
the fourth generation is always a limit.

33 | P a g e
Counting the kings Hezekiah would be 1st generation, Mannaseh 2nd generation, Amon 3rd
Generation, Josiah 4TH Thus Josiah knowing the full character of God and the things written in
the book of the law (mainly Deuteronomy chapter 28)

KJV 2 Kings 22:16 - 20 Thus saith the LORD, Behold, I will bring evil upon this place, and upon
the inhabitants thereof, even all the words of the book which the king of Judah hath read:
Because they have forsaken me, and have burned incense unto other gods, that they might
provoke me to anger with all the works of their hands; therefore my wrath shall be kindled
against this place, and shall not be quenched. But to the king of Judah which sent you to
enquire of the LORD, thus shall ye say to him, Thus saith the LORD God of Israel, As touching
the words which thou hast heard; Because thine heart was tender, and thou hast humbled
thyself before the LORD, when thou heardest what I spake against this place, and against the
inhabitants thereof, that they should become a desolation and a curse, and hast rent thy
clothes, and wept before me; I also have heard thee, saith the LORD. Behold therefore, I will
gather thee unto thy fathers, and thou shalt be gathered into thy grave in peace; and thine
eyes shall not see all the evil which I will bring upon this place. And they brought the king
word again.

Through Huldah the Lord sent Josiah word that Jerusalem’s ruin could not be averted. Even
should the people now humble themselves before God, they could not escape their
punishment. So long had their senses been deadened by wrongdoing that, if judgment should
not come upon them, they would soon return to the same sinful course. {PK 399}

Kings In Josiah's day the Word of the Lord was as binding, and should have been as strictly
enforced, as at the time it was spoken. And today it is as binding as it was then (GCB April 1,
1903). {3BC 1133.3}

So we see that the Judgements given during the time of Isaiah would not come during Josiah’s
time, because he had humbled himself to God. God stayed the judgements for a time.

We see a big change that came over Israel, four kings after Josiah!

When we read 2 Chronicles chapter 36: We see that all the kings coming after Josiah did very
much evil against God. At this point we shall begin to understand why the temple was
destroyed

2Chronicles 36:1 Then the people of the land took Jehoahaz the son of Josiah, and made him
king in his father's stead in Jerusalem. 2 Jehoahaz was twenty and three years old when he
began to reign, and he reigned three months in Jerusalem. 3 And the king of Egypt put him
down at Jerusalem, and condemned the land in an hundred talents of silver and a talent of
gold.

1st Generation Jehoahaz

2Chronicles 36:4 And the king of Egypt made Eliakim his brother king over Judah and
Jerusalem, and turned his name to Jehoiakim. And Necho took Jehoahaz his brother, and
carried him to Egypt. 5 Jehoiakim was twenty and five years old when he began to reign, and
he reigned eleven years in Jerusalem: and he did that which was evil in the sight of the LORD
his God. 6 Against him came up Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, and bound him in fetters,
to carry him to Babylon. 7 Nebuchadnezzar also carried of the vessels of the house of the
LORD to Babylon, and put them in his temple at Babylon. 8 Now the rest of the acts of
34 | P a g e
Jehoiakim, and his abominations which he did, and that which was found in him, behold, they
are written in the book of the kings of Israel and Judah: and Jehoiachin his son reigned in his
stead.

2nd generation Eliakim aka Jehoiakim

And under this king we have the first siege (Daniel, Shadreck, Misheck and Abednego were
taken and other captives were carried off to Babylon-

2Chronicals 36:9 Jehoiachin was eight years old when he began to reign, and he reigned three
months and ten days in Jerusalem: and he did that which was evil in the sight of the LORD. 10
And when the year was expired, king Nebuchadnezzar sent, and brought him to Babylon, with
the goodly vessels of the house of the LORD, and made Zedekiah his brother king over Judah
and Jerusalem. 2Ch 36:10 And when the year was expired, king Nebuchadnezzar sent, and
brought him to Babylon, with the goodly vessels of the house of the LORD, and made Zedekiah
his brother king over Judah and Jerusalem.

3rd generation Jehoiachin

Second siege happened under this king

KJV 2 Chronicles 36:11 - 13 Zedekiah was one and twenty years old when he began to reign,
and reigned eleven years in Jerusalem. And he did that which was evil in the sight of the LORD
his God, and humbled not himself before Jeremiah the prophet speaking from the mouth of
the LORD. And he also rebelled against king Nebuchadnezzar, who had made him swear by
God: but he stiffened his neck, and hardened his heart from turning unto the LORD God of
Israel.

KJV Ezekiel 1:1 - 3 Now it came to pass in the thirtieth year, in the fourth month, in the fifth
day of the month, as I was among the captives by the river of Chebar, that the heavens were
opened, and I saw visions of God. In the fifth day of the month, which was the fifth year of
king Jehoiachin's captivity, The word of the LORD came expressly unto Ezekiel the priest, the
son of Buzi, in the land of the Chaldeans by the river Chebar; and the hand of the LORD was
there upon him.

Ezekiel was among the captives in Babylon: Whilst at this Jeremiah remained in Israel (until
the final siege) rebuking a people in sin. But what sin were the people guilty of? All we hear
is they were guilt of rebellion. Which rebellion though. Since Jeremiah and Ezekiel were there
during the time the temple was destroyed we need to read their books and see the facts of
the matter.

4th Generation Zedekiah

Third and final siege happened under this king, for the people reached the limit of God’s
forebearance.

Notice in each siege the Chaldeans (Babylonians) would take more and more vessels from the
house of the Lord until the final siege there was nothing left for the people of God for all was
taken to Babylon.

And when we understand this, we shall explain what it means to rebuild the temple

35 | P a g e
2Chronicles 36:12 And he did that which was evil in the sight of the LORD his God, and
humbled not himself before Jeremiah the prophet speaking from the mouth of the LORD. 13
And he also rebelled against king Nebuchadnezzar, who had made him swear by God: but he
stiffened his neck, and hardened his heart from turning unto the LORD God of Israel. 14
Moreover all the chief of the priests, and the people, transgressed very much after all the
abominations of the heathen; and polluted the house of the LORD which he had hallowed in
Jerusalem.

Here we see that King Zedekiah did not even listen to the words of the prophet Jeremiah.

Below is a summary of the years and events that have been explained.

Jeremiah was a prophet of the Lord who prophesied under five kings, Josiah, Jehoahaz,
Jehoiakim, Jehoichin, Zedekiah, and his writings reflects God’s final appeal to save Israel. He
was named the weeping prophet because his heart was crushed under the weight of his
nation’s offenses against God. He lived 100 years after Isaiah. (He authored the book of
Jeremiah and Lamentations)

Ezekiel was younger than Jeremiah. Ezekiel was preaching among the captives in Babylon, he
was giving the same message as Jeremiah in Jerusalem. His book covers the fall of Jerusalem
and restoration of God’s people. He wrote the book Ezekiel.

We shall first look at Ezekiel and then Jeremiah: What abominations were being carried out
in Israel?

And Ezekiel saw the same things Jeremiah saw, but they were in Vision!

36 | P a g e
KJV Ezekiel 8:1 And it came to pass in the sixth year, in the sixth month, in the fifth day of the
month, as I sat in mine house, and the elders of Judah sat before me, that the hand of the
Lord GOD fell there upon me.

Ezekiel was shown a vision of the leadership during the time before the destruction of the
temple

KJV Ezekiel 8:3 - 5 And he put forth the form of an hand, and took me by a lock of mine head;
and the spirit lifted me up between the earth and the heaven, and brought me in the visions
of God to Jerusalem, to the door of the inner gate that looketh toward the north; where was
the seat of the image of jealousy, which provoketh to jealousy. And, behold, the glory of the
God of Israel was there, according to the vision that I saw in the plain. Then said he unto me,
Son of man, lift up thine eyes now the way toward the north. So I lifted up mine eyes the way
toward the north, and behold northward at the gate of the altar this image of jealousy in the
entry.

There was an image of Jealousy erected or what we can say a logo...

And this new logo or image represented that they no longer believed in victory over sin nor
in the message of the kingdom of God and the coming Messiah. None believed the Prophet
of the Lord Moses nor his writings (For at this time Moses was dead but his writings were still
to preserve Israel)

KJV Psalm 74:3, 4, 7, 8, 9 Lift up thy feet unto the perpetual desolations; even all that the
enemy hath done wickedly in the sanctuary. Thine enemies roar in the midst of thy
congregations; they set up their ensigns for signs. They have cast fire into thy sanctuary,
they have defiled by casting down the dwelling place of thy name to the ground. They said in
their hearts, Let us destroy them together: they have burned up all the synagogues of God in
the land. We see not our signs: there is no more any prophet: neither is there among us any
that knoweth how long.

So we see once they had an image of jealousy. They had put new ensigns. And there was no
more belief in the prophet, and none then knew how long before Jesus would come as a
Messiah. They lost their purpose as a people!

KJV Ezekiel 8:6 He said furthermore unto me, Son of man, seest thou what they do? even the
great abominations that the house of Israel committeth here, that I should go far off from my
sanctuary? but turn thee yet again, and thou shalt see greater abominations.

The first abomination was past, but this paved way for the other abominations to quickly
follow in quick succession. And greater abominations were to be shown to Ezekiel

KJV Ezekiel 8:11 - 13 And there stood before them seventy men of the ancients of the house
of Israel, and in the midst of them stood Jaazaniah the son of Shaphan, with every man his
censer in his hand; and a thick cloud of incense went up. Then said he unto me, Son of man,
hast thou seen what the ancients of the house of Israel do in the dark, every man in the
chambers of his imagery? for they say, The LORD seeth us not; the LORD hath forsaken the
earth. He said also unto me, Turn thee yet again, and thou shalt see greater abominations
that they do.

37 | P a g e
Here were seen men each with a censor

KJV Revelation 8:4 And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints,
ascended up before God out of the angel's hand.

The censor represented their prayers. These people serving in the temple or the leadership
of Israel looked as though everything was alright but something was amiss. There were hidden
things going on in Israel

KJV Ezekiel 8:13 - 15 He said also unto me, Turn thee yet again, and thou shalt see greater
abominations that they do. Then he brought me to the door of the gate of the LORD'S house
which was toward the north; and, behold, there sat women weeping for Tammuz. Then said
he unto me, Hast thou seen this, O son of man? turn thee yet again, and thou shalt see greater
abominations than these.

Notice the women in the temple were weeping for Tammuz... who is the counterfeit Messiah,
a different type of Jesus (with a different mission all together)

KJV Haggai 2:7 And I will shake all nations, and the desire of all nations shall come: and I will
fill this house with glory, saith the LORD of hosts.

All women of all ages in Israel all desired to be the mother of Jesus. This was the desire of
Nations, but here we see women would rather weep for Tammuz than desire the Messiah.
This was happening in Israel

KJV Jeremiah 44:15 - 19 Then all the men which knew that their wives had burned incense
unto other gods, and all the women that stood by, a great multitude, even all the people that
dwelt in the land of Egypt, in Pathros, answered Jeremiah, saying, As for the word that thou
hast spoken unto us in the name of the LORD, we will not hearken unto thee. But we will
certainly do whatsoever thing goeth forth out of our own mouth, to burn incense unto the
queen of heaven, and to pour out drink offerings unto her, as we have done, we, and our
fathers, our kings, and our princes, in the cities of Judah, and in the streets of Jerusalem: for
then had we plenty of victuals, and were well, and saw no evil. But since we left off to burn
incense to the queen of heaven, and to pour out drink offerings unto her, we have wanted all
things, and have been consumed by the sword and by the famine. And when we burned
incense to the queen of heaven, and poured out drink offerings unto her, did we make her
cakes to worship her, and pour out drink offerings unto her, without our men?

Israel had taken part in the worship styles of The mystery religion. They began to burn incense
to Semiarmis the "queen of heaven." This was something that was not to be done among the
Israelites but they did not heed the council of the Lord. What other abomination did they
commit

KJV Jeremiah 10:2 – 6 Thus saith the LORD, Learn not the way of the heathen, and be not
dismayed at the signs of heaven; for the heathen are dismayed at them. For the customs of
the people are vain: for one cutteth a tree out of the forest, the work of the hands of the
workman, with the axe. They deck it with silver and with gold; they fasten it with nails and
with hammers, that it move not. They are upright as the palm tree, but speak not: they must
needs be borne, because they cannot go. Be not afraid of them; for they cannot do evil,
neither also is it in them to do good. Forasmuch as there is none like unto thee, O LORD; thou
art great, and thy name is great in might.
38 | P a g e
Even where the sun was the favourite object of worship, as in Babylon itself and elsewhere,
at this festival he was worshipped not merely as the orb of day, but as God incarnate. It was
an essential principle of the Babylonian system, that the Sun or Baal was the one only God.
When, therefore, Tammuz was worshipped as God incarnate, that implied also that he was
an incarnation of the Sun. In the Hindoo Mythology, which is admitted to be essentially
Babylonian, this comes out very distinctly. There, Surya, or the sun, is represented as being
incarnate, and born for the purpose of subduing the enemies of the gods, who, without such
a birth, could not have been subdued. *

* See the Sanscrit Researches of Col. VANS KENNEDY. Col. K., a most
distinguished Sanscrit scholar, brings the Brahmins from Babylon (Ibid.). Be it
observed the very name Surya, given to the sun over all India, is connected
with this birth. Though the word had originally a different meaning, it was
evidently identified by the priests with the Chaldee "Zero," and made to
countenance the idea of the birth of the "Sun-god." The Pracrit name is still
nearer the Scriptural name of the promised "seed." It is "Suro." It has been
seen, in a previous chapter, that in Egypt also the Sun was represented as born
of a goddess.

It was no mere astronomic festival, then, that the Pagans celebrated at the winter solstice.
That festival at Rome was called the feast of Saturn, and the mode in which it was celebrated
there, showed whence it had been derived. The feast, as regulated by Caligula, lasted five
days; * loose reins were given to drunkenness and revelry, slaves had a temporary
emancipation, ** and used all manner of freedoms with their masters.

* Subsequently the number of the days of the Saturnalia was increased to seven.

** If Saturn, or Kronos, was, as we have seen reason to believe, Phoroneus,

"The emancipator," the "temporary emancipation" of the slaves at his festival
was exactly in keeping with his supposed character.

This was precisely the way in which, according to Berosus, the drunken festival of the month
Thebeth, answering to our December, in other words, the festival of Bacchus, was celebrated
in Babylon. "It was the custom," says he, "during the five days it lasted, for masters to be in
subjection to their servants, and one of them ruled the house, clothed in a purple garment
like a king." This "purple-robed" servant was called "Zoganes," the "Man of sport and
wantonness," and answered exactly to the "Lord of Misrule," that in the dark ages, was
chosen in all Popish countries to head the revels of Christmas. The wassailling bowl of
Christmas had its precise counterpart in the "Drunken festival" of Babylon; and many of the
other observances still kept up among ourselves at Christmas came from the very same
quarter. The candles, in some parts of England, lighted on Christmas-eve, and used so long as
the festive season lasts, were equally lighted by the Pagans on the eve of the festival of the
Babylonian god, to do honour to him: for it was one of the distinguishing peculiarities of his
worship to have lighted wax-candles on his altars. The Christmas tree, now so common among
us, was equally common in Pagan Rome and Pagan Egypt. In Egypt that tree was the palm-
tree; in Rome it was the fir; the palm-tree denoting the Pagan Messiah, as Baal-Tamar, the fir
referring to him as Baal-Berith. The mother of Adonis, the Sun-God and great mediatorial
divinity, was mystically said to have been changed into a tree, and when in that state to have
brought forth her divine son. If the mother was a tree, the son must have been recognised as
the "Man the branch." And this entirely accounts for the putting of the Yule Log into the fire
on Christmas-eve, and the appearance of the Christmas-tree the next morning. As Zero-Ashta,
"The seed of the woman," which name also signified Ignigena, or "born of the fire," he has to
enter the fire on "Mother-night," that he may be born the next day out of it, as the "Branch

39 | P a g e
of God," or the Tree that brings all divine gifts to men. But why, it may be asked, does he enter
the fire under the symbol of a Log? To understand this, it must be remembered that the divine
child born at the winter solstice was born as a new incarnation of the great god (after that
god had been cut in pieces), on purpose to revenge his death upon his murderers. Now the
great god, cut off in the midst of his power and glory, was symbolised as a huge tree, stripped
of all its branches, and cut down almost to the ground. But the great serpent, the symbol of
the life restoring Aesculapius, twists itself around the dead stock, and lo, at its side up sprouts
a young tree--a tree of an entirely different kind, that is destined never to be cut down by
hostile power--even the palm-tree, the well-known symbol of victory. The Christmas-tree, as
has been stated, was generally at Rome a different tree, even the fir; but the very same idea
as was implied in the palm-tree was implied in the Christmas-fir; for that covertly symbolised
the new-born God as Baal-berith, * "Lord of the Covenant," and thus shadowed forth the
perpetuity and everlasting nature of his power, not that after having fallen before his
enemies, he had risen triumphant over them all.

* Baal-bereth, which differs only in one letter from Baal-berith, "Lord of the
Covenant," signifies "Lord of the fir-tree."

Therefore, the 25th of December, the day that was observed at Rome as the day when the
victorious god reappeared on earth, was held at the Natalis invicti solis, "The birth-day of the
unconquered Sun." Now the Yule Log is the dead stock of Nimrod, deified as the sun-god, but
cut down by his enemies; the Christmas-tree is Nimrod redivivus--the slain god come to life
again. In the light reflected by the above statement on customs that still linger among us, the
origin of which has been lost in the midst of hoar antiquity, let the reader look at the singular
practice still kept up in the South on Christmas-eve, of kissing under the mistletoe bough. That
mistletoe bough in the Druidic superstition, which, as we have seen, was derived from
Babylon, was a representation of the Messiah, "The man the branch." The mistletoe was
regarded as a divine branch *--a branch that came from heaven, and grew upon a tree that
sprung out of the earth.

The children of Israel began to observe the birthday of Tammuz on 25th Dec and God said
please don’t do this, Jeremiah was there and he saw… How the mystery religion of Babylon
had so influenced the religion of Israel?

KJV Ezekiel 8:16 And he brought me into the inner court of the LORD'S house, and, behold, at
the door of the temple of the LORD, between the porch and the altar, were about five and
twenty men, with their backs toward the temple of the LORD, and their faces toward the east;
and they worshipped the sun toward the east.

For this we need to understand the structure of the sanctuary…

40 | P a g e
 You have, 1 a door, 2 altar of burnt
offering, 3 laver of washing: 4-
apartment divided into the.

✓a Holy place

✓b Most Holy Place

A Holy place

Had the 7 handle candle stick or Menorah

Table of shew bread

Altar of incense

Then the veil into the Most Holy place

B inside the Most holy place we had the Ark

of the covenant

Above the ark was the mercy seat and

shekinah glory

Inside the ark was the law of God and also

the writings of the prophet Moses aka book
of the law and also the pot of Manna

So the leaders stood between the porch and the alter. The porch being the entrance into the
Holy place. The alter being the altar of burnt offering

So their backs were toward the temple, meaning they turned their back against the Holy and
Most Holy place

To show emphasis they turned their backs against the veil into the Most Holy place: Where
people need to stand in His presence

41 | P a g e
Inside the Most holy place we had the Ark of the covenant, above the ark was the mercy seat
and shekinah glory. To stand in the presence of God means to have victory over sin (Hosea
14:1,9 sin is to fall; Rev 6:17 who shall be able to stand). Inside the ark was the law of God
and also the writings of the prophet Moses aka book of the law and also the pot of Manna.
(The pot of Manna represents the health message read Exodus 16. So Israel had turned their
backs on the writings of Moses, they had turned their backs on the Manna, And also on the
glory of God). They did not desire to reflect the glory of God to others! Where were the
Israelites then doing?

What was their new position?

So the 25 men stood between the porch or entrance into the holy place and the alter of burnt
offering

So it means they were facing the:

Laver, then the, Alter burnt offering and lastly the door.

Here we see they leadership did not want the distinct message that set them apart from the
other nations. For the law of God was clear though shalt have no other gods before me, the
law was very straight forward to say thou shalt make no graven images nor worship them.
But cause the leadership in Israel did not want to heed the councils they turned their backs
towards the law of God in the Most Holy place. Because the law of Moses was binding, in
what was needed in the sanctuary, because the law of Moses was very strict and prohibited
the worshiping as other heathen nations around them, they turned their backs towards the
temple. They did not wat to uplift the law of God nor hear the book of the Law, it was a new
party of professed believers and the women also took the same direction.

Ezekiel 8:11 And there stood before them seventy men of the ancients of the house of Israel,
and in the midst of them stood Jaazaniah the son of Shaphan, with every man his censer in
his hand; and a thick cloud of incense went up.

The apostasy was so bad that even Jaazaniah who was the son of Shaphan apostatised. This
all was going on in the church of God.

KJV Ezekiel 8:17 Then he said unto me, Hast thou seen this, O son of man? Is it a light thing to
the house of Judah that they commit the abominations which they commit here? for they
have filled the land with violence, and have returned to provoke me to anger: and, lo, they
put the branch to their nose. 18 Therefore will I also deal in fury: mine eye shall not spare,
neither will I have pity: and though they cry in mine ears with a loud voice, yet will I not hear
them.

Notice here that this act alone provokes the Lord to anger, the turning of their backs towards
the temple was the point of no remedy.

So in Ezekiel 8 we see the abominations that the children of Israel were involved in. the
Mystery religion of Babylon had become the religion of Israel, the temple service was still in
place, though they had priests, but their worship style was completely Babylonian.

42 | P a g e
The worship of the Host of Heaven was official in Israel

 Nimrod the sun god

 Semiramis the moon goddess
 Tammuz Venus (false messiah)

So we see here Easter was also introduced in Israel.

1. First Sunday
2. After the first full moon
3. After the Vernal Equinox

Note: this was a High Sunday for the pagans because on this day; this Sunday the Sun, Moon,
Stars Rises together in the EAST-ER. The pagans had sunrise services On This Day.

KJV Ezekiel 9:1 He cried also in mine ears with a loud voice, saying, Cause them that have
charge over the city to draw near, even every man with his destroying weapon in his hand. 2
And, behold, six men came from the way of the higher gate, which lieth toward the north,
and every man a slaughter weapon in his hand; and one man among them was clothed with
linen, with a writer's inkhorn by his side: and they went in, and stood beside the brasen altar.
3 And the glory of the God of Israel was gone up from the cherub, whereupon he was, to the
threshold of the house. And he called to the man clothed with linen, which had the writer's
inkhorn by his side;

Notice though things were bad enough, God still had angels who had charge over the work in
the Church or city of Israel. God is so merciful. But notice his glory left the cherub and went
to the threshold or the entrance into the Holy place. And the 6 men with slaughter weapons,
these messengers of vengeance stood on the brazen alter of alter of burnt offering (Exodus
30:18-21).

KJV Ezekiel 9:4 And the LORD said unto him, Go through the midst of the city, through the
midst of Jerusalem, and set a mark upon the foreheads of the men that sigh and that cry for
all the abominations that be done in the midst thereof. 5 And to the others he said in mine
hearing, Go ye after him through the city, and smite: let not your eye spare, neither have ye
pity: 6 Slay utterly old and young, both maids, and little children, and women: but come not

43 | P a g e
near any man upon whom is the mark; and begin at my sanctuary. Then they began at the
ancient men which were before the house. 7 And he said unto them, Defile the house, and fill
the courts with the slain: go ye forth. And they went forth, and slew in the city. 8 And it came
to pass, while they were slaying them, and I was left, that I fell upon my face, and cried, and
said, Ah Lord GOD! wilt thou destroy all the residue of Israel in thy pouring out of thy fury
upon Jerusalem?

Though in Israel there was much apostasy and open defiance against revival and reformation!
There were others who were sighing and crying. God ordered the writer with an ink horn
begin to set a mark upon all those who were sighing and crying. So we see though things were
so bad in Israel, were the standards were left to trail in the ground, God still had his prophet
Jeremiah rebuking sin, God still had a few who were sighing and crying for the abominations
that were happening within the city.

Psalm 5:2 Hearken unto the voice of my cry, my King, and my God: for unto thee will I pray.
3 My voice shalt thou hear in the morning, O LORD; in the morning will I direct my prayer
unto thee, and will look up.

Here we see to sigh and cry is a very deep experience we get in touch with God to call upon
Him with perseverance and prayer, to plead the cause of the sinful and those in error. This is
what Daniel did in Daniel chapter 9.

So here we see the very first step in sun worship is to turn your back against the temple, to
turn your back against the 10 commandments, the pot of Manna and the Book of the Law

KJV Ezekiel 11:23 And the glory of the LORD went up from the midst of the city, and stood
upon the mountain which is on the east side of the city.

From the threshold the glory of the Lord arose and dwelt upon the mountain east to the city

Let us see the same events in Ezekiel’s vision as they happened in Israel.

KJV 2 Chronicles 36:14 Moreover all the chief of the priests, and the people, transgressed very
much after all the abominations of the heathen; and polluted the house of the LORD which
he had hallowed in Jerusalem. 15 And the LORD God of their fathers sent to them by his
messengers, rising up betimes, and sending; because he had compassion on his people, and
on his dwelling place: 16 But they mocked the messengers of God, and despised his words,
and misused his prophets, until the wrath of the LORD arose against his people, till there was
no remedy.

Notice the Israelites:

1. -Rejected the messages of God

2. - rejected Gods messengers
3. -The Israelites Rejected the Prophet of God

And after this there was no remedy for their sin condition. If we reject the words of God what
more can God do? So with this God allowed the Babylonians to destroy the temple. Because
the Jews had in rejecting His prophet and the words of his messengers the Jews had rejected
God...This is very serious friends we must consider. The sin that brought Ruin upon Israel, was
in forgetting their Peculiar identity.

44 | P a g e
In forgetting who God is. They lost all sense of who God wanted them to be, and they became
something very difference. Having the same doctrine as the nations around them...

KJV 2 Chronicles 36: 18 And all the vessels of the house of God, great and small, and the
treasures of the house of the LORD, and the treasures of the king, and of his princes; all these
he brought to Babylon. 19 And they burnt the house of God, and brake down the wall of
Jerusalem, and burnt all the palaces thereof with fire, and destroyed all the goodly vessels
thereof. 20 And them that had escaped from the sword carried he away to Babylon; where
they were servants to him and his sons until the reign of the kingdom of Persia: 21 To fulfil
the word of the LORD by the mouth of Jeremiah, until the land had enjoyed her sabbaths: for
as long as she lay desolate she kept sabbath, to fulfil threescore and ten years.

So here we see that the 6 men who stood by the brazen alter and the man with the writer’s
ink horn, all represent the events portrayed in chronicles, where the Chaldeans were the
slaughter weapons used by God, to bring judgement upon a rebellious generation.

There was also Habakkuk in Jerusalem who was helping Jeremiah. He was a man who pleaded
with God on behalf of his people. (Zephaniah was also a helper of Jeremiah in Jerusalem
denouncing sin)

Habakkuk 1:1 The burden which Habakkuk the prophet did see. 2 O LORD, how long shall I
cry, and thou wilt not hear! even cry out unto thee of violence, and thou wilt not save! 3 Why
dost thou shew me iniquity, and cause me to behold grievance? for spoiling and violence are
before me: and there are that raise up strife and contention. 4 Therefore the law is slacked,
and judgment doth never go forth: for the wicked doth compass about the righteous;
therefore wrong judgment proceedeth.

The above opening shows Habakkuk pleading to God, though the sins of Israel be great, God
should interpose and Save them.

Habakkuk 1:5 Behold ye among the heathen, and regard, and wonder marvellously: for I will
work a work in your days, which ye will not believe, though it be told you.

Below is a work that the Lord was going to do, God was going to do a work which even if the
Babylonians would not believe if they were told.

Habakuk 1:6 For, lo, I raise up the Chaldeans, that bitter and hasty nation, which shall march
through the breadth of the land, to possess the dwellingplaces that are not theirs. 7 They are
terrible and dreadful: their judgment and their dignity shall proceed of themselves. 8 Their
horses also are swifter than the leopards, and are more fierce than the evening wolves: and
their horsemen shall spread themselves, and their horsemen shall come from far; they shall
fly as the eagle that hasteth to eat. 9 They shall come all for violence: their faces shall sup up
as the east wind, and they shall gather the captivity as the sand. 10 And they shall scoff at
the kings, and the princes shall be a scorn unto them: they shall deride every strong hold; for
they shall heap dust, and take it.

Here we see a very strange act, God was going to raise up a heathen nation the Chaldeans or
Babylonians to go and march against the Israelites. God was going to grant Babylon victory
over the Israelites.

45 | P a g e
Habakuk 1:11 Then shall his mind change, and he shall pass over, and offend, imputing this
his power unto his god.

Here we see that the mind of the heathen king shall change. Recall the great miracle God did
for Israel in turning the sun 10 degree, Babylon came to Israel to inquire and they missed that
opportunity. God was going to allow Israel to be captives and do the same work they failed
to do in a time of great peace and prosperity. But it is here that due to the fact that Babylon
has conquered Israel, Babylon shall attribute this to his own god Baal. (This happened as we
shall see, Daniel 5)

Habakuk 1:12 Art thou not from everlasting, O LORD my God, mine Holy One? we shall not
die. O LORD, thou hast ordained them for judgment; and, O mighty God, thou hast established
them for correction. 13 Thou art of purer eyes than to behold evil, and canst not look on
iniquity: wherefore lookest thou upon them that deal treacherously, and holdest thy tongue
when the wicked devoureth the man that is more righteous than he?

Here we see that God is of purer eyes than to behold evil, for the Babylonians were
established for correction, they were established for judgement.

Habakkuk 1:14 And makest men as the fishes of the sea, as the creeping things, that have no
ruler over them? 15 They take up all of them with the angle, they catch them in their net,
and gather them in their drag: therefore they rejoice and are glad. 16 Therefore they sacrifice
unto their net, and burn incense unto their drag; because by them their porntion is fat, and
their meat plenteous. 17 Shall they therefore empty their net, and not spare continually to
slay the nations?

Habakkuk asked more serious questions and the answer of the Lord came in CHAPTER 2

Habakkuk 2:1 I will stand upon my watch, and set me upon the tower, and will watch to see
what he will say unto me, and what I shall answer when I am reproved. 2 And the LORD
answered me, and said, Write the vision, and make it plain upon tables, that he may run that
readeth it. 3 For the vision is yet for an appointed time, but at the end it shall speak, and not
lie: though it tarry, wait for it; because it will surely come, it will not tarry. 4 Behold, his soul
which is lifted up is not upright in him: but the just shall live by his faith.

God was very definite that the vision would come to pass, though it tarried in the time of
Josiah, but at the end during Zedekiah’s reign it would not lie though it took long. Here we
begin to see how God deals with sin and the nations, God is merciful but also Just.

Habakuk 2:4 Behold, his soul which is lifted up is not upright in him: but the just shall live by
his faith.

Here we see the answer to all the perplexing questions Habakuk had, the Just shall live by
faith, the pending judgements of God hang upon the nation of Israel and was there any hope
for the future. Yes, though wickedness was prevailant and national sin brought the downfall
of this great nation, the Just shall were to live by faith

Habakuk 2:14 For the earth shall be filled with the knowledge of the glory of the LORD, as the
waters cover the sea.

46 | P a g e
Here we see that in all this destruction, God was going to at a latter time raise up a people
who would at a later time show forth the glory of the Lord to the nations, this people would
fill the earth with the know…. When would this promise be fulfilled.

Habakuk 2:20 But the LORD is in his holy temple: let all the earth keep silence before him.

So we see though the glory of the lord left from between the cherubim, and dwell on the
mountain east of the city, and the temple was later on destroyed. God would raise up a people
that would begin a special work, to lay the foundations of the temple and the Lord would
dwell in His temple, and all the earth would be silent before Him. What profound words.

47 | P a g e
Chapter 4 Lessons from Babylonian captivity

We ended where The Babylonians had come to take the children of Israel captive

But Before the destruction of Solomon’s temple. We saw that prophets of God had
prophesied of the coming destruction!

KJV Jeremiah 29:10 For thus saith the LORD, That after seventy years be accomplished at
Babylon I will visit you, and perform my good word toward you, in causing you to return to
this place.

When the temple was destroyed, the children of Israel were to be in captivity for about 70
years, then they would return back to Jerusalem. We need to understand the events
connected with the return back to Israel

What promises did God give concerning their departure into bondage of Babylon????

KJV Jeremiah 29:11 For I know the thoughts that I think toward you, saith the LORD, thoughts
of peace, and not of evil, to give you an expected end. 12 Then shall ye call upon me, and ye
shall go and pray unto me, and I will hearken unto you. 13 And ye shall seek me, and find me,
when ye shall search for me with all your heart. 14 And I will be found of you, saith the LORD:
and I will turn away your captivity, and I will gather you from all the nations, and from all the
places whither I have driven you, saith the LORD; and I will bring you again into the place
whence I caused you to be carried away captive.

The whole purpose for sending them to captivity was for them to recall they were the chosen
people. For them to know and believe their mission was different, God had chosen them to
do a work… different from any other people on the earth, it was in this realisation that a
revival and reformation would be done. People were to humble themselves and return unto
the living God. Though Israelites were in Babylon, Israel never became Babylon. Babylon never
became Israel. A call was going to be made to those captives.

Because God had compassion on his people, God allowed them go to captivity in Babylon, but
what other things did God say in regard to them turning back .... Recall when Israelites were
in captivity in Egypt, upon coming out, God lead them to Sanai where God made a covenant
with them where Israel was to be a kingdom of God, A nation of priests (Exodus 19)

What promises did God have for his people as they were being lead to Babylonian captivity.
Jeremiah was the prophet a voice of rebuke in Israel, While Ezekiel was the voice of rebuke
to the captives in Babylon. God had a word for his people in Jerusalem

KJV Jeremiah 31:31 Behold, the days come, saith the LORD, that I will make a new covenant
with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah: 32 Not according to the covenant that
I made with their fathers in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land
of Egypt; which my covenant they brake, although I was an husband unto them, saith the
LORD: 33 But this shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; After those
days, saith the LORD, I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; and
will be their God, and they shall be my people. 34 And they shall teach no more every man
his neighbour, and every man his brother, saying, Know the LORD: for they shall all know me,
from the least of them unto the greatest of them, saith the LORD: for I will forgive their
iniquity, and I will remember their sin no more.
48 | P a g e
God wanted to make a new covenant. This new covenant God wanted to extend to the Jews.
God was not changing the conditions of the covenant. The covenant after which days brothers
and sister? We shall see that the days mentioned here are the days mentioned as the 70years
of captivity. So after the captivity of Babylon. There shall be days when God shall make a new
covenant with the house Israel and Judah. So the New covenant was going to be made and a
people were going to have their sins and iniquities forgiven and God would not remember
their sins. The people would know God, This is the real issue.

1. At Sanai the people had to live without sin

2. After the new covenant people were to live without sin

We must see clearly that God was not at fault! But the Israelites were at fault. Those who
would come out of Babylon after 70years, God would make a new covenant with them, This
time the law would be written in their hearts and inward parts, the character of God would
be in the person's heart. This the Real issue brothers and sisters

Ezekiel 11:19 And I will give them one heart, and I will put a new spirit within you; and I will
take the stony heart out of their flesh, and will give them an heart of flesh:

God wanted the Israelites to have a new heart, this was what God was willing to do for the
nation of Israel.

Ezekiel 36:24 For I will take you from among the heathen, and gather you out of all countries,
and will bring you into your own land. 25 Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye
shall be clean: from all your filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse you. 26 A new
heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony
heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh. 27 And I will put my spirit within
you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and ye shall keep my judgments, and do them.

Here we see the wonderful things God wanted to do for the nation of Israel, God wanted to
make them a Holy Nation. God wanted to heal them from their idols and notice circumcision
was to be of the heart, God was going to give them a Heart of flesh and put His Spirit within
them and they would then be able to walk in the ways of the Lord.

Ezekiel 36:28 And ye shall dwell in the land that I gave to your fathers; and ye shall be my
people, and I will be your God. 29 I will also save you from all your uncleannesses: and I will
call for the corn, and will increase it, and lay no famine upon you. 30 And I will multiply the
fruit of the tree, and the increase of the field, that ye shall receive no more reproach of famine
among the heathen. 31 Then shall ye remember your own evil ways, and your doings that
were not good, and shall lothe yourselves in your own sight for your iniquities and for your
abominations. 32 Not for your sakes do I this, saith the Lord GOD, be it known unto you: be
ashamed and confounded for your own ways, O house of Israel.

God was going to bring the nation of Israel out of captivity and bless them, they were going
to loathe or hate their own evil ways. Here we see before we can begin our journey to
overcome sin, we must hate ourselves and overcome self.

Ezekiel 36:33 Thus saith the Lord GOD; In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your
iniquities I will also cause you to dwell in the cities, and the wastes shall be builded. 34 And
the desolate land shall be tilled, whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by.

49 | P a g e
Eze 36:35 And they shall say, This land that was desolate is become like the garden of Eden;
and the waste and desolate and ruined cities are become fenced, and are inhabited. 36 Then
the heathen that are left round about you shall know that I the LORD build the ruined places,
and plant that that was desolate: I the LORD have spoken it, and I will do it. 37 Thus saith the
Lord GOD; I will yet for this be enquired of by the house of Israel, to do it for them; I will
increase them with men like a flock. 38 As the holy flock, as the flock of Jerusalem in her
solemn feasts; so shall the waste cities be filled with flocks of men: and they shall know that
I am the LORD.

God was going to bless the children of Israel abundantly and they would have days of Heaven
on Earth, this was the will of the father. Notice God still wanted Israel as a Nation to be exalted
in righteousness so that all the Earth would learn lessons from God, this was the real reason
God a new covenant with the house of Israel the real issue was evangelism.

Deuteronomy 11:21 That your days may be multiplied, and the days of your children, in the
land which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give them, as the days of heaven upon the
earth.

The children of Israel were taken into captivity.

KJV 2 Chronicles 36:20 And them that had escaped from the sword carried he away to
Babylon; where they were servants to him and his sons until the reign of the kingdom of
Persia: 21 To fulfil the word of the LORD by the mouth of Jeremiah, until the land had enjoyed
her sabbaths: for as long as she lay desolate she kept sabbath, to fulfil threescore and ten
years.

So the Babylonians did come and they did destroy the temple and brought captives to Babylon

KJV Daniel 1:1 In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah came Nebuchadnezzar
king of Babylon unto Jerusalem, and besieged it. 2 And the Lord gave Jehoiakim king of Judah
into his hand, with part of the vessels of the house of God: which he carried into the land of
Shinar to the house of his god; and he brought the vessels into the treasure house of his god.
3 And the king spake unto Ashpenaz the master of his eunuchs, that he should bring certain
of the children of Israel, and of the king's seed, and of the princes; 4 Children in whom was
no blemish, but well favoured, and skilful in all wisdom, and cunning in knowledge, and
understanding science, and such as had ability in them to stand in the king's palace, and whom
they might teach the learning and the tongue of the Chaldeans.

Among the children of Israel who were carried captive to Babylon at the beginning of the
seventy years’ captivity were Christian patriots, men who were as true as steel to principle,
who would not be corrupted by selfishness, but who would honor God at the loss of all things.
In the land of their captivity these men were to carry out God’s purpose by giving to heathen
nations the blessings that come through a knowledge of Jehovah. They were to be His
representatives. {PK 479}

KJV Daniel 1:5 And the king appointed them a daily provision of the king's meat, and of the
wine which he drank: so nourishing them three years, that at the end thereof they might
stand before the king. 6 Now among these were of the children of Judah, Daniel, Hananiah,
Mishael, and Azariah:

50 | P a g e
So we see that Daniel was and his brethren were among the captives in Babylon. Then there
was there was the 10 days challenge of Daniel.

Daniel 1:11 Then said Daniel to Melzar, whom the prince of the eunuchs had set over Daniel,
Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, 12 Prove thy servants, I beseech thee, ten days; and let them
give us pulse to eat, and water to drink. 13 Then let our countenances be looked upon before
thee, and the countenance of the children that eat of the portion of the king's meat: and as
thou seest, deal with thy servants.

Below is an account of how God blessed Daniel and His friends because they would not
partake of the diet of Babylon.

Daniel 1:16 Thus Melzar took away the portion of their meat, and the wine that they should
drink; and gave them pulse. 17 As for these four children, God gave them knowledge and skill
in all learning and wisdom: and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams.

Daniel was a Man of science, and had great understanding of visions and dreams, God also
gave Daniel knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom and these children were on top of
their class in the schools of Babylon.

So the account goes in Daniel chapter 2, the King of Babylon Nebuchadnezzar had a dream
and by the divine intervention of God, God gave the dream to Daniel and Daniel stood before
the king.

Daniel 2:30 But as for me, this

secret is not revealed to me for
any wisdom that I have more than
any living, but for their sakes that
shall make known the
interpretation to the king, and that
thou mightest know the thoughts
of thy heart. 31 Thou, O king,
sawest, and behold a great image.
This great image, whose
brightness was excellent, stood
before thee; and the form thereof
was terrible. 32 This image's head
was of fine gold, his breast and his arms of silver, his belly and his thighs of brass, 33 His legs
of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay. 34 Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out
without hands, which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake
them to pieces. 35 Then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold, broken to
pieces together, and became like the chaff of the summer threshingfloors; and the wind
carried them away, that no place was found for them: and the stone that smote the image
became a great mountain, and filled the whole earth.

51 | P a g e
The image above is an artist rendition. So let’s summarise the vision.

1. Head of gold
2. Chest and arms of silver
3. Belly and thighs of brass/bronze
4. Legs of iron
5. Feet partly clay and partly iron
6. Stone hits image at the feed and grows into a great mountain filling up the whole earth

Dan 2:36 This is the dream; and we will tell the interpretation thereof before the king.

So the Bible is going to tell us the Interpretation of the dream that king Had. Recall the
purpose of why God sent the children of Israel into captivity.
Daniel 2:38 And wheresoever the children of men dwell, the beasts of the field and the fowls
of the heaven hath he given into thine hand, and hath made thee ruler over them all. Thou
art this head of gold. 39 And after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee, and
another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule over all the earth. 40 And the fourth
kingdom shall be strong as iron: forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all things:
and as iron that breaketh all these, shall it break in pieces and bruise.

Here we see the explanation of Daniels stone;

The Head of God was the kingdom of Babylon, but history tells us of the Kingdom that came
after Babylon, we need to look into History to understand how the prophecy was fulfilled.

Isaiah 42:9 Behold, the former things are come to pass, and new things do I declare: before
they spring forth I tell you of them.

1. The former things are History fulfilled

2. New things are future prophecies
3. Between the past and future events we can tell where we are in the procession of the
ages and we can know the present.

History tells us that after Babylon came

Medo-Persian empire. The Medians
and Persians had a coalition
government and ruled together, this is
why the Image has two hands.

After Medo-Persian came the Greek

empire. The first king Alexander the
great who conquered the Persians in
such a swift fashion. This empire was
to be the third empire.

After the Greeks came the Roman

Empire. The Roman empire was ruled
by the Creasers and Jesus came on
earth during this time. Below are the
dates of these empires.

52 | P a g e
The history which the great I AM has marked out in His word, uniting link after link in the
prophetic chain, from eternity in the past to eternity in the future, tells us where we are
today in the procession of the ages, and what may be expected in the time to come. All that
prophecy has foretold as coming to pass, until the present time, has been traced on the
pages of history, and we may be assured that all which is yet to come will be fulfilled in its
order. {Ed 178.3}

Here we see everything happened in its order, and Notice the vision of Daniel 2 gives us a
glimpse in the Financial might of the nations, notice the image begins with the most precious
elements but end with the base elements of the world.

Let us study what the feet represent… by looking at History, we find out that Rome was never
conquered by an outside kingdom, but there were uprisings and by 476 A.D. western Rome
fell and it was then that western Rome was divided into 10 divisions. Just as the feet has 10
toes. Below is a map of western Rome.

Below are the nations of western Rome as they are called today.

the images feet were partly

Iron and partly clay, as
already established the Iron
feet where the fourth
kingdom the Roman Empire,
but in 476 A.D. western
Rome Fell and due to the
feet were partly Iron, this
shows the fall of the Roman
empire. But something was
put in play to try and hold the
iron together, the clay what
does the clay represent?

53 | P a g e
The clay does not represent the weak Nations; this is clearly unbiblical. Let us study what the
bible says in regard to what clay is

Genesis 2:7 And the LORD God formed man of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his
nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul. 23 And Adam said, This is now bone
of my bones, and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of
Man.

From the above text we see that it is abundantly clear that Adam was made from the dust of
the ground or from clay, whilst woman was made from the man’s Rib, so we see that the
woman is of the same substance as the man.

We saw that a woman represents a church in Bible prophecy, and we also see that the woman
in Genesis 3 was made from the same substance as her husband clay.

Thus clay represents the woman which represents the Church.

Isaiah 64:8 But now, O LORD, thou art our father; we are the clay, and thou our potter; and
we all are the work of thy hand.

Jeremiah 18:6 O house of Israel, cannot I do with you as this potter? saith the LORD. Behold,
as the clay is in the potter's hand, so are ye in mine hand, O house of Israel.

From the above we see clearly that the clay does not represent the weak nations but rather
represents the church or people of God. So we are to go in History after the Years passing 476
A.D. was there ever a church and state Union? Can we see the Church craft (Clay) uniting with
the State craft (remnants or divisions of the western Rome).

Dan 12:11 And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination
that maketh desolate set up, there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days.

The words that are in Italics were supplied or added by the transleters of the KJV bible, so we
read the sentence below without them.

Dan 12:11 And from the time the daily shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh
desolate set up, a thousand two hundred and ninety days.

So from the above daily meant paganism, which was prevailing in Rome, the state pagan
religion. So here we see that paganism was to be take away and an abomination that causes
destruction or desolation was to be setup, the church would mingle with the state and in this
Union it was to last for 1290 days.

Thus we see that the Abomination of desolation was set up for 1290years from History tells us
from 508 A.D. Clovis King of the Franks dedicated his sword or army to the papacy and fought off
any detractors or enemies of the papacy, franks is what today we call France and it was part of
the 10 nations of the western Rome, here we see the church craft mingling with the state craft.
1290years later being 1798 the papal rule was abolished by Berthier Napoleons General (refer to
country living Manual).

Dan 2:41 And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potters' clay, and part of iron, the
kingdom shall be divided; but there shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as thou
sawest the iron mixed with miry clay. 42 And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part
of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken.
54 | P a g e
Notice here the feet are part of potters clay, the Christians then did unite with the Romans and
formed the abomination that maketh desolate, the result was the Roman Catholic church. But
truly Church and State cannot mix, this union would weaken all the power of the church and
believers.

Dan 2:43 And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with
the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.

By 1798 clay and Iron were completely separated but the bible says something else.

Revelation 17:2 With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the
inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication. 5 And upon her
forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND
ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.

Here we see since 1798 the iron and clay was separated, there have been secret alliances going
on ever since between the kings of the earth and the Papacy, just as people don’t commit
fornication out in the open, fornication is always in the secret, so here we see that there would
be secret alliances, the book of Daniel says they shall try to mingle wit the seed of men but they
shall not cleave one to the other. The word cleave is the same word Adam used in Genesis 2 to
say the man shall cleave unto his wife and the two shall be one flesh. This tells us that though
1798 is past the last great grand union will be at last made, the last union between church and
state, but God has declared it will not last.

Notice we truly see that the mingling of Church craft and State craft weakened all the power of
the church, to the point that the church now became one with the mystery religion, church and
state.

We have come to a time when God's sacred work is represented by the feet of the image in which
the iron was mixed with the miry clay. God has a people, a chosen people, whose discernment
must be sanctified, who must not become unholy by laying upon the foundation wood, hay, and
stubble. Every soul who is loyal to the commandments of God will see that the distinguishing
feature of our faith is the seventh day Sabbath. If the government would honor the Sabbath as
God has commanded, it would stand in the strength of God and in defense of the faith once
delivered to the saints. But statesmen will uphold the spurious Sabbath, and will mingle their
religious faith with the observance of this child of the Papacy, placing it above the Sabbath which
the Lord has sanctified and blessed, setting it apart for man to keep holy, as a sign between Him
and His people to a thousand generations. The mingling of church craft and state craft is
represented by the iron and the clay. This union is weakening all the power of the churches.
This investing the church with the power of the state will bring evil results. Men have almost
passed the point of God's forbearance. They have invested their strength in politics, and have
united with the papacy. But the time will come when God will punish those who have made void
His law, and their evil work will recoil upon themselves. Ms 63, 1899, pp. 12, 13. (Untitled
Manuscript, April 22, 1899.)

We know that the last great attempt to unite church and state shall happen at the passing of the
National Sunday law, so what events does God plan at the passing of the national Sunday law. Let
us study the Image.

Daniel 2:44 And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall
never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces
and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever.

55 | P a g e
Notice the same language is given by Daniel 2 and Revelation 17. The kings of the earth, or
,mingling with the seed of men, shall seek a Union with the church and this shall lead to the
passing of the National Sunday law. We see that in the days of these kings, which we have seen
are the kings of Europe (western Rome) God will set up a kingdom.

the picture to the left is an artist rendition of Daniel 2. It is

an inaccurate depiction of the scriptures. Usually the rock
is pictured as coming from the sky and hitting the image at
the feet. And due to this picture everyone reads into the
scriptures to say that the rock is the second coming of
Jesus.

But the above explanation is error and couldn’t be further

from the truth. Let us study the issue with closer scrutiny.

We have seen that the National Sunday law was to be pass. Let’s compare scripture with scripture.

Daniel 2:34 Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image upon
his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them to pieces. 35 Then was the iron, the clay, the
brass, the silver, and the gold, broken to pieces together, and became like the chaff of the summer
threshingfloors; and the wind carried them away, that no place was found for them: and the stone
that smote the image became a great mountain, and filled the whole earth.

 A stone cut out without hands smote the image at the feet (of iron and clay)
 The stone becomes a great mountain and fills the whole earth

The interpretation of the above texts are below. Notice the stone is not said to come from the
sky, it is said to be cut out without hands and then it is to smite the image at the feet when a
Sunday law is passed the mingling of church and state.

Daniel 2:44 And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall
never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces
and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever. 45 Forasmuch as thou sawest that
the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the
brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God hath made known to the king what shall
come to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, and the interpretation thereof sure.

 In the days of the Kings God shall setup a Kingdom, it shall stand forever.
 The Stone is cut out of the mountain

From the two explanations the dream and its interpretation we can come up with the following
explanations.

 The stone represents the Kingdom of God

 The Stone is cut out of the Mountain
 The Stone fills the whole earth

Let us begin to explain this dream. Others take the text below and say that the stone is the second
coming of Jesus.
56 | P a g e
1Corinthians 10:4 And did all drink the same spiritual drink: for they drank of that spiritual Rock
that followed them: and that Rock was Christ.

Let’s see if this explanation fits, so the Sunday law is setup, and then next we see the 2 nd coming
of Jesus comeback, so if this is when he will setup his “kingdom” then it means after Jesus comes,
his kingdom is to grown in the earth and fill the whole earth etc… but this is not the case.

For we know when Jesus comes, the redeemed will be taken to Heaven for 1000years.

which are asleep.

1Thesalonians 4:16 For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice
of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: 17 Then we
which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord
in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord.

So we see we shall be 1000years in heaven (refer to the manual A New World) so this explanation
has extreme flaws and does not line up with scripture. So let us begin to uncover the true meaning
of the text. The problem comes in when we begin to read into the bible our own understanding.

Exodus 19:5 Now therefore, if ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my covenant, then ye shall
be a peculiar treasure unto me above all people: for all the earth is mine: 6 And ye shall be unto
me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation. These are the words which thou shalt speak unto
the children of Israel.

So we see the Kingdom of God consists in God having a people who have overcome sin, a Holy
Nation. So at the passing of the Sunday law, God was saying he would have established his
kingdom represented by the rock.

But where does the rock come from? The rock is cut out without hands from the Mountain. So
we need to understand what the mountain represents.

Jeremiah 6:2 I have likened the daughter of Zion to a comely and delicate woman.

Zecheriah 8:2 Thus saith the LORD of hosts; I was jealous for Zion with great jealousy, and I was
jealous for her with great fury. 3 Thus saith the LORD; I am returned unto Zion, and will dwell in
the midst of Jerusalem: and Jerusalem shall be called a city of truth; and the mountain of the
LORD of hosts the holy mountain.

From the two texts we see that Zion is described as the woman, and in Zehcariah we see that Zion
represents Jerusalem. And we see that once Jerusalem were to accomplish the will of God they
would be called the city of truth the Holy Mountain.

It is here we realise that the Holy mountain represents Zion the woman or the church of Israel. So
we see that Just as the stone was cut out of the mountain, we see that God at the End of time will
have a Holy Mountain a people called by His name. from this Church God will cut-out a small
remnant a rock which will finish the work.

Seventh-day Adventists have been chosen by God as a peculiar people, separate from the world.
By the great cleaver of truth He has cut them out from the quarry of the world, and brought
them into connection with Himself. He has made them His representatives, and has called them
to be ambassadors for Him in the last work of salvation. The greatest wealth of truth ever
intrusted to mortals, the most solemn and fearful warnings ever sent by God to man, have been

57 | P a g e
committed to them to be given to the world; and in the accomplishment of this work our
publishing houses are among the most effective agencies.--Testimonies, vol. 7, p. 138. {ChS 147.5}

As we shall see in 1844 there was a group growing called Adventists, who were advocating the
second coming of Jesus, they met a bitter disappointment in Oct 22nd 1844 (refer to church history
manual). it is here we see that by 1863 the church was organised but since then worldliness has
come into the church, but God will cut out those few faithful he will cut them out of the mountain
the church to finish the work.

Romans 9:27 Esaias also crieth concerning Israel, Though the number of the children of Israel be
as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved: 28 For he will finish the work, and cut it short in
righteousness: because a short work will the Lord make upon the earth. 29 And as Esaias said
before, Except the Lord of Sabaoth had left us a seed, we had been as Sodoma, and been made
like unto Gomorrha.

Here we see the same language though the number Israel be as the Sand of the sea only a remant
will be saved. It is at the Sunday law this shall be accomplished, for Israel means overcomer, those
who have overcome sin in their lives. And due to the loud cry many shall hear the word and the
small stone shall grow in a Big mountain and fill the whole earth… this shall be the fulfilment of
Habakuk 2:14, 20

Ezekiel 43:2 And, behold, the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east: and his
voice was like a noise of many waters: and the earth shined with his glory. 3 And it was according
to the appearance of the vision which I saw, even according to the vision that I saw when I came
to destroy the city: and the visions were like the vision that I saw by the river Chebar; and I fell
upon my face. 4 And the glory of the LORD came into the house by the way of the gate whose
prospect is toward the east. 5 So the spirit took me up, and brought me into the inner court; and,
behold, the glory of the LORD filled the house.

So from the above we see that the outpouring of the Spirit of God the latter rain will mark the
close of the work here on earth.

11th Hour labourers the stone will have to be cut out of the mountain, a remnant from the Big
Church, this is the startling fact.

The Lord will give to our sanitariums whose work is already established an opportunity to
co-operate with Him in assisting newly established plants. Every new institution is to be
regarded as a sister helper in the great work of proclaiming the third angel's message. God
has given our sanitariums an opportunity to set in operation a work that will be as a stone
instinct with life, growing as it is rolled by an invisible hand. Let this mystic stone be set in
motion.--Testimonies, vol. 7, p. 59. {ChS 137.6}

We shall see the medical missionary work broadening and deepening at every point of its
progress, because of the inflowing of hundreds and thousands of streams, until the whole
earth is covered as the waters cover the sea. Our ministers are displeasing God by their
feeble efforts to let the truths of His word shine forth to the world. Nothing so strengthens
the churches as to see the work progressing in other portions of the vineyard. When the
ministers understand the great blessing to be derived from laboring for those who know not
the truth, they will leave the churches, after impressing upon them the importance of devising
plans and methods whereby they can do within their borders the same kind of work that the
ministers of the gospel are doing in the regions beyond. {MM 317.3}

58 | P a g e
Chapter 5 The Kingdom of God

Whilst Daniel 2 shows the economic potential of the animals

Daniel 7:1 In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his
head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters.

Here we see Daniel has a dream/vision and he wrote the dream.

Daniel 7:2 Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of
the heaven strove upon the great sea.

So we see symbols.

Four winds: they represent strife and wars and also represent false ideologies or doctrines.

Jeremiah 51:1 Thus saith the LORD; Behold, I will raise up against Babylon, and against them
that dwell in the midst of them that rise up against me, a destroying wind; 2 And will send
unto Babylon fanners, that shall fan her, and shall empty her land: for in the day of trouble
they shall be against her round about.

Ephesians 4:14 That we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about
with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie
in wait to deceive;

Great sea: this represents the multitudes of people and nations and tongues.

Revelation 17:15 And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where the whore
sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.

So we see that there shall be winds or wars fought over the control of people, iin the known
world there will be wars fought over different ideologies or false teachings.

Daniel 7:3 And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another.

Dan 7:17 These great beasts, which are four, are four kings, which shall arise out of the earth.

Dan 7:23 Thus he said, The fourth

beast shall be the fourth kingdom
upon earth, which shall be diverse
from all kingdoms, and shall
devour the whole earth, and shall
tread it down, and break it in
pieces.

From the above texts we find that

a beast represents a King, and a
king represents a kingdom in Bible
prophecy. From this we
understand that Daniel says the
four beasts are four kingdoms and the fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon the

59 | P a g e
earth. From this we can know from Daniel 2 that the fourth kingdom was Pagan Rome, thus
the third beast is Greece, whilst the second beast is Medo-Persia and the first beast is Babylon.

Daniel saw four beasts only

Four kingdoms rising up from the sea via war and strife and not only this but each beast or
kingdom would come with its own doctrine or ideology

KJV Daniel 7:4 The first was like a lion, and had eagle's wings: I beheld till the wings thereof
were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made stand upon the feet as a man,
and a man's heart was given to it.

Here we see the first beast, according to Daniel 2 there are also 4 kingdoms same as Daniel .7

So here we see that the first is Babylon. The lion the strongest animal is representing Babylon.
The Lion has eagles wings, what do the wings represent???

KJV Isaiah 40: 31 But they that wait upon the LORD shall renew their strength; they shall
mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and not
faint.

Wings represent divine intervention. To overflow and Passover!

KJV Isaiah 8: 8 And he shall pass through Judah; he shall overflow and go over, he shall reach
even to the neck; and the stretching out of his wings shall fill the breadth of thy land, O
Immanuel.

Wings mean to conquer with divine authority. So Babylon conquered because God allowed it
to do so

KJV Daniel 2:37 Thou, O king, art a king of kings: for the God of heaven hath given thee a
kingdom, power, and strength, and glory. 38 And wheresoever the children of men dwell, the
beasts of the field and the fowls of the heaven hath he given into thine hand, and hath made
thee ruler over them all. Thou art this head of gold.

Notice it was God who allowed Babylon to conquer Israel

We saw that God had already given sentence to the Israelites that because of the
disobedience they be slaves in a foreign land

So Babylon conquered much and overflowed.

Hosea 13:7 Therefore I will be unto them as a lion: as a leopard by the way will I observe
them: 8 I will meet them as a bear that is bereaved of her whelps, and will rend the caul of
their heart, and there will I devour them like a lion: the wild beast shall tear them. 9 O Israel,
thou hast destroyed thyself; but in me is thine help.

We learn the great lesson here, that were Israel to be disobedient God would meet them as
a Lion, Leopard, bear and a wild beast. But in all this God would not do it to destroy them, for
Israel had destroyed herself but in God was help from the Lord.

What does it mean the plucking of the wings?

60 | P a g e
KJV Daniel 5: 27 TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. 28 PERES;
Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians. 30 In that night was Belshazzar
the king of the Chaldeans slain. 31 And Darius the Median took the kingdom, being about
threescore and two years old.

The plucking of the wings represent that reign of Babylon would be over. God would pluck
them out and allow another nation to come on the scene. But before then a man’s heart was
given to the lion

KJV Daniel 4:36 At the same time my reason returned unto me; and for the glory of my
kingdom, mine honour and brightness returned unto me; and my counsellors and my lords
sought unto me; and I was established in my kingdom, and excellent majesty was added unto
me. 37 Now I Nebuchadnezzar praise and extol and honour the King of heaven, all whose
works are truth, and his ways judgment: and those that walk in pride he is able to abase.

The giving of the man’s heart represents the conversion of heart of the king Nebubanezzar

KJV Ezekiel 11: 19 And I will give them one heart, and I will put a new spirit within you; and I
will take the stony heart out of their flesh, and will give them an heart of flesh: 20 That they
may walk in my statutes, and keep mine ordinances, and do them: and they shall be my
people, and I will be their God.

Nebuchadnezzar is the one who wrote Daniel chapter 4. This chapter 4 was written by a
heathen king who got converted

KJV Daniel 5: 18 O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom,
and majesty, and glory, and honour: 20 But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind
hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him:
21 And he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his
dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with
the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that
he appointeth over it whomsoever he will.

Nebuchadnezzar is one of the heathen kings to be converted, and will be saved Amen

So after the wings were plucked up, the night of Belteshazzars drunkenness

We saw that the Medo-Perisian empire rule afterward

KJV Daniel 7: 5 And behold another beast, a second, like to a bear, and it raised up itself on
one side, and it had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it: and they said thus
unto it, Arise, devour much flesh.

Notice this beast The bear, which a cruel animal, is raised up on one side. It was a composite
beast. A coalition of The medians and Persians. Though they were a coalition they ruled
together but one empire was stronger than the other

So the stronger one would rule at the end this is why it was raised on one side

Notice it has 3 ribs

There were three major world powers then that were conquered by Medo-Persian
61 | P a g e
 1. Babylon which was the strongest nation of its time
2. Egypt which was an economic power house then
3. Libya

So the above three nations were all conquered by Medo-Persia

KJV Daniel 7:6 After this I beheld, and lo another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of
it four wings of a fowl; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it.

Notice there is another beast a leopard. Four wings and four heads

Dominion

So we already saw that the wing mean to overflow and Passover, to conquer with divine
favour. It means God has allowed it. So we see the fourth kingdom was Greece empire, with
Alexandra the first emperor. He was so fierce and so quick that he quickly overcame Medo
Persian and conquered the whole known world. He was so quick and mighty he had dominion

Please notice that Greece only had great dominion. It is Alexander who died at age 32 from a
drinking spree... And he said may the strongest general conquer as he was dying. It is here
that 36 of his generals fought so fierce was the battle that only 4 were left

So Greece was divided into four divisions. This represents the four heads or four kingdoms
which were to rise out of Greece.

The North, South, East, and West

Thus the four heads

 1.Lysimichas took the north -- Asian minor

 2. Cassander took the west -- Greece

 3. Seleucus took the east – Syrian

 4. Ptolemy took the south – Egypt

But we shall see that the war grew more fierce that there were only two later becoming the
King of the North and King of the South… we shall see this in Daniel 11 refer to the redemption
and relief work manual.

KJV Daniel 7: 7 After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and
terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces,
and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were
before it; and it had ten horns.

From the above the fourth kingdom saw Daniel, it was a beast indescribable

 It had iron teeth

 This we know to be the Roman Empire
 Daniel saw four diverse beasts
62 | P a g e
  But this one was very diverse from the others before it
 It was cruel it would stamp the residue with its feet
 Notice this beast has 10 horns

The horns what are they

KJV Daniel 7: 24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and
another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three
kings.

Brethren out of the Roman empire we already saw that it would not be conquered, But would
be divided and it is here that the union of Church and state would begin

So it means we have to find out when the Roman Empire fell and what events were taking
place in Rome then

Lets look at prophecy and the see its fulfilment in History.

Daniel 7:8 I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little
horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold,
in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.

So here we from prophecy that after the roman empire there would come 10 horns

Daniel 7:24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another
shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.

The 10 horns are the 10 kings that shall arise, we have already established that a king
represents a kingdoms. Thus after the 10 divisions of Europe were are to see the church craft
and state craft mingling. In Daniel 7 this is represented as the little horn coming up after the
10 horns.

What does the eyes of a man represent?

2Samuel 24:11 For when David was up in the morning, the word of the LORD came unto the
prophet Gad, David's seer, saying,

2Chronicles 9:29 Now the rest of the acts of Solomon, first and last, are they not written in
the book of Nathan the prophet, and in the prophecy of Ahijah the Shilonite, and in the visions
of Iddo the seer against Jeroboam the son of Nebat?

Here we see that the prophets were known as seers, this little horn or kingdom does not arise
until after the collapse of the Roman empire into 10 fractions. So this little horn has the eyes
of a man meaning it is a seer but the seer shall have the prophetic ministry based upon mans
religion not what God says.

What about the mouth speaking great things?

Exodus 4:12 Now therefore go, and I will be with thy mouth, and teach thee what thou shalt
say. 13 And he said, O my Lord, send, I pray thee, by the hand of him whom thou wilt send.

63 | P a g e
14 And the anger of the LORD was kindled against Moses, and he said, Is not Aaron the Levite
thy brother? I know that he can speak well. And also, behold, he cometh forth to meet thee:
and when he seeth thee, he will be glad in his heart. 15 And thou shalt speak unto him, and
put words in his mouth: and I will be with thy mouth, and with his mouth, and will teach you
what ye shall do. 16 And he shall be thy spokesman unto the people: and he shall be, even
he shall be to thee instead of a mouth, and thou shalt be to him instead of God.

To be a mouth means to be a mouth piece, so this little horn would be a kingdom with a
religion based upon man’s ideas, and also it have a man at its head as a mouth piece of this
religion.

Also notice that this little horn will have civil powers as it shall cause the utter destruction of
three kingdoms that shall come from the fall of the western Rome.

Lets go into History and see if things were so.

There was an Emperor call Diocletian from 284 A.D. –

retired in 305 A.D.

On February 24, 303 A.D. Diocletian issued an edict

called the “Edict of Millan” or the “Edict of Toleration”.
This was the last worst severe persecution of Christians
in the Roman Empire. In 303, the Emperors Diocletian,
Maximian, Galerius and Constantius issue a series of
edicts rescinding the legal rights of Christians and
demanding that they comply with traditional Roman
religious practices.

Revelation 2:10 Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer: behold, the devil shall cast
some of you into prison, that ye may be tried; and ye shall have tribulation ten days: be thou
faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life.

We shall see that this Edict of Millan was enforced for 10 years. The 10 days refer to the
church period called Smyrna, and it was the exact time period in 313 the edict was removed,
exactly 10 years and prophecy prophesied.

during this time Christian were killed

and many were smeared with pitch and
burn alive at night to give light to the
colosseums, many were killed by lions
and gladiators. The more the Christians
were killed the more people began to
be converted and Christianity began to
spread like wild fire.

64 | P a g e
After Diocletian retired in 305, there were 7 suitors who were all allegeable to become
emperor and there was a civil war among them, until 312 when there were only two suitors
left.

In A.D. 312, Constantine won control of the Roman empire in the battle of the Milivian bridge,
attributing his victory to the intervention of Jesus Christ. Constantine claimed he was shown
a vision, showing him the sign of the cross, and he heard a voice in this sign you will conquer
and he drew crosses on all his soldiers shields as well and he won the battle and became
emperor.
Most Historians say Constantine was not truly converted but rather he was trying to increase
his political sphere of influence because by 312 A.D. Christianity was very popular though it
was supressed. Below are reasons why most historians believe Constantine was not truly
converted.
As soon as he arrived at Rome after the
defeat of Maxentius in 312, he assumed
the insignia and office of Pontifex
Maximus as head of the official religion
of the state, which was the cult of the
invicinble sun. he retained this position
as the head of paganism throughout the
rest of his life.
The same procedure was followed by
the succeeding Roman emperors, in spite of their profession of the Christian religion, until
Gratian (375-383 A.D.) laid aside the title and insignia of Supreme Pontiff as being
unbecoming to a follower of Christ.
A.D. 321 Edicts of Constantine.
On the venerable day of the Sun let the magistrate and people residing in the cities rest, and
let all the workshops be closed. In the country, however, persons engaged in agriculture may
freely and lawfully continue their pursuits; because it often happens that another day is not
so suitable for grain sowing or for vine planting; lest by neglecting proper moment for such
operations the bounty of heaven should be lost (Given the 7 th day of March, Crispus and
65 | P a g e
Constantine being consuls each of them for the second time A.D. 321)

After Constantine defeated Licinius he became the sole emperor in all of Rome.
In the year 325 A.D.

Constantine elevated Christianity to favoured status in the empire. “One God, on Lord, one
faith, one church, one empire, one emperor” became his motto. The edict of Millan was
rescinded.
Nicene Council
The Nicene creed is the creed of profession of faith that is most widely used in Christian
liturgy. It is called Nicene because, it its original form, it was adopted in the city of Nicea by
the first ecumenical council, which met there in the year 325.
The three Germanic tribes did not agree with the Nicene creed, they felt that the bible was
the rule of faith and no creed should supersede the bible, these were the Arian kingdoms The
Heruli, Vandals, and Ostrogoth.
The doctrine of Athanasius versus the doctrine of Arius
Constantine looked upon himself as the Pontifex Maximus, or high priest of Christianity, and
as much as unity in a state religion is very desirable from a political standpoint, he called the
66 | P a g e
Nicene Council for the purpose of devising some means of forcing unity. In order to have some
measuring stick they formulated the Nicene creed… those who wrote this new creed
expressed themselves thereby dissatisfaction with the scriptures, which had been the only
creed of the millions that had lived and died Christians up to this time. When the new creed
was written a new party was born, requiring a new designation term. This is the origin of the
name “Catholic” (Universal)… there were now to distinct bodies: (Catholicism against itself pg
12-13).
The first Nicene Council in 325 set the method of determining the date of Easter. It was so
observed on the First Sunday, after the full moon, after the vernal equinox (world book 1988
E.D. page 38)
A.D. 330
Emperor Constantine transferred His seat
or capital city of the Roman empire from
Rome which was western Rome, to
Benzontene which was Eastern Rome.
Constantine renamed Benzontene to
Constantinople, and Constantine left the
Bishop of the Church to lead Rome.

The years 351- 476 A.D.

These years were called the fall and decline of the Roman empire. During these years (125)
the Germanic tribes were fighting for economic independence from Rome.
Below is an edict during the same years and not that from Bishop of Rome, the head of the
church rose to be called pontiff.
The Emperors Gratian, Valentinian, and Theodosius to the people of the city of
Constantinople. We desire that all people’s subject to Our benign Empire shall live under the
same religion that the Divine Peter, the Apostle, gave to the Romans, and which the said
religion declares was introduced by himself, and which it is well known that the Pontiff
Damascus, and Peter, Bishop of Alexandria, a man of Apostolic sanctity embraced; that is to
say in accordance with the rules of apostolic discipline and evangelical doctrine, we should
believe that the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit constitute a single Diety, endowed with equal
majesty, and united in the Holy Trinity
We order all those who follow this law to assume the name of Catholic Christians, and
considering others as demented and insane, we order that they shall bear the infamy of
heresy; and when the Devine vengeance which they merit has been appeased, they shall
afterwards be punished in accordance with our resentment, which we have acquired from
the judgement of Heaven.
After the year 476 A.D.
The western Rome fell and the 10 Germanic tribes had gotten victory over the Roman empire.
Notice by now the catholic church was the official state religion, and the because the three
arian horns did not go along with the Nicene council, the Heruli were uprooted as a nation in
493 A.D.

67 | P a g e
In 533 The emperor Justinian became emperor of eastern Rome. And in the years 534 the
Vandals were uprooted as a nation, by 538 the last Arian Horn was uprooted the Ostrogoths
538 A.D.
Pope Vigilius was the pope that reigned from A.D. 538 and the Roman Empire had completely
declined and the power vacuum was filled up by the Roman Pontiff.

“Under Him was very nearly made good the papal claim that all earthly sovereigns were
merely vassals of the Roman pontiff. Almost all the kings and princes of Europe swore feality
to him ad their overlord. Rome was once more the mistress of the world”- Myer’s General
History pg 455
To the succession of the Caesar’s came the succession of the Pontiffs in Rome. When
Constantine left Rome he gave his seat to the Pontiff,” Labianca, Professor of History,
University of Rome
The papacy ruled from 538-1798 for 1260 years. In a time period known as the dark ages.
Daniel 7:8 I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little
horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold,
in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things. 9 I beheld till
the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment was white as
snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame, and his
wheels as burning fire. 10 A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: thousand
thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him: the
judgment was set, and the books were opened.
Three times the book of Daniel mentions these three themes in succession.
1. Little horn
2. Judgement
3. Kingdom given to the saints
These three scenarios were covered greatly as to why the theme was repeated three times
(refer to the sanctuary manual).
So we see the little horn which virtually due to the combination of church and state had eyes
of a man and a mouth speaking great things, all dissenters were punished and killed. Truth
was supressed. But this was not to continue long for the judgement would sin after 1798 and
near the close of the Judgement God would setup his kingdom and the judgement would be
given in favour of the saints.
Daniel 7:11 I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spake: I
beheld even till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame.
Notice at the end of the judgement scene the papacy would be burnt.
Revelation 17:16 And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the
whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire.
So here we see that Revelation records the same scene that at the end of time after the union
of church and state at the passing of a national Sunday law, it is then that as the plagues begin

68 | P a g e
to fall, the kings of the earth will realise they were deceived and shall burn the papacy (refer
to redemption and relief work manual)
Daniel 7:20 And of the ten horns that were in his head, and of the other which came up, and
before whom three fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great
things, whose look was more stout than his fellows. 21 I beheld, and the same horn made
war with the saints, and prevailed against them; 22 Until the Ancient of days came, and
judgment was given to the saints of the most High; and the time came that the saints
possessed the kingdom.
We saw that during the reformation the saints were killed and many were escaping to the
new lands in America and South Africa.
Throughout Christendom, Protestantism was menaced by formidable foes. The first triumphs
of the Reformation past, Rome summoned new forces, hoping to accomplish its destruction.
At this time the order of the Jesuits was created, the most cruel, unscrupulous, and powerful
of all the champions of popery. Cut off from earthly ties and human interests, dead to the
claims of natural affection, reason and conscience wholly silenced, they knew no rule, no tie,
but that of their order, and no duty but to extend its power. - GC 234.2
Jesuits were the means to be used to Extend the Power of Rome. Notice as the reformers
would die under the worst circumstances but still maintained zeal, So too the Jesuits would
die for the cause of the papacy with renewed zeal.
Brethren this was an order that was created to stamp out the reformation
KJV Revelation 17: 2 With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the
inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.
Fornication never happens in the open, but rather happens in secret. There would be secret
societies formed. Where the kings of the earth would pay homage to the papacy, and these
Jesuits would head these secret societies
These secret alliances are so vulgar that they are termed fornication
The gospel of Christ had enabled its adherents to meet danger and endure suffering,
undismayed by cold, hunger, toil, and poverty, to uphold the banner of truth in face of the
rack, the dungeon, and the stake. To combat these forces, Jesuitism inspired its followers with
a fanaticism that enabled them to endure like dangers, and to oppose to the power of truth
all the weapons of deception. There was no crime too great for them to commit, no deception
too base for them to practice, no disguise too difficult for them to assume. Vowed to
perpetual poverty and humility, it was their studied aim to secure wealth and power, to be
devoted to the overthrow of Protestantism, and the re-establishment of the papal supremacy.
- GC 234.2
The Jesuit order was to counter the reformation
When appearing as members of their order, they wore a garb of sanctity, visiting prisons and
hospitals, ministering to the sick and the poor, professing to have renounced the world, and
bearing the sacred name of Jesus, who went about doing good. But under this blameless
exterior the most criminal and deadly purposes were often concealed. It was a fundamental
principle of the order that the end justifies the means. By this code, lying, theft, perjury,
assassination, were not only pardonable but commendable, when they served the interests
of the church. - GC 235.1
69 | P a g e
Notice this
Under various disguises the Jesuits worked their way into offices of state, climbing up to be
the counselors of kings, and shaping the policy of nations. They became servants to act as
spies upon their masters. *They established colleges for the sons of princes and nobles, and
schools for the common people; and the children of Protestant parents were drawn into an
observance of popish rites*. All the outward pomp and display of the Romish worship was
brought to bear to confuse the mind and dazzle and captivate the imagination, and thus the
liberty for which the fathers had toiled and bled was betrayed by the sons. *The Jesuits
rapidly spread themselves over Europe, and wherever they went, there followed a revival
of popery.* - GC 235.1
Brethren do we see what the Jesuits did, they established Schools and Colleges. Those that
attended these schools all became to admire the pope, as the war in heaven began with the
tail false theories mingled with some truth so too the war the papacy fought against the
protestants was fought using the tail.
The Jesuits worked by Infiltration, whenever they entered a church or organisation, they were
so sincere and so zealous they were easily promoted and rose to the top. Its these Jesuits
then changed the outlook to make The man of sin more favourable
To give them greater power, a bull was issued re-establishing the inquisition. (See Appendix.)
Notwithstanding the general abhorrence with which it was regarded, even in Catholic
countries, this terrible tribunal was again set up by popish rulers, and atrocities too terrible
to bear the light of day were repeated in its secret dungeons. In many countries, thousands
upon thousands of the very flower of the nation, the purest and noblest, the most intellectual
and highly educated, pious and devoted pastors, industrious and patriotic citizens, brilliant
scholars, talented artists, skillful artisans, were slain or forced to flee to other lands. - GC
235.2
Such were the means which Rome had invoked to quench the light of the Reformation, to
withdraw from men the Bible, and to restore the ignorance and superstition of the Dark Ages.
But under God’s blessing and the labors of those noble men whom He had raised up to
succeed Luther, Protestantism was not overthrown. Not to the favor or arms of princes was
it to owe its strength. The smallest countries, the humblest and least powerful nations,
became its strongholds. It was little Geneva in the midst of mighty foes plotting her
destruction; it was Holland on her sandbanks by the northern sea, wrestling against the
tyranny of Spain, then the greatest and most opulent of kingdoms; it was bleak, sterile
Sweden, that gained victories for the Reformation. - GC 235.3
Brethren lets study what was taught in the schools established by Jesuits and How were the
schools operating, So we see this is a false educational system, Designed to get rid of truth in
the truth
Recall we did the Educational blue print of Israelites Deu 6:5-end (refer to True education
manual)
They were to love God with all their hearts, It is here their children were to be home schooled,
The bible was the foundational text.

70 | P a g e
They were taught sacred history, music they were taught hoe to pray and the spirit of
devotion was raised
All this was the educational blue print of God
As a preparation for teaching His precepts, God commands that they be hidden in the hearts
of the parents.... In order to interest our children in the Bible, we ourselves must be interested
in it. To awaken in them a love for its study, we must love it. Our instruction to them will have
only the weight of influence given it by our own example and spirit. {Ed 187}
KJV Deuteronomy 6: 13 Thou shalt fear the LORD thy God, and serve him, and shalt swear by
his name. 6 And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be in thine heart: 7 And
thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in
thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou
risest up. 8 And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets
between thine eyes. 9 And thou shalt write them upon the posts of thy house, and on thy
gates. 10 And it shall be, when the LORD thy God shall have brought thee into the land which
he sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give thee great and goodly
cities, which thou buildedst not, 11 And houses full of all good things, which thou filledst not,
and wells digged, which thou diggedst not, vineyards and olive trees, which thou plantedst
not; when thou shalt have eaten and be full; 12 Then beware lest thou forget the LORD, which
brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, from the house of bondage.
This was a commandment, which was how we were to show our love for God by commanding
our house according to the pattern the Lord laid for us. Those who are sealed shall also come
back to this blue print
Home schooling
So we saw how when the whole Israel nation was in apostasy God had a backup. The schools
of the prophets. You can read of them in 2kings 2 whole chapter, the students called each
other brother and sister. The prophet was their teacher.... They were after their training able
to talk to God, as the prophet talked face to face with God, God talked to them indirectly as
they read the word. We shall see the same things they were to learn in the parental home
they learned here
They are the ones God told Elijah I have still some faithful who have not bowed their knees to
Baal the sun god. Those who shall overcome at the passing of the national Sunday law will be
those that go back to the educational blue print.
So we see that the church summoned new forces the Jesuits. They worked on infiltration and
wherever there was opportunity for infiltration they did. They were businessmen pastors,
evangelist, professors, engineers. Any field they entered and rose to the top
And Jesus in that wonderful book the great controversy has revealed to us that Jesuits were
to build schools
A genuine counterfeit
If God has an educational blue print, the devil was to also have his own educational blue print
All who entered the schools run on Jesuit principles would later on view the papacy in good
light
The reformers who were coming out of the catholic church, all called the Papacy the antichrist
71 | P a g e
  Anglican
 Presbyterian
 Baptist
 Lutherans
 Methodist
All these taught that the papacy was Anti-Christ. The very things we have shared here they
taught. But what happened? They don’t teach this anymore. Recall we saw that schools were
built by Jesuits . How did the reformers know the papacy was the antichrist? They used a bible
method that is called a Historicist method or the prof text method...
Its what we have been doing all along in these manuals
The Bible contains all the principles that men need to understand in order to be fitted either
for this life or for the life to come. And these principles may be understood by all. No one with
a spirit to appreciate its teaching can read a single passage from the Bible without gaining
from it some helpful thought. But the most valuable teaching of the Bible is not to be gained
by occasional or disconnected study. Its great system of truth is not so presented as to be
discerned by the hasty or careless reader. Many of its treasures lie far beneath the surface,
and can be obtained only by diligent research and continuous effort. The truths that go to
make up the great whole must be searched out and gathered up, "here a little, and there a
little." Isaiah 28:10.{Ed 123.2}
KJV Isaiah 28 9 Whom shall he teach knowledge? and whom shall he make to understand
doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breasts. 10 For precept
must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and
there a little:
This method says the bible is the word of God, we have to study it line upon line.
We have to compare scripture with scripture and then we know the truth
This is the method we have been using and its the same method that the protestants used
and they saw the papacy was antichrist n some of them based upon the 1260 prophecy
expected the papacy reign to end in the 1700s. This was true they were students of prophecy
Historicism: Is a study method that says the bible is its own interpreter
It says prophecy has a Past, present and future fulfilment, as we saw we studied the past, and
we know where we are presently and can be sure of what’s coming.
This method was used by Jesus
KJV Luke 24: 26 Ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory?
27 And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures
the things concerning himself.
KJV Acts 28: 22 But we desire to hear of thee what thou thinkest: for as concerning this sect,
we know that every where it is spoken against. 23 And when they had appointed him a day,
there came many to him into his lodging; to whom he expounded and testified the kingdom
of God, persuading them concerning Jesus, both out of the law of Moses, and out of the
prophets, from morning till evening. 24 And some believed the things which were spoken,
and some believed not.
Its the same bible Method used by the Apostles
72 | P a g e
KJV Acts 2: 14 But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and said unto them,
Ye men of Judaea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to
my words: 16 But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel; 17 And it shall come to
pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and
your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall
dream dreams:
It was the same method used on Pentecost. It shows past and the prophecies as fulfilled are
traded on the pages of history. As we shall see it was the same method used by the Millerites.
And it was used by all the reformers as they left the catholic church to rediscover truth
As the Jesuits were summoned, they made new methods of Bible interpretation
They came up with Preterism: This was a bible interpretation that said everything was past in
fulfilment. This teaching taught that by 70 Ad and destruction of Jerusalem all was fulfilled. It
taught that the antichrist already came in the reign of Greece and that all was done....
The preterits method also known as the *Historical* method was made by the Jesuit Luis Del
Alćazar in the year 1614. it is this method that has become the foundation of all bible
interpretarion today
Preterism is a Christian eschatological view that interprets prophecies of the Bible as events
which already happened. Daniel is interpreted as events that happened in the second century
BCE while Revelation is interpreted as events that happened in the first century A.D.
Preterism holds that Ancient Israel finds its continuation or fulfilment in the Christian church
at the destruction of Jerusalem in AD 70.
The term preterism comes from the Latic praetor, which is listed in Webster’s 1923 dictionary
as a prefix denoting that something is “past” or “beyond,” signifying that either all or a
majority of Bible prophecy was fultilled by AD 70. Adherents of preterism commonly known
as preterists (from Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia-preterism)

73 | P a g e
So this was the way the Jesuits triumphed, they made war with the saints and overcame them.
Another area where the saints were overcome is the doctrine of original sin which was not
discarded by the reformers (refer to Sanctuary manual).
Another Interpretation that was made then by another Jesuit scholar was Futurism. This
doctrine says all things are in the future. And that the church of God will be raptured and then
the antichrist will come, and literal Israel will be the 144000 and they will be converted etc....
This doctrine twists the scripture and is an invention of Rome the Jesuits and formed the
foundation of the Rapture theory. Do during the counter reformation apart from Luis de
Alcazar the Jesuit. There was also Rivera who came up with Futurism.
The rapturists get their seven years' tribulation by lifting that seventieth week of Daniel's
prophecy completely out of its context and shoving it far into the future. They claim it will be
fulfilled after Christ comes to snatch away the righteous secretly. Incredible? Absolutely! But
they must grasp desperately for some text to support their seven years. They agree that the
sixty-nine weeks of Daniel 9:25 refer to the period before Christ's first advent, but then they
insert a 2,000-year gap before the seventieth week is fulfilled. They allot 69 weeks plus 2,000

74 | P a g e
years plus one week, or a total of 2,490 years. By this devious manipulation of God's Word,
the rapturists believe they have extended the Jewish probation; and based upon this, they
teach that all the fleshly Jews will be saved in a great second chance after the "secret rapture"
takes place.
The tragedy of the rapture theory is that it takes these beautiful verses of Daniel 9:24-27 that
predict the coming of Jesus, His baptism and crucifixion, and apply them to Antichrist. They
do this by stating that it is Antichrist that causes the sacrifice and oblation to cease after three
and one-half years. But Daniel states that it is Jesus who caused the sacrificial system of the
Jews to cease when He died on the cross. A misinterpretation that confuses something Christ
has done, and applies it to the devil instead, is certainly a tragic occurrence. And yet this is
the only way one can arrive at a seven-year tribulation period. How sad!
3. What of the 144,000 literal Jews who will be converted to Christianity to preach the
message to the world.
Revelation 7:1 And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the
earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on
the sea, nor on any tree. 2 And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal
of the living God: and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to
hurt the earth and the sea, 3 Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we
have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads. 4 And I heard the number of them
which were sealed: and there were sealed an hundred and forty and four thousand of all the
tribes of the children of Israel.
While it is true that the 144,000 are going to be alive at Jesus second coming, they will preach
the last message of mercy to this world as Noah preached the last message of mercy in His
day. But these are not literal Jews, but are spiritual Jews, which consist of those who have
Christ. As we have already seen.
4. In conclusion the rapture is nowhere mentioned in scripture one might wonder where
it is coming from
Without attempting to establish the identity of Antichrist at this point, let us notice how this
teaching - that the Antichrist will come in the future - originated. At the time of the
Reformation, most of the reformers understood the prophecy of the Antichrist to refer to the
great apostate system of Romanism that developed during the middle Ages. Of course, Rome
did not appreciate this interpretation. Please notice Rome's course of action to nullify this
interpretation:
"So great a hold did the conviction that the Papacy was the Antichrist gain upon the minds of
men, that Rome at last saw she must bestir herself, and try, by putting forth other systems of
interpretation, to counteract the identification of the Papacy with the Antichrist.
"Accordingly, toward the close of the century of the Reformation, two of the most learned
doctors set themselves to the task, each endeavoring by different means to accomplish the
same end, namely, that of diverting men's minds from perceiving the fulfillment of the
prophecies of the Antichrist in the papal system. The Jesuit Alcazar devoted himself to bring
into prominence the preterist method of interpretation, ... and thus endeavored to show that
the prophecies of Antichrist were fulfilled before the popes ever ruled in Rome, and therefore
could not apply to the Papacy.

75 | P a g e
"On the other hand, the Jesuit Ribera tried to set aside the application of these prophecies to
the papal power by bringing out the futurist system, which asserts that these prophecies
refer properly, not to the career of the Papacy, but to some future supernatural individual,
who is yet to appear, and continue in power for three and a half years. Thus, as Alford says,
the Jesuit Ribera, about A.D. 1580, may be regarded as the founder of the futurist system of
modern times.
"It is a matter for deep regret that those who advocate the futurist system at the present day,
Protestants as they are for the most part, are really playing into the hands of Rome, and
helping to screen the Papacy from detection as the Antichrist."
Thus, the whole theory of the secret rapture with its future Antichrist had its origin with the
Jesuits in an attempt to take the blame off the Papacy.
The origin of the two-phase coming of Christ has an equally unsavory history. It was not until
around the year 1830 that this view began to be taught. In the Scottish church pastored by
Edward Irving, a Miss Margaret McDonald gave what was believed at the time to be an
inspired utterance. She spoke of the visible, open, and glorious second coming of Christ. But
as the utterance continued, she spoke of another coming of Christ - a secret and special
coming in which those who were truly ready would be raptured.
However, it was John Nelson Darby - Brethren preacher and diligent writer of the time in
England - who was largely responsible for introducing this new teaching on a large scale. The
teaching spread to the United States in the 1850s and 1860s, where it was to receive its
biggest boost when Cyrus Ingerson Scofield, a strong believer in Darby's teachings,
incorporated it into the notes of his Scofield Reference Bible, which was published in 1909.
Since that time, this view has been widely accepted - often by people who are completely
unaware that this was not the belief held by Christians over the centuries. Many fine
Christians hold his view today who have never questioned its authority.
Oswald Smith, noted minister and author of Toronto, says in his booklet Tribulation or
Rapture - Which? that he once held the two-stage teaching, but that when he began to search
the Scriptures for himself, he discovered that there is not a single verse in the Bible to uphold
this view. He confessed: "I had been taught that the Greek word 'parousia' always referred to
the Rapture and that other words were used for the coming of Christ in glory ... but I found
that this is not true. ... We might go through all the writers of the New Testament, and we
would fail to discover any indication of the so-called 'two stages' of our Lord's coming ... That
theory had to be invented by man. Search and see. There is no verse in the Bible that even
mentions it."
John 8:40 And this is the will of him that sent me, that every one which seeth the Son, and
believeth on him, may have everlasting life: and I will raise him up at the last day.
Mathew 24:35 Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away. 36 But
of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only.
Jesus spoke of a day and it isn’t the secret rapture for Jesus never talked about two days but
was very specific, He talked about the last day and this last day is His second coming and it is
on the same day that the righteous dead will be raised up to be caught up together with the
righteous.

76 | P a g e
So we see Rome summoned new forces, the two methods of Bible interpretation we laid
forth, and today the Bible interpretation method that is considered scholar is the preterims
method and is taught across all schools, and the rapture theory is also thrown in there as an
alternative. But the proff text method is frowned upon and taken as the unleaneards way of
bible study.

The Lord has need of men who are spiritually sharp and clear-sighted, men who are certainly
receiving manna fresh from heaven. The Holy Spirit works upon the hearts of such men, and
God's word flashes light into the mind, revealing to them more than ever before the true
wisdom. {6T 149.3}
God's Spirit has illuminated every page of Holy Writ, but there are those upon whom it makes
little impression, because it is imperfectly understood. When the shaking comes, by the
introduction of false theories, these surface readers, anchored nowhere, are like shifting
sand. They slide into any position to suit the tenor of their feelings of bitterness. . . . Daniel
and Revelation must be studied, as well as the other prophecies of the Old and New
Testaments. Let there be light, yes, light, in your dwellings. For this we need to pray. The Holy
Spirit, shining upon the sacred page, will open our understanding, that we may know what is
truth. . . . {TM 112.1}
All these two inteprepation were made by Jesuits to take the minds away from Rome, but
how did the Jesuits take these interpretations to the churches?????
Under various disguises the Jesuits worked their way into offices of state, climbing up to be
the counselors of kings, and shaping the policy of nations. They became servants to act as
spies upon their masters. *They established colleges for the sons of princes and nobles, and
schools for the common people; and the children of Protestant parents were drawn into an
observance of popish rites*. All the outward pomp and display of the Romish worship was
brought to bear to confuse the mind and dazzle and captivate the imagination, and thus the
liberty for which the fathers had toiled and bled was betrayed by the sons. *The Jesuits
rapidly spread themselves over Europe, and wherever they went, there followed a revival
of popery.* - GC 235.1
Notice through schools run on Jesuit principles this teaching would spread
THE BROKEN BLUE PRINT AND THE HISTORY OF FALSE EDUCATION (GENESIS 3:5). Download
the book: Broken blue print by Vance Farell pdf
When I learned, with pain, that, in order to make the institution popular with those not of our
faith and to secure their patronage, a spirit of compromise was rapidly gaining ground at the
Institute, manifested in the use of Mr., Miss, and Mrs., instead of Brother and Sister {1T 633.2}
Notice that in Jesuit schools they use Mr and Mrs, This is against the will of God
If it is a blue print school, We us brother and sister, this is the will of God
Those not familiar with the system do not realize that obtaining a Ph.D. involves an intense
and lengthy effort by the university to mold the mind of the student. Their studied objective
is to grant doctoral degrees to students who are a credit to the university, graduates who
believe what it believes and will teach what it teaches

77 | P a g e
A candidate in a doctoral program work very closely with a single professor. It is part of his
job to make sure your views have been molded into something of which he can fully approve.
You have many private conferences with that professor.
During these meetings, he delves into your thinking and you open your thoughts to him. If
your views do not satisfactorily conform to his, you will not receive your doctorate.
Throughout the doctoral program, you are well-aware of this fact.
Those who have degrees Masters or Phds know what this is all about this fact.
“Caps, gowns, and degrees are not the best; but they are like feathers in a woman’s bonnet.
They will drop off when there is something better to take their place.”—Magan to Sutherland,
July 8, 1923.
Look at this brethren, look at rhe Jesuit principle.
The Jesuit schools taught their students blind obedience. The student was not required to go
to God for wisdom regarding his conduct. His teacher assumed that responsibility…. . As a
preparation for the loud cry, we are told, "The plan of the schools we shall establish in these
closing years of the work is to be of an entirely different order from those we have instituted."
(Madison School, P. 28).
THE FOLLOWING METHODS of teaching are characteristic of Jesuit schools: "The memory was
cultivated as a means of keeping down free activity of thought and clearness of judgment." In
the place of self government "their method of discipline was a system of mutual distrust,
espionage and informing. Implicit obedience relieved the pupils from all responsibility as to
the moral justification of their deeds."-(Rosencranz, p. 270).
"The Jesuits made much of emulation. He who knows how to excite emulation has found the
most powerful auxiliary in his teaching. Nothing will be more honorable than to outstrip a
fellow student, and nothing more dishonorable than to be outstripped. Prizes will be
distributed to the best pupils with the greatest solemnity...
Do we see this spirit of competition, this is a Jesuit principle
If you are in an education system that teaches this then it’s a school run on catholic principles
What the purpose… to bring people away from the truth
It sought showy results with which to dazzle the world; a well-rounded development was
nothing... The Jesuits did not aim at developing all the faculties of their pupils, but merely the
receptive and reproductive faculties." When a student "could make a brilliant display from
the resources of a well-stored memory, he had reached the highest points to which the Jesuits
sought to lead him." Originality and independence of mind, love of truth for its own sake, the
power of reflecting and forming correct judgments were not merely neglected, they were
suppressed in the Jesuit system." (Painter, pp. 172-173)
Like Paul worked with his hands, Skill labour was required in Gods education
"1898-1899, the college, operating under a new charter, discontinued the granting of
academic degrees. The August issue of the school journal, the Advocate, included a quotation
from a Roman Catholic pamphlet: ‘The conferring of degrees was originated by a pope.’ The
announcement was made: ‘The College, under its new organization, ceases, with this year to
grant degrees. Preparation for usefulness in the cause of Christ will be the subject constantly

78 | P a g e
held before students, replacing the courses and diplomas of the past.’ -Percy T. Magan, letter
to Warren Howell, January 13, 1926. :
The quotes below are quotes from Adventist pioneers.
“Most of the earthly universities of Europe were founded by the pope, and degrees were
conferred by his representatives and by virtue of his authority. The custom of awarding
degrees spread from Italy to other European states and from Spain, France, and England to
the colonies of America. Today
Note here is how the Protestants were overcome. In these schools people wanted honour Dr
so and so Prof so and so they went to get the degrees and Phds. And it is there that they were
brain washed using the preterist method of bible interpretation. Since these were honoured
they became the heads of universities and more reformers got more degrees and etc on Jesuit
principles
And they went back to flood their own schools and by this the proof text method was made
fun of it was not a *scholarly* approach, brethren do we see the war
“Most of the earthly universities of Europe were founded by the pope, and degrees were
conferred by his representatives and by virtue of his authority. The custom of awarding
degrees spread from Italy to other European states and from Spain, France, and England to
the colonies of America. Today degrees are conferred by institutions of learning in all parts
of the world . -Encyclopedia of Education, 1971, Vol. 3, p. 26.
The title doctor . . was sometimes conferred as an honour by the pope or emperor, and . .
after the public exercises had been completed, the chancellor congratulated the candidate
and by the authority of the pope awarded the license to teach. The candidate was then
invested with the marks of his office. The next sat upon the magisterial chair, a special cap
was placed on his head, and he was given a gold ring.”—Encyclopedia of Education, 1971, Vol.
3, p. 26
Brethren notice the connection the Pope has with the educational systems
To say you are accredited... it means have reached the standards of accreditation and can
give out degrees and diplomas etc... and these are recognised everywhere
The Holy See (Vatican organization) participates as an observer in:
African Union, Arab League, Council of Europe, in the United Nations (1942) and its many
agencies:
FAO (food and agriculture),
ILO (labour),
UNCTAD (trade and investment),
UNEP (environment),
UNESCO (education, science, and culture),
UN-HABITAT (human settlements),
UNHCR (refugees),
UNIDO (industry),

79 | P a g e
UNWTO (tourism),
WFP (food programs),
WHO (healthcare),
WIPO (patents, copyrights and trademarks).
ECOSOC (economy),
UNFPA (population and reproduction),
UNODC (drugs control),
UNDPI (public information )
“Caps, gowns, and degrees are not the best; but they are like feathers in a woman’s bonnet.
They will drop off when there is something better to take their place. —Magan to Sutherland,
July 8, 1923.
“Madison speaks for itself and tells what might have been accomplished . . Our schools should
have little to say now of degrees and of long courses of study. The work of preparation for
the service of God is to be done speedily.
Let the work be carried forward in strictly Bible lines. Let every soul remember that the
judgments of God are in the land.
Let degrees be little spoken of..”—EGW, December 23, 1908; later reprinted in Review,
October 2, 1930.
“Before we can carry the message of present truth in all its fullness to other countries, we
must first break every yoke [with the world]. We must come into the line of true education,
walking in the wisdom of God, and not in the wisdom of
the world.”—EGW, Series B, No. 11, p. 30
Indoctrination :UNESCO
"A 10-part series for teachers, published in 1949 under the title Toward World Understanding,
asserted that 'one of the chief aims of education today should be to prepare boys and girls to
take an active part in the creation of a world society. ...' "To achieve world government, it is
necessary to remove from the minds of men their individualism, loyalty to family tradition,
and religious dogmas." But government schools must stamp out love of country and the
family must be viewed as the enemy.‘ UNESCO, also incorporated in the EARTH’S CHARTER
Brethren do we see this is very serious! Why the Israelites had their own home schools?
Daniel 7:21 I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against
them; 22 Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the most
High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom.
So from the above we see how the little horn made warn upon the saints and overcame them.
The very same way the war was carried out in Heaven by Lucifer using lies the tail, is the same
way the papacy carried out its war upon the saints during the counter reformation.
So after the dark ages God was going to forge a counter attack, when the judgement was to
sit, (refer to the sanctuary manual) God was going to bring the truth to light again… this is
why the little horns seems to overcome the saints of the most high until the judgement sits.
80 | P a g e
Daniel 7:24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another
shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.
We saw how the three Arian horns were uprooted by the antichrist, the Vandals, Heruli, and
Ostrogoth.

Daniel 7:25 And he shall speak great words against the

most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High,
and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given
into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.
We saw that the little horn would speak great words against
the Most High. Lets see some evidence to this effect.

So we see truly the papacy did speak great things against the most High, and what of thinking
to change times and laws. There is only one commandment which is a time and a law, that is
the Sabbath observed from sundown Friday to sundown Saturday. Did any change take place?

81 | P a g e
What is this time, times and half a time referring to?
Jewish calendar

 30 days in 1 months
 12 months in 1 year
 360 days in 1 year
 42 months * 30 days = 1260 days
 Time = 1 year, times 2 years, dividing of a time ½ year= 3.5 yrs.
 3.5years * 360 days = 1260 days period dark ages (538-1798)
 1798 Bethier who was Napoleon’s general marched towards the Vatican and took the
pope captive and ending the temporal sovereignty of the pope, and establishing a
circular government. Thus the papacy rulled from 538 until 1798 for a time, times and
half a time
Daniel 7:26 But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, to consume
and to destroy it unto the end.

82 | P a g e
Daniel 7:27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the
whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose kingdom is
an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him.
Notice after 1798 the judgement will sit, and God will set up His kingdom, a people who know
and love the truth, but recall a kingdom cannot be setup unless God has made a covenant
with a people, so God will have to make a covenant with a people that are to rise after 1798
and these people shall be part of His Kingdom the small stone of Daniel 2.

83 | P a g e
Chapter 6 The Ram and the Goat

KJV Daniel 8:1 In the third year of the reign of king Belshazzar a vision appeared unto me,
even unto me Daniel, after that which appeared unto me at the first.

We know that during Belshazzar’s reign, Belshazzar was the other king of Babylon and came
after Nebuchadnezzar.

Before this there has been on two visions: Daniel chapter 2 and 7 both show that there were
5 kingdoms. Daniel chapter 2 deals with the Financial might of the nations, Daniel two deals
with the military might of nations. Daniel 8 deals wit the spiritual might of the nations, since
ram and goat were the animals also used on the day of atonement as we shall see this whole
chapter opens to our view the great issue hinted to us in Daniel 2 and three, the kingdom of
God which was to be established when the Judgement shall sit, so all this is to be opened to
us in this chapter and as we shall see all this is connected to the day of atonement (Leviticus
16)

Prophecy has traced the rise and fall of the world’s great empires—Babylon, Medo-Persia,
Greece, and Rome. With each of these, as with nations of less power, history repeated itself.
Each had its period of test, each failed, its glory faded, its power departed, and its place was
occupied by another. While the nations rejected God’s principles, and in this rejection
wrought their own ruin, it was still manifest that the divine, overruling purpose was working
through all their movements. {Ed 177}

KJV Daniel 8: 2 And I saw in a vision; and it came to pass, when I saw, that I was at Shushan in
the palace, which is in the province of Elam; and I saw in a vision, and I was by the river of
Ulai.

KJV Daniel 8: 3 Then I lifted up mine eyes, and saw, and, behold, there stood before the river
a ram which had two horns: and the two horns were high; but one was higher than the other,
and the higher came up last.

Notice the first

A Ram had two horns: -So the last higher horn came up last

84 | P a g e
KJV Daniel 8: 4 I saw the ram pushing westward, and northward, and southward; so that no
beasts might stand before him, neither was there any that could deliver out of his hand; but
he did according to his will, and became great.

Ram was pushing

Northward

Southward

Notice the Ram became *great*

KJV Daniel 8: 5 And as I was considering, behold, an he goat came from the west on the face
of the whole earth, and touched not the ground: and the goat had a notable horn between
his eyes.

Next a He-goat, and it has a notable head in between the eyes

KJV Daniel 8: 6 And he came to the ram that had two horns, which I had seen standing before
the river, and ran unto him in the fury of his power. 7 And I saw him come close unto the ram,
and he was moved with choler against him, and smote the ram, and brake his two horns: and
there was no power in the ram to stand before him, but he cast him down to the ground, and
stamped upon him: and there was none that could deliver the ram out of his hand.

The goat then ran into ram! and next the two horns of the ram were broken

KJV Daniel 8: 8 Therefore the he goat waxed very great: and when he was strong, the great
horn was broken; and for it came up four notable ones toward the four winds of heaven.

Notice the he-goat *became very great*

Notice after this horn came forth four horns, For the original horn broke up. And there were
4 notable ones

Before we continue. We must understand something

Daniel 2 is a vision of Economic strength

Daniel 7 is a vision of Militaty strength

Daniel 8 is a vision of the Spiritual strength

Daniel 8 is a vision talking of the spirituality. The Goat and Ram were the two beasts also used
in the sanctuary, especially on the day of atonement

We see

KJV Leviticus 16: 2 And the LORD said unto Moses, Speak unto Aaron thy brother, that he
come not at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat, which is upon
the ark; that he die not: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat. 3 Thus shall Aaron
come into the holy place: with a young bullock for a sin offering, and a ram for a burnt offering.
5 And he shall take of the congregation of the children of Israel two kids of the goats for a sin
offering, and one ram for a burnt offering.
85 | P a g e
The Goat and Rams were the two animals that were used much on the day of atonement...

Notice after the four horns came up, something later came

KJV Daniel 8: 9 And out of one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed exceeding great,
toward the south, and toward the east, and toward the pleasant land. 10 And it waxed great,
even to the host of heaven; and it cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground,
and stamped upon them.

Notice here

Another *Little Horn* comes up

It is *exceedingly great*

Notice this horn is the first one to extend its kingdom against the pleasant land or heaven

So it is this horn that declares war on heaven, This horn is making war upon God

KJV Daniel 8: 11 Yea, he magnified himself even to the prince of the host, and by him the daily
sacrifice was taken away, and the place of his sanctuary was cast down. 12 And an host was
given him against the daily sacrifice by reason of transgression, and it cast down the truth to
the ground; and it practised, and prospered.

Notice this little horn

It magnifies itself against Jesus the prince of host

KJV Acts 3: 14 But ye denied the Holy One and the Just, and desired a murderer to be granted
unto you; 15 And killed the Prince of life, whom God hath raised from the dead; whereof we
are witnesses.

The prince of life is Jesus, So the horn makes war against Jesus, The word daily was added by
translators. So we shall read it without the word sacrifice

Daily means paganism

KJV Daniel 8: 11 Yea, he magnified himself even to the prince of the host, and by him the
daily was taken away, and the place of his sanctuary was cast down. 12 And an host was given
him against the daily by reason of transgression, and it cast down the truth to the ground;
and it practised, and prospered.

So we see the little horn was so pompous it cast down the sanctuary truth. And in doing this
the bible says the little horn prospered

But the most important question remains to be answered: What is the cleansing of the
sanctuary? That there was such a service in connection with the earthly sanctuary is stated in
the Old Testament Scriptures. But can there be anything in heaven to be cleansed? In
Hebrews 9 the cleansing of both the earthly and the heavenly sanctuary is plainly
taught....Once a year, on the great Day of Atonement, the priest entered the most holy place
for the cleansing of the sanctuary. The work there performed completed the yearly round of
ministration. {GC 417, 419}

86 | P a g e
KJV Daniel 8: 13 Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said unto that certain saint
which spake, How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, and the transgression
of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot?

One saint is Gabriel, Certain Saint is Michael or Jesus. So notice in heaven two of them are
discussing

How long shall this be, How long shall the little horn continue

KJV Daniel 8: 15 And it came to pass, when I, even I Daniel, had seen the vision, and sought
for the meaning, then, behold, there stood before me as the appearance of a man.

Here the answer was given: Unto 2300 days then the sanctuary will be cleansed

KJV Daniel 8: 15 And it came to pass, when I, even I Daniel, had seen the vision, and sought
for the meaning, then, behold, there stood before me as the appearance of a man. 16 And I
heard a man's voice between the banks of Ulai, which called, and said, Gabriel, make this man
to understand the vision. 17 So he came near where I stood: and when he came, I was afraid,
and fell upon my face: but he said unto me, Understand, O son of man: for at the time of the
end shall be the vision.

Notice here what happens. Daniel was going to get the understanding

So which vision is Gabriel referring to, Which vision???

KJV Daniel 8: 13 Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said unto that certain saint
which spake, How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, and the transgression
of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot? 14 And he
said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be
cleansed.

This vision is for the time of the END. We have to understand when does the time of the end
begin?

We shall see this

KJV Daniel 8: 18 Now as he was speaking with me, I was in a deep sleep on my face toward
the ground: but he touched me, and set me upright. 19 And he said, Behold, I will make thee
know what shall be in the last end of the indignation: for at the time appointed the end shall
be.

Notice that Gabriel was going to explain the last end. The indignation the issue of the 2300day

So it is clear here that the 2300 days was of the most importance to Gabriel

KJV Daniel 8: 20 The ram which thou sawest having two horns are the kings of Media and
Persia.

So the Ram we saw, It was the kingdom of Media and Persia. This was a coalition kingdom.
Two nations ruling at the same

87 | P a g e
Notice they were ruling together and the one kingdom was strong but the stronger kingdom
ruled later

KJV Daniel 8: 21 And the rough goat is the king of Grecia: and the great horn that is between
his eyes is the first king. 22 Now that being broken, whereas four stood up for it, four
kingdoms shall stand up out of the nation, but not in his power.

Notice the Rough He goat was Greece. And the little horn between his eyes is the first king of
Greece. Who was Alexandria, and we saw how after alexander died. 36 of his generals fought
And only 4 survived and it was here that they divided the kingdom into four
Chapter 7 The Little Horn of Daniel 8

KJV Daniel 8: 22 Now that being broken, whereas four stood up for it, four kingdoms shall
stand up out of the nation, but not in his power.

Now we need to understand something

The Ram was said *to be Great*

The He- got became *very great*

Since the 5 Kingdoms were

Babylon

Medo persia

Greece

Pagan Rome

Papal Rome

Daniel 8 does not go into the trouble o explaining Babylon into the picture for Babylon was
soon to pass of the scene, Also Rome ruled by Caesars was not presented as this was Cleary
explained in detail in Chapter 7. Because from Pagan Rome came the succession of Papal
Rome ruled by Popes

So notice here the little horn was said to be exceedingly great, This the same little horn is the
same horn of Daniel 7

Below I shall show some historical sources of Antiochus Epiphanes whom preterists say is the
little horn. The argument is after the first Horn Alexander, then came the four generals and a
little horn comes out of the same beast and it is here that the antichrist rises, during the time
of Greek empire. Let’s examine the evidence

THE RISE OF ANTIOCHUS IV EPIPHANES

AND HIS ASSAULT AGAINST JUDAEA
by Dr. J. Paul Tanner
June 11, 2001

88 | P a g e
Note: This was a paper originally presented to the faculty of the Department of Oriental and
African Languages and Literatures at the University of Texas at Austin in partial fulfillment of
the requirements for the course, Concepts in Judaic Culture, Heb 380, July 8, 1987.

INTRODUCTION

This paper will focus on the Seleucid king known as Antiochus IV Epiphanes, who ruled over
the Seleucid Empire from 175-164 BC. In addition to being well known for his atrocities
against the Jews that led to the Maccabean revolt, he is also a key figure in the Book of Daniel
where he is referred to in both chapter eight and chapter eleven. Furthermore, he serves as
a type of the yet future Antichrist (who is also predicted in the Book of Daniel). Hence, a
greater understanding about this king will be valuable for studies in the Book of Daniel.

During the rule of Antiochus IV, Judaea was under the rule of the Seleucids. The first section
of this paper will trace the political developments following the conquest of Alexander
the Great to explain how Antiochus IV came to have power over Judaea. Attention will then
be given to the factor of Hellenization within Judaea, and how the High Priesthood became
corrupted by this influence. This is somewhat necessary, since at the time of Antiochus'
persecutions, the High Priest was in cooperation with him. The military campaigns of
Antiochus IV against Egypt brought him in closer association with the territory of Judaea and
eventually led to the persecutions. Hence, this will be examined in section III. Finally, focus
will be put upon the atrocities that Antiochus carried out against the Jews. The question will
also be addressed as to why he decided to enact religious persecutions against the Jews,
rather than simply political measures. Section I

Political Developments From Alexander To Antiochus IV

The meteoric rise of Alexander to world power was quickly diminished by his untimely death
in 323 BC. The next twenty or more years became known as the period of the Diadochi, when
the surviving generals of Alexander vied for shares of the colossal kingdom he had left behind.
Antigonus had tried to extend his control beyond Asia Minor, and Seleucus (satrap of Babylon
since 321) had to flee to Egypt for Ptolemy's help. Conflict continued until eventually four
Macedonian generals declared themselves kings: Ptolemy claiming Egypt, Seleucus over
Babylon, Cassander over Macedon, and Lysimachus over Thrace. Finally, on the battlefield of
Ipsus in 301 they prevailed over Antigonus. "Lysimachus took the western part of Asia Minor;
Ptolemy took Palestine; and Seleucus the remaining lands from Syria to Babylon." In this
arrangement, Ptolemy and Seleucus were the primary powers. Seleucus, however, gained
the advantage:

Seleucus obtained the largest portion of Alexander's empire: all the countries of Asia from
the frontiers of India to the Mediterranean littoral were under his rule. In 281 he defeated
Lysimachus and annexed Asia Minor to his kingdom. Only Palestine and the islands of
the Mediterranean remained subject to Ptolemy.

The oriental lands under Seleucus were difficult to control because of the great diversity to
them. India was lost very early, and the rise of Parthia about the middle of the 3rd century
BC reduced the Seleucid empire to those lands west of the Euphrates. To the south, the
Ptolemies managed to keep their empire intact, at least until about 221 BC. At that time,
Antiochus III attempted to invade Palestine and made a few minor gains. For a time, the
Ptolemies prevailed although signs of weakening began to show:

89 | P a g e
In 219, Antiochus III of Syria attacked Egypt; Ptolemy IV Philopater went out to meet him at
the head of his army of mercenaries; and in order to expand his forces he also recruited
20,000 men of the native population. Ptolemy defeated Antiochus at Raphia (217) and this
victory, in which Egyptians also participated, served as the starting point for the
reawakening of the Egyptian nationalist spirit.

Despite the temporal victory, Egypt was weakening as evidenced by the internal uprisings
which followed. After a brief lull, political developments in Egypt took a turn for the worse.
Ptolemy IV Philopator died and Ptolemy V Epiphanes came to the throne. However, he was
only five years of age, and thus power passed to his guardians. This did not prove successful,
and internal turmoil among the Egyptians followed, particularly at Alexandria. In 201 BC
Antiochus III exploited the opportunity and invaded Coele-Syria. This endeavor was
successful, except for Gaza which maintained its alliance with the Ptolemies. During the years
199-8 BC, Antiochus captured all the fortified cities of Coele-Syria, the Egyptians evacuated,
and the territory was now firmly under the rule of the Seleucids.

During this power struggle, the country was often drawn in two opposite directions.
Tcherikover argues that Antiochus was backed by a pro-Seleucid faction in Jerusalem, and
that even the High Priest Simon the Just stood at the head of this. Certainly there was a
breach in the Jewish community during the years 201-198 as Syrian Antioch replaced
Egyptian Alexandria as the power center.

Complicating the political reorganization was the defeat of Antiochus III at Magnesia by the
Romans, a feat which left the Seleucid kingdom with recurring financial difficulties. Gafni
comments,

In 190 Antiochus suffered his greatest defeat near Magnesia and was forced into a degrading
settlement by the victorious Romans. Sensing this, the eastern provinces of the Seleucid
Empire revolted and Antiochus, determined to finance his recent setback at their expense,
died while trying to sack one of the Temple treasuries of Elymais.

The death of Antiochus III in 187 BC brought more confusion to the troubled Seleucid empire.
Initially, his son Seleucus IV Philopater ruled from 187 to 175, but his assassination brought
Antiochus IV to the throne (though he was not the legal heir of the throne). Waltke explains:

After the battle of Magnesia, Antiochus lived in Rome as a hostage in connection with the
reparations Antiochus the Great had to pay. In 175 B.C. he was released by the intervention
of his brother Seleucus IV Philopator, who substituted his own son Demetrius I as hostage.
While Antiochus was at Athens, Seleucus IV was assassinated by his chief minister,
Heliodorus. Antiochus IV, with the military sanction of the Pergamene monarch Eumenes II,
expelled Heliodorus and usurped the throne to the exclusion of both Demetrius and the late
king's younger son Antiochus, still a baby in Syria.

Thus it was that Antiochus IV, a usurper to the throne, came to be king over the mighty
Seleucid empire. His reign lasted from 175 until 164 BC. Regarding the early influences on
Antiochus IV, Jagersma comments, "During his long stay in Rome and Athens (from 188-175
BC), Greek culture and religion in particular seem to have made a deep impression on him."
He was also innovative: ". . . he assumed the cult name theos epiphanes (the manifest god),
and secondly he replaced the image of the traditional Seleucid Apollo with that of Zeus
Olympius on the reverse of the Antiochene tetradrachm."

90 | P a g e
The character of Antiochus IV has been dealt with by Greek historians as well as by Jewish.
Polybius, in particular, devoted to him a detailed description (from which Livy and Diodorus
derived their accounts). Tcherikover summarizes the report of Polybius:

He lacked political tact and did not understand how to behave as befitted a king. Sometimes
he would leave his palace and wander through the streets of his capital with two or three
of his courtiers, enter shops and the craftsmen's places of work and converse at length
with these insignificant people. Once, during one of his habitual visits to the public baths he
poured a jar full of perfumed ointment over the heads of the bathers and enjoyed the sight
of the people rolling on the slippery floor, unable to rise or to keep their balance, himself
among them. Once during a magnificent festival which he was holding at Antioch, he
appeared on the stage before the audience as an actor, and began to dance with the other
players.

. . . His behavior toward other people was full of contradictions and sudden surprises, for he
was silent in the company of his best friends and talkative with strangers; to some he gave
precious gifts such as silver and gold, and to others, without clear reason, worthless objects
such as dates and dice. Irritable and nervous, full of profound inner contradictions, ever
striving to do something extraordinary and to astound the world--this was the figure cut by
King Antiochus in the eyes of his Greek contemporaries. Hence it is not to be wondered at
that humorists mocked him and called him in jest Epimanes ("mad") instead of Epiphanes
("the god manifest").

Section II : The Corruption of the Priesthood in the Context of Hellenization

In order to adequately understand and appreciate the developments which led to the
persecutions of Antiochus IV, one must understand the context in which they transpired. One
key contextual theme is that of Hellenization. Alexander the Great may have reigned
supreme for only a short time, but he left a powerful legacy with the spread of Greek culture
and thinking upon the oriental lands, and Judaea was no exception to this. The Greek
influence was felt upon Judaea, of course, long before Antiochus IV came to the throne.
Nevertheless, he was a devoted patriot of the Hellenistic philosophy, and sought to spread it
throughout his empire. Devotion to Hellenistic philosophy was often centered in the matter
of Greek education and the "gymnasia" in which it was cultivated. Tcherikover comments:

The citizen educated his son in the municipal educational institutions─the gymnasion and the
ephebeion, which were the very embodiment of the spirit of Hellenism. Here the young
citizens received their Hellenic education, developed their strength and agility by physical
exercise, and learned poetry and music; and if such an education was not imposed on the
citizens as an absolute duty, no one deliberately avoided it.

. . . the gymnasia became the symbols of Hellenism as a whole. . . . The gymnasiarch,

the citizen upon whom had been imposed the conduct of the gymnasium and the satisfaction
of its monetary requirements, was regarded by the citizens as one of the most honored men
in the city.

At first, the Hellenistic tendencies did not appear too threatening to Judaism, and many
citizens saw value in the Greek education. Nevertheless, in time the attachments to
Hellenization came to be a severe problem and led to great conflict between the Hellenizers
and the conservative figures within Judaism.

91 | P a g e
In the first third of the second century B.C.E., a group of Hellenizing Jews came to power in
Jerusalem. They were led by wealthy Jewish aristocrats such as Joseph son of Tobiah, and his
son Hyrcanus, who were apparently attracted to the externals of Hellenism; their
Hellenization was, at first, primarily social rather than cultural and religious. Jason the high
priest carried his Hellenizing to the extent of establishing Greek educational institutions, the
gymnasium and ephebeion, and of founding Jerusalem as a Greek city, Antioch-at-Jerusalem.
But Jason was only a moderate Hellenizer compared with Menelaus, whose succession as high
priest occasioned a civil war between factions, with the Tobiads supporting Menelaus and the
masses of the people standing behind Jason. As the scholars Bickermann, Tcherikover, and
Hengel have shown, it was the Hellenizers, notably Menelaus and his followers, who
influenced Antiochus Epiphanes to undertake his persecutions of Judaism so as to put down
the rebellion of the Hassideans, who were supported by the masses of Jerusalem and who
rebelled against the Hellenizers.

Stronger leanings toward Hellenization quite naturally developed in the years 201-198 BC
when Judaea was shifting from Ptolemaic rule to Seleucid, especially since the more
authoritative figures in Jerusalem were pro-Seleucid (including representatives of the upper
stratum of the priestly class [the High Priest himself], the Jerusalem aristocracy [members of
the Gerousia], and the wealthy [the sons of Joseph ben Tobiah]. Nevertheless, there was no
severe violation of the religious life of Judaea initially. Documents initiated by Antiochus
III permitted the Jews to live according to their ancestral laws. Tcherikover comments,

The documents of Antiochus evidence explicitly that the king had no intention of changing
the traditional way of life of Judaea by imposing Greek tendencies. On the contrary,
Antiochus by his orders strengthened the priests' power, exempted them from taxes and gave
to the commandments of the Torah the validity of official law.

Tcherikover even suggests that the inclination toward Hellenization was an aspiration of some
of the Jews themselves (particularly among members of the ruling aristocracy), not something
being imposed upon them forcefully. Of course, Hellenization was open to criticism,
especially since the young Jewish men who participated in the life of the gymnasium took part
in sports while in the nude. Furthermore, Hellenization also meant the spread of Greek gods
in Judaea (though this was probably not entertained too seriously by the Jews; there is no
evidence of any cult to this effect).

One of the significant developments that paralleled the movement of Hellenization was the
creation of the post of "prostasia" (head of the Jews). At the beginning of the Hellenistic era,
this was in the hands of the High Priest, and included the responsibility for tax collection in
Judaea. But a struggle developed whereby the post of prostates passed from the High Priest
Onias to Joseph, the son of Tobiah. From this transition arose the family of the Tobiads and
their power to influence political events of the country. Indeed, the Tobiad family seems
to have been the main instigators of the Hellenistic reform in Jerusalem, mainly because
of the wealth accumulated by Joseph the son of Tobiah in his prolonged activity as tax-
collector.

The official representation of the people to the king (the "prostasia") had reverted to the High
Priest under Simon the Just, but the Tobiads still exerted tremendous social pressure, and
sought to influence the management of the Temple. At this time, the Temple Treasury had
accumulated great wealth, since in addition to the public moneys, the money of private
individuals was also kept there on deposit.
92 | P a g e
When Simon died, he was succeeded by his son, Onias III. But Onias had Egyptian sympathies
and shifted policy to a pro-Ptolemaic stance. This was at odds with Seleucid rule, and with the
Tobiads who backed them. Now, the Tobiads were anxious to get Onias out of power.
Through the agency of another Simon (the overseer of the Temple), the Tobiads managed to
stir up trouble for Onias with the Seleucid authorities. As conditions deteriorated in
Jerusalem, Onias felt compelled to appear before Seleucus IV. This, however, was closely
connected chronologically with the death of Seleucus and the seizing of the throne by
Antiochus IV. During Onias' absence, the Tobiads took advantage of the occasion to secure
another Nigh Priest with a man who was more sympathetic to their desires. Interestingly,
they gained the cooperation of the brother of Onias, Joshua (who had changed his Hebrew
name to the Greek name of Jason). Jason had the advantage of being in the legitimate family
to qualify as a High Priest, but his sympathies lay more with the Tobiads and the Hellenizers.
The next step was for him to journey to Antiochus and buy him off:

Jason promised the king, in addition to the 300 talents which were evidently the usual
tribute . . . another 60, and a further 80 'of another revenue' (II Macc. 4.8); by this payment
he purchased the High Priesthood from Antiochus.

As was brought out earlier, the Seleucid throne was ever in need of revenue and this exchange
of High Priests became an easy matter for Antiochus IV. However, the new High Priest did
more than promise money for the king. He also desired to convert Jerusalem into a Greek
polis called Antioch. He even promised more money for permission to build a gymnasion and
ephebeion in Jerusalem and to register the people of Jerusalem as Antiochenes (II Macc. 4.9).
This launched Jerusalem into its high point of Hellenism and foreign customs. Nevertheless,
there is no hard evidence that the Jewish religion itself was abolished or significantly altered,
or that the Mosaic Law was abolished.

Thus, Jason acted as High Priest during the years 175/4–172/1, although details of this period
are lacking. In time, however, the Tobiads sought to oust even him for a man more loyal to
themselves. Their new candidate was Menelaus, brother of Simon the Overseer of the
Temple. Significantly, Menelaus had no legitimate claim to the High Priesthood at all, and
civil war broke out over the attempt to replace him for Jason (with the majority of the people
siding with Jason). However, Menelaus was able to go to Antiochus and pay even more
money for the priestly position than Jason had paid. Thus Menelaus returned as High Priest
and Jason fled to the Land of Ammon (II Macc. 4.25-6).

Since Menelaus had attained power against the will of the Jerusalem population, he could
only maintain himself by brute force. Furthermore, he had difficulty in keeping his financial
obligations to the throne. and found it necessary to journey to Antioch. Two significant events
came as a result of this trip. First, Menelaus arranged for the murder of the Onias, the
legitimate High Priest at the hand of Andronicus, a high official of Antiochus. The king was
infuriated at this, and had Andronicus put to death; Menelaus only escaped death himself by
more bribery. Second, Menelaus had left his brother, Lysimachus, in charge as his deputy in
Jerusalem. Lysimachus carried our the spoliation of the Temple treasury of the vessels which
Menelaus needed. This deed was discovered, causing a great outcry from the people, such
that a huge battle waged in the streets with Lysimachus being slain (II Macc. 4. 39-42).
Tcherikover comments,

This lawless deed aroused the ire of the population of Jerusalem; the Temple treasure,
accumulated over generations, was the property of all Israel, and it was hard to tolerate the
93 | P a g e
fact of a small group of people disposing of it as if it were their own. The Temple, moreover,
this national and religious center, was now in the hands of men who had cast off the restraints
of religion and followed strange customs belonging to other peoples.

All of this served to hamper the position of Menelaus. Although he was able to retain his role
as High Priest, he was now even more at odds with the populace. He had also incurred the
displeasure of the king (he had been brought up for trial before Antiochus, escaping only by
bribery and deceit). Clearly the situation in Jerusalem was deteriorating, and resistance was
steadily building toward those associated with Hellenization and having pro-Seleucid
sympathies (especially Menelaus). Also, the burden of taxation under the Seleucid
government (especially since the peace of Apamea in 188 BC) was probably greater than it
had ever been under the Ptolemies. Hence, some began to have proPtolemaic opinions, a
matter of grave concern since Antiochus IV came into armed conflict about this time.

Section III : Judaea's Relationship to Antiochus Against the Backdrop of the Egyptian
Campaigns

Antiochus IV desired to enlarge his frontier, and he sought the opportunity by a military
campaign against Egypt. This quest for more power (and perhaps financial gain) made the
matter of Judaea's loyalty a serious consideration, for Judaea was the buffer state between
these two powers. The political situation of Antiochus IV's realm cannot be ignored.
McCullough comments,

. . . Antiochus's primary interest in Judea was its location on the southwest border of his
kingdom. It was important to him that there be peace and security in this area. To ensure
such peace he looked for the cooperation of the Jewish high priest, who, as the recognized
head of the Palestinian Jews, was to all intents and purposes a political figure.

During the years 169-67 BC, Antiochus IV carried out his military campaigns against Egypt.
This was during the time when Menelaus served as the High Priest, and tensions with Antioch
were at their highest. The religious persecution of Antiochus IV that came in 167 BC must be
seen in light of the events attending the Egyptian campaigns. Scholars have proposed
numerous reasons to explain the actions of Antiochus IV, including his character, attempts at
unification of the empire by establishment of one religion, political motives of reconstituting
the decaying power of his kingdom, his devotion to the Hellenic spirit and culture, and even
the idea that Antiochus was not the real perpetrator but rather men from within the Jewish
ranks (as well as a combination of the above). Tcherikover, however, advances the theory
that the real reason for the religious persecution of Antiochus IV is to be found in the
developments that paralleled his military campaigns against Egypt, most notably the rebellion
that began surfacing in Jerusalem.

A discussion of the military campaigns is difficult due to the fact that the number and date of
the campaigns is unclear and a subject of debate among scholars. Furthermore, it is not
entirely clear how many times Antiochus IV actually visited Jerusalem in connection with
these military expeditions. There does seem to be some consensus, however, that Antiochus
IV carried out two primary campaigns against Egypt. Tcherikover alerts us that "... the studies
of Otto and Bichermann make it virtually certain that Antiochus' first expedition to Egypt fell
in the year 169, and the second in 168." But the number and time of visitations by Antiochus
IV to Jerusalem is a much more problematic issue. There are three reports of a plundering of
the temple by or on the orders of Antiochus IV: I Macc. 1.20-24, I1 Macc. 5.15ff., and
94 | P a g e
Josephus, Antiquities, XII, 5:2-4. However, the information is unclear on whether or not the
temple was plundered on two different occasions. Jagersma notes that the account in II Macc.
5

. . . mentions a plundering of the temple, in which Menelaus accompanied Antiochus IV as a

guide. This plundering is said to have taken place after Antiochus' second expedition to Egypt
and Jason's revolt. The king is supposed to have interpreted the revolt as a rebellion by
Judaea (II Macc. 5.11) and to have occupied Jerusalem at that time by force. Thousands
of inhabitants are said to have been killed, with others being carried away as slaves. The
plundering of the temple in 168 is supposed to be set against this background.

Tcherikover (186) defends the theory that there were two visitations, upon return from each
of the Egyptian campaigns. The work of Emil Schurer, however, argues the view that
Antiochus visited Jerusalem only once in the 160s, viz. in the autumn of 169 BC.

A complete and scholarly resolution of this issue is beyond the scope of this paper, but the
position of

Tcherikover seems a bit more plausible. Despite the fact that scholars are quite critical
of Josephus on many points (including Tcherikover himself), he does specifically record two
visitations by Antiochus and the other source material does not contradict this.
Furthermore, it is quite reasonable to believe that Antiochus IV would have visited Jerusalem
during each of the Egyptian campaigns. He would have had to travel very near Jerusalem
upon his return to Antioch, and he had a high interest in the affairs of Jerusalem since this
was his buffer zone with Egypt. There had been several previous dealings with Jerusalem and
with each of the High Priests (particularly Menelaus) that would have caused him to keep his
guard up in regard so Jerusalem affairs, not to mention his vital interest in the financial
potential of the Temple treasury.

The first Egyptian campaign was successful for Antiochus IV in that he dealt a defeat to Egypt.
He appointed two rulers over the country in different locations to prevent the centralization
of power, and then returned to Antioch by way of Jerusalem. He probably reached Jerusalem
at the end of 169 BC.

Although relations with Jerusalem had previously been generally friendly,

. . . on this visit Antiochus laid hands on the Temple treasures and looted them. I Maccabees
(1.20ff.) also gives a detailed account of the spoilation of the Temple vessels and speaks of
the way the place was desecrated. Naturally this left a feeling of violent hatred for Antiochus
among the people, and as it was a time of war, this inevitably assumed a political coloring.

The increased financial demands of the recent military campaign may have prompted this
action against the Temple treasury. In 168 BC, Antiochus IV carried out another military
campaign against Egypt, which resulted in bitter disappointment for him. On the previous
campaign, Ptolemy VI had been forced into a treaty, but quickly broke it, so that as early as
168 BC Antiochus had begun a new campaign against Egypt. Once again he was prevailing,
only to be thwarted by the arrival of ships from Rome (note Dan. 11:29-30). Waltke notes,

. . . the Roman legate C. Popilius Laenas handed Antiochus an ultimatum from the senate,
arrogantly drew a circle around Antiochus, and demanded his answer before he stepped
outside the circle. Antiochus was forced to retreat to Syria within a specified time.
95 | P a g e
As a bitter and disappointed Antiochus IV marched back to Syria, he did so with the thought
that the securing of Judaea was now more necessary than ever . . . not only for fear of the
now independent Egypt but also the threat of Rome from the south. No doubt, he hoped to
find Jerusalem in good order!

Section IV : The Religious Persecution of Antiochus Against Judaea

Finding Jerusalem in good order was the very thing that Antiochus IV did not find! A revolt
had occurred during the time that Antiochus was carrying out his second military campaign
in Egypt. Jason, the former High Priest of the line of Zadok, had been living in Transjordan
since he had been deposed by Antiochus in favor of Menelaus. But during the second
Egyptian campaign of 168 BC, Jason made an attempt to regain control of Jerusalem. This
bold endeavor may have been due to a false report that Antiochus was now dead (note II
Macc. 5:5), and there was certainly a great deal of sentiment toward Egypt in light of
Menelaus' cooperation with Antiochus after the first Egyptian campaign.

This revolt led by Jason resulted in a great many people being killed, and with Menelaus
having to seek refuge in the citadel (II Macc. 5:5-6). Nevertheless, Jason was not able to retain
control and had to flee Jerusalem back to Transjordan. Tcherikover argues that control of the
city passed to the opponents of the king─the enemies of the Hellenizers─and that it was these
before whom Jason fled. These would be the Hasidim, a sect that had arisen within Judaism
who were intensely loyal to the Mosaic Covenant and against Hellenization and foreign
influence.

Despite the fact that Jason's revolt had not succeeded, the news of the events was not
favorably received by Antiochus. McCullough comments,

Antiochus was not amused by such insurrectionary activities, and on his return journey form
Egypt, doubtless deeply chagrined by his failure there and interpreting events in Judea as a
revolt against himself, he went to Jerusalem to discipline its people in an extremely ruthless
way (2 Mac 5:11-14; cf Dan 11:29-30).

No doubt, in light of the recent events with Egypt and Rome, Antiochus felt compelled to
communicate a message that insurrection would not be tolerated. Such opposition to
Hellenization and Seleucid authority could only be interpreted as sympathy for Egypt, for only
from Egypt could the rebels hope to receive support for the liberation movement.
Therefore, upon reaching Jerusalem, he had the walls of the city torn down, slaughtered
thousands of Jews, and sold many more into slavery (II Macc. 5:llff). In addition, he himself
entered the Holy of Holies, with Menelaus as his guide. Upon departing the city, he left
Philip, the commander of the Phrygian mercenaries, in charge (II Macc. 5.22).

Apparently the spirit of rebellion continued so that Apollonius, head of the Moesian
mercenaries captured the city on a Sabbath (when the religious faithful would not fight).
"Apollonius had received from Antiochus the assignment of putting an end once and for all to
the danger threatening the peace of the kingdom from the rebellious Jews." The focus of
action now shifted to the events connected with the "Akra":

Among the measures taken by Appollonius to secure the city's loyalty to the Seleucid king,
were two which totally changed the status of Jerusalem: the erection of the citadel known
96 | P a g e
by its Greek designation, akra, which was made into the center of the new polis, and the
dispatching of a katoikia, i.e., a colony of foreign soldiers, inside Jerusalem. The introduction
of the katoikia was a particularly bitter blow. It marked the beginning of mass opposition
which very soon turned into a general rebellion. Many examples in Greek and Roman history
bear witness that the establishment of a katoikia, or cleruchy, of soldiers in a quiet town
meant its total ruin.

These soldiers certainly had no intention of slighting what they considered to be the cult of
a local god, yet, on the other hand, they did not want to give up their own religious customs
and their traditional deities. Since their residence was the akra, which was also the new
center of the polis of Antioch-at-Jerusalem, they were obviously regarded as permanent
citizens of the polis, whether they had obtained full citizenship or were annexed to it as
foreigners accorded the status of permanent residents. These new inhabitants of Antioch-
at-Jerusalem desired to worship in the Temple the deities who were familiar to them as well:
first and foremost the supreme Syrian god Basal Shamin and the Syrian goddess known under
different names such as Anath, Allat, etc. The worship of the god of wine, Dushara, identified
by the Greeks with Dionysus, may also have been set up in the Temple. Concurrently with
Syrian gods, Syrian customs were also introduced into the Temple. The author of II
Maccabees (6:4) attests that the Temple filled with prostitutes in religious rites is not
typical of the Greek religion whereas it was a permanent feature in the cult of the Syrian
goddess. It follows, therefore, that this custom was introduced into the Temple not as a result
of Antiochus' persecutions but some time earlier, just after the establishment of the Syrian
katoikia.

These actions connected with the Akra, as carried out by Apollonius, only served to incite the
more conservative elements of the Jewish society to further rebellion. The pollution of the
Temple of the Lord by Gentiles worshiping other deities and using sacred prostitutes was too
extreme. Consequently, there was a flight among the Jews out of Jerusalem following the
actions of Apollonius in 168-67 BC.

But the abandonment of the Temple by the Jewish populace was not favorably looked upon
by Antiochus IV. Up until this point, his persecutions upon Judaea had been mostly political
in nature, and no action was taken to declare illegal the Mosaic Law or religion of the Jews.
Now, however, it was becoming more and more obvious that the Jewish religion itself was
detrimental to the unification of the realm. McCullough adds an interesting thought:

As had been noted earlier, this was a departure from Seleucid religious policy, and it has to
be interpreted in light of conditions in Judea. As Antiochus presumably had limited
knowledge of Jewish religious customs, he must have been advised by some person or
persons that the religious peculiarities of the Jews lay behind the recent troubles in Jerusalem,
and that, by banning such practices, there was a good chance that tranquility could be
established in Judea.

Thus, about a year after Apollonius' political measures of establishing the Akra, Antiochus IV
issued down orders for religious persecution (i.e., in December of 167 BC). This time of the
persecutory decrees is known as the period of the Gezerot.

According to II Macc. 6:1, Antiochus sent a special emissary to Judaea to carry out the decree
"in order to force the Jews to transgress the laws of their fathers and not to live according to
God's commandments." McCullough notes,
97 | P a g e
Here the Jewish ritual was prohibited (1 Mac 1:45-6), and the sacred precincts were formally
given over, on the fifteenth of Chislev, 167 BC, to the worship of Zeus Olympios (1 Mac 1:54;
2 Mac 6:2), whose Aramaic designation may have been 'Lord of heaven' (BUl vmyn.). The
main structure of the temple seems to have been left intact, as well as the altar of burnt
offering, although upon the latter a small pagan altar was erected (1 Mac 1:59; 4:44). It is
generally assumed that this pagan object is the 'desolating sacrilege' of 1 Mac 1:54 (cf Dan
11:31). In addition to this altar we might have expected that either a statue of Zeus or some
acceptable symbol of Zeus was erected, but this is nowhere specifically mentioned (cf M
Taanith 4.6).

The persecution not only involved a complete abomination of the Temple and the altar, but
copies of Torah were burned, and Sabbath keeping and circumcision were forbidden.
Furthermore, the Jews were forced to celebrate the king's birthday every month and to
participate in the festal procession in honor of Dionysus. High places and altars on which
swine and other animals were to be sacrificed were erected throughout Judaea, and
inspectors were appointed by the king to made sure these measures were carried out.

As a result, the famous Maccabean revolt ensued. Three years later, the Temple could be
rededicated at an opportune moment. McCullough explains:

Seleucid armies had now been defeated three times, and doubtless Judas knew that most of
the state's remaining military resources were involved, like Antiochus himself, in Syria's
eastern campaign, it was a propitious time to recover the temple, and Judas acted accordingly
(1 Mac 4:36-61; 2 Mac 10:1-8; Ant XII, 316-26). Some of the soldiers were derailed to block
any effort on the part of the Seleucid garrison in the Acra to interfere with the Jewish plan,
which, in fact, seems to have proceeded without let or hindrance. Priests were chosen to
cleanse the sanctuary, in which connection Menelaus is nowhere mentioned. The pagan altar
was removed, and a completely new altar erected. Necessary repairs to the structures in the
temple area were made and new vessels for the service fabricated. On the twenty-fifth of
Chislev 164 BC the renovated temple was formally dedicated to the service of Israel's God,
three years after it had been taken over by Antiochus in 167 BC.

The victory of rededicating the Temple was well-timed, for Antiochus IV was to die shortly
thereafter, having been engaged in campaigns in Parthia and Armenia.

He retired to Babylon and then to Tabae (Isfahan) in Persia. Here, having heard of the
successes of the Maccabees in restoring the temple worship at Jerusalem, he died insane in
164 B.C.

CONCLUSION

The period from 200 BC to 164 BC was one of the most turbulent periods of Jewish history,
and certainly Antiochus IV Epiphanes played a key role in this era. The tensions connected
with international politics and the growth of Hellenization came to a climax under his reign.
That he was an evil man, no one can doubt. The difficulties and persecutions that he brought
down upon the Jewish people will mark him forever as a despicable person. Nevertheless,
one important matter needs to be clarified and expounded in the conclusion to this paper,
which revolves around a simple question. What happened during that final year (167 BC) to
change things from political measures carried out by Apollinius to the religious actions
instigated by Antiochus IV?

98 | P a g e
 Tacitus had made a remark that Antiochus IV strove to do away with Jewish belief and
introduce Greek customs (Hist. V.7.4), but he may have relied on some anti-Jewish sources
for this opinion, which tends to discredit his remark. A better explanation lies in the events
that transpired within the Akra, a political move but one which had important ramifications
because of the changes that this led to in the sphere of the cult. Tcherikover sees the Hasidim
as the key to understanding the persecution, and insists that they inspired the mounting
intoleration by the Jews. He remarks,

Apollonius' acts had created a rebellion, and the introduction of the Syrian cults onto the
Temple mount had lent a religious odor to the rising. The Jewish faith was faced, not after
Antiochus' decree, but before it, with the alternative of renouncing its existence or of fighting
for its life. The Jewish rising, which had first broken out in natural resistance to Apollonius
acts, during the year 168/7 took on the form of a religious movement.

He finds some support for this in the sources (e.g., I Macc. 7.12; cf. 2.29). The fact that they
were organized as a fighting community after the Maccabean revolt (except for the Sabbath,
in which they would not bear arms), suggests that they were activists before the persecutions
as well. Hence, the Hasidim were the main factor behind what Antiochus IV did:

If the revolt was led by the Hasidim, for whom the commandments of the Torah were of the
utmost sanctity, and if devotion to the Mosaic Law was the watchword of the uprising, then
that Law had to be extirpated if the rebellion was to be put down.

The religious persecutions of Antiochus IV in 167 BC can be attributed to many factors, but a
reasonable theory can be built around the mounting antagonism of the Jews as inspired by
the Hasidim. In light of the political tensions with Egypt and Rome to the south, Antiochus IV
could not afford to be easy-going in his policies toward Judaea. The conservative religious
community of Jerusalem posed too great a threat to his hand on Jerusalem, and he resorted
to measures he felt would put an end to this threat . . . he would try to eliminate their faith.
Although God allowed Antiochus to persecute Judaea of that day, He did not allow him to
fully carry out his diabolical plans.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bickerman, E. The God of the Maccabees. Leiden, 1979.

Ellison, H. L. From Babylon to Bethlehem: The People of God Between the Testaments.
London: The Paternoster Press; reprint ed., Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Book House, 1984.

Feldman, Louis H., Henry Albert Fischel, and Amaldo Dante Momigliano. "Hellenism." In
Encyclopedia Judaica, vol. 8, 290-303. Jerusalem: The MacMillan Co., 1971.

Gafni, Isaiah. "Antiochus." In Encyclopedia Judaica, vol. 3, 73-5. Jerusalem: The MacMillan
Co., 1971.

Jagersma, Henk. A History of Israel from Alexander the Great to Bar Kockba. Translated by
John Bowden. Philadelphia: Fortress Press, 1985.

McCullough, W. S. The History and Literature of the Palestinian Jews from Cyrus to Herod:
550 BC to 4 BC. University of Toronto Press, 1975.

99 | P a g e
Schalit, A., ed. The World History of the Jewish People. First Series: Ancient Times, vol. 6:
The Hellenistic Age. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1972.

Schurer, E. The History of the Jewish People in the Age of Jesus Christ (175 B.C.-A.D. 135).
Vol. 1, revised and edited by C. Vermes and F. Miller. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1973.

Surburg, Raymond F. Introduction to the Intertestamental Period. St. Louis, Missouri:

Concordia Pub. House, 1975.

Tcherikover, Y. Hellenistic Civilization and the Jews. Translated by S. Appelbaum.

Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1961.

Waltke, Bruce K. "Antiochus IV Epiphanes." In The International Standard Bible Encyclopedia,

vol. 1, 145-6. Edited by Geoffrey W. Bromiley. Grand Rapids, MI: William B. Eerdmans Pub.
Co., 1979.

There are markedly many errors in the understanding prophecy, the above article ignores
Daniel 2 and also Daniel 7 and points to Antiochus being the Antichrist who was to come, a
type who was to come. So we see this completely destroys the scripture context. The above
is a preterits interpretation, notice the book quoted is the book of Maccabees which is
incorporated in the Roman Catholic bible the “Good News.”

Daniel 2 Daniel 7 Daniel 8 and 9 Daniel 10-12

Babylon Babylon

Media- Persia Media- Persia Media- Persia Media- Persia

Greece Greece Greece Greece

Pagan Rome (Iron) Pagan Rome Pagan Rome

(Terrible beast)

Papal Rome Papal Rome Papal Rome Papal Rome

(Iron and clay) Little Horn Little Horn

Kingdom/stone Kingdom to come Cleansing of the Michael Stands up

after little horn 1798 Sanctuary close of probation
Judgement is set. (Beginning of the (end of the
Judgement) Judgement)

From the above we see that there is no class between Daniel 8-12 with Daniel 2 and 7 thus
we see the Bible prophecies of the book of Daniel are not contradictory, but rather give us
different glimpses and angles of the same events. Thus Daniel 7 builds upon Daniel 2, and
Daniel 8 and 9 Build upon our understanding of Daniel 2 and 7 and Daniel 10-12 build upon
our understanding of Daniel 2,7,8 and 9… no portion of scripture should be left to private
interpretations. (Daniel 12 understanding refer to redemption and relief work.)

KJV Daniel 7: 15 I Daniel was grieved in my spirit in the midst of my body, and the visions of
my head troubled me. 27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom

100 | P a g e
under the whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose
kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him. 25 And he
shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High,
and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and
times and the dividing of time.

The same horn that spoke great things in Daniel 7 is the same of Daniel 8

KJV Daniel 8: 23 And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the transgressors are come to
the full, a king of fierce countenance, and understanding dark sentences, shall stand up. 24
And his power shall be mighty, but not by his own power: and he shall destroy wonderfully,
and shall prosper, and practise, and shall destroy the mighty and the holy people.

A king understanding dark sentences shall stand up... Notice here the bible says his power
shall be great. There is one other beast of which it is said it has *power*

KJV Revelation 13: 7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome
them: and *power* was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.

It is here we see its clearly talking of the Papacy. It is said not in his own power, The papacy
always has to have a civil power on its side. So this is why it says he shall be mighty but not in
his own power.

We saw how the Jesuits destroyed the people via inquisitions as well as through Jesuit
theology as well as infiltration of the reformers.

KJV Daniel 8: 25 And through his policy also he shall cause craft to prosper in his hand; and he
shall magnify himself in his heart, and by peace shall destroy many: he shall also stand up
against the Prince of princes; but he shall be broken without hand.

We see craft shall prosper in his hand, craftiness or the fornication of the church and state
craft. It is here seen the union that will cause the papacy to be mighty

And the papacy will magnify himself in his heart. Notice as this union comes up lastly at the
national Sunday law.

It shall be broken without hand, this statement is borrowed from Daniel 2 where the stone
cut out without hand was going to hit the feet of clay and iron, that stone will be used to
destroy this union of church and state.

KJV Daniel 2: 44 And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom,
which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall
break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever. 45 Forasmuch as
thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in
pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God hath made known
to the king what shall come to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, and the interpretation
thereof sure.

The stone cut out without hands. The movement not ushered in by human planning. This
movement shall be ushered in by the power of God alone. And it is this stone that shall break
the power of the union of church and state.

101 | P a g e
 “The Lord God will do nothing, but He revealeth His secret unto His servants and prophets.”
While “the secret things belong unto the Lord our God,” “those things which are revealed
belong unto us and to our children forever.” Amos 3:7; Deuteronomy 29:29. God has given
these things to us, and His blessing will attend the reverent, prayerful study of the prophetic
scriptures. {DA 234}

KJV Daniel 8: 26 And the vision of the evening and the morning which was told is true:
wherefore shut thou up the vision; for it shall be for many days. 27 And I Daniel fainted, and
was sick certain days; afterward I rose up, and did the king's business; and I was astonished
at the vision, but none understood it.

Notice here that vision of 2300 evenings and morning or 2300 days is for many days. Evening
and morning equals one day

KJV Genesis 1: 17 And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the
earth, 8 And God called the firmament Heaven. And the evening and the morning were the
second day. 13 And the evening and the morning were the third day.

So we see the 2300 days were for many days

As put in the earlier part. This was for the time of the end. When shall the time of the end be?
KJV Daniel 8: 27 And I Daniel fainted, and was sick certain days; afterward I rose up, and did
the king's business; and I was astonished at the vision, but none understood it.

Notice Daniel fainted before the Angel could finish explaining the vision of the 2300 days.
Thus we see that though the antichrist was going to cast down the truth to the ground for
1260 years, God was going to cause a people to arise sometime after this time period.

Daniel 2 is structure in: Legs of Iron Then Stone or Kingdom of God

Daniel 7 is structured thus: Little horn then Judgement, Kingdom of God

Daniel 8 is structured thus: Little Horn, Cleansing of the Sanctuary.

Comparing scripture with scripture, it would lead to one conclusion, the cleansing of the
sanctuary was to happen the end of the 2300 days… but we have not starting date to this
amazing prophecy. Another conclusion would be the cleansing of the sanctuary is connected
with the Judgement scene and leads to the establishment of the kingdom of God… thus we
need to find out when the 2300 days were to be terminated, all we have established so far is
that: the Judgement was to be set and kingdom of God was to be setup after 1798. Thus we
need to study deeper.

Zechariah 1:18 Then lifted I up mine eyes, and saw, and behold four horns. 19 And I said unto
the angel that talked with me, What be these? And he answered me, These are the horns
which have scattered Judah, Israel, and Jerusalem. 20 And the LORD shewed me four
carpenters. 21 Then said I, What come these to do? And he spake, saying, These are the horns
which have scattered Judah, so that no man did lift up his head: but these are come to fray
them, to cast out the horns of the Gentiles, which lifted up their horn over the land of Judah
to scatter it.

102 | P a g e
Here we begin to understand that there are three horns of the Gentiles… Babylon, Medo
peria, Greece and Pagan Rome. From Pagan Rome it is not conquered rather broken into ten
fractions giving rise to the antichrist, thus we see there are four Horns…

But in anycase a Horn in Bible prophecy has never represented an Individual, prophecy of
Daniel speaks of systems as a whole.

Daniel 7:15 I Daniel was grieved in my spirit in the midst of my body, and the visions of my
head troubled me. 16 I came near unto one of them that stood by, and asked him the truth
of all this. So he told me, and made me know the interpretation of the things.

Here we see something else, Daniel did not understand the vison though he was greatly
troubled and the Angel told him the meaning of the vision

Daniel 7:17 These great beasts, which are four, are four kings, which shall arise out of the
earth.

A Beast represents a King

Daniel 7:23 Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which
shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down,
and break it in pieces.

And a Beast also represents a Kingdom: Thus we see a king in prophecy represents a
Kingdom!

Daniel 7:20 And of the ten horns that were in his head, and of the other which came up, and
before whom three fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great
things, whose look was more stout than his fellows. 24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom
are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from
the first, and he shall subdue three kings.

Here we begin to understand the issue of the Horns, a Horn also represents a King. But as we
have already seen a king represents a Kingdom. Thus the 10 kings represent 10 kingdoms and
as we saw History Agrees with prophecy the 10 kingdoms came from broken western Rome
and until today, we see that 7 of those horns are still here today.

Nowhere in prophecy does a horn represent an individual, thus to the preterist this principle
is ignored and thus the antichrist becomes Antiochus. Sadly this is the version of prophecy
that is available across the board in the theological schools of today.

The section below is taken from J.N Andrews Adventist Piooner from His book the 2300 days.

Could we then have understood the subject of the heavenly sanctuary, our disappointment
would have been avoided. Our evidence did not prove that our High Priest would descend
from the holy place of the heavenly sanctuary, in flaming fire to burn the earth, at the end of
the 2300 days; but so far from this, it did

heart, and by peace shall destroy many; he shall also stand up against the Prince of princes;
but he shall be broken without hand.” Verses 23-25.

103 | P a g e
To avoid the application of this prophecy to the Roman power, pagan and papal, the papists
have shifted it from Rome to Antiochus Epiphanes, a Syrian king who could not resist the
mandates of Rome. See notes of the Douay (Romish) Bible on Dan. 7; 8; 11. This application
is made by the papists, to save their church from any share in the fulfillment of the
prophecy; and in this they have been followed by the mass of opposers to the Advent faith.
The following facts show that

THE LITTLE HORN WAS NOT ANTIOCHUS.

1. The four kingdoms into which the dominion of Alexander was divided, are symbolized
by the four horns of the goat. Now this Antiochus was but one of the twentyfive kings that
constituted the Syrian horn. How, then, could he, at the same time be another remarkable
horn?

2. The ram, according to this vision, became great; the goat waxed very great; but the
little horn became exceeding great. How absurd and ludicrous is the following application of
this comparison;

Great. Very Great Exceeding Great

Persia. Grecia. Antiochus.

How easy and natural is the following:

Great. Very Great. Exceeding Great.

Persia. Grecia. ROME.

3. The Medo-Persian Empire is simply called great. Verse 4. The Bible informs us that it
extended (from India even unto Ethiopia, over an hundred seven and twenty provinces.” Esth.
1:1. This was succeeded by the Grecian power, which is called VERY GREAT. Verse 8. Then
comes the power in question which is called EXCEEDING GREAT. Verse 9. Was Antiochus
exceeding great when compared with Alexander, the conqueror of the world? Let an item
from the Encyclopedia of Religious Knowledge answer:

“Finding his resources exhausted, he resolved to go into Persia, to levy tributes and collect
large sums which he had agreed to pay to the Romans.”

Surely we need not question which was exceeding great, the Roman power which exacted
the tribute, or Antiochus who was compelled to pay it.

4. The power in question was “little” at first, but it waxed, or grew, “exceeding great
toward the south, and toward the east, and toward the pleasant land.” What can this describe
but the conquering marches of a mighty power? Rome was almost directly north-west from
Jerusalem, and its conquests in Asia and Africa were, of course, toward the east and south;
but where were Antiochus conquests? He came into possession of a kingdom already
established, and Sir Isaac Newton says, “He did not enlarge it.”

5. Out of many reasons that might be added to the above, we name but one. This power
was to stand up against the Prince of princes. Verse 25. The Prince of princes is Jesus Christ.
Rev. 1:5; 17:14; 19:10. But Antiochus died 164 years before our Lord was born. It is settled,

104 | P a g e
therefore, that another power is the subject of this prophecy. The following facts demonstrate
that

ROME IS THE POWER IN QUESTION.

1. This power was to come forth from one of the four kingdoms of Alexander’s empire.
Let us remember that nations are not brought into prophecy, till somehow connected with
the people of God. Rome had been in existence many years before it “was noticed in
prophecy; and Rome had made Macedon, one of the four horns of the Grecian goat, a part of
itself B.C. 168, about ten years before its first connection with the people of God. See 1 Mac.
8. So that Rome could as truly be said to be “out of one of them,” as the ten horns of the fourth
beast in the seventh chapter, could be said to come out of that beast, when they were ten
kingdoms set up by the conquerors of Rome.

2. It was to wax exceeding great toward the south, and toward the cast, and toward the
pleasant land. (Palestine. Ps. 106:24; Zech. 7:34.) This was true of Rome in particular. Witness
its conquests in Africa and Asia, and its overthrow of the place and nation of the Jews. John
11:48.

3. It was to cast down of the host and of the stars. This is predicted respecting the dragon.
Rev. 32:3,4. All admit that the dragon was Rome. Who can fail to see their identity?

4. Rome was emphatically a king of fierce countenance, and one that did understand dark
sentences. Moses used similar language when, as all agree, he predicted the Roman power.
Deut. 28:49,50.

5. Rome did destroy wonderfully. Witness its overthrow of all opposing powers.

6. Rome has destroyed more of “the mighty and the holy people,” than all other
persecuting powers combined. From fifty to one hundred millions of the church have been
slain by it.

7. Rome did stand up against the Prince of princes. The Roman power nailed Jesus Christ
to the cross. Acts 4:26, 27; Matt. 27:2; Rev. 12:4.

8. This power is to “be broken without hand.” How clear the reference to the stone “cut
out without hand” that smote the image. Dan. 2:34. Its destruction then does not take place
until the final overthrow of earthly power. These facts are conclusive proof that Rome is the
subject of this prophecy. For an extended notice, see Advent Library, No. 33.

The field of vision, then, is the empires of Persia, Greece, and Rome. That part of the vision
that now engages our attention is the—time the reckoning of the 2300 days.

THE TREADING DOWN OF THE SANCTUARY.

The agents by ‘which the sanctuary is trodden under foot are the daily, or continual desolation,
and the transgression, or abomination of desolation. Dan. 8:13; 11:31; 12:11. These two
desolations, as we have already seen, are paganism and papacy. It is often urged as a sufficient
argument against the view of the sanctuary of God in Heaven, that such a sanctuary is not
susceptible of being trodden under foot. But we answer, This is not impossible, when the New
Testament shows us that wicked men (apostates) tread under foot the Minister of the
heavenly sanctuary, our Lord Jesus Christ. Heb. 10:29; 8:1,2. If they can tread under foot the
105 | P a g e
Minister of that sanctuary, then they can tread under foot the sanctuary itself. It is not
impossible that the pagan and papal desolations should be represented as treading under foot
the heavenly sanctuary, when the same vision represents the little horn as stamping upon the
stars; Dan. 8:10; and when it is expressly predicted that the papal power should “war against
the tabernacle of God in Heaven. Rev. 13:5-7. The language of this vision, that these
blasphemous powers should cast down the truth to the ground, stamp upon the stars, and
tread under foot the sanctuary and the host, is certainly figurative, as it would otherwise
involve complete absurdities.

Let us now briefly trace the manner in which Satan has, by paganism and papacy, trodden
under foot the sanctuary of the Lord. We have already seen that he has done this by erecting
rival ‘sanctuaries, where, in the place of the only living and true God, he has established “ new
gods that came newly up.” Deut. 32:16,17. In the days of the Judges and of Samuel, Satan’s
rival sanctuary was the temple of Dagon, where the

Philistines worshiped. Judges 16:23,24. And when they had taken the ark of God from Israel,
the Philistines deposited it in this temple. 1 Sam. 5, After Solomon erected a that our great
High Priest would leave the tabernacle of God in Heaven and descend in flaming fire, on the
tenth day of the seventh month, in the autumn of 1844.

It is needless to say that we were painfully disappointed. And, though the man does not live
who can overthrow the chronological argument, which terminates the 2300 days at that time,
or meet the mighty array of evidence by which, it is fortified and sustained, yet multitudes,
without stopping to inquire whether our conceptions of the sanctuary and of its cleansing
were correct or not, have openly denied the agency of Jehovah in the Advent movement, and
have pronounced it the work of man.

AN INEXPLICABLE POSITION.

The position of those Adventists who have attempted to readjust the 2300 days, in order to
extend them to some future period in which Palestine should be purified, or the earth be
burned, has been, to say the least, extremely embarrassing. In the Herald of Dec. 28,1850,
Josiah Litch remarks as follows:

“Chronologically, the period is at an end, according to the best light to be obtained on the
subject, and where the discrepancy is, I am unable to decide. But of this we shall know more
in due time.

‘God is his own interpreter, and he will make it plain.’”

But not being able to longer maintain a position in denying the termination of the 2300 years
in the past, while at the same time they were setting forth an unanswerably vindication of the
original dates for the commencement of the period, the Herald has at last denied the
connection between the 70 weeks and the 2300 days. We write this With deep regret. A
correspondent asks the following questions, and the Editor of the Herald gives the answers,
which are inclosed in brackets:

“In your ‘chronology’ the cross is placed A. D. 31. What are the principal objections which bear
against its being placed in A. D. 39? [Ans. 1. The absence of any evidence placing it there. 2.
The contradiction of the wonderful astronomical, chronological, and historical coincidences
which show beyond the shadow of controversy that the seventh of Artaxerxes was in B.C. 457-
106 | P a g e
8, that the birth of Christ was B.C. 4-5, that the thirtieth year of Christ was 483 years from the
seventh of Artaxerxes, that the crucifixion was in A.D. 31, and that that was the point of time
in the last week, when the sacrifice and oblation should cease.

“If the seventy weeks of Dan. 9 do not commence in the twentieth of Artaxerxes, how can the
2300 days begin at the same time with them, and yet terminate in the future? [Ans. They
cannot.] Must we not henceforth consider that they have different starting points? [Ans. Yes.]”
Advent Herald, May 22,1852.

That this is a serious departure from the “original Advent faith,” let the following, which once
formed a part of a standing notice in the Advent papers, under the head of “Points of
Difference between us and our Opponents,” answer:

“We claim that the ninth of Daniel is an appendix to the eighth, and that the seventy weeks
and the 2300 days or years commence together. Our opponents deny this”— Signs of the
Times, 1843.

“The grand principle involved in the interpretation of the 2300 days of Dan. 8:14,

is, that the 70 weeks of Dan. 9:24, are the first 490 days of the 2300, of the eighth chapter.”
Advent Shield, page 49. Article, The Rise and Progress of Adventism.

If it is not a serious defection from the original Advent faith to deny “the grand principles
involved in the interpretation of the 2300 days of Dan. 8, “and in its place to take the position
of “our opponents,” then we greatly err. Hear the opinion of Apollos Hale in 1846:

“The second point to be settled, in explaining the text [Dan. 9:24], is to show what vision it is
which the 70 weeks are said to seal. And it should be understood this involves one of the great
questions which constitute the main pillars in our system of interpretation, as far as prophetic
times are concerned. If the connection between the 70 weeks of Dan. 9, and the 2300 days of
Dan. 8, does not exist, the whole system is shaken to its foundation; if it does exist, as we
suppose, the system must stand.” Harmony of Prophetic Chronology, page 33.

Then the act of those who deny the connection of the 70 weeks and the 2300 days, is of a
fearful character. It is a denial of “one of the main pillars in our system of interpretation so far
as prophetic times are concerned. If the connection between the 70 weeks of Dan. 9, and the
2300 days of Dan. 8, does not exist, the whole system is shaken to its foundation.” And now,
reader, will you listen to their reasons for denying the connection between those two periods,
which as we have seen is fortified by a mass of direct testimony? They are as follows:

“We have no new light respecting the connection between the 70 weeks and 2300 days. The
only argument against their connection is, the passing of the time. Why that has passed, is a
mystery to us, which we wait to have revealed.” Advent Herald, Sept. 7, 1850.

“Before 1843, we became satisfied of the validity of the arguments sustaining their connection
and simultaneous commencement. There has nothing transpired to weaken the force of those
arguments but the passing of the time we expected for their termination. We now have no
other fact to advance against their connection; and, therefore, can only wait for the mystery

107 | P a g e
of the passing of time to be explained. But of the commencement and termination of the 70
weeks, we are satisfied that they cannot be removed from the position which Protestants have
always assigned them.”—Advent Herald, Feb. 22, 1851.

In its appropriate place, we offered conclusive testimony to prove the connection of the 70
weeks and 2300 days. And it is submitted to the reader’s judgment whether the reasons
offered to disprove that connection are entitled to any weight or not. It will be seen that they
grow out of the assumed correctness of the view that the earth, or the land of Canaan, is the
sanctuary, and that the cleansing of the sanctuary is the burning of the earth, or the
purification of Palestine at the coming of Christ. Before the reader adopts the conclusion that
the 70 weeks, which Gabriel says were “cut off,” are no part of the great period contained in
the vision which he was explaining to Daniel, we request him to follow us in the inquiry: What
is the sanctuary, and how is it to be cleansed? tion the true tabernacle, with its anointing, its
sacrifice, and its minister, is introduced. And it is interesting to notice that the transfer from
the tabernacle made with hands, to the true tabernacle itself, which the Lord pitched, and not
man, is placed by Gabriel at the very point where the Bible testifies that the shadow of good
things to come ceased, being nailed to the cross. Col. 2:14-17.’ Where the offering of bulls and
goats gave place to the great sacrifice (Heb. 9:11-14; 10:1-10; Ps. 40:68 ; Dan. 9:27); where
the Levitical priesthood was superseded by that of the order of Melchisedec (Heb. 5-7; Ps.
110); where the example and shadow of heavenly things was terminated by the more
excellent ministry which it shadowed forth. Heb. 8:1-6. And where the holy places, which were
the figures of the true, were succeeded by the true holy places in Heaven. Heb. 9:23,24. In the
first part of this article, we saw that Gabriel did not explain the 2300 days and the sanctuary
in Dan. 8. We now see that in Dan. 9, he explained both. With Gabriel’s explanation of the
sanctuary and the time, we are entirely satisfied.

THERE ARE TWO “DESOLATIONS” IN DAN. 8.—This fact is made so plain by Josiah Litch that
we present his words:

“‘The daily sacrifice’ is the present reading of the English text. But no such thing as sacrifice is
found in the original. This is acknowledged on all hands. It is a gloss or construction put on it
by the translators. The true reading is, ‘the daily and the transgression of desolation,’ daily
and transgression being connected together by ‘and;’ the daily desolation and the
transgression of desolation. They are two desolating powers, which were to desolate the
sanctuary and the host.” Prophetic Expositions, Vol. i, page 127.

It is plain that the sanctuary and the host were to be trodden under foot by the daily and the
transgression of desolation. The careful reading of verse 13 settles this point. And this fact
establishes another, viz.: that these two desolations are the two grand forms under which
Satan has attempted to overthrow the worship and the cause of Jehovah. Mr. Miller’s remarks
on the meaning of these two terms, and the course pursued by himself in ascertaining that
meaning, is presented under the following head:

THE TWO DESOLATIONS ARE PAGANISM AND PAPACY.

“I read on, and could find no other case in which it [the daily] was found, but in Daniel. I then
[by the aid of a concordance] took those words which stood in connection with it, ‘take away;’
he shall take away the daily; ‘from the time the daily shall be taken away,’ &c. I read on, and
thought I should find no light on the text, finally, I came to 2 Thess. 2:7,8. ‘For the mystery of
iniquity doth already work; only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way,
108 | P a g e
and then shall that wicked be revealed,’ &c. And when I had come to that text, Oh I how clear
and glorious the truth appeared! There it is! That is “the daily!” Well, now, what does Paul
mean by ‘he who now letteth,’ or hindereth? By “the man of sin,’ and the ‘wicked’, popery is
meant. Well, what is it which hinders popery from being revealed? Why, it is paganism; well,
then, ‘the daily’ must mean paganism.”—Second Advent Manual, page 66.

It needs no argument to prove that the two grand forms of opposition, by which Satan has
desolated the church and trod under foot the sanctuary of the living God, are none other than
paganism and popery. It is also a clear point that the change from one of these desolations to
the other did occur under the Roman power. Paganism, from the days of the kings of Assyria,
down to the period when it became so far modified that it took the name of popery, had been
the daily (or, as Prof. Whiting renders it, “the continual“) desolation, by which Satan had stood
up against the cause of Jehovah. And, indeed, in its priests, its altars and its sacrifices, it bore
resemblance to the Levitical form of Jehovah’s worship. When the Christian form of worship

took the place of the Levitical, a change in Satan’s form of opposition, and counterfeit;
worship, became necessary, if he would successfully oppose the worship of the great God.
And it is in the light of these facts that we are able to understand our Lord’s reference to the
abomination of desolation in Matt. 24:15. It is evident that he there cites Dan. 9:26, 27. Now,
although we do not understand that paganism in the year 70 had given place to popery, we
do understand that that same power which then appeared, modified somewhat in name and
form, was the very power that should, as the abomination of desolation, wear out the saints
of the Most High.

The language of Paul is to the point: “For the mystery of iniquity [popery] doth already work;
only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way. And then shall that Wicked
be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the Spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with
the brightness of his coming.” 2 Thess. 2:7,8. That Paul refers to paganism and popery none
question. And here is direct proof that popery, the abomination of desolation, had in Paul’s
day already begun to work. Nor was it a very great change of character when Satan
transformed his counterfeit worship from paganism to popery. The same temples, altars,
incense, priests and worshipers were ready, with little change, to serve as the appendages of
the papal abomination. The statue of Jupiter readily changed to that of Peter, the prince of
the apostles ; and the Pantheon, which had been the temple of all the gods, without difficulty
became the sanctuary of all the saints. Thus the same abomination that desolated Jerusalem,
in a degree changed and modified, became the “wonderful desolater of the saints and martyrs
of Jesus. And in its so-called temple of God, it set at naught and trod under foot the true temple
of Jehovah, and he who is its minister, Jesus Christ. The change from paganism to popery is
clearly shown in John’s view of the transfer of power from the dragon of Rev. 12, to the beast
of Rev. 13. And that they are essentially the same thing, is evident from the fact that both the
dragon and the beast are represented with the seven heads; thus showing that, in a certain
sense, either may be understood to cover the whole time. And in the same sense we
understand that either abomination covers all the period. Christ’s reference to the
abomination of desolation (Matt. 24:15; Luke 21:20) is an absolute demonstration that Rome
is the little horn of Dan. 8:9-12. Having shown that there are two desolations, by which the
sanctuary and the host are trodden down, we now notice the fact that there are

TWO OPPOSING SANCTUARIES IN DAN. 8.

109 | P a g e
To the careful render this fact will at once appear. They are as follows: First, the sanctuary of
the daily desolation. Verse 11; 11:31. Second, the sanctuary which the daily and the
transgression of desolation were to tread under foot. Verses 13,14. The one is the Sanctuary
of Satan; the other is the sanctuary of the Lord of hosts. The one is the dwelling place of “all
the gods;” the other is the habitation of the only living and true God. If it be said that a
sanctuary is never connected with heathen and idolatrous worship, we cite the direct
testimony of the Bible. Heathen Moab had a sanctuary. And that sanctuary was a place of
prayer and worship for that heathen nation. Isa. 16:12. The chapel erected by the king of Israel
at Bethel, as a rival to the temple of God at Jerusalem (1 Kings 12:27,31-33) was called his
sanctuary. Amos 7:13, margin.

And the places in which idolatrous Israel (the ten tribes) worshiped, are called sanctuand
shadow of heavenly things,” and the sacrifices there offered, continually pointed forward to
the great sacrifice that should be made for the sin of man. These great truths are plainly stated
in Heb. 8-10. We shall now pass from the shadow to the substance.

THE TYPICAL SANCTUARY GIVES PLACE TO THE TRUE.

1. The sanctuary of the first covenant ends with that covenant, and does not constitute the
sanctuary of the new covenant. Heb. 9:1,2,8,9; Acts 7: 48,49. 2. That sanctuary was a figure
for the time then present, or for that dispensation. Heb. 9: 9. That is, God did not, during the
typical dispensation, lay open the true tabernacle; but gave to the people a figure or pattern
of it. 3. When the work of the first tabernacle was accomplished the way of the temple of God
in Heaven was laid open. Heb 9:8; Ps. 11:4; Jer. 17; 12. 4. The typical sanctuary and the carnal
ordinances connected with it, were to last only till the time of reformation. And when that
time arrived, Christ came, a high priest of good things to come by a greater and more perfect
tabernacle. Heb. 9:9-12. 5. The rending of the vail of the earthly sanctuary at the death of our
Saviour evinced that its services were finished. Matt. 27:50,51; Mark 15:38; Luke & 23:45. 6.
Christ solemnly declared that it was left desolate. Matt. 23:37,38; Luke 13:34, 35. 7. The
sanctuary is connected with the host. Dan. 8:13. And the host, which is the true church, has
had neither sanctuary nor priesthood in Old Jerusalem the past 1800 years, but has had both
in Heaven. Heb. 8:1-6. 8. While the typical sanctuary was standing, it was evidence that the
way into the true sanctuary was not laid open. But when its services were abolished, the
tabernacle in Heaven, of which it was a figure, took its place. Heb. 10:1-9; 9:6-12. 9. The holy
places made with hands, the figures or patterns of things in the heavens, have been
superseded by the heavenly holy places themselves. Heb. 9:23,24. 10. The sanctuary, since
the commencement of Christ’s priesthood, is the true tabernacle of God in Heaven. This is
plainly stated in Heb. 8:1-6. These points are conclusive evidence that the worldly sanctuary
of the first covenant has given place to the heavenly sanctuary of the new covenant. The
typical sanctuary is forsaken, and the priesthood is transferred to the true tabernacle. Now,
unless it can be changed back from the true to the type again, the old will never be rebuilt.

GABRIEL’S EXPLANATION OF THE SANCTUARY.

But the most important question in the mind of the reader is this; How did Gabriel explain the
sanctuary to Daniel?’ Did he point out to him the transition from the “figure,” or “pattern” to
the “greater and more perfect tabernacle,” the true holy places? We answer, He did. 1. Gabriel
explains to Daniel what portion of the 2300 days belonged to Jerusalem and the Jews. “
Seventy weeks have been cut off upon thy people, and upon thy holy city.” Dan. 9:24.—
Whiting’s Translation. Then the whole of the 2300 days does not belong to Old Jerusalem, the
110 | P a g e
place of the earthly sanctuary, nor do they all belong to the Jews, the professed people of God
in the time of the first covenant. 2. For in that period of 70 weeks, the transgression was to be
finished, that is, the Jewish people were to fill up their measure of iniquity by rejecting and
crucifying their Mes-

latter house should be greater than of the former, as the Desire of all nations would come to
it. Hag. 2.

GOD DWELT IN THIS SANCTUARY.—“Therefore, thus saith the Lord; I am returned to

Jerusalem with mercies: mine house shall be built in it, saith the Lord of hosts.” Zech. 1:16.
“Sing and rejoice, 0 daughter of Zion; for lo, I come, and I will dwell in the midst of thee, saith
the Lord.” Zech. 2:10. “And whoso shall swear by the temple, sweareth by it, and by him that
dwelleth therein.” Matt. 23:21.

111 | P a g e
Chapter 8 Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people

“The Lord God will do nothing, but He revealeth His secret unto His servants and prophets.”
While “the secret things belong unto the Lord our God,” “those things which are revealed
belong unto us and to our children forever.” Amos 3:7; Deuteronomy 29:29. God has given
these things to us, and His blessing will attend the reverent, prayerful study of the prophetic
scriptures. {DA 234}

KJV Daniel 8:26 And the vision of the evening and the morning which was told is true:
wherefore shut thou up the vision; for it shall be for many days. 27 And I Daniel fainted, and
was sick certain days; afterward I rose up, and did the king's business; and I was astonished
at the vision, but none understood it.

Notice here that vision of 2300 evenings and morning or 2300 days is for many days. Evening
and morning equals one day

KJV Genesis 1:17 And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the
earth, 8 And God called the firmament Heaven. And the evening and the morning were the
second day. 13 And the evening and the morning were the third day.

So we see the 2300 days were for many days. As put in the earlier part. This was for the time
of the end

Heaven was bending low to hear the earnest supplication of the prophet. Even before he had
finished his plea for pardon and restoration, the mighty Gabriel again appeared to him, and
called his attention to the vision he had seen prior to the fall of Babylon and the death of
Belshazzar. {PK 556}

Daniel's Prayer Is Answered

KJV Daniel 9: 1 In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes,
which was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans; 2 In the first year of his reign I Daniel
understood by books the number of the years, whereof the word of the LORD came to
Jeremiah the prophet, that he would accomplish seventy years in the desolations of
Jerusalem.

It was in the reign of the Medo-Persia when the angel came to make know the meaning of
the dream

112 | P a g e
KJV Daniel 9:20 And whiles I was speaking, and praying, and confessing my sin and the sin of
my people Israel, and presenting my supplication before the LORD my God for the holy
mountain of my God; 21 Yea, whiles I was speaking in prayer, even the man Gabriel, whom I
had seen in the vision at the beginning, being caused to fly swiftly, touched me about the time
of the evening oblation.

Notice the angel came and began to explain the vision clearly to Daniel, Daniel fainted before
the 2300year prophecy was explained? So it is here that Gabriel was come to explain

KJV Daniel 9: 21 Yea, whiles I was speaking in prayer, even the man Gabriel, whom I had seen
in the vision at the beginning, being caused to fly swiftly, touched me about the time of the
evening oblation. 22 And he informed me, and talked with me, and said, O Daniel, I am now
come forth to give thee skill and understanding. 23 At the beginning of thy supplications the
commandment came forth, and I am come to shew thee; for thou art greatly beloved:
therefore understand the matter, and consider the vision.

Notice the reason why God gave the vision: It was because God loved Daniel

(1 prophetic day Equals 1 literal year Ezekiel 4:6 Numbers 14:34)

Daniel 9:24

Seventy weeks are *determined* upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the
transgression, and to make an end of sins, below is the word determine as it was

originally used in Hebrew:

H2852 chathak (khaw-thak') v.

1. (properly) to cut off, i.e. (figuratively) to decree

So 70 weeks are cut off, cut off from what? Well cut off from the original 2300 years. Recall
that Gabriel came to finish off the explanations

Each week contains 7 days; and 70* 7 equals 490 days thus a day

in prophecy equals a literal year, thus 490 years have been cut off from the 2300 years
especially for the Jews.

During this 490 years three things were to happen;

1 to finish transgression,

2 to make an end of sin,

3 to make a reconciliation for iniquity

We now have a starting date of this prophecy and in the wisdom and in the wisdom of God it
was preserved, there were any decrees that were given, but that the one that was given for
the rebuilding and restoration of the temple was given in the year 457 B.C.

KJV Ezra 7:21 And I, even I Artaxerxes the king, do make a decree to all the treasurers which
are beyond the river, that whatsoever Ezra the priest, the scribe of the law of the God of
113 | P a g e
heaven, shall require of you, it be done speedily, 22 Unto an hundred talents of silver, and to
an hundred measures of wheat, and to an hundred baths of wine, and to an hundred baths
of oil, and salt without prescribing how much. 25 And thou, Ezra, after the wisdom of thy God,
that is in thine hand, set magistrates and judges, which may judge all the people that are
beyond the river, all such as know the laws of thy God; and teach ye them that know them
not. 26 And whosoever will not do the law of thy God, and the law of the king, let judgment
be executed speedily upon him, whether it be unto death, or to banishment, or to confiscation
of goods, or to imprisonment.

This last command was given in 457BC. The command to rebuild Jerusalem

 A day equals a year Year

 Daniel 8:14 And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then
shall the sanctuary be cleansed.

After the termination of the 2300 prophetic days or 2300 literal years then the sanctuary
shall be cleansed. But as we recall before the angel had finished explaining the vision to
Daniel He fainted… so lets read on.

Daniel 9:23 At the beginning of thy supplications the commandment came forth, and I
am come to shew thee; for thou art greatly beloved: therefore understand the matter,
and consider the vision.

So the angel came to give Daniel skill to understand the vision, but the question is which
vision was he coming to give Daniel understanding on. The answer lies in chapter 8

Daniel 8:26 And the vision of the evening and the morning which was told is true:
wherefore shut thou up the vision; for it shall be for many days. 27 And I Daniel fainted,
and was sick certain days; afterward I rose up, and did the king's business; and I was
astonished at the vision, but none understood it.

The vision which was for the many days, the 2300 days prophecy was what astonished
Daniel, and that was the part the angel was coming to explain to Daniel.

Daniel 9:24 Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to
finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for
iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy,
and to anoint the most Holy.

So we see the word determined is used

Seventy weeks are *determined* upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the
transgression, and to make an end of sins, below is the word determine as it was

originally used in Hebrew:

H2852 chathak (khaw-thak') v.

1. (properly) to cut off, i.e. (figuratively) to decree

114 | P a g e
 So 70 weeks are cut off, cut off from what? Well cut off from the original 2300 years.
Recall that Gabriel came to finish off the explanations. Thus from the 2300 days, God was
cutting off 70 weeks for the people of Daniel the Jews.

Doing a little math, there are 7 days in a week thus 70 weeks will have:

70 weeks * 7 days = 490 prophetic days thus will be 490 prophetic years. Thus God cut
off 490 years for the Jewish people to accomplish something very special

Notice during these 490 years, God wanted the Jews to make an End of Sin, finish the
transgression and make reconciliation for iniquity and to seal up the vision or to confirm the
vision. Also they were to anoint the messiah or Most Holy. Thus this was very specific to the
Jews, God wanted the Jews to be established as His Kingdom, God wanted the words of
Zechariah chapter 8 to come to pass, this was what God was willing to do for them, and Jesus
was sent to them for this purpose, all they had to do was to accept the Messiah and anoint
Him.

KJV Daniel 9: 25 Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the
commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven
weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in
troublous times.

Thus here we have the starting date of the 70 weeks, and consequently since the 70 weeks
are cut off from the 2300 days… the starting date for the 70 weeks prophecy will be the
starting date of the 2300 year prophecy as well. The starting date of the 70 weeks is when
the command to restore and rebuild Jerusalem shall be given.

115 | P a g e
The information next is taken from the Sabbath school quarterly manual, the fourth quarterly
lesson for 2019.

First Return (537/536 B.C.)

In fulfillment of the prophecies of Jeremiah and Isaiah, King Cyrus proclaims:

“The Lord God of heaven . . . hath charged me to build him an house at Jerusalem” (Ezra 1:2).
This statement does not mean that Cyrus became a follower of God. Cyrus was trying to
please the people of his kingdom by acknowledging their gods and religious beliefs. The king
credited all gods, asking for a blessing from all of them, in an effort to gain the support of his
subjects. The pen of inspiration does tell us, however, that “just at the time God had said He
would cause His temple at Jerusalem to be rebuilt, He moved upon Cyrus as His agent to
discern the prophecies concerning himself, with which Daniel was so familiar, and to grant
the Jewish people their liberty.

116 | P a g e
“As the king saw the words foretelling, more than a hundred years before his birth, the
manner in which Babylon should be taken; as he read the message addressed to him by the
Ruler of the universe . . . his heart was profoundly moved, and he determined to fulfill his
divinely appointed mission.”—Ellen G. White, Prophets and Kings, p. 557.

Thus, Cyrus issued the decree for the Jewish exiles to return to Jerusalem. The first return was
not a forced relocation; the Jews were free to choose to return to their land. The split that
came before the exile between the northern and southern kingdoms of Israel and the rift
between the tribes had not healed during the exile.

Only the descendants of those who belonged to the southern kingdom of Judah responded
to the call to go back to the Promised Land.

King Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar (meaning “Sin or Shamash protect the father”) as the
leader of the company. What clue does the name Sheshbazzar give us about his identity? Here
are two possibilities. The name Sheshbazzar, along with the mention of him as leader, appears
only in the beginning of the return from Babylonian captivity. Moreover, the governor of the
people always is called Zerubbabel (meaning “the seed of Babylon”). Thus, it is commonly
inferred that Sheshbazzar and Zerubbabel are one and the same person (both are Babylonian
names, but the second could be more religiously neutral and official). Or it may be that
Sheshbazzar was the governor in the beginning but died very early and was replaced by
Zerubbabel.

Zerubbabel brought the first group of returnees to Jerusalem and began the construction of
the temple. However, much opposition arose, and over several years the work started and
stopped a number of times. In the end, God sent the prophets Haggai and Zechariah, in
520/519 B.C., to encourage the settlers to complete the work on the temple. Consequently,
it took 20 years after the returnees’ arrival to finish and dedicate the temple (515 b.c.).

Second Return (457 B.C.)

Ezra 8 lists the exiles who came back with Ezra. Besides the priests and royal families, 12
Jewish heads of families are mentioned. The return of the exiles reminds the reader of the
mighty Exodus from Egypt. Just as the 12 tribes traveled from Egypt to the Promised Land,
now, once again, 12 families travelled to Israel.

The second return is made possible by King Artaxerxes, who sends a letter with Ezra, opening
the door for the Jews. Once again, it is emphasized that anyone who volunteers to go up to
Jerusalem may do so. Artaxerxes recognizes the God of Israel, who to him is a regional “god.”
Interestingly, the king acknowledges Ezra’s intelligence and specifically mentions his “God-
given wisdom,” as he commissions him to be the leader of the expedition. Ezra’s job was to
teach his people the laws of God and to establish the religious culture of his people. The king
perceives his own role in this work too. He understands that he facilitates the restoration of
the religion of the Jews, as well as their identity, by sending a group back with Ezra.

By his decree, which commands the restoration of Jerusalem and not just of the temple, King
Artaxerxes fulfills the 70-week prophecy in Daniel 9:25. Year 457 B.C. is the starting point of
the 70 weeks that are “cut off ” from the 2,300 day/year prophecy, thus making both periods
begin that same year.

117 | P a g e
The 70-week prophecy ends in A.D. 34, which culminates in the stoning of Stephen, coinciding
with the proclamation of the gospel to the Gentiles after Jesus’ crucifixion in A.D. 31 (middle
of the week mentioned in Daniel 9:27).

The 2,300-year period then ends in 1844, making it the longest prophetic period. Its close
marks the beginning of the pre-Advent judgment in heaven (the antitypical day of
atonement). Therefore, the time of Ezra’s return to the land of Israel plays a crucial role in
prophecy.

From the above we see that the 490 years commenced in the year 457 B.C. and thus would
terminated in 34 A.D.

Daniel 9:25 Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment
to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and
threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous
times.

Verse 25 begins to breakdown the 70 weeks.

So we see that after the command is given to rebuild the city there would be 7 weeks. That
would be 7 weeks*7 days = 49 prophetic days which equal 49 prophetic years. And as thus
the building of the temple would take that long

It is marvellous because 49 years after the decree to build Jerusalem, the wall and the city of
Jerusalem were rebuilt and the people were consecrated this was about the year 408.

From 457B.C. - 408 B.C. that is 49 years

Thus the first 7 weeks of the 70 weeks prophecy has been effectively tackled. So we see that
after three score, score means 20 so three score would be 3 * 20 =60 so three score and 2
weeks or 62 the Messiah including the initial 7 weeks we come to 69 weeks. Converting these
to days 69 weeks * 7 days = 483 prophetic days or 483 years.

457B.C. – 27B.C. is 483 years, notice its not 26 BC because there is not zero year B.C. we count
down and we go from 3 B.C., 2B.C, 1B.C there is no zero Year we come to 1A.D, 2A.D, 3A.D
etc… Thus by 27 AD one week would be left, or 7 years would be left from the entire 70 week
prophecy that was cut off.

Daniel 9:26 And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself:
and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the
end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.

Thus since the 7 weeks was already explain and the threescore and two weeks was not
explained, so after the 62 weeks, in the one week or 7 years that remain, the Messiah would
would have to make his appearance first.

Christ should make his appearance before Israel as the anointed one at His baptism exactly
483 after the decree to rebuild Jerusalem in 457 B.C. .These 483 years end in the year A.D. 27

Luke 3:1 Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar, Pontius Pilate being
governor of Judaea, and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip tetrarch of

118 | P a g e
Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis, and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene, 2 Annas and
Caiaphas being the high priests, the word of God came unto John the son of Zacharias in the
wilderness. 3 And he came into all the country about Jordan, preaching the baptism of
repentance for the remission of sins;

History records that the 15th year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar was 27th A.D. and we see its
spot on time after the 483 years

KJV Galatians 4: 4 But when the fulness of the time was come, God sent forth his Son, made
of a woman, made under the law,

KJV Mark 1: 14 Now after that John was put in prison, Jesus came into Galilee, preaching the
gospel of the kingdom of God, 15 And saying, The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is
at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel.

Jesus after being baptized the said the time is fulfilled meaning the prophecy had now come
to pass and that He was the promised messiah Daniel 9:25,

Daniel 9:26 And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself:
and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the
end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.

So we see after 62 weeks of which the initial 7 weeks were already explained. After the 62
weeks, the Messiah was to be cut off or crucified… lets see when exactly

Daniel 9:27 And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of
the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of
abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined
shall be poured upon the desolate.

So we see in the very last week in the middle of the week the Messiah was to be cut off, or
after three and half years from when he was baptised he was to be crucified.

Reliable evidence places our Lord’s crucifixion in the spring of A.D. 31, below is a quote:

119 | P a g e
A Roman consul, Aurelius Carriodorus Senator wrote “In the consulate of Tiberius Caesar Aug
4. And Aelius SEJANUS <A.D.> OUR LORD Jesus Christ suffered, on the 8th of the calends of
April (25 March) when there happened such an eclipse of the sun as was never before since”.
Uriah Smith – (Daniel and Revelation, Page 215).

Thus we see that Jesus was crucified in 31 AD. In the middle of the 1 week.

And this crucifixion would not be for himself but for many and thus He was to confirm the
covenant… recall God here was extending the covenant to the Jews. Ezekiel and Jeremiah had
prophesied of a New Covenant God was willing to make with the Jews.

Daniel 9:1 In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes, which
was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans; 2 In the first year of his reign I Daniel
understood by books the number of the years, whereof the word of the LORD came to
Jeremiah the prophet, that he would accomplish seventy years in the desolations of
Jerusalem.19 O Lord, hear; O Lord, forgive; O Lord, hearken and do; defer not, for thine own
sake, O my God: for thy city and thy people are called by thy name. 20 And whiles I was
speaking, and praying, and confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel, and presenting
my supplication before the LORD my God for the holy mountain of my God;

It was in Daniel understanding that the Israelites were to be in Babylon for 70 years that He
began to pray, but recall as God was to bring them back from Babylon, God was bringing them
back and offering them a new covenant, this is the whole purpose, and this covenant their
probation as the Jewish nation was to last for 70 weeks.

So we see that Jesus did die in the middle of the week, and we truly can see that His ministry
was to the nation of Israel, to try to bring them into line with the covenant.

Mathew 15:24 But he answered and said, I am not sent but unto the lost sheep of the house
of Israel.

Mathew 10:5 These twelve Jesus sent forth, and commanded them, saying, Go not into the
way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not: 6 But go rather to the
lost sheep of the house of Israel.

From the above passages we see that Jesus main mission was primarily to the Jews his people,
because his time was short. Jesus also sent the disciples in His name to the house of Israel.

After His death the Jews had three and a half years to before their probation closed as a
nation.

Acts 7:55 But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up stedfastly into heaven, and saw the
glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, 56 And said, Behold, I see the
heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. 57 Then they cried
out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, 58 And cast
him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young
man's feet, whose name was Saul. 59 And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying,
Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. 60 And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay
not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep.

120 | P a g e
Here we see in 34 AD which was marking the close of the 7 weeks, the Jewish nation was
faced with a decision to Make. Stephen a Man of faith, began to explain the truths to the Jews
He explained the History of the covenant, from Moses down to their time and Jesus being the
lamb of God. When the final offer of Mercy was given the Jews stoned Stephen and sealed
their fate, and this final rejection closed their probation, nolonger would God work through
the Jewish nation to reach the world. God was going to give the covenant to another people
as we shall soon see, and the things that the Jews failed to do, God was going to expect this
new people to do.

A careful reading of Acts 10 and Acts 11, we see cornelious a gentile receiving the gospel, and
thus we see the gospel went to the gentiles, and thus those converted were called Christians;
thus the Christians were now the custodians of the truth.

Acts 13:46 Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, It was necessary that the word of
God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves
unworthy of everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles.

So here we see that the gospel commission was then given to the gentiles. And thus we have
these great promices below;

Romans 2:28 For he is not a Jew, which is one outwardly; neither is that circumcision, which
is outward in the flesh: 29 But he is a Jew, which is one inwardly; and circumcision is that of
the heart, in the spirit, and not in the letter; whose praise is not of men, but of God.

So here we now see that it was no longer the physical Jews had special attention on but rather
the spiritual Jews who were converted in Heart (circumcision). Notice Paul here was writing
to the Romans which were primarily gentile believers.

Ephesians 5:25 Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the church, and gave
himself for it; 26 That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word,
27 That he might present it to himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any
such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish. 28 So ought men to love their
wives as their own bodies. He that loveth his wife loveth himself. 29 For no man ever yet
hated his own flesh; but nourisheth and cherisheth it, even as the Lord the church: 30 For we
are members of his body, of his flesh, and of his bones. 31 For this cause shall a man leave
his father and mother, and shall be joined unto his wife, and they two shall be one flesh. 32
This is a great mystery: but I speak concerning Christ and the church.

Here we see Paul, now writing to the Ephesians, who were gentiles in Ephesus, notice the
woman or the church and people of God refers to the gentiles in Ephesus. Now here we see
that the gentiles became the spiritual Israel and the woman of God.

Daniel 9:26 And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself:
and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the
end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.
27 And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week
he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of
abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined
shall be poured upon the desolate.

121 | P a g e
Here we see that the prophecy said, if the Jews reject the saviour the end there will be wars,
and that the city and sanctuary or temple that was to be rebuilded would be destroyed
completely.

Mathew 24:15 When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by
Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:)

Here we see Jesus even spoke regarding the same testimonies of Daniel (refer to Country
Living Manual). So we see by 70 A.D. the Jewish temple was destroyed by the Romans thereby
completing the prophecy. The most important point here to note is the temple was destroyed
after the Jewish nation rejected Jesus, the Romans came and stood in the Holy place, an area
outside the city walls and raised their Idolatrous flags there, which was an abomination, they
did desolate or destroy the city.

122 | P a g e
Chapter 9 The three worthies: Zerubbabel Ezra and Nehemiah

In this chapter we will look at the events within 70 weeks /490-year period from 457 B.C.
down to 70 A.D. we shall examine powerful parallels between the first destruction of the
temple and the 2nd Destruction during the time of the apostles.

Cyrus and the fall of Babylon.

Isaiah 41:25 I have raised up one from the north, and he shall come: from the rising of the
sun shall he call upon my name: and he shall come upon princes as upon morter, and as the
potter treadeth clay.

Cyrus was predicted by the Isaiah to be the one who would carry out God’s judgment on
Babylon and this was foretold in the year 8th century B.C. (around 800 BC) note that he was
to come from the east from the rising of the Sun, but Cyrus shall be raised up from the North.
Here we see that God was very merciful to the Jewish Nation, as the days of the captivity were
to expire, God would make a way of escape for them to return back to the land, and to serve
God once again.

Isaiah 44:26 That confirmeth the word of his servant, and performeth the counsel of his
messengers; that saith to Jerusalem, Thou shalt be inhabited; and to the cities of Judah, Ye
shall be built, and I will raise up the decayed places thereof: 27 That saith to the deep, Be dry,
and I will dry up thy rivers: 28 That saith of Cyrus, He is my shepherd, and shall perform all my
pleasure: even saying to Jerusalem, Thou shalt be built; and to the temple, Thy foundation
shall be laid.

Thus the Isaiah the prophet predicted that the river would be dry and Cyrus would walk on
dry ground and conquer Babylon.

Daniel 5:24 Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written. 25
And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. 26 This is the
interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom, and finished it. 27
TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. 28 PERES; Thy kingdom is
divided, and given to the Medes and Persians. 29 Then commanded Belshazzar, and they
clothed Daniel with scarlet, and put a chain of gold about his neck, and made a proclamation

123 | P a g e
concerning him, that he should be the third ruler in the kingdom. 30 In that night was
Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. 31 And Darius the Median took the kingdom, being
about threescore and two years old.

On the date of October 5/6 in the year 539 B.C. Cyrus and his army encamped around the city
of Babylon and as the prophecy foretold he was not to fight any battle and because the city
of Babylon was built over the river Euphrates.

Cyrus as he marched from the east divided his army into two camps. Since the Kingdom of
Babylon was Built on top of River Euphrates, it was heavily fortified with a thick wall where
two chariots could run side by side, and there were heavy gates that were closed and other
gates to keep off those who would try to swim and enter therein.

The greater part of Cyrus army was kept up river and these began to dig a huge dam, whilst
the rest of the army encamped just outside the city walls. Thus the Babylonais were perfectly
comfortable and showed no care for Cyrus army, historians say the city could outlast a siege
even 40 years. So during the night of drunkenness and great feasting Cyrus Army diverted the
river Euphrates into the Dam, and the river was dry, and the two gates underneath the river
were kept Open, due to drunkenness the guards did not lock them, and Cyrus and His army
went on Dry ground and Belshazzar was slain the very night there was the handwriting on the
wall.

Dan 10:1 In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia a thing was revealed unto Daniel, whose
name was called Belteshazzar; and the thing was true, but the time appointed was long: and
he understood the thing, and had understanding of the vision.

Thus Cyrus became a king over realm of the Medo-Persian Kingdom, but Darius was put as
King over the Province of Babylon.

Isaiah 13:19 And Babylon, the glory of kingdoms, the beauty of the Chaldees' excellency,
shall be as when God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah. 20 It shall never be inhabited, neither
shall it be dwelt in from generation to generation: neither shall the Arabian pitch tent there;
neither shall the shepherds make their fold there. 21 But wild beasts of the desert shall lie
there; and their houses shall be full of doleful creatures; and owls shall dwell there, and satyrs
shall dance there. 22 And the wild beasts of the islands shall cry in their desolate houses, and
dragons in their pleasant palaces: and her time is near to come, and her days shall not be
prolonged.

And from this the bible said the kingdom of Babylon shall never be any more even today the
ruins of this great city lie bare and there is nothing there, thus when it talks about Babylon.

Daniel 10:1 In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia a thing was revealed unto Daniel, whose
name was called Belteshazzar; and the thing was true, but the time appointed was long: and
he understood the thing, and had understanding of the vision.

When we read chapter 10, we begin to understand that Daniel now began to understand the
vision, but we also see that the time was takin long, it was time for the Israelites to return to
the promised land. Thus Daniel was given a vision.

124 | P a g e
Daniel 10:8 Therefore I was left alone, and saw this great vision, and there remained no
strength in me: for my comeliness was turned in me into corruption, and I retained no
strength.

So in the Vision Gabriel explains what was happening during the same time Daniel was fasting.

Daniel 10:12 Then said he unto me, Fear not, Daniel: for from the first day that thou didst set
thine heart to understand, and to chasten thyself before thy God, thy words were heard, and
I am come for thy words. 13 But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me one and
twenty days: but, lo, Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me; and I remained there
with the kings of Persia. 14 Now I am come to make thee understand what shall befall thy
people in the latter days: for yet the vision is for many days.

So we see here that the prince of the Kingdom of Persian referred to here was Satan. What
had happened is as we shall see, the Jews had related to Cyrus that all He did was in fulfilment
of the Prophecies of Isaiah, and that He was the one to give a decree so that they would go
ahead and rebuild Jerusalem. But Cyrus was delaying in fulfilling this because Satan was
hardening His Heart, and thus Here we see Gabriel was sent to influence Cyrus, and there was
a Spiritual battle, such as that goes on when one is struggling with temptation, to choose the
good and deny the evil. So the battle was great in Cyrus heart for 21days, but an answer came
when Michael who is Jesus came in support to soften the Heart of the Pagan King to allow the
Jews to go Home.

Daniel 10:20 Then said he, Knowest thou wherefore I come unto thee? and now will I return
to fight with the prince of Persia: and when I am gone forth, lo, the prince of Grecia shall
come. 21 But I will shew thee that which is noted in the scripture of truth: and there is none
that holdeth with me in these things, but Michael your prince.

So here we see that Satan was at work in these Kingdoms, from Babylon, to Greece, Satan
would always seek to weaken the nations.

Ezra 1:1 Now in the first year of Cyrus king of Persia, that the word of the LORD by the mouth
of Jeremiah might be fulfilled, the LORD stirred up the spirit of Cyrus king of Persia, that he
made a proclamation throughout all his kingdom, and put it also in writing, saying, 2 Thus
saith Cyrus king of Persia, The LORD God of heaven hath given me all the kingdoms of the
earth; and he hath charged me to build him an house at Jerusalem, which is in Judah. 3 Who
is there among you of all his people? his God be with him, and let him go up to Jerusalem,
which is in Judah, and build the house of the LORD God of Israel, (he is the God,) which is in
Jerusalem.

Isaiah 14:12 How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou
cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations!

So we see though Isaiah showed that Lucifers main work on this earth was to weaken the
Nations, God would always send His angels to counteract the workings of Lucifer and in this
work, the Great Prince of Peace Jesus would always be at the head of the work.

125 | P a g e
Zerubbabel and Ezra

The following comments will be taken from the 4 quarterly lesson of the Sabbath school. AND
I have added other crucial information to the study.
Key Text: Ezra 1:1–3

Study Focus: Ezra 1, Ezra 4:1–5, and Ezra 7

Our God is the Lord of history. He intervenes in favor of His people to fulfil His promises to
bring them home. He took care of the Israelites and will take care of our needs according to
His flawless timing.

The books of Ezra and Nehemiah, which were a unit originally, begin with a lesson of God’s
merciful work for Israel through King Cyrus. The books focus specifically on the time line of
the ministry of Zerubbabel and Ezra. The first group of exiles, who returned to Israel in
537/536 B.C. was led by Zerubbabel, the governor, and Jeshua/Joshua, the high priest.

Zerubbabel’s experience with rebuilding the temple in Jerusalem is recorded in Ezra 1 through
Ezra 4:5. Ezra 7 then begins the retelling of the return of the second group of exiles, under
the leadership of Ezra some 80 years later.

The study begins with the prophecies about the first return of the exiles. These prophecies,
found in the books of Jeremiah and Daniel, consist of the prediction of 70 years of exile by the
prophet Jeremiah (Jer. 25:11, 12) and the subsequent anguish of Daniel concerning the
fulfillment of the prophecy in Daniel 9. God assures Daniel that He is watching over the exiles
and will fulfil His Word. Medo-Persian King Cyrus fulfills prophecy and commands the Jews to
return and to rebuild their temple under the leadership of Zerubbabel.

The second group of returnees arrived in 457 B.C., about 60 years after the rebuilding of the
temple in Jerusalem, in 515 B.C. Ezra 7, which details their return, is an introduction to the
person of Ezra, who is a scribe and an expert in the law of the Lord. In other words, Ezra is a
teacher of the Torah and dedicates his life to serving God. He attempts to revive an interest
in the Word of God among the exiles.

In order to understand the message of Ezra and Nehemiah, it is important to recognize the
simplified literary structures of these two books:

126 | P a g e
Literary Structure of Ezra (Simplified)

I. Return from Babylon to Jerusalem following the decree of Cyrus

1. In 537/536 B.C., Zerubbabel and Joshua, at God’s leading, bring back to Judah the first group
of Israelites (Ezra 1:1–4:5).

2. God’s temple in Jerusalem is rebuilt under the reign of different foreign Kings (Ezra 4:6–
6:22).

II. Return from Babylon to Jerusalem following the decree of Artaxerxes

1. In 457 B.C., Ezra, at God’s leading, brings back to Judah the second group of Israelites (Ezra
7:1–8:36).

2. Ezra’s reforms (Ezra 9:1–10:44)

Literary Structure of Nehemiah (Simplified)

I. Return from Babylon to Jerusalem following letters of endorsement from King Artaxerxes

1. In 444 B.C., Nehemiah, at God’s leading, brings back to Judah the third group of Israelites
(Neh. 1:1–2:10).

2. Wall of Jerusalem rebuilt (Neh. 2:11–7:3)

II. Study of God’s Word, as well as revival and reformation in Israel

1. Returnees are enumerated. They dedicate themselves to God, the study of His Scriptures,
and doing His will. Returnees celebrate the dedication of Jerusalem’s wall (Neh. 7:4–12:47).

2. Nehemiah’s final reforms (Neh. 13:1–31)

Familiarize yourself with these structures, basic historical events, and dates. Better yet,
memorize them. This information will help you avoid confusion concerning God’s three
interventions in favor of His people to bring them back to Jerusalem. Furthermore, it will aid
in your understanding of the message of these two books. What is that message? The Lord is
faithful and fulfils His promises. Bear in mind that some parts of these books are composed
in a thematic manner rather than in chronological order (especially Ezra 4:6–23).

Within the framework of the simplified literary structures of Ezra and Nehemiah, note the
decrees that facilitated the three returns of God’s people to Jerusalem:

The three crucial Medo-Persian kings’ decrees:

1. Cyrus’s decree, in 538 B.C., in which the Jews return from the Babylonian exile and begin
to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem

2. Darius’s decree, in 520 B.C., in which the Jews return to Jerusalem and resume construction
of the temple (rebuilt and dedicated in 515 B.C.)

127 | P a g e
3. Artaxerxes’s decree, in 457 B.C., in which the city of Jerusalem is rebuilt and the Jews obtain
national autonomy

It should be stressed that the challenge for Ezra and Nehemiah was not to reconstruct the
temple (it was finished and dedicated for service in 515 B.C., i.e., almost 60 years before Ezra
arrived in Jerusalem). Rather, these men sought to rebuild the city of Jerusalem, its
administration, and achieve national autonomy for Israel.

The following table lists the kings of Persia and the groups that returned to Israel under their
reigns. Additionally, the fourth column specifically lists the work each group did in Israel and
what happened there during the reign of each Persian king. The table is designed to give the
teacher a better idea of the time line of events.

First Return (537/536 B.C.)

In fulfilment of the prophecies of Jeremiah and Isaiah, King Cyrus proclaims:

“The Lord God of heaven . . . hath charged me to build him an house at Jerusalem” (Ezra 1:2).
This statement does not mean that Cyrus became a follower of God. Cyrus was trying to
please the people of his kingdom by acknowledging their gods and religious beliefs. The king

128 | P a g e
credited all gods, asking for a blessing from all of them, in an effort to gain the support of his
subjects. The pen of inspiration does tell us, however, that “just at the time God had said He
would cause His temple at Jerusalem to be rebuilt, He moved upon Cyrus as His agent to
discern the prophecies concerning himself, with which Daniel was so familiar, and to grant
the Jewish people their liberty.

“As the king saw the words foretelling, more than a hundred years before his birth, the
manner in which Babylon should be taken; as he read the message addressed to him by the
Ruler of the universe . . . his heart was profoundly moved, and he determined to fulfill his
divinely appointed mission.”—Ellen G. White, Prophets and Kings, p. 557.

Thus, Cyrus issued the decree for the Jewish exiles to return to Jerusalem. The first return
was not a forced relocation; the Jews were free to choose to return to their land.

The split that came before the exile between the northern and southern kingdoms of Israel
and the rift between the tribes had not healed during the exile. Only the descendants of those
who belonged to the southern kingdom of Judah responded to the call to go back to the
Promised Land.

King Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar (meaning “Sin or Shamash protect the father”) as the
leader of the company. What clue does the name Sheshbazzar give us about his identity? Here
are two possibilities. The name Sheshbazzar, along with the mention of him as leader, appears
only in the beginning of the return from Babylonian captivity. Moreover, the governor of the
people always is called Zerubbabel (meaning “the seed of Babylon”). Thus, it is commonly
inferred that Sheshbazzar and Zerubbabel are one and the same person (both are Babylonian
names, but the second could be more religiously neutral and official). Or it may be that
Sheshbazzar was the governor in the beginning but died very early and was replaced by
Zerubbabel.

Zerubbabel brought the first group of returnees to Jerusalem and began the construction of
the temple. However, much opposition arose, and over several years the work started and
stopped a number of times. In the end, God sent the prophets Haggai and Zechariah, in
520/519 B.C., to encourage the settlers to complete the work on the temple. Consequently,
it took 20 years after the returnees’ arrival to finish and dedicate the temple (515 B.C).

Second Return (457 B.C)

Ezra 8 lists the exiles who came back with Ezra. Besides the priests and royal families, 12
Jewish heads of families are mentioned. The return of the exiles reminds the reader of the
mighty Exodus from Egypt. Just as the 12 tribes traveled from Egypt to the Promised Land,
now, once again, 12 families travelled to Israel.

The second return is made possible by King Artaxerxes, who sends a letter with Ezra, opening
the door for the Jews. Once again, it is emphasized that anyone who volunteers to go up to
Jerusalem may do so. Artaxerxes recognizes the God of Israel, who to him is a regional “god.”
Interestingly, the king acknowledges Ezra’s intelligence and specifically mentions his “God-
given wisdom,” as he commissions him to be the leader of the expedition. Ezra’s job was to
teach his people the laws of God and to establish the religious culture of his people. The king
perceives his own role in this work too. He understands that he facilitates the restoration of
the religion of the Jews, as well as their identity, by sending a group back with Ezra.

129 | P a g e
By his decree, which commands the restoration of Jerusalem and not just of the temple, King
Artaxerxes fulfills the 70-week prophecy in Daniel 9:25. Year 457 b.c. is the starting point of
the 70 weeks that are “cut off ” from the 2,300 day/year prophecy, thus making both periods
begin that same year.

The 70-week prophecy ends in a.d. 34, which culminates in the stoning of Stephen, coinciding
with the proclamation of the gospel to the Gentiles after Jesus’ crucifixion in a.d. 31 (middle
of the week mentioned in Daniel 9:27).

The 2,300-year period then ends in 1844, making it the longest prophetic period. Its close
marks the beginning of the pre-Advent judgment in heaven (the antitypical day of
atonement). Therefore, the time of Ezra’s return to the land of Israel plays a crucial role in
prophecy

Nehemia

Key Text: Nehemiah 1:4, 5

Study Focus: Nehemiah 1, Nehemiah 2

After the first two groups (the first led by Zerubbabel and the second by Ezra) return, God
commissions Nehemiah, cupbearer to King Artaxerxes (Neh. 1:11), to take yet another group
of exiles back to Jerusalem.

Nehemiah is told that the “remnant” of Jews in Jerusalem are in “great affliction and
reproach” (Neh. 1:3) because of the opposition they have encountered in rebuilding the city.
Nehemiah is devastated to hear the news from Jerusalem and mourns for days. He fasts and
prays to God.

King Artaxerxes notices that Nehemiah is troubled and inquires why his face looks sad.
Prayerfully, Nehemiah answers the king that Jerusalem lies in waste. He requests that the king
grant him time to rebuild it. Amazingly, the king grants his request because the monarch saw
that “the good hand of my God was upon me” (Neh. 2:8, ESV).

God’s providence and His grace were acknowledged by Nehemiah. Yet, Nehemiah knows that
he needs reinforcements because the leaders from “beyond the river” have made the
Israelites afraid and caused them to stop their work. Because of these leaders’ complaint,
King Artaxerxes ceased the reconstruction of Jerusalem. In order to reverse the king’s prior
command, Nehemiah now skillfully asks the king to send a letter with him to the leaders of
the region, informing them that Nehemiah is on official business and, therefore, not to be
hindered.
130 | P a g e
Nehemiah 2 ends with Nehemiah scouting out the work that needs to be done and
encouraging the people to build. Emphasize to your students that Nehemiah’s success in
securing the king’s favor is a direct consequence of his seeking God in response to the tragic
events in Jerusalem (Neh. 1:3). Nehemiah prays and fasts (Neh. 1:4); as a result, God prepares
the king and the people to respond favorably.

Nehemiah’s Prayer (Nehemiah 1)

After Nehemiah receives visitors, who have just arrived from Judah, he is distressed. Because
Nehemiah was an official in the king’s court, it is possible that he had prior knowledge of
Artaxerxes’s judgment against Judah. Hostile forces around Jerusalem complained to the king,
who capitulated against the onslaught, convinced as they were of the potential political threat
the Jews presented (Ezra 4). Either because of rumors or official government activity,
Nehemiah asked about the situation in Judah. Unfortunately, the rumors were not only
confirmed by Hanani and his associates, but the truth must have been worse than expected.

Nehemiah collapses at the news and mourns for days. However, he goes straight to God with
his dilemma. Nehemiah’s prayer is outlined in the lesson. When analysing Nehemiah’s prayer,
one especially discovers that the main point (the center) of the prayer is entreating God to
remember His promises.

Thus, Nehemiah reminds the readers of the big picture—God fulfils His promises. The prayer
begins with adoration and worship before Nehemiah asks God to hear his prayer. Offerings
of adoration and worship, in turn, are followed by confession of sins and a petition to God to
remember His promises to restore His people. Then Nehemiah’s prayer circles back to remind
God that these are His redeemed people. Once again, Nehemiah asks for God to hear and
grant him mercy before the king. Nehemiah knows that the king has the power to reverse the
situation in Judah and therefore asks for God to work on the king’s heart.

Often, we expect answers to prayers right away, but Nehemiah perseveres and prays for more
than four months before anything happens. The season of prayer served as a preparation
time for Nehemiah as leader of the expedition. He had time to process the steps he would
take once he arrived in Jerusalem, what he would do in order to maximize the results of the
rebuilding process, and perhaps even what material he would need. All of these plans must
have become solidified in his mind, because when the king finally asks him, “What do you
request?” (Neh. 2:4, NKJV), Nehemiah had a well-thought-out answer.

Conversation With the King and Sending Nehemiah to Jerusalem (Nehemiah 2:1–10)

Nehemiah begins his request to the king by speaking about his “fathers’ sepulchers” (Neh.
2:5), or tombs. Respect for ancestors and their proper burial sites was of profound concern in
antiquity because, in this manner, ancient people expressed their deep respect for their
forefathers and a desire for peace. Nehemiah does not mention Jerusalem by name but
simply refers to the importance of burial places and the city he loves.

Whether all of the exchange between the king and Nehemiah occurred in one setting is not
known; however, it is possible that the conversation was continued in a more private setting
in which the queen was present (Neh. 2:6). Historians believe that King Artaxerxes was
influenced by women, and so the presence of his wife (according to Ctesias, a Greek physician

131 | P a g e
and historian, her name was Damaspia, though her name is not mentioned in the biblical text)
may have been to Nehemiah’s advantage.

We can only speculate. Nehemiah needed (1) time, (2) credentials so Israel’s enemy leaders
would let him pass and cause him no harm, and (3) wood for construction. It is interesting to
observe that the king’s officer Asaph, keeper of the imperial forest, is a Jewish name, which
suggests that this person was a Jew like Nehemiah who had risen to a high position. Nehemiah
needed the wood for three projects:

(1) beams for the gates of a citadel, which was constructed north of the temple for the
purpose of protecting its sacred precincts;

(2) the city wall; and

(3) his residence. It is possible that he was just planning to repair a home that belonged to his
family.

In Jerusalem: Preparation for Rebuilding Walls (Nehemiah 2:11–20) Nehemiah arrived in

Jerusalem with an envoy of captains of the army and horsemen. On the way, Nehemiah
delivered the king’s letter to each of the governors who had part in halting the work on the
city walls. After resting for three days, which seems to be a traditional period of time to take
after a long journey, Nehemiah took a small group out on a secret mission during the night.

Perhaps the group consisted of his brother Hanani and close associates or relatives who either
came with him to Jerusalem or had already settled there as residents (they informed
Nehemiah of the condition of Israel [see Neh. 1:2, 3]). The group quietly surveyed the
condition of the walls and gates so as not to attract attention to the project prematurely.
Sanballat and Tobiah probably had allies in Jerusalem, and Nehemiah rightly suspected that
he was being watched.
Nehemiah states: “Nehemia 2:12 And I arose in the night, I and some few men with me;
neither told I any man what my God had put in my heart to do at Jerusalem: neither was there
any beast with me, save the beast that I rode upon. ” The word for “put” is natan, meaning “to
give, put, or set.” Nehemiah points out that the mission of rebuilding the fortifications is not
his idea but God’s. God placed this burden on his heart; God had given him the drive and the
desire to complete the project. It was clear to Nehemiah that this was a divinely
commissioned undertaking.

When the nightly expedition is completed and Nehemiah acquires the information needed to
map out the work, he addresses the leaders of the Jews. After strategizing, it is time for action;
he invites the Jews to “build the wall of Jerusalem, that we may no longer be a reproach [Heb.
cherpa].” Cherpa means “derision, scorn, insult, and contempt.”

Throughout the Old Testament cherpa is often translated as “disgrace” or “reproach” in the
sense of shame. Ancient cultures were based on a shame-and-honor system. Honor was the
most important value, and shame was to be avoided at all costs. Thus, Nehemiah plays on the
sensitivities toward shame when he presents his argument. He convinces the people to act so
that they would reverse the “shame” that they were experiencing at the moment. Having a
destroyed defense system made them not only vulnerable but also ashamed. A sense of guilt
was associated with their shame too.

132 | P a g e
Nehemiah voices his people’s feelings of inadequacy and disgrace because they have had to
endure oppression. The principal issue was honor and respect and heritage, which they would
build once again through participating in this important work.

The ruins of Jerusalem presented their faith in God in a bad light. When, in Nehemiah 2:18,
Nehemiah points out that the hand of God has been with him and shares what the king had
said, the people are persuaded to exclaim: “Neh 2:18 Then I told them of the hand of my God
which was good upon me; as also the king's words that he had spoken unto me. And they
said, Let us rise up and build. So they strengthened their hands for this good work.”. They do
not have to fear the Persian government, and, most important, God is with them. In order to
change their situation, they “rise up” and do something.

Let this demonstration of faith be a lesson for us. Things do not change by wallowing in misery
or finding excuses; they change only through action. Nehemiah encourages the people to do
something, to act, and to change their predicament. He entreats them to hold on to God in
faith, because He has been leading this expedition and will carry it to completion.

Consequently, when the enemy leaders come at Nehemiah, jeering and laughing at the
people’s attempt to build the wall, Nehemiah is not discouraged. He answers, “Neh 2:20 Then
answered I them, and said unto them, The God of heaven, he will prosper us; therefore we
his servants will arise and build: but ye have no portion, nor right, nor memorial, in
Jerusalem.” Nehemiah does not let the enemies win by entertaining their insults. Instead, the
courageous cupbearer claims God’s promises and holds on to His power.

Prophetic timing
Key Texts: Ezra 7:10, 27; Romans 8:28

Study Focus: Ezra 7, Daniel 8:14, Daniel 9:24–27

God calls Ezra and Nehemiah for a specific task: to rebuild the walls and gates of Jerusalem.
But most important, God calls these men to “rebuild” the remnant of God’s people in order
that they should once again function as missionaries to the world. Ezra responds to God’s call
to be a teacher of His Word. In company with a group of returnees, he journeys to Jerusalem
in order to teach the people about God. There Ezra prepares the people to do the work of
restoring Jerusalem. Spiritual revival always precedes the reformation of life; decisive actions
are the natural outgrowth of such revival. Thus, Ezra pours himself into educating the people
about who God is in an effort to inspire them to fully walk with Him.

When Nehemiah, a man of action, comes on the scene, God calls him to specifically rebuild
the physical structures of Jerusalem, to inspire the people to stand for justice, to trust in God’s
protection, and to bring about reform in the civil life of the nation (justice and care for the
133 | P a g e
less fortunate are a priority for Nehemiah). He demonstrates what the life of a Christian, living
every day for God, looks like.

Additionally, this lesson confirms the decree from Artaxerxes, in Ezra 7, as the starting date
for the 2,300 day/year prophecy of Daniel 8:14 and for the 70-week prophecy in Daniel 9:24–
27. God’s election, in the context of Romans 8 and 9, also is discussed.

God calls Ezra at the beginning of the 70-week prophetic period, outlined in Daniel 9:24–27.
The onset of this prophetic period corresponds with Artaxerxes’s command to restore the city
of Jerusalem in the year 457 B.C. This week’s lesson explains in detail what that prophetic
period meant and how it corresponds with the 2,300-year prophecy. Through prophecy, God
especially demonstrates that He is in charge of events and watches over our world. Moreover,
God sets a prophet or leader over His people during the beginning of each prophetic period
or time of crisis in Israel and someone over the end of each period, as well. For example,
Moses comes at the time of the Exodus, while Joshua comes at the end of Israel’s wilderness
sojourn as God’s people enter the Promised Land.

The following outline demonstrates that prophets were called at a crucial time in salvation
history, corresponding to the beginning and ending of a prophetic period:

• Noah—commissioned to serve God before the Flood.

• Abraham—called out to be the father of God’s people.

• Moses—leads God’s people during the Exodus to the borders of the Promised Land.

• Joshua—ushers God’s people into the Promised Land.

• Samuel—judges during the beginning of the monarchal period.

• Hosea and Amos—prophesy before the fall of the northern kingdom and Samaria in 722 b.c.

• Ezekiel and Daniel—enter their prophetic ministry during the Babylonian exile.

• Haggai and Zechariah—serve after the return from exile.

• Ezra and Nehemiah—commence serving God at the beginning of 2,300 day/year prophecy
(457 B.C.).

• John the Baptist—calls Israel to repentance prior to the onset of Jesus’ ministry.

• Stephen—witnesses, after which the gospel went to the Gentiles (at the time in which the
70-week prophecy ends, in A.D. 34).

• Ellen G. White—called at end of 2,300 day/year prophecy (1844).

So one can detect from this outline a pattern of God’s working plan. In God’s plan of
redemption, there are expressed specific prophetic time markers. Whenever there is a
spiritual crisis, God sends His prophets, who fulfill His mission by calling people back to God
and to obedience to His Word.

134 | P a g e
Personal Timing

Election also may be the calling to fulfill a specific task such as is the case for Ezra and
Nehemiah (and many other of God’s servants; see Exodus 3:9–12; Isaiah 6:7, 8; and Jeremiah
1:5–9). In the same way, we are called to reflect the character of Jesus and do something
definite for God. It may be a job that we perform for Him; an action He impresses us to do,
such as helping someone; or a specific career that lasts a lifetime.

Each of the leaders mentioned above was specifically chosen by God for “such a time as this”
(Esther 4:14). They called for action, repentance, and a deep commitment to God. Ezra and
Nehemiah had a role to play as leaders of God’s people at the beginning of the longest
prophetic time period. They also exhorted the people to live for God and to demonstrate their
commitment through faith and action. The people returned from Babylon steeped in the
Babylonian way of life and the worship of many deities. Fortunately, despite whatever other
problems challenged them in their post-exilic life, idolatry was not one of them.

Nonetheless, their past religious pluralism was not without its deleterious effects. Even
though the Jewish community no longer worshiped idols, their former idolatry made it
necessary for Ezra and Nehemiah to teach the people again what it meant to worship the God
of heaven and to live for Him. Their apparently harsh way of approaching situations (such as
intermarriage in the later chapters of Ezra and Nehemiah) should not surprise us because
both leaders wanted to teach the people what it meant to live holy lives and to radically
change their ungodly lifestyles.

Thus, both Ezra and Nehemiah called for unreserved commitment to Yahweh, total reform,
and passionate service to God.

Called to Restore: A Collaboration

Nehemiah arrived in Jerusalem (445/444 B.C.) some 13 years after Ezra’s group. But
Nehemiah’s mission of rebuilding Jerusalem would not have been as successful without the
work of Ezra. Ezra was busy teaching the people about God. In other words, God was using
Ezra to spiritually “build up” people so that the people could “build” physical structures once
Nehemiah arrived. God was working in the background, preparing the hearts of the people
and the two leaders. Ultimately, God wanted not only a restored Jerusalem; He also wanted
a restored people who belonged to Him.

Therefore, Ezra and Nehemiah’s foremost job was to bring the people back to God. They not
only inspired the people for the work to be done on the ruins, but most important, they
inspired the people to discover a passion for God. Ezra and Nehemiah modeled that passion
in their own lives through prayer, fasting, seeking God, and acting in accordance with God’s
Word.

Both Ezra and Nehemiah were chosen for a specific task during a strategic time in history.
They were called as leaders, each in his own unique way, based on their talents. Ezra was a
priest and a scribe, and thus his main influence was through teachings of the Torah.
Nehemiah, on the other hand, was a cupbearer to the king and had incredible leadership
abilities to motivate and rally people to get a job done. Ezra was a teacher; Nehemiah was a
doer. Both were leaders and yet led in different ways.

135 | P a g e
At the same time, both of their leadership styles were important for the mission at hand. They
complemented each other and cooperated in order to make a difference for God. God used
their varied personalities and passions to bring about a change in the nation.

Ultimately, we are responsible for what we do with the task or position God gives us. The
decision of whether our task is completed with excellence or mediocrity falls on us. God will
help us every step of the way; however, He will not do for us the work He has given us to do.
We may have every gift under the sun, but if we are not using them for God, they are useless.
We each have to decide to put our all into everything God calls us to do in spite of opposition.
Ezra and Nehemiah could have given up, but they did not. They persevered because they fixed
their eyes on God. The importance of their call outweighed their fear of negative
consequences that arose from standing for the Lord. They were sure that their mission was
worth it.

Predestination

God called, or predestined, His people, the nation of Israel, to be a light to the world. Paul
deals with that call in Romans 9–11 in view of the fact that Israel’s leaders did not accept Jesus
Christ as their Messiah and Savior. However, God’s call did not change but was modified, for
God’s values and gift of salvation also needed to be revealed to the Gentiles.

God called specific people to a specific task. God desired that both believing Jews and Gentiles
would be saved and together be the light of, and the blessing to, the world.

Predestination in the Bible has three basic meanings:

1. God predestined that there is only one way of salvation, namely, through Jesus Christ (John
14:6, Acts 4:12). We are elected in Christ to eternal life if we accept Him as our personal Savior
(Rom. 8:29, Eph. 1:3–8). He wishes for everyone to be saved (1 Tim. 2:3, 4).

2. God predestined some people (both as individuals or as a community of believers) to a

specific task, to a particular mission (as He ordained the faithful remnant to proclaim the
eternal gospel). God has a worldwide mission (Isa. 49:6).

3. God has predestined the final climax of human history when He will come as Judge and give
His reward (Daniel 2). The ultimate outcome will be His eschatological triumph. The goal of
the electing will of God is not the salvation of a few but the gathering of as many people as
possible from among the nations into the final eschatological gathering (Rev. 21:3).

136 | P a g e
Opposition to the work

Key Texts: Ezra 5:5, Nehemiah 4:20

Study Focus: Ezra 4:4–24; Ezra 5; Ezra 6 (see also Nehemiah 3,
Nehemiah 4, and Nehemiah 6:1–13 for a complete picture); Daniel 10:12, 13, 20

This lesson expands on the stories of opposition that each group of returnees faced while
rebuilding the temple, the city, and the walls, first during the time of the governor Zerubbabel,
then Ezra, the priest, and finally with the governor Nehemiah. Although the stories are not
always written in chronological order (some parts of the book are put together thematically),
we can piece together the sequence of events based on the kings who are addressed in each
letter and the complaint against the Jews.

Despite the fact that work stopped several times because people were afraid of threats from
the surrounding nations or kings and lost faith in God’s protection, the Lord always sent
leaders who encouraged the people to build again. At times, there were several years before
a project was continued, but it was not abandoned indefinitely. God wanted the Israelites to
return to the Promised Land and was with them despite the opposition, humiliation, and, at
times, violence against them. Just because something is difficult does not mean that God did
not call us to do it. God asks big things from ordinary people, and then He Himself provides
what we need to make them happen. In Ezra and Nehemiah, God inspired leaders and
prophets to stand strong against hostility.

God always looks for people of faith who trust Him in spite of complicated circumstances so
He can intervene in their favor and do His work. God rewards collaboration, willingness to go
forward, and determination to fulfill His given task.

Chronology of the Work in Ezra

Under Governor Zerubbabel

• 537–535 b.c.—rebuilding the temple’s altar and foundations (Ezra 3)

• 535–520 b.c.—work abandoned due to strong opposition (Ezra 4–6)

• 520–515 b.c.—work reinstated under prophetic ministries of Haggai and Zechariah

• 515 b.c.—temple completed (Ezra 6:13–22)

Before Ezra

137 | P a g e
• 465–464 b.c.—opposition to rebuilding Jerusalem (Ezra 4:7–23)— Artaxerxes stops the work
in his early years

Ezra

• 457 b.c.—Ezra arrives in Jerusalem (Ezra 7) while work is stopped

Ezra 3 mentions the rebuilding of the temple’s altar and the foundations, which took place in
537–535 b.c. as the result of Cyrus’s edict (Ezra 1:1–2:70). After an initial celebration (Ezra
3:10–13), the work was abandoned (Ezra 4:1–5) because of strong opposition, which began
around 535 b.c. and lasted until 520 b.c. (for details, see Ezra 4:24 to 6:12). Ezra 4:6 briefly
describes the opposition to building under Xerxes (486–465 b.c.).

Then in Ezra 4:7–23, we read of the opposition during the early reign of King Artaxerxes. Ezra
includes copies of the letters that were sent to both kings Artaxerxes and Darius. The letters
are inserted in Aramaic while the rest of the book is written in Hebrew, which means that
these were official documents preserved in the language that was used for public documents
at that time. (Aramaic was the universal language at that time, just as English is today.) In 520
b.c., after 15 years of vigorous opposition, the prophet Haggai stirred up the people to
continue building the temple (read his five short, powerful sermons in the book of Haggai).

The prophet Zechariah joined in support, resulting in the completion of the temple in less
than five years and its dedication in March of 515 b.c. (Ezra 6:13–18), followed by the
celebration of the Passover one month later (Ezra 6:19–22).

Daniel 10:12, 13, 20 God prepared everything for God’s people to be able to rebuild the
temple in Jerusalem after their return from Babylonian exile. He personally engaged to stop
hindrances and open the way for this godly activity.

According to Daniel 10, the angel Gabriel and Michael (another name for Jesus Christ) were
fighting for the minds of the Persian kings, namely, Cyrus and his son Cambyses, to persuade
them to advance the rebuilding program when Israel’s jealous local enemies enticed these
rulers to terminate the restoration work on the temple. God was fighting with these princes
to stir up their minds in favor of granting God’s people a place to worship the living Lord. It is
sad that the Jews were discouraged and stopped working at this time even though God with
His might was on their side. The work was resumed when the prophet Haggai appeared on
the scene.

This situation also warns us against a lack of faith and cowardice in not following God’s
leadership when He prepares a way for us to move forward to do His will. However, God’s
providence always works better than our best calculations or plans. But we need to trust His
guidance and follow His lead. We can be assured that His plans and directions are the best,
and He always has our prosperity in mind

Haggai and Zechariah

The prophets Haggai and Zechariah arrive on the scene after 15 long years of opposition to
building. The people have become discouraged and stop working on the reconstruction of the
temple. God called and directed these prophets to speak to the people in order to inspire
them to build in spite of the hostile opposition. God encouraged them not to be afraid. He
was with them, and His presence would sustain them.
138 | P a g e
God approached the people with the inquiry: “Is it time for you yourselves to dwell in your
paneled houses, and this temple to lie in ruins?” (Hag. 1:4, NKJV). Study all the instances the
word for panelled (safun) occurs in the Bible in terms of building projects, and you will see
something interesting. All those examples are connected with cedar (1 Kings 6:9, 1 Kings 7:3,
1 Kings 7:7, Jer. 22:14). Thus, God called His people’s houses (Hag. 1:4) “paneled” because
they were not made of material normally used in that region. What was the problem with
cedar logs?

Originally, the Jews ordered cedar logs from Lebanon in order to rebuild the temple. The
temple was to be constructed according to the model that Solomon set forth by interlaying
stone blocks and wooden panels of cedar. They planned to use the cedar logs for the temple’s
panels.

However, when the opposition “forced” them to stop working on the temple, they had wood
lying around. Why not use it? Even though they used the wood meant for His temple for their
own houses, God came up with another solution. He sent them to the mountains to bring
wood from there and build His house. God does not require the most expensive materials for
His own house. Rather, He just wants a house so He can dwell with them.

Most important, God wanted His people to desire His presence to be with them, which was
the purpose of the temple. The bigger problem was their uncommitted hearts—the
uncompleted temple was just the symptom of their apathy. When someone is committed to
a task or to another person, he or she will not be easily stopped by opposition. The lack of
work displayed the lack of commitment on the part of God’s people to Him. And yet, the
encouragement from God woke the people up from their lethargy and fear and motivated
them to again start the work on the temple. After that, they did not waver in their work. They
finished the temple five years later. Sometimes we get bogged down by the mundane and the
comfortable. What we need then is a reminder of what is important in life.

Chronology of the Work in Nehemiah

• 445/444 b.c.—Nehemiah arrives in Jerusalem (Nehemiah 1, Nehemiah 2).

• Work opposed (Neh. 2:11–20, Neh. 4:1–23, Neh. 6:1–14)

• After 52 days (less than two months) the wall is completed (Neh. 6:15–19).

Nehemiah 4

Sanballat, who along with Tobiah controlled Samaria north of Judah, threatened Nehemiah
and turned to mockery and ridicule of the Jews. He was related to the Jews through the
lineage of the high priest (by way of marriage) and therefore could sense that his power over
the Jewish nation would be curbed once they restored the wall. He believed that the Jews
were not strong enough, that they were inferior, and their task was far too big for them. The
Jews could never rebuild the wall, he said. Other leaders in the region joined Sanballat in a
political coup to stop the Israelites. The Arabs were under the leadership of Geshem and
occupied the southern territory below Judah; the Ammonites lived in the east in Persian
territory; and Ashdod was west of Judah. Thus, Judah was completely surrounded by hostile
forces. While the people of Israel became afraid, Nehemiah took it as an affront to God and
the Jewish nation.

139 | P a g e
God’s name and the Israelite name were shamed by the enemies, and so he cried out to God
to “hear” and to “turn their reproach on their own heads” (Neh. 4:4, NKJV). He did not
retaliate himself but asked God to take the matter into His hands. Nehemiah was sure that
God had directed him to lead in rebuilding the wall, as evidenced by the favorable response
of the king, as well as the people of Israel. Because the menacing words of their neighbors
played with their imagination and made them afraid, Nehemiah encouraged the people to
“fight,” because God is “great and awesome” (Neh. 4:14, NKJV), and He “will fight for us”
(Neh. 4:20, NKJV).

Nehemiah assembled the Jews and put groups of them in full battle dress at each gap in the
wall, which allowed their enemies to see them. He was demonstrating to the world that they
were ready for an attack. The strategy worked; the enemies’ plans were thwarted. The Jews
were reminded to trust in God and not let human enemies appear bigger than their God.
Despite a few other threats toward the Israelites, they continued building until the wall was
finished in a mere 52 days of work (Neh. 6:15).

Injustices among the people

Key Text: Nehemiah 5:11, 15, 16

Study Focus: Nehemiah 5

Nehemiah 5 describes how Nehemiah deals with injustice among the exiles. While they
rebuild Jerusalem’s wall, uniting together to fight against their enemies, all is not well among
the ranks. A famine in the land leaves some of the families without the financial ability to pay
the Persian taxes or even to obtain food.

Therefore, the Jews mortgage their homes, fields, and vineyards. After mortgaging property
fails to improve their financial situation, the people must figure out other ways to pay the tax
and procure food. Because debt slavery was a common occurrence at the time, the Israelites,
following the custom, sold their children or themselves to their own kinsman in order to be
able to work off the debt. When Nehemiah finds out that the Israelites have been buying their
own people in order to provide for those families, his anger flares. Although this custom was
permitted by law, Nehemiah stands up against it as an injustice. He confronts some of the
most powerful Jewish people and leaders. He asks whether it is just for the people to win
their freedom by being brought to Israel only to lose it again at the hands of their own
brothers and sisters. Eventually, he persuades the leaders that their behavior is ethically
wrong and that they should restore all that they had taken from the poor.

140 | P a g e
 Nehemiah is an example of standing up for what is right, even when powerful people are
involved in the injustice. Their position and prestige does not stop Nehemiah from speaking
out against the wrong

Structure of Nehemiah 5

Nehemiah 5 has a clear thematic structure and can be divided into the following units:

I. People’s troubles and complaints and Nehemiah’s decisive actions (Neh. 5:1–13)

1. People’s reasons for grievance (Neh. 5:1–5)

2. Nehemiah’s anger and rebuke (Neh. 5:6–7a)

3. Nehemiah’s call for a public assembly, and his charge against leaders (Neh. 5:7b–8a)

4. Leaders’ silence (Neh. 5:8b)

5. Nehemiah’s admonishment of leaders to walk in the fear of God and to return properties
to people and repair the losses (Neh. 5:9–11)

6. Leaders’ positive response (Neh. 5:12a)

7. Oath of leaders, Nehemiah’s symbolic action, and people’s

grateful praises to the Lord (Neh. 5:12b–13)

II. Nehemiah’s 12 years of diligent and unselfish ministry (Neh. 5:14–16)

III. Nehemiah’s daily generous supply for numerous people and visitors

(Neh. 5:17, 18)

IV. Nehemiah’s prayer for mercy (Neh. 5:19)

Nehemiah Deals With Oppression or Injustice

In the midst of busy work for the Lord, there was a serious grievance expressed against the
leaders of God’s people. Poor people were oppressed, they experienced hunger, their
children were enslaved, and their fields and vineyards were taken.

After Nehemiah is told what is going on among the Jews, he becomes “very angry.” The
Hebrew word for anger is kharah and means “to be angry” or “to burn with anger.” Kharah
denotes a strong response of anger. The word occurs often throughout the Bible. For
example, it appears quite early in the Bible, referring to the anger of Cain when he realizes
that his sacrifice is not accepted, or to the anger of Moses when he sees the people dancing
and worshiping the calf (Exod. 32:19, 22).

But kharah also is used of God’s anger, which flares when the people of Israel act wickedly
(Exod. 4:14; Exod. 32:10, 11; Num. 11:1, 10, 33).

However, the exact phrase “was”/“became very angry” occurs significantly in the following
passages. In Genesis 34:7, we find this phrase used when Dinah is raped and her brothers

141 | P a g e
(sons of Jacob) become very angry and eventually act in retaliation against the Shechemites
by killing all the men of the city. In 2 Samuel 13:21, King David becomes very angry when he
hears that his son Amnon raped his daughter Tamar (Amnon’s own sister) although he does
not act on the anger to address the injustice. A third usage of this phrase is in Nehemiah 4:7
when the enemies of the Jews find out that the Israelites are rebuilding the walls.

The enemies get very angry because they see the rebuilding project as a serious threat to
their power over the land. Two of the passages concern very serious offenses of rape, which
gives us cause to see the story of injustice in Nehemiah as a serious offense, as well. Nehemiah
is just as angry at what he hears as those who heard about the rape of their own sister or
daughter. Nehemiah views injustice and unethical behavior on the same level. He also sees
oppression in the same light. It is sobering and convicting to realize that oppression evoked
such strong feelings of anger in Nehemiah. He reacted to the oppression of the Jews
personally, as if members of his own family were hurt.

But far from acting rashly, Nehemiah gives the situation some “serious thought” (NKJV). The
words used for this phrase are malakh and levav. Malakh has two main meanings: (1) “to reign
as king,” or “to be made a king,” and (2) “to ponder,” or “consider carefully within oneself.”

Levav means “the heart.” Literally the verse says “in my heart.”

Putting it together, it states that Nehemiah considered the matter carefully in his heart. Given
that heart and mind are synonymous in Hebrew thought, Nehemiah is pondering and carefully
assessing what should be done about the oppression and injustice among the Hebrews.
Therefore, another important lesson we can learn from Nehemiah in this story is that we
should not react in anger to injustice. Rather, we should take time to process what the best
course of action will be.

It is good and important to show strong emotions against injustice; however, this does not
justify being angry against any cause. For example,

Cain’s anger was improper toward his brother Abel. Indifference against evil is one of the
worst sins. When people see injustice and turn away from it as if it were not their problem,
they demonstrate their coldness and loss of sensitivity toward sin. It is very dangerous when
we are emotionally frozen and do not react to injustice. Our God is the God of justice; He is
always on the side of the oppressed. Often prophets rebuked God’s people for failing to stop
injustice.

The prophets encouraged the people to treat the poor well by helping them, instructing the
people to be gracious toward widows, orphans, and foreigners (for examples, see Deut. 10:18,
Deut. 14:29, Deut. 24:19, Deut. 27:19, and Zech. 7:10).

After rebuking the Jewish nobles and rulers, who were silent and did not respond, Nehemiah
calls together a “great assembly” so that all leaders would be confronted with the massive
implications of their oppressive behavior and how it affected many people. Moreover, a large
crowd would be intimidating, and the leaders would be much more likely to accede to his
demands. Most important though, Nehemiah appealed to their responsibility before God. “
‘Should you not walk in the fear of our God because of the reproach of the nations, or
enemies?’ ” (Neh. 5:9, NKJV). Nehemiah uses the phrase “the fear of God” several times in
the book (Neh. 5:9, 15; Neh. 7:2).

142 | P a g e
The concept of the “fear of God” was to remind the Jews of their desire to “walk” with God,
make their decisions in respect to His will, and to live for Him. That is why the Jews came back
to Jerusalem; they came in order to be and live as “responsible people of God.” They realized
that their forefathers had abandoned God, and they wanted to reverse that. Nehemiah’s
rebuke silences them because they finally realize that they have not been living without
reproach and have fallen back into the habits they have been taught in the past or that they
have picked up from the nations around them. They cannot be a light to the nations around
them if they act the same way (even in a lesser measure) as before, oppressing the less
fortunate for personal gain.

Nehemiah was not protesting the act of lending, as he himself was lending people grain and
money. He spoke against charging interest. Thus, he demanded that the leaders return the
properties they confiscated and pay back the interest they charged.

Amazingly, the leaders respond positively and promise to restore everything. Afterward the
priests are called so that an oath may be sworn between the rulers and the priests (Neh. 5:12,
13). The people “did according to this promise” (Neh. 5:13, NKJV). The text implies that after
this oath, all the people—the nobles, the officials, and the general population— worked
together, creating new business methods that upheld the rights of all the people.

Nehemiah Models Care

The chapter ends with an excerpt that explains that Nehemiah was the governor of Judah.
Although he had every right to exact taxes from the people he governed, he lived by his
conscience and did not add more burdens to the already-stressed population who had to send
taxes to the Persians. Instead, Nehemiah used his own money (wages from Persia) to provide
for the people of his household and all who needed a place to eat.

He generously offered what he had to others. He did not do his job in order to become richer
but in order to serve. Nehemiah lived out Mark 10:43, 44: “Whoever desires to become great
among you shall be your servant.

And whoever of you desires to be first shall be slave of all” (NKJV). He promoted justice and
a humble attitude of service.

143 | P a g e
Reading of the word

Key Texts: Nehemiah 8:8; Joshua 1:8; John 5:39, 40

Study Focus: Nehemiah 8

The lesson centers on the importance of spending time in the Word of God. The leaders of
Israel and the people demonstrate an incredible love for God and His Word as they spend
many hours listening to Scripture read aloud. The events in this chapter occur on the seventh
month (Tishri) of the year, which is significant because of three sacred days and festivals
celebrated on the first, tenth, and fifteenth days of the month (Feast of Trumpets, Day of
Atonement, and Feast of Tabernacles).

Ezra and Nehemiah along with all the leaders called the people, including children, together
on the first day, and the Levites began to read and explain the Word of God. The people
listened for hours to the stories of their heritage, and God’s powerful presence and
faithfulness toward them. The reading and explanation (and translation) provided by the
Levites deeply touched the people. Hearing the messages from the books of Moses convicted
them of their own sinfulness and God’s holiness, and they began to weep.

Nehemiah and the Levites encouraged the people not to weep or be sorrowful but to rejoice
in the Lord because of His great love for them. Because of the prolonged reading of the
Pentateuch, the people discovered that on the fifteenth day of the month they were to
celebrate the Feast of Tabernacles. Therefore, they assembled again to celebrate a forgotten
and neglected festival with seven days of feasting.

During this time, they lived in booths on the roofs and in the courtyards of their houses and
throughout the city while they studied the Word of God. The eighth day culminated in a
solemn assembly.

Because Nehemiah 8–10 are written in the third-person point of view, instead of a first-person
perspective, as applied throughout the rest of the book, it is possible that chapters 8–10 were
put together as a theological centerpiece that was intended as an explanation of the Israelites’
condition and their dedication to God. The activity of these chapters likely occurred after
Nehemiah’s group arrived in Jerusalem. It is noteworthy that Ezra surfaces in chapter 8, as he
is mentioned together with Nehemiah only in Nehemiah 8:9 and Nehemiah 12:26. It is clear
that the theme of this literary unit of Nehemiah 8–10 is dedication to God through the reading
of Scripture, confession, and renewal of the covenant. Ezra reappears in the narrative
because, rather than building a physical structure, his role is to lead people to study the Word
of God.

144 | P a g e
Nehemiah 1–6 (as well as in Ezra 1–6) focus on building projects, but then the attention is
directed to the building of God’s people (Nehemiah 7–13; also emphasized in Ezra 7–10).
Nehemiah 8 demonstrates that the reading of the Word has a crucial place in wholeheartedly
living in God’s presence.

Structure of Nehemiah 8

• A. Book of the Law read (Neh. 8:1, 2)

• B. People respond and worship the Lord (Neh. 8:3–6)

• C. Understanding the reading (Neh. 8:7, 8)

• D. This day is holy: do not mourn nor weep (Neh. 8:9)

• E. The joy of the Lord is your strength (Neh. 8:10)

• D'. This day is holy: do not be grieved (Neh. 8:11, 12)

• C'. Found in the reading that they should dwell in booths (Neh. 8:13–15)

• B'. People respond and make booths (Neh. 8:16, 17)

• A'. Book of the Law read (Neh. 8:18)

Reading of the Word of God The reading of the Word of God is an important concept in
Nehemiah 8. It is incredible that the people listened to the reading for hours, “from morning
till midday” (Neh. 8:3), approximately five to seven hours, which demonstrates their openness
to hearing from God. However, this time was not just about listening to the reading but about
understanding.

In fact, “understanding” appears to be the most important concept of the chapter.

Throughout the chapter, the word bin, “to understand,” is repeated six times (see Neh. 8:2,
3, 7, 8, 9, and 12). It is striking to see how often that word and concept occurs. The author
intentionally repeats the idea of understanding again and again to draw our attention to it.
Along with bin, the word sakhal is used twice and also means “to understand,” as well as “to
be wise and prudent” and “to have understanding, wisdom, and discretion” (Neh. 8:8, 13).
From the beginning, it is stated that all who could “hear with understanding” (Neh. 8:2) were
assembled, meaning adults and children old enough to comprehend the Scriptures. The Word
was not just to go in one ear and out the other.

Instead, it was to have meaning and purpose in their lives, leading to greater wisdom, and to
be transformative. Acquiring knowledge is not about storing beautiful concepts and
information in our brains. Rather, knowledge is to impact our whole being.

The People’s Response

Amazingly, the words definitely impacted the assembly because they wept. What they heard
from the Law influenced their understanding of God and in turn changed the way they viewed
themselves and the world. Hearing God’s Word helps us to see things from God’s perspective
and see ourselves as sinners. Sometimes people today, while reading the Old Testament,
mistakenly think that individuals back then could not see a loving God. But we see from the

145 | P a g e
passage here in Nehemiah that the opposite is true. Spending hours in the Word of God,
reading about His mercy and mighty acts, did not push people away from God but rather
convinced them of God’s love and merciful interventions. They realized that they were
unfaithful, but that God was faithful. The beauty and power of Scripture is that, through it,
God woos and pleads for us to turn to Him, showing us who He really is—the God who loves
us and who does the maximum to save and restore us to Himself.

Time in God’s Word leads to personal and corporate revival. “The word of God is living and
powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the division of soul and
spirit, and of joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.
And there is no creature hidden from His sight but all things are naked and open to the eyes
of Him to whom we must give account” (Heb. 4:12, 13, NKJV).

Reading the Word aloud to the people has the effect of penetrating their hearts and minds;
they respond with deep emotion. They feel sadness at their awareness over their sinful
condition; but, in the end, they respond with great joy over who God is.

Another important theme found in this chapter is the role of the leaders in this revival. The
transformation began with the leaders who called the assembly together as a response to
God’s instruction in His Word. They most likely had been learning from Ezra and Nehemiah
about God and had been impressed by the unwavering love and dedication of these two
leaders. The leadership capitalized on the opportunity and facilitated the occasion. They
followed God’s instructions and then put in place a structure for reaching the people through
the reading. They did not leave things to chance but organized readers and “explainers” and
translators of the Scriptures in order to maximize understanding.

The leaders’ desire to learn from Ezra also exhibits a teachable spirit and attitude. What a
tragedy it is when people believe they know everything and do not need to learn from anyone
else. Unfortunately, this attitude also excludes the willingness to be taught by the Holy Spirit.
Being open to learning from others and especially from God is a prerequisite for making a
difference for God in the world.

Joy of the Lord

The pinnacle, or center, of the chiastic structure of the chapter outlined on is Nehemiah 8:10,
which also reiterates “this day is holy” and then proclaims, “Do not sorrow.” Why? “For the
joy of the Lord is your strength [ma’oz]” (Neh. 8:10, NKJV). Three times the people are told
not to be sad or grieved, but rather to “rejoice.” Maoz means “refuge, stronghold, and
fortress.” It also is translated in Scripture as “protection,” but most often it is translated as
“strength, stronghold, or refuge.” For instance, the psalmist writes about God as being maoz,
our refuge and strength (Ps. 31:4, Ps. 37:39, Ps. 43:2, Ps. 52:7). The word for joy (khedwah)
appears only twice in the Bible.

The other instance is in 1 Chronicles 16:27 in the song of David praising God as the ark of the
covenant is placed in the tabernacle:

“splendor and majesty are before Him, strength and joy [khedwah] are in His place” (NASB).

The Feast of Trumpets began with the blowing of the shofar (ram’s horn), which signaled the
beginning of preparation for the Day of Atonement; therefore it was a time (10 days) of
introspection and repentance.
146 | P a g e
Yet, Ezra and the Levites tell the people that they are to stop mourning and weeping, because
the day is holy. Ezra tells the people that the joy that comes from the Lord is their strength,
stronghold, and refuge. If they want to be firmly established and strong, then they need to
have the “joy of the Lord.”

Notice also that holiness and joy go together. The joy came from understanding that they
were forgiven by God. This joy of the Lord was to be demonstrated through eating and
drinking with their families, enjoying food and fellowship with one another. Additionally, they
were to share food with those who did not have anything ready for a feast. There was time
for introspection during the 10 days leading up to the Day of Atonement. However, Ezra wants
the people to understand that repentance is not the only thing necessary. Rejoicing in what
God has done in providing salvation is equally important. They were not to forget the promise
of salvation but to rejoice because of it.

God and the covenant

Key Texts: Nehemiah 9:38, Nehemiah 10:39

Study Focus: Nehemiah 10

The covenant was a crowning act in establishing a relationship between God and His people.
First, the Israelites studied the Scriptures, which led to conviction and confession of sin
(Nehemiah 8, Nehemiah 9). After the confession, praises, and petition of the Jews, the
renewal of the covenant was performed. Nehemiah signed it first, followed by 83 leaders of
the nation. The leaders placed a seal on the document, and the rest of the congregation
“entered into a curse, and into an oath, to walk in God’s law” (Neh. 10:29).

Then they pledged their loyalty to God by taking four vows. They vowed:

(1) to not intermarry with people from other nations,

(2) to faithfully keep the Sabbath,

(3) to cancel all debts, and

(4) to take care of the temple (including paying tithes and offerings).

In other words, the signing of the covenant was not enough. They knew that it had to be
followed up by action. Their commitment to God had to be observable, and thus they
reintroduced important aspects of walking with God as a holy nation. It was through a
relationship with God and intentionality in behavior that they were to grow as people of God.

147 | P a g e
A critical aspect of being faithful to God and developing the right habits is regularly and
persistently asking God for transformation and help. With His help and keeping our focus on
Him, we can develop the right habits and stick to the correct path. The Jews did not leave
their growth to chance but diligently made action plans that would keep them grounded in
God.

Thematic Structure of Chapter 10

I. Leaders seal the covenant (Neh. 10:1–27).

II. The people promise to walk in God’s law (Neh. 10:28, 29).

III. Pledges of the covenant (Neh. 10:30–39)

1. No mixed marriages (Neh. 10:30)

2. Keeping the Sabbath (Neh. 10:31a)

3. Debt cancellation (Neh. 10:31b)

4. Temple service (Neh. 10:32–39)

a. Temple tax (Neh. 10:32, 33)

b. Wood (Neh. 10:34)

c. Firstfruits (Neh. 10:35–37a)

d. Tithe (Neh. 10:37b–38)

e. Offering (Neh. 10:39a, b)

f. Summary statement: “We will not neglect the house of our God” (Neh. 10:39c).

From Creation to Re-creation

The biblical Creation story begins in Genesis 1, occurring in a series of seven days. The
culmination of the Creation story, known as the First Creation Account, is the seventh day,
the Sabbath. This narrative tells humans that we were created dependent upon God and were
to live in relationship with Him. Genesis 2 describes Creation from a slightly different
perspective but still in a series of seven, culminating in the establishment of a horizontal (i.e.,
human-to-human) relationship through the marriage of the first couple.

Unfortunately, because of sin, God’s creation was deorun-created by humanity when they
broke their relationship with God as a result of attempting to live an autonomous life. Saying
no to God’s presence in life spiraled the world quickly into wickedness until God had to
intervene with the Flood to stop the avalanche of evil; otherwise, there soon would have been
no one left to save.

Thankfully, with God, who is faithful to His word, there is always a new beginning; He re-
creates again after the Flood in the time of Noah. God preserves a remnant, and through them
He will bring salvation.

148 | P a g e
This re-creation story, written in a sequence of seven, culminates with the covenant (Gen.
8:1–9:17). Although God had to restart many times (tower of Babel, Abraham, Moses, etc.),
the covenant has remained a central aspect of the relationship between God and humanity.

Thus, the covenant between God and humans is an important element of the re-creation
mission that God has been on ever since humanity’s fall. The covenant is a legal establishment
of a relationship between God and humans. It is an attempt at restoring the broken
relationship between God and humans. It is necessary because humanity does not trust God.

When people trust each other, they do not need paperwork and legal treaties to guarantee
each other that each partner in the agreement will come through on his or her promises.
However, God knows that humans have a hard time trusting Him. So, He devised a way to
demonstrate to us that He is always faithful. The covenant is a way for God to show us that
He is serious about His commitment to us. God always takes the first step. He is the initiator
of the covenant; He establishes the covenant with us.

Making a Covenant

The covenant is a legal document, written according to Hittite treaties between two parties
(usually between a suzerain lord and his vassals), making the relationship binding. The best
example of how a covenant was made in the Mesopotamian culture is found in Genesis 15 in
which God makes a covenant with Abram.

Abram follows the established custom of establishing a covenant between two parties. The
literal translation for making a covenant is “cutting” a covenant because it involved the
“cutting” of animals. Depending on how wealthy the vassal (the servant) was, he or she would
bring a variety of animals to split in half.

The vassal did the work of splitting the animals in half and then pledged an oath to the
overlord. Since Abram is affluent, he brings a heifer, a female goat, a ram, a turtledove and a
young pigeon (Gen. 15:9).

He cut each of the animals down the middle and placed them opposite each other on the
ground, creating a path in between them. The birds were left whole because of their small
size and placed opposite each other. The job of the vassal now was to walk between the cut
pieces and proclaim something to the effect of: “Let it be done to me as was done to these
animals if I break this covenant.”

The overlord did not do the walking between the pieces because it was done only by the one
who had the lower status in the relationship. So, as was customary, Abram would have walked
between the pieces as a vassal even though his doing so is not specifically mentioned in the
text.

However, although we would expect that action to end the story and for the covenant to be
complete, God does not end the ratification of the covenant there. When the sun goes down,
Abram suddenly sees “a smoking oven and a burning torch” that pass between the pieces.
Smoke and fire represent God in the Old Testament (smoke on the mountain as God’s
presence descends and a pillar of fire in the wilderness; later, in the New Testament, we have
the tongues of fire [Acts 2], etc.).

149 | P a g e
What do these things mean? God walked through the pieces Himself. He did not expect
Abram to walk through and pledge the oath; it was God Himself who pledged, “If I break this
covenant, may I be cut in half like these animals.” Incredibly, humans were the ones who
broke the covenant again and again. In the end, God was the one who was willing to be “cut”
on the cross and to die for sinful people in order to demonstrate His faithfulness and
incredible love. God never broke the covenant.

But because we did, He took our place in being rent in half; God died for us in our place. God
makes a covenant with us in order to demonstrate His commitment and goodness to us.
Although we break the relationship with Him, He keeps working on mending it. He wants to
restore us to Himself (Exod. 19:4, John 12:32).

Pledges of the Covenant

The Jews in the time of Nehemiah realize that God is faithful. Now they want to make a
commitment to be a holy nation for God. The leaders sign a document testifying that they
want to be faithful to God. Then, the rest of the Israelites agree to this and swear an oath to
follow God’s law. They are aware that the responsibility of walking with God rests on them.
But walking with God cannot be just talk; it must be physical actions. The people must be
obedient to God’s teachings.

Thus, in a demonstration of the people’s intention to be obedient, the rest of the chapter is
dedicated to outlining the specifics of their pledge to God.

(1) They will not have mixed marriages with people around them and will not give their
children in marriage to those who do not live for God.

(2) They will not buy or sell on the Sabbath and will treat it as a holy day, a different day,
realizing that buying and selling is done on all the rest of the days of the week.

(3) They also will forgive any debt every seventh year and let the ground have rest as
instructed in Leviticus 25 during the jubilee year. Finally,

(4) they will focus on restoring the services in the temple by providing for the Levites and the
priests through paying tithe and offerings and through regulating all temple provisions. The
priests were to receive a tenth of the tithes.

In the early days, when the Levites greatly outnumbered the priests, this portion was a great
provision. But by Nehemiah’s time, such a small group of people remained that receiving a
tenth of the tenth was a meager allotment. The fact that the priests agreed to this allotment
demonstrates their unselfish and humble attitude. The actions taken by the assembly and the
servants in the temple show their wholehearted commitment to God.

150 | P a g e
The Journey back to Israel

Just as there were three Sieges of Israel and Babylon came three times to Israel, there were
three exoduses from Babylon.
Key Text: Nehemiah 10:29

Study Focus: Ezra 2, Ezra 8, Nehemiah 7, Nehemiah 10, Nehemiah 12

Several lists and genealogies that are found in the books of Ezra and Nehemiah. The lists
include genealogies of those who returned to Judah with Zerubbabel (Ezra 2) and then with
Ezra (Ezra 8) and Nehemiah (Nehemiah 7), as well as the enumeration of the vessels and
articles that were brought back by Sheshbazzar (Zerubbabel) for the temple of the Lord (Ezra
1:7–11) after being carried off to Babylon by Nebuchadnezzar.

In Nehemiah 12 is a list of priests and Levites who are enumerated in order that the true
worship of God can continue. The attention to all such detail demonstrates God’s care for
even the little things in our lives. Moreover, each of the lists teaches us a lesson. The listing
of the vessels from the temple brings us back to the banquet of Belshazzar, who purposefully
offends God by using these sacred items for his feast (Daniel 5). On the other hand, Cyrus
honors God and His people by sending the articles back with the people to Jerusalem.

The genealogical listings remind the reader that God does not forget His people, that He
preserves their families, and that each family has a role in God’s work. Unfortunately, the
numbering of the people also demonstrates that not very many of the Israelites ended up
returning to Israel. The majority became comfortable in their new homes and culture and did
not want to make the trip back to the Promised Land. Those who went back displayed courage
and trust in God’s guidance despite the uncertain conditions of rebuilding the land.

Genealogies

Ezra 2 and Nehemiah 7 list the same group of returnees. It is a repeat of all of the people who
eventually returned to Israel from the three groups that came over with Zerubbabel, Ezra,
and Nehemiah. The ultimate number of the whole company returning to Israel is 42,360 (Ezra
2:64, Neh. 7:66). This figure is confusing, however, because it is considerably higher than the
sum of the figures given in the two chapters:

151 | P a g e
In both Ezra 2 and Nehemiah 7, the final figures are the same (42,360) but counted a little bit
differently. How can we explain these discrepancies?

There are a few possibilities. It may be that the total number includes priests of unknown
origin (Ezra 2:61–63), and some additional groups also are probably not mentioned. However,
the overall message is crystal clear:

God knows those who are His, and no one will be forgotten (2 Tim. 2:19). Ezra 2 and Nehemiah
7 list various categories of people who came back, along with identifying the names of
families, their heads, and representatives.

What specific categories of people are listed? Priests, Levites, singers, the Nethinim (temple
servants), gatekeepers, sons of Solomon’s servants, as well as some who could not prove that
they were Israelites but were accepted among the people, just not part of the priesthood
(Ezra 2:59–63).

The different categories especially demonstrate the different roles that the Jews held in
working for God. We are each given different gifts and sometimes assignments based on the
strengths, gifts, and talents God has given us. He has created each one of us different so that
together we make one complete body of believers.

The singers were just as important as the priests as they led the people in worship. The
temple servants had the important job of keeping the temple clean and organized. They also
assisted the Levites with their duties.

List of Animals

Interestingly, animals also are counted in this list of people who returned from Babylonian
exile, specifically 736 horses, 245 mules, 435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys (Ezra 2:66, 67). Some
could interpret this enumeration as powerful evidence that God also cares for animals.

Throughout the Bible, God shows His concern for all life. God saved animals in Noah’s ark
(Gen. 7:2, 3, 8) and refused to destroy Nineveh because not only humans repented but also
many animals lived there (see Jon. 4:11). Moreover, God gave humans at Creation a solemn
delegated responsibility to represent Him and care for His created world (Gen. 1:28). The
same was repeated after the Flood, although with complications (Gen. 9:2) because now the
“fear of humans” was placed in animals.

152 | P a g e
List of Priests

In Ezra 8, Ezra the scribe records the genealogy of those who went with him from Babylon.
Only about five to six thousand people came back with Ezra. Ezra’s main concern is for the
priestly lineage, given that he was a priest but also because priests were important for the
proper function of the temple services.

Therefore, he begins the record by tracing the descendants of Phinehas (son of Eleazar) and
Ithamar, who came from Aaron, the high priest. Next, he traces the political line of King David
through Hattush, and then ordinary citizens fill the rest of the account.

Exactly 12 clans are mentioned, reminding the reader of the 12 tribes of Israel. Although the
12 tribes did not return in total, the small number of the Jews who did is just as important as
if the 12 tribes were still intact.

One of the lessons of this genealogy is that just as God never abandoned the 12 tribes of
Israel, so He will watch over the returnees.

After Ezra gathers the people at the river Ahava to travel to Jerusalem, he is saddened
because the Levites didn’t come. Those who were to teach the people about God and had the
greatest role in restoring the people to “walking with God” did not make the decision to return
to the land of Israel.

So, Ezra acts. He calls nine leaders and a couple men who are described as “men of
understanding” (Ezra 8:16) and gives them the task of going to a man named “Iddo” in
Casiphia and requesting that he send them Levites, as well as some Nethinims. Not much is
known about Iddo or the place of Casiphia, except that it must have been a densely populated
site by the Jews. Ezra then praises God because Iddo sent 38 Levites and 220 Nethinims, who
were appointed to serve the Levites and help in the temple.

The priestly group responded to the Holy Spirit’s prompting and decided to join the assembly
at the Ahava River. Nehemiah 12 records the names of the priests and Levites from the time
of the first return from Babylon to the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.

Once again, the chronicling of the names demonstrates the significance of the priestly
families. The account of the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem comes right after the listing
of the priests and Levites, because before the story is told, it must be established that the
nation is fully equipped with the personnel needed for the dedication, as well as committed
to godliness.

List of Gold and Silver Articles

Before they left for Jerusalem, Ezra proclaimed a fast and a time of prayer. He did not want
to ask for an escort from the king; he spent time on his knees instead. He knew that they
needed protection for the journey and needed God to deliver them from looters and raiding
parties. Before departing for Jerusalem, Ezra divided the articles and offering for the temple
among 12 leaders among the priests. The list of these items is recorded in Ezra 8:24–30.

The silver and gold items were a freewill offering to God. As they receive the items, Ezra tells
them, “You are holy to the Lord; the articles are holy also” (Ezra 8:28, NKJV). The concept of
holiness was a crucial one throughout the book of Ezra as the returnees are to dedicate their

153 | P a g e
lives to God and be His representatives on the earth. Ezra and the leaders wanted to reverse
the wrong that their forefathers had committed. They were on a mission for God and were
going to do it with full commitment to Him.

List of Animals for a Burnt Offering

Another list appears at the end of this account as the exiles arrive in Jerusalem. The list
consists of animals offered to God as a burnt offering after arriving safely at their new home
(Ezra 8:35). The people offer 12 bulls, 96 rams, 77 lambs, and 12 male goats. The incredible
number of animals sacrificed as burnt offerings demonstrates the thankfulness of the
returnees.

They were grateful for God’s protection as they realized that it was not by chance that they
had arrived at Jerusalem safely. They also were looking forward to the future. Because God
had taken care of them on the journey there, He had a plan for Israel to prosper

The real issue, the wall rebuilt (repairer of the breech)

Key Text: Ezra 3:11

Study Focus: Nehemiah 12:27–47

In order to give authority to Jerusalem’s priesthood, Nehemiah 12 begins by listing the Levites
and priests from Babylonian times to Ezra and Nehemiah’s period. Once it was established
that the Jews had skilled people for the temple services, the next part of the chapter focuses
on the service of dedication for Jerusalem’s wall. However, it is not the wall that ensures
security but rather the Lord. Thus, the people are not secure unless the Lord protects them.
Dedications of objects or buildings were commonly performed by the Israelites in order to
acknowledge that power is not in an object but in God (Ps. 127:1, 2).

The dedication service for Jerusalem’s wall began with two large choirs moving separately
through Jerusalem and ultimately joining at the temple. There, “great sacrifices” were
performed, and the people rejoiced with “great joy.” In fact, the joy of the people was so loud
that even their distant enemies heard the celebration of the wall’s completion.

Afterward, Nehemiah made sure to delegate temple responsibilities so that the provisions
were arranged according to the law for all of the Levites and the temple servants. The people
were excited to have the temple functioning again. They wanted to make sure that supplies
had been secured for those who served the Lord, not just for the present moment but for the
future.
154 | P a g e
Purification

Before performing the wall’s dedication, the priests and Levites purified themselves and the
people as well as the gates and the wall. The purification rituals common in Israel symbolized
cleansing from sin and separation for holiness. The rituals mainly involved washing clothes
and bathing (Exod. 29:4, Exod. 40:12–15, Lev. 16:20–28, Num. 19:7).

Several purification rituals existed in Israel. The most serious purification ritual was performed
for anyone who came in contact with a dead body. Given that death reflects the state of
mortality resulting from sin, the person or persons had to undergo special purification, a
procedure described in Numbers 19.

The priest burned a red heifer without blemish whose ashes were placed in a bowl with water.
Someone who was clean took a hyssop and dipped it in the water and then sprinkled it on the
items or people who were considered unclean. If the water of purification was not sprinkled
on someone who was unclean, then his uncleanness was still on him (Num. 19:13).

On the Day of Atonement, the high priest who performed the cleansing of the sanctuary and
performed sacrifices for his sin as well as the people’s changed his clothes. Before putting on
the “holy garments,” he washed his body (Lev. 16:4). After the service was completed, the
priest once again took off the “holy garments” and washed his body (Lev. 16:23, 24). The
person who released the scapegoat did the same before coming back into the Israelite camp
(Lev. 16:26).

Other categories of purification included purification for priests (Exod. 29:1–9), who were to
wash their hands and bodies (Exod. 30:17–21, Exod. 40:12–14, 30–32); purification from
leprosy (just as sin leads to death, so leprosy ended in death [Lev. 13:6, 34]); bodily discharges
(Lev. 15:1–29, Deut. 23:10, 11); and cleansing of the Levites (Num. 8:5–7, Num. 19:7–22).
Because the priests and Levites were involved in the dedication of the wall, they went through
purification first by washing their hands and feet and perhaps their bodies.

Then they purified the people, who were most likely asked to wash, as well, and maybe even
wash their clothes. Additionally, the Bible mentions that the gates and the wall were purified,
which means that each would have been sprinkled by water.

The water of purification was not miraculous in itself; rather, it was the of God that declared
that purification cleansed the people from sin and death. The ritual served as a symbol of
purity. Holiness and cleansing from sin were important for approaching God in a dedication
ceremony. The ritual cleansing showed that the blood of Christ cleansed and covered the
people. The purification service incorporated forgiveness for sins. As people humbled
themselves before God and washed, they were acknowledging that they needed help; they
needed to be made clean by God. They had to be made whole and holy by God, not by their
own actions. Yet, God required the action of washing as a tangible reminder of His
transformative power in the lives of His people.

Great Joy

The major part of the dedication ceremony involved music and worship. First, the Levites and
singers gathered in Jerusalem; many of them lived beyond Jerusalem and came into the city
only when it was their turn to minister. The priests, Levites, and singers led in celebrating

155 | P a g e
God’s provision for them through thanksgivings (verbally acknowledging what God had done)
and singing praises to Him.

Harps, cymbals, and other stringed instruments accompanied two large choirs as they sang
and separately walked through Jerusalem, finally joining again at the temple and singing
loudly (Neh. 12:42). Literally, the phrase states that the singers were heard. Their joy could
not be contained or suppressed as was demonstrated through loud praises.

They sang loudly because they were overjoyed over the quick completion of the wall and how
God had come through for them. When the foundation of the temple was laid after their
return from Babylonian exile in 537/536 b.c., the people, priests, and Levites praised the Lord
(Ezra 3:10, 11).

The same thing now occurred in Nehemiah’s time after the completion of Jerusalem’s wall.
Everyone praised the Lord, and the two appointed choirs expressed thanks to the Lord for the
accomplished work (Neh. 12:31, 38).

The people rejoiced greatly. Literally, verse 43 says that God made them samach (rejoice) with
great samach (joy). The word samach appears five times in just that one verse. It appears one
time in verse 44, as the people also rejoiced over the priests and Levites who ministered in
the temple. Then it appears again in verse 27, which introduces the whole account, stating
that the people called the Levites in order to celebrate the dedication with gladness (samach).

Thus, the word appears in the chapter exactly seven times, which should strike the reader as
significant. The number seven in the Bible is a number of fullness, completion, and perfection.
Therefore, the samach that the people experience is full. God has made them rejoice. Their
act of rejoicing demonstrates what true joy in life is, for they rejoice over what God has done.

The lesson for us today is to celebrate what God is doing in our lives, not overlooking His
benevolent actions, nor taking them for granted. Rather, we should celebrate His providence.
Acknowledgment of God’s blessing and leadership leads to gratitude and emotional stability.

Thankfulness makes us happy and victorious. Joy is a defining aspect of worship, but so is
reverence to God, which can be defined as an experience of awe through a personal
encounter with God.

The balance between joy and reverence is very important; and yet, unfortunately, it is often
overlooked. If a worship service has respect for God but no joy, then it becomes dry and stiff.
On the other hand, when only joy is incorporated and reverence is not taken into account,
the worship services tend to be filled with emotionalism rather than truth. Therefore, our
worship services must include both facets. Reverence and joy work together to create a right,
worshipful atmosphere.

The Israelites understood the need for this balance, as they rejoiced loudly and with all their
hearts while at the same time praising God for what He had done. Their worship was based
on truth and the deeds of God, not on emotionalism. Some who jump from worship service
to worship service in order to experience a “spiritual high” are missing the point of praising
God.

Our worship must always be rooted in Jesus, not in our feelings. And yet, the Israelites
definitely had a feeling of joy and happiness as they praised God. These joyful feelings were
156 | P a g e
God-given and were based on the truth of who God is and what He has done. Seeking God in
life as well as worshiping Him keeps us grounded in His grace and gratitude.

Temple leadership

Key Text: Nehemiah 13:22

Study Focus: Nehemiah 13:1–22

The chapter begins with a quick mention of the prohibition in the law of Moses against
allowing Ammonites and Moabites to participate in the gathering of Israel for festivals and
solemn assemblies. Nehemiah states that when the people heard the law about not mixing
with idolaters (Deut. 23:3), “they separated from Israel all those of foreign descent” (Neh.
13:3, ESV).

Such was the power of the law upon the people’s minds and hearts. The chapter then turns
to describing the reforms that Nehemiah instituted before he returned to Babylon. King
Artaxerxes had called him back to Persia but then gave him permission to travel again to
Israel. So, after a time of absence, Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem.

Perhaps he had heard some rumors about the bleak situation in Israel since his departure
and the corrupt leaders who had taken over. Sure enough, after Nehemiah arrived in
Jerusalem, he found that Eliashib, the high priest, had allowed Tobiah, the Ammonite, to
reside in a temple room. The first reform of Nehemiah was to throw Tobiah out and restore
the room to its original purpose of containing grain offerings and frankincense.

The second reform concerned the Levites and singers who had not received the tithes and
offerings that were due them. Perhaps the people were disheartened by the mismanagement
of the temple and consequently were not giving their tithes and offerings. Nehemiah restored
the tithing system and appointed leaders over certain aspects of the temple so that the
corrupt high priest did not have control over those areas. Last, Nehemiah restored the proper
keeping of the Sabbath. He closed the gates of the city on Sabbath to stop business
transactions and then threatened those who were still buying and selling outside the walls of
Jerusalem. His zeal for the proper observance of the Sabbath is an example to this day.

Tithing

One of the aspects that was extremely important to Nehemiah was tithing. He restored the
practice in Israel because the temple and its services could not properly function without it.
Why did Nehemiah feel so strongly about the return of tithe?
157 | P a g e
When tithes and offerings are mentioned, we often focus on the reward that we will receive,
based on Malachi 3:10. In this scripture, God tells the Israelites to “try” Him in tithing, because
if they give to Him He will bless them. He states it personally: “I will . . . open the windows of
heaven for you and pour down for you a blessing until there is no more need” (Mal. 3:10,
ESV). Therefore, we encourage others to give to God so that they will receive the blessing that
God promises.

However, the giving of tithes and offerings should not be dependent on the blessings we
receive. In fact, the giving of tithes is called the “return” of tithes, because everything we have
is already a blessing from God, for it has been given to us by Him. It is because God is our
Creator and we acknowledge Him as such that we give back to Him. We give out of gratitude
for what He has done: created us, sustains us, takes care of us, died for us, and continues to
re-create us. We see the attitude of gratitude in tithe giving, especially in the stories of
Abraham and Jacob.

In Genesis 14, we read about a battle in Canaan. Four Mesopotamian kings (kings of Shinar,
Ellasar, Elam, and Goyim) fought five kings of Canaan, specifically of the cities of Sodom,
Gomorrah, Admah, Zeboiim, and Bela. The Mesopotamian kings won the battle and seized
loot and captives. Because Lot lived in that region, he was captured. When Abram realized
that his nephew was taken away, he armed 318 of his trained servants and pursued the
Mesopotamian army. His small contingent of warriors overtook and attacked the
Mesopotamians and won. God gave Abram an incredible victory, and he recovered all that
had been taken, including Lot.

On the way back, Abram had a surprising encounter with the king of Salem, who also is called
“the priest of God Most High.” Melchizedek blessed Abram, and then Abram gave “him a tithe
of all” (Gen. 14:20, NKJV). Hebrews 7:2, 4 specifies that Abram gave a tenth of what he had.
Abram returned a tenth to God because God gave him an incredible victory.

He was struck by the awesome and powerful God who went with him and fought for him. His
heart was full of gratitude, and so out of thankfulness he gave a tithe.

Jacob had a similar experience when his parents sent him to his Uncle Laban to marry a wife
who followed God, rather than a Canaanite woman, and also to protect him from his brother,
Esau, who had decided to kill him. While fleeing to Haran, Jacob fell asleep, and God gave him
a dream in which he saw a ladder going up to heaven and angels moving up and down it, and
“above it stood the Lord” (Gen. 28:13, NIV).

God spoke to him and promised to be with him and bless him. When Jacob woke up from the
dream, he exclaimed: “How awesome is this place! This is none other than the house of God,
and this is the gate of heaven” (Gen. 28:17, ESV). Afterward Jacob made a vow that if God
indeed would be with him as He stated in the dream, then not only would the Lord be his
God, but he would give God a tenth of everything that God gave him (Gen. 28:20–22).

Once again, we see a person who is in awe of who God is and what He does, and then out of
gratitude promises to give tithe faithfully.

Therefore, it is from a full heart of gratitude and thankfulness that we return tithe. Not
primarily because we will receive a blessing by doing so but because God is faithful and
awesome by taking care of us and by providing for us every single day. Nehemiah

158 | P a g e
demonstrated through his actions that tithing is extremely important, not only for supporting
God’s work but in helping us acknowledge that everything comes from Him. We give because
God gives to us. In this way, we participate in His ministry for humanity.

Sabbath

The second aspect that Nehemiah addresses in this chapter is the day of worship, the Sabbath.
Israelites were doing business transactions with people from surrounding places on the
Sabbath instead of worshiping the Lord (Lev. 23:3). Nehemiah strongly objected to the way
the Sabbath was being kept.

Nehemiah was the governor of the land, and because he was a strong, godly man, he wanted
to make sure that the people also followed God’s instructions. Nehemiah felt that he had to
take some strict measures in order for the people to understand that the Sabbath was really
supposed to be holy. It was to be a day of resting in the Lord in which God’s people took time
to be with family and friends, and most important, spent time with God. By doing business on
Sabbath, God’s people were taking away the opportunities for fellowship with God and
robbing themselves of the opportunities to show love and care for one another, as well.

God the Creator saw the Sabbath as extremely important, or He would not have created it as
a special day. If all that was needed had been completed in six days, then God would not have
created the seventh. But He did in order to give us a special day as a reminder that He is our
Creator and that we are created to be in fellowship with Him and dependent upon Him. Also,
on this day of rest from everyday business, we rejuvenate our strength, and, most important,
we respect God’s way of celebrating life when He made this day holy. It was not to be like
every other day; this was a holy day. Holy means “separated to” a special purpose and “set
apart for” uplifting activities.

Therefore, the things we do should be different from the things we do on all the other days
of the week. Jesus Himself stayed in the grave on the Sabbath day and was resurrected on
Sunday, keeping the Sabbath even in His death. That is how important the Sabbath is to God.

Throughout the Bible, God shows us how crucial the Sabbath day is by instructing us to turn
away from business and common activities and to celebrate the Lord of the Sabbath. He
encourages us to recognize the Sabbath as “a delight,” as “the holy day of the Lord,” and to
honor Him by not doing our own ways, nor finding our own selfish pleasures, nor speaking
our own worldly words.

God once again promises a blessing (Isa. 58:13, 14). In the same way that He promises to bless
us when we give tithe, He also promises a blessing when we live the Sabbath His way, not
focusing on our own desires but rather by glorifying God in all that we do. However, once
again, just as was mentioned with tithe, we are not to keep the Sabbath holy in order to gain
blessings. Rather, we are to keep it holy because it is a day that was given to us as a gift to
focus on the goodness of the Lord.

159 | P a g e
Intermarriage

Key Text: Ezra 9:6

Study Focus: Ezra 9, Ezra 10, Nehemiah 13:23–31

Among the bad decisions that the Israelites made were their intermarriages with unbelievers
who did not share their belief in the true, living God. The two sections studied in this lesson
deal with the realization that the people of God had mixed their families with those who had
no desire to follow God and were idolaters.

The book of Nehemiah closes with a brief account of Nehemiah’s contention with some of
the Jews because they were compromising in their dedication to God by marrying
unbelievers. Nehemiah points out that Solomon fell because of his bad choice of marrying
idolatrous women. God’s people needed to learn from Solomon’s bad experience. Nehemiah
publicly shamed the men who had married idolatrous wives, reminding them that their
choices would either lead them toward God or away from God.

Interestingly, Ezra had dealt with the exact same situation some years earlier. In Ezra 9 and
10, we read Ezra’s prayer of confession as he acknowledges the seriousness of intermarriage
with unbelievers. They were a nation at the point of a new start and were either going to grow
into a greater commitment to God or influence each other away from Him.

The zeal of Ezra and Nehemiah in this situation brought the nation to their knees, and many
of the men reformed by separating from their unbelieving spouses.

Thus, learning from these stories, we are to think carefully about our choice of a spouse. But
most important, we must learn from the principle uplifted here: make choices that will lead
us closer to God, rather than away from Him. Every decision should be weighed and based on
where we will end up in the future if we keep doing it.

Nehemiah 13: Nehemiah’s Reaction and Radical Dealing With Mixed Marriages

Nehemiah pointed the people to the example of King Solomon, reminding them that even
Solomon, the wisest king that ever lived, fell, through bad decisions, into the idolatry his
women promoted. Nehemiah asked the Israelites if they thought that they were immune to
the influences of the idolaters living within their own homes. Playing with fire produces only
fire.

Even the priests were not following God wholeheartedly in this matter. The grandson of the
high priest married the daughter of Sanballat the Horonite, one of the worst enemies of Israel.
160 | P a g e
A priest was strictly enjoined to marry a “virgin from his own people, so he will not defile his
offspring among his people” (Lev. 21:14, 15, NIV).

Consequently, Nehemiah “drove him [the grandson of the high priest] away” (Neh. 13:28,
NIV). This radical action demonstrated the seriousness with which Nehemiah held the issue
of marriage among believers. Marriage should reflect God’s principles of love and is a nuclear
unit for building the church and society.

Ezra 9: Ezra Confronted With the Problem and His Prayer Some years before, Ezra also dealt
with the intermarriage situation. When Ezra was told that some people, leaders, and priests
had married wives who had not given their hearts to God, Ezra was shaken. He tore his clothes
and sat for a long time disheveled and shocked.

After all the Israelites had experienced, he could not believe that the sins that had caused
them to go into exile and from which they had just emerged were once again prevalent in
Israel. Not wishing to be different from the surrounding nations before the exile, Israel had
been led away from God by accepting the worship of their neighbors’ gods.

This mixing with other nations led them into evil practices and syncretistic worship. And now
they were on the verge of falling into the same sins. To top it off, they had just barely gotten
out of Babylon. Ezra was so distressed and saddened by the news that he sat grieving until
the evening sacrifice. He then prostrated himself before God and prayed a beautiful prayer,
confessing the sins of the nation and stating that he could not even lift his face up to God
because of what his people had done.

Ezra 9:9 states: “God hath not forsaken us in our bondage, but hath extended mercy unto us.”
The Hebrew word translated as mercy is chesed, which means much more than just mercy. It
implies steadfast love and faithfulness, or loving-kindness. God extended mercy in order to:

(1) grant (natan—to give) a revival,

(2) repair (rum—set up) the house,

(3) rebuild (amad—to stand) the ruins, and

(4) bestow upon (natan—to give) Israel a wall.

These are all action verbs, showing that God did not forsake His people. Instead, He extended
help so those four things could happen: He worked to repair, to rebuild, to give, and to revive
the people. “Revive” is mentioned twice, also appearing in verse 8. The word for “revive” is
michyah, which means life-giving and also saving a life, relief, recovering, and sustenance
(such as food). In other words, Ezra emphasized that God gave them “life.” He saved their life,
gave them what they needed, and revived them so that they could do the work that needed
to be done in the city of Jerusalem.

Moreover, He revived them so they could be “whole” again. But they were throwing away all
God’s blessings by intermarrying with idol worshipers. The wholeness that God wanted for
His people was being undermined by their choices. Ezra was worried that they could not
continue to be fully revived as God’s people if many of them chose to bond themselves with
partners who had no regard for God.

161 | P a g e
Especially at this time of starting over as a nation, being only a remnant group, Ezra felt it was
imperative that the Israelites follow God and not get mixed up again with practices that would
lead them away from Him. Strict conformity to God’s Word was especially important at this
time, because the children in these marriages would not even know the language of the Bible.

Ezra 10: The Solution

Ezra’s concern and deep conviction over this issue impressed upon the people the gravity of
their actions. They started gathering around Ezra and weeping with him. One man or woman
who is deeply dedicated to God can have a profound influence on those around them. A godly
leader who does not overlook evil actions inspires godliness in others. The leaders came up
with a solution of sending the wives and children away.

These marriages were not according to God’s will; therefore, the word for divorce is not
mentioned. Today, when deciding on the question of separation from unbelieving spouses,
we look at the principle behind their actions rather than at the letter of the word. Paul
counsels believing spouses not to leave their unbelieving spouse who truly wants to remain
married.

On the other hand, no one should force an unbelieving spouse to remain married to a
believing spouse against his or her will (1 Cor. 7:12–15). No one can force such an unequal
arrangement. Therefore, the principle that comes to the forefront is making godly choices in
all areas of life.

Thus, according to God’s instructions, we must choose wisely whom we marry. Also, we must
live wisely in marriage, whether to a believer or an unbeliever. In addition, we must make
wise choices. We must represent God in how we conduct business, do our jobs, raise children,
and interact with others, including the way we address issues with our spouse or with
someone who is angry at us.

An important word that appears within both chapters is chared, which means “to tremble” or
“to fear” (Ezra 9:4, Ezra 10:3). The first instance states that “everyone who trembled at the
words of the God of Israel assembled” to Ezra.

The second instance reports that the solution of separation was done because of the advice
of those who “tremble at the commandment of our God.” Therefore, trembling at the “word
of God” and the “commandment of God” is linked as one, meaning that each phrase is just a
clarification of the other.

The idea of trembling at the Word of God is mentioned in a few other places in the Bible, such
as in Isaiah 66, where it is mentioned twice. “But this is the one to whom I will look: he who
is humble and contrite in spirit and trembles at my word” (Isa. 66:2, ESV). “Hear the word of
the Lord, you who tremble at his word” (Isa. 66:5, ESV). The idea of trembling before God and
His word connotes the right spirit of humility in approaching God and the Scriptures. We
acknowledge that we do not know everything and therefore approach with humbleness to
learn and willingly follow what we hear or read. We are not critical of the Word but rather
the Word functions as a guide for us.

Thus, the greatest lesson we can learn from the issue that Ezra and Nehemiah had to deal
with is “trembling” at God’s Word. The people trembled before God and, therefore, were
willing to do the maximum in order to have a strong relationship with Him. Trembling before
162 | P a g e
God leads to obedience to God’s Word and, in turn, to happiness and joy in life. May we also
tremble at His Word, and let nothing come between us and obedience to the Scriptures.

Being a disciple means obeying, not just knowing. “Trust and obey” as the song says, “for
there’s no other way to be happy in Jesus, but to trust and obey” (The Seventh-day Adventist
Hymnal, no. 590).
Chapter 10 The desire of all nations

Ezra 3:8 Now in the second year of their coming unto the house of God at Jerusalem, in the
second month, began Zerubbabel the son of Shealtiel, and Jeshua the son of Jozadak, and the
remnant of their brethren the priests and the Levites, and all they that were come out of the
captivity unto Jerusalem; and appointed the Levites, from twenty years old and upward, to
set forward the work of the house of the LORD. 9 Then stood Jeshua with his sons and his
brethren, Kadmiel and his sons, the sons of Judah, together, to set forward the workmen in
the house of God: the sons of Henadad, with their sons and their brethren the Levites. 10 And
when the builders laid the foundation of the temple of the LORD, they set the priests in their
apparel with trumpets, and the Levites the sons of Asaph with cymbals, to praise the LORD,
after the ordinance of David king of Israel.

Here we see in the time of Zerubabbel and Jeshua or Joshua the High Priest the work of
rebuilding the foundation of the temple began, and in this work the Levites and priests and
all that came out of captivity began to enter in the work of rebuilding.

Ezra 3:11 And they sang together by course in praising and giving thanks unto the LORD;
because he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever toward Israel. And all the people shouted
with a great shout, when they praised the LORD, because the foundation of the house of the
LORD was laid. 12 But many of the priests and Levites and chief of the fathers, who were
ancient men, that had seen the first house, when the foundation of this house was laid before
their eyes, wept with a loud voice; and many shouted aloud for joy: 13 So that the people
could not discern the noise of the shout of joy from the noise of the weeping of the people:
for the people shouted with a loud shout, and the noise was heard afar off.

Here we see once the foundation was laid, there was great shouting for Joy, all who were
born in captivity greatly rejoiced, but those who had seen the former temple greatly wept
and cried.

The work is halted

Ezra 4:1 Now when the adversaries of Judah and Benjamin heard that the children of the
captivity builded the temple unto the LORD God of Israel; 2 Then they came to Zerubbabel,
and to the chief of the fathers, and said unto them, Let us build with you: for we seek your
God, as ye do; and we do sacrifice unto him since the days of Esarhaddon king of Assur, which
brought us up hither. 3 But Zerubbabel, and Jeshua, and the rest of the chief of the fathers
of Israel, said unto them, Ye have nothing to do with us to build an house unto our God; but
we ourselves together will build unto the LORD God of Israel, as king Cyrus the king of Persia
hath commanded us. 4 Then the people of the land weakened the hands of the people of
Judah, and troubled them in building, 5 And hired counsellors against them, to frustrate their
purpose, all the days of Cyrus king of Persia, even until the reign of Darius king of Persia.

163 | P a g e
Here we see that the enemies of Israel wanted to join in the work of rebuilding in order to
disturb the work, when this failed, they reported to the authorities of the time.

Ezra 4:24 Then ceased the work of the house of God which is at Jerusalem. So it ceased unto
the second year of the reign of Darius king of Persia.

The work of rebuilding of the temple did cease…

Encouragements were sent by God’s prophets

Ezra 5:1 Then the prophets, Haggai the prophet, and Zechariah the son of Iddo, prophesied
unto the Jews that were in Judah and Jerusalem in the name of the God of Israel, even unto
them. 2 Then rose up Zerubbabel the son of Shealtiel, and Jeshua the son of Jozadak, and
began to build the house of God which is at Jerusalem: and with them were the prophets of
God helping them.

Here we see that Zechariah and Haggai were contemporaries and both prophets, sent to
minister unto the people and encourage them to continue in the work of rebuilding the
temple. Below are their encouragements.

During the return of Zerubbabel, we recalled that God sent encouragements through Haggai
and Zechariah when the work of rebuilding stopped.

Zechariah 1:1 In the eighth month, in the second year of Darius, came the word of the LORD
unto Zechariah, the son of Berechiah, the son of Iddo the prophet, saying,

Below was an encouragement to Jeshua the High priest

Zechariah 3:1 And he shewed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the
LORD, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him. 2 And the LORD said unto Satan, The
LORD rebuke thee, O Satan; even the LORD that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not
this a brand plucked out of the fire? 3 Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and
stood before the angel. 4 And he answered and spake unto those that stood before him,
saying, Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I have caused
thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment. 5 And I said,
Let them set a fair mitre upon his head. So they set a fair mitre upon his head, and clothed
him with garments. And the angel of the LORD stood by.

Here we see that God was giving a message of mercy to Jeshua encouraging Him that though
his spiritual condition seemed hopeless there was one who could make him pure and clean
and that was God.

Zechariah 3:6 And the angel of the LORD protested unto Joshua, saying, 7 Thus saith the
LORD of hosts; If thou wilt walk in my ways, and if thou wilt keep my charge, then thou shalt
also judge my house, and shalt also keep my courts, and I will give thee places to walk among
these that stand by. 8 Hear now, O Joshua the high priest, thou, and thy fellows that sit before
thee: for they are men wondered at: for, behold, I will bring forth my servant the BRANCH. 9
For behold the stone that I have laid before Joshua; upon one stone shall be seven eyes:
behold, I will engrave the graving thereof, saith the LORD of hosts, and I will remove the
iniquity of that land in one day. 10 In that day, saith the LORD of hosts, shall ye call every man
his neighbour under the vine and under the fig tree.

164 | P a g e
Below we see why Jeshua must be faithful, God would bring His servant the BRANCH. Who is
this branch.

Isaiah 11:1 And there shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow
out of his roots: 2 And the spirit of the LORD shall rest upon him, the spirit of wisdom and
understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the
LORD; 3 And shall make him of quick understanding in the fear of the LORD: and he shall not
judge after the sight of his eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of his ears: 4 But with
righteousness shall he judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and
he shall smite the earth with the rod of his mouth, and with the breath of his lips shall he slay
the wicked. 5 And righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins, and faithfulness the girdle of
his reins.

Notice the Branch who was to come was the prophesied Messiah.

Isaiah 11:9 They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain: for the earth shall be full
of the knowledge of the LORD, as the waters cover the sea.

So we begin to understand that by the coming in of Jesus, the truth would fill up the whole
earth as the waters cover the sea. Similar encouragement was given by Haggai to those who
had returned and were there in Israel when the work of rebuilding had stopped.

Hagai 1:1 In the second year of Darius the king, in the sixth month, in the first day of the
month, came the word of the LORD by Haggai the prophet unto Zerubbabel the son of
Shealtiel, governor of Judah, and to Joshua the son of Josedech, the high priest, saying, 2
Thus speaketh the LORD of hosts, saying, This people say, The time is not come, the time that
the LORD'S house should be built.

Here we see that God sent Haggai the prophet to encourage the governor Zerubbabel and
The High Priest Joshua.

Haggai 2:1 In the seventh month, in the one and twentieth day of the month, came the word
of the LORD by the prophet Haggai, saying, 2 Speak now to Zerubbabel the son of Shealtiel,
governor of Judah, and to Joshua the son of Josedech, the high priest, and to the residue of
the people, saying, 3 Who is left among you that saw this house in her first glory? and how
do ye see it now? is it not in your eyes in comparison of it as nothing?

Here we see that God sent a message telling them, as they were observing the rebuilding of
the Temple it was pale in comparison to the original temple, and here we see a great
encouragement that came to the people of God.

Haggai 2:7 And I will shake all nations, and the desire of all nations shall come: and I will fill
this house with glory, saith the LORD of hosts. 8 The silver is mine, and the gold is mine, saith
the LORD of hosts. 9 The glory of this latter house shall be greater than of the former, saith
the LORD of hosts: and in this place will I give peace, saith the LORD of hosts.

Here we see the greatest encouragement, as we saw the dedication of the temple during
Solomon’s time, the glory of the Lord filled the temple to the point the ministers could not
stand inside the temple. Thus God said the desire of Nations the Messiah was to be the glory
of this temple as it was to be rebuilt. God assured that the silver and gold is his all resource
are at his disposal and the glory of the latter temple will be more than the first because in it
165 | P a g e
the saviour would walk, this was a great encouragement and thus many did begin to rebuild
the temple.

Thus we the Lord jesus did come and did inhabit the temple.

Luke 2:49 And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be
about my Father's business?

Jesus the rod of Jessie came forth a branch and He did inhabit the temple. What a sight to
behold, but all was not rosy when Jesus came to earth the first time. Jesus was in his first
phase as the lamb of God… His ministry was to last for three and half years.
27 A.D. John the Baptist and the ministry of Jesus.
KJV Luke 3: 1 Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar, Pontius Pilate being
governor of Judaea, and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip tetrarch of
Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis, and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene,
In the 15th Year of Tiberius Caesar, Historians pinpoint this date to be 27 A.D. So in 27 AD
something very prophetic was happening.
KJV Luke 3:1 Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar, Pontius Pilate being
governor of Judaea, and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip tetrarch of
Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis, and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene, 2 Annas and
Caiaphas being the high priests, the word of God came unto John the son of Zacharias in the
wilderness.
Notice here brethren of all the leaders of Rome, the leaders in Israel,
To whom does the word of the Lord come to?
KJV Jeremiah 1:1 The words of Jeremiah the son of Hilkiah, of the priests that were in
Anathoth in the land of Benjamin: 4 Then the word of the LORD came unto me, saying,
KJV Ezekiel 1 :3 The word of the LORD came expressly unto Ezekiel the priest, the son of Buzi,
in the land of the Chaldeans by the river Chebar; and the hand of the LORD was there upon
him.
This is the prophetic word that comes, the commission to do something great for the Lord. So
we see in Jesus time. The Word of the Lord did not come to the Priest nor leaders in Israel,
but it came to John
We shall soon see this is extremely prophetic, In 27AD the word of the Lord came unto John.
Which means if you wished to hear the word you had to Go where?
Answer In the wilderness, But brethren John would have been a priest, Since his father
Zechariah was also a priest
KJV Luke 1:5 There was in the days of Herod, the king of Judaea, a certain priest named
Zacharias, of the course of Abia: and his wife was of the daughters of Aaron, and her name
was Elisabeth. 6 And they were both righteous before God, walking in all the commandments
and ordinances of the Lord blameless.
But brethren it was by providence John never became a priest, and as we shall see there was
something going on in the priesthood that had corrupted the priest hood, remember the Jews

166 | P a g e
have how many years left to clock 490 they have 7 years’ left. So let us walk through the evets
that transpired during this time
We are studying now, we are studying the word of God. John could not have done his work if
he went into the rabbinical schools of the prophets, they were very corrupt. Even Jesus did
not attend the rabbinical schools. His mother taught him up to the age of 12 remember they
had fled to Egypt.
I shall explain as we go along, but next we shall see this. The same thing that brought
corruption to the Israelite institutions the same has happened to us as a church.
KJV Matthew 2:13 And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appeareth to
Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt,
and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him.
14 When he arose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt:
15 And was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the
Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son.
Notice they went to Egypt and at 12 he was back. So Jesus had true education at his mother’s
side as we read Deuteronomy 5:6-end, and also we see that Jesus was a carpenter so truly he
was well versed in true education.
God does not send messengers to flatter the sinner. He delivers no message of peace to lull
the unsanctified into fatal security. He lays heavy burdens upon the conscience of the
wrongdoer, and pierces the soul with arrows of conviction. The ministering angels present to
him the fearful judgments of God to deepen the sense of need, and prompt the cry, “What
must I do to be saved?” Then the hand that has humbled in the dust, lifts up the penitent. The
voice that has rebuked sin, and put to shame pride and ambition, inquires with tenderest
sympathy, “What wilt thou that I shall do unto thee?” {DA 104.1}
KJV Matthew 3:7 But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees come to his baptism,
he said unto them, O generation of vipers, who hath warned you to flee from the wrath to
come? 8 Bring forth therefore fruits meet for repentance: 9 And think not to say within
yourselves, We have Abraham to our father: for I say unto you, that God is able of these stones
to raise up children unto Abraham. 10 And now also the axe is laid unto the root of the trees:
therefore every tree which bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire.
Brethren: The reason why the word of the Lord did not come to the high priest is because,
something happened to the Jewish leadership whereby instead of being the mouth piece of
God they were the mouth piece of the devil. Brethren this is serious
This is prophecy, we are studying the word of God. Brethren something was off with the
Jewish leadership
KJV Luke 5: 17 And it came to pass on a certain day, as he was teaching, that there were
Pharisees and doctors of the law sitting by, which were come out of every town of Galilee,
and Judaea, and Jerusalem: and the power of the Lord was present to heal them.
In the schools of the prophets the prophet was the teacher or father and they were all
brothers and sisters (refer to True education Manual) In the schools during Jesus days, they
had Dr or Phd, Brethren something was different brethren something was off
And these doctors of the law had something to do with the reason why the word of the law
came only unto John
167 | P a g e
KJV Matthew 23:1 Then spake Jesus to the multitude, and to his disciples, 2 Saying, The scribes
and the Pharisees sit in Moses' seat: 3 All therefore whatsoever they bid you observe, that
observe and do; but do not ye after their works: for they say, and do not.
Brethren the scribes or doctors of the Law were the ones who had Moses seat? Well what
does a seat represent? It represents a position
Okay let us look at Moses position
KJV Deuteronomy 31:24 And it came to pass, when Moses had made an end of writing the
words of this law in a book, until they were finished,25 That Moses commanded the Levites,
which bare the ark of the covenant of the LORD, saying, 26 Take this book of the law, and put
it in the side of the ark of the covenant of the LORD your God, that it may be there for a
witness against thee.
Moses Seat
He was the visible leader of Israel, God spoke to him and he would write laws. All the laws
that governed how worship was to be done, all the laws that governed marriage and divorce,
all the laws basically concerning every aspect of life was written in the book of the law
These scribes were the ones that were now in this position brethren let us see this thing, the
scribes were the ones that wrote the laws and the Pharisees were the ones carried them out...
If someone wanted to study to be a priest, they had to go through the rabbinical school and
they would have to follow the teachings pinned down by the scribes
Now what did these doctors of the law teach
KJV Matthew 15: 1 Then came to Jesus scribes and Pharisees, which were of Jerusalem, saying,
2 *Why do thy disciples transgress the tradition of the elders? for they wash not their hands
when they eat bread*.
Brethren the scribes penned down traditions brethren, they penned down tradition. In the
schools they taught you needed a to be learned to understand the word of God . You needed
to know exegesis proper way of deconstructing a text, you needed to know humaneutics
Brethren, In the schools you were made to rely upon human intellect to know the word of
God. Were these traditions bad???
KJV Matthew 15 :3 But he answered and said unto them, Why do ye also transgress the
commandment of God by your tradition?
Jesus asked them, so we see the teachings of the scribes were so bad brethren
KJV Matthew 15:4 For God commanded, saying, Honour thy father and mother: and, He that
curseth father or mother,let him die the death. 5 But ye say, Whosoever shall say to his father
or his mother, It is a gift, by whatsoever thou mightest be profited by me; 6 And honour not
his father or his mother, he shall be free. Thus have ye made the commandment of God of
none effect by your tradition.
The scribes said that if you said Corbin to your house then not even your parents were to be
coming there the money for rent was for holy use for the temple. If you said Corbin to your
car then your parents were not to ride it. It was to be used on occasion for the church
Brethren these were such teachings of the Pharisees and scribes. Reasons why the schools of
the prophets became corrupt in Christ’s day.
168 | P a g e
“A spirit of friendship developed between the Greeks and the Jews . . An arrangement was
entered into that allowed a large number of rabbis from Jerusalem to go to Alexandria and
translate the writings of the Jewish Scriptures into the Greek language. It was also suggested
by the Greeks that the Jews send their talented young men to Alexandria for training . . in the
. . sciences and . . learning of the Greeks.
“Many of Israel’s influential men yielded to Greek insistence . . They were encouraged to
believe that the synagogues where the children were taught their religion would not be
interfered with . . The former said that God would help their young men be true to their
religion, and the training schools of Jewery would have a better standing in the eyes of the
nations . .
Gradually the Jewish schools came to confer degrees upon their graduates. There was the Rav
or Rabbi, the Tana, the Goyon, the Sadi, and the Rabbon. It was thought necessary for the
graduates of the rabbinical schools to show the marks of rank by wearing different clothing.
The man with a degree must wear a particular gown and cap. Little by little an educational
aristocracy was formed, which was called the Sanhedrin.
While the religious schools continued to operate, a marked declension in spiritual influence
and power was visible. Year by year the Word of God was studied less, as the courses of
studies based on culture and philosophy increased. The curriculum of the rabbinical schools
was increased toward intellectualism. …. Piety gradually diminished as form and ceremony
increased.”
The above are taken from- —F.C. Gilbert, “Why the Jews Rejected Christ,” Ministry, 1933.
Brethren do we see now, is it clear what happened in the days of Jesus? They mingled true
and false education. They ate from the forbidden tree and their education system never
produced men who would accept Jesus by 27AD
The Jews had four books they felt were very important and in them were kept the traditions
of the father and elders. The Tamuld, Mishna, Gemera, and Oral Law
The oral law
After the last one of the Great Synagogue passed away, the leaders of the people, who were
the leanered men, to the name of Sophrim, or scribes, because their business was to teach
the people the contents of the Books of the Law and to be the expositors of Scriptures.
Their great burden seemed to be to make a hedge about the law, so to circumscribe the word
of God, according to their ideas of it, that the people would be fenced in by what they said,
and hence their teachings came to be regarded as of equal importance with the word of God.
Yea, in fact they regarded their teachings above the word of God.
As a result of these methods, the oral law kept increasing and regulations kept multiplying.
The words of the rabbis became law to the people, and in studying the scriptures it must be
interpreted only in the light of the rabbis. As a result, the rabbi came to be looked upon as a
sort of diety and was to be feared even as God . a few illustrations may be to the point.
Oral law and the Rabbi
As a man is commanded to honour and fear his father, so he is bound to honour and fear his
rabbi more than his father.

169 | P a g e
If a man should see his father lose something, and his rabbi lose something, he is first to return
what his rabbi lost, then to return that which his father lost.
If his father and his rabbi be oppressed with a load, he is first to help his rabbi down then
assist his father,
If his father and his rabbi be in captivity, he is first to ransom his rabbi, after that his father,
unless his father be a disciple of wise or learned man.
Thou must consider no honour greater than the honour of the rabbi, and no fear greater than
the fear of rabbi. The wise then have said, the fear of the rabbi is as the Fear of God
It is forbidden to a disciple to call his rabbi by name, even when he is not in his presence.
Neither is he to salute his rabbi, neither return his salutation in the same manner that
salutations are given or returned among friends. On the contrary he is to bow down before
the rabbi and say to him reverse and honour, peace be to the rabbi -Quoted in Old Paths
(Gods plan to rescue the Church Moses Mason, Presentation 1)
The Rabbi
The reader will no doubt see a new meaning in these words of the saviour in the light of the
above statements.
Mathew 23:5 But all their works they do for to be seen of men: they make broad their
phylacteries, and enlarge the borders of their garments, 6 And love the uppermost rooms at
feasts, and the chief seats in the synagogues, 7 And greetings in the markets, and to be called
of men, Rabbi, Rabbi. 8 But be not ye called Rabbi: for one is your Master, even Christ; and all
ye are brethren. 9 And call no man your father upon the earth: for one is your Father, which
is in heaven. 10 Neither be ye called masters: for one is your Master, even Christ. 11 But he
that is greatest among you shall be your servant. 12 And whosoever shall exalt himself shall
be abased; and he that shall humble himself shall be exalted.
Teachings of the Rabbis placed above God’s word
They were putting themselves in the place of God to the people, their sayings were placed
upon equality with God’s teachings. Hence we read that the written law was like water, but
the oral law, Mishna, was like wine, the Gemara, like spiced wine. Some went as far as to say
that the words of the scribes are lovely above the Words of the law (meaning the written
law), for scribes are all weighty, one rabbi Judah, son of Tarmai, said A child at five years
should study the Bible, at ten the Mishna, at fifteen the Gemara- Ethics of the fathers
Let us look at the ministry of John
KJV Luke 3:4 As it is written in the book of the words of Esaias the prophet, saying, The voice
of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make his paths straight. 5
Every valley shall be filled, and every mountain and hill shall be brought low; and the crooked
shall be made straight, and the rough ways shall be made smooth; 6 And all flesh shall see the
salvation of God.
John was a true man of God he ministered to thousands. He called forth repentance and
salvation. Brethren recall there were just 7 years left to clock 490. The devil had subtlety and
artfully infected the seat where learning was to be, while men slept the enemy sowed tares.
KJV Luke 3:7 Then said he to the multitude that came forth to be baptized of him, O generation
of vipers, who hath warned you to flee from the wrath to come? 8 Bring forth therefore fruits
170 | P a g e
worthy of repentance, and begin not to say within yourselves, We have Abraham to our
father: for I say unto you, That God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abraham.
9 And now also the axe is laid unto the root of the trees: every tree therefore which bringeth
not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire.
But the word of the lord came unto John. John prepared a people to stand
KJV Luke 3: 10 And the people asked him, saying, What shall we do then? 11 He answereth
and saith unto them, He that hath two coats, let him impart to him that hath none; and he
that hath meat, let him do likewise. 12 Then came also publicans to be baptized, and said unto
him, Master, what shall we do? 14 And the soldiers likewise demanded of him, saying, And
what shall we do? And he said unto them, Do violence to no man, neither accuse any falsely;
and be content with your wages.
John preached that to have salvation, you must change in all areas of business and every
transaction of life
KJV Luke 3:15 And as the people were in expectation, and all men mused in their hearts of
John, whether he were the Christ, or not; 16 John answered, saying unto them all, I indeed
baptize you with water; but one mightier than I cometh, the latchet of whose shoes I am not
worthy to unloose: he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire:
John was so fervent in his ministry people thought he was the Messiah, and we know many
who heard John also received Jesus. Jesus was later baptised in the same year 27 AD
KJV Luke 3:21 Now when all the people were baptized, it came to pass, that Jesus also being
baptized, and praying, the heaven was opened, 22 And the Holy Ghost descended in a bodily
shape like a dove upon him, and a voice came from heaven, which said, Thou art my beloved
Son; in thee I am well pleased.
Soon after his baptism Jesus went into the wilderness
KJV Matthew 4:1 Then was Jesus led up of the Spirit into the wilderness to be tempted of the
devil. 2 And when he had fasted forty days and forty nights, he was afterward an hungred.
Here we that all the people had seen that Jesus was the messiah, they heard that it was Jesus
whom John waited for, notice the news about the baptism was everywhere, but for soon after
baptism, for 40 days Jesus was hid in the wilderness
The words which the priests and rabbis so much desired to hear, that Jesus would now restore
the kingdom to Israel, had not been spoken. For such a king they had been waiting and
watching; such a king they were ready to receive. But one who sought to establish in their
hearts a kingdom of righteousness and peace, they would not accept. - DA 138.3
Brethren due to much learning in the schools the rabbis taught that a messiah was to come
and thus make them a great nation. The yoke of organism he was to break. All this they
reasoned from scripture and human intellect, so though people heard Jesus was the messiah,
their expectations of him were different due to the teachings of the scribes
Brethren this is extremely prophetic

171 | P a g e
Jesus ministry
He came out of the desert now for the first time all eyes were on him in the temple
KJV Luke 4:16 And he came to Nazareth, where he had been brought up: and, as his custom
was, he went into the synagogue on the sabbath day, and stood up for to read. 17 And there
was delivered unto him the book of the prophet Esaias. And when he had opened the book,
he found the place where it was written,
Jesus on the Sabbath entered the temple and he took the scroll to read
KJV Luke 4: 18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the
gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the
captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, 19 To
preach the acceptable year of the Lord. 20 And he closed the book, and he gave it again to
the minister, and sat down. And the eyes of all them that were in the synagogue were
fastened on him. 21 And he began to say unto them, This day is this scripture fulfilled in your
ears.
Brethren Jesus here was able to deliver the message, and notice what he says: The captivity
was not physical but bondage of sin, the blindness was spiritual, basically Jesus was trying to
lead them to see, but would they accept such a saviour?
KJV Luke 4: 33 And in the synagogue there was a man, which had a spirit of an unclean devil,
and cried out with a loud voice, 23 And he said unto them, Ye will surely say unto me this
proverb, Physician, heal thyself: whatsoever we have heard done in Capernaum, do also here
in thy country. 24 And he said, Verily I say unto you, No prophet is accepted in his own
country. 27 And many lepers were in Israel in the time of Eliseus the prophet; and none of
them was cleansed, saving Naaman the Syrian. 28 And all they in the synagogue, when they
heard these things, were filled with wrath,
They did not like the words Jesus had to say next. The Jews wanted another messiah one that
the scribes wanted
KJV John 7: 14 Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught.
15 And the Jews marvelled, saying, How knoweth this man letters, having never learned?
Jesus opened the word and gave the words, and many wondered how he knew the word,
seeing he had no degree nor a diploma.
If you say brethren we have a work to do, People ask does the pastor know this, has the
conference approved this, this is the exact response that is today, no new thing under the sun
KJV John 7:17 If any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God,
or whether I speak of myself.
But here the word of the Lord will come to those who do the will of God
KJV Mark 12:35 And Jesus answered and said, while he taught in the temple, How say the
scribes that Christ is the Son of David? 36 For David himself said by the Holy Ghost, The LORD
said to my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, till I make thine enemies thy footstool. 37 David
therefore himself calleth him Lord; and whence is he then his son? And the common people
heard him gladly.

172 | P a g e
Brethren there is a connection between the bible and the common people, we see the people
heard his gladly, It was the scribes and Pharisees who did not wish to understand the words
of Jesus: But there were some faithful, they also had to come to Jesus by night
Nicodemus had come to the Lord thinking to enter into a discussion with Him, but Jesus laid
bare the foundation principles of truth. He said to Nicodemus, It is not theoretical knowledge
you need so much as spiritual regeneration. You need not to have your curiosity satisfied, but
to have a new heart. You must receive a new life from above before you can appreciate
heavenly things. Until this change takes place, making all things new, it will result in no saving
good for you to discuss with Me My authority or My mission. {DA 171}
KJV John 3:1 There was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicodemus, a ruler of the Jews: 2 The
same came to Jesus by night, and said unto him, Rabbi, we know that thou art a teacher come
from God: for no man can do these miracles that thou doest, except God be with him.
Nicodemus was not alone for he said WE, meaning a good number of priest believed in Jesus.
Now notice what happened next: would people be allowed to believe in Jesus
KJV John 3: 16 For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever
believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.
These blessed words were spoken to Nicodemus brethren, but would people be allowed to
believe in Jesus?
KJV John 7: 12 And there was much murmuring among the people concerning him: for some
said, He is a good man: others said, Nay; but he deceiveth the people. 13 Howbeit no man
spake openly of him for fear of the Jews.
People would note allowed to confess openly for fear of the Jews, People feared to believe in
Jesus. Can you believe this and they only had 7 years left to clock 490years
KJV John 7:45 Then came the officers to the chief priests and Pharisees; and they said unto
them, Why have ye not brought him? 46 The officers answered, Never man spake like this
man.
Officers were sent to arrest Jesus, but notice what they said
KJV John 7: 47 Then answered them the Pharisees, Are ye also deceived? 48 Have any of the
rulers or of the Pharisees believed on him?
Brethren it was against the law now by the Sanhedrin to believe in Jesus brethren this was
happening when their probationary time was almost finished
Many are deceived today in the same way as were the Jews. Religious teachers read the Bible
in the light of their own understanding and traditions; and the people do not search the
Scriptures for themselves, and judge for themselves as to what is truth; but they yield up their
judgment, and commit their souls to their leaders. {DA 459}
KJV John 7: 49 But this people who knoweth not the law are cursed. 50 Nicodemus saith unto
them, (he that came to Jesus by night, being one of them,) 51 Doth our law judge any man,
before it hear him, and know what he doeth? 52 They answered and said unto him, Art thou
also of Galilee? Search, and look: for out of Galilee ariseth no prophet. 53 And every man
went unto his own house.
These scribes thought only they could understand the law, and everyone was to listen to them

173 | P a g e
KJV Matthew 7:28 And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were
astonished at his doctrine: 29 For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the
scribes.
But the doctrine of Jesus, Jesus taught as one having authority and not as one of the scribes,
It was a strange difference the people saw this. lets get to the heart of the issue :All this is
prophetic
Because as a church we are here:
Victory over sin
Health message
Sabbath keeping
Dress reform
Medical missionary work
All the above today is being rejected by the scribes (Professors in our Universities) of today
and the priest (Pastors) therefore reject them. Brethren no new thing under the sun. But let
us see what Jesus started
The hearts of the listening disciples were deeply moved. They had marked how often He spent
long hours in solitude in communion with His Father. His days were passed in ministry to the
crowds that pressed upon Him, and in unveiling the treacherous sophistry of the rabbis, and
this incessant labor often left Him so utterly wearied that .. His disciples, had feared that His
life would be sacrificed. But as He returned from the hours of prayer that closed the toilsome
day, they marked the look of peace upon His face, the sense of refreshment that seemed to
pervade His presence. It was from hours spent with God that He came forth, morning by
morning, to bring the light of heaven to men. The disciples had come to connect His hours of
prayer with the power of His words and works. {MB 102,103}
KJV Luke 11: 1 And it came to pass, that, as he was praying in a certain place, when he ceased,
one of his disciples said unto him, Lord, teach us to pray, as John also taught his disciples.
John had disciples, John would teach his disciples, therefore John had a school of the
prophets, But Jesus had something else, these disciples were part of His ministry
KJV Acts 1:15 And in those days Peter stood up in the midst of the disciples, and said, (the
number of names together were about an hundred and twenty,) 16 Men and brethren, this
scripture must needs have been fulfilled, which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spake
before concerning Judas, which was guide to them that took Jesus. 17 For he was numbered
with us, and had obtained part of this ministry.
As we shall see Jesus amidst all these decays in the Sanhedrin Jesus decided to have a ministry
KJV Acts 1:15 And in those days Peter stood up in the midst of the disciples, and said, (the
number of names together were about an hundred and twenty,) 16 Men and brethren, this
scripture must needs have been fulfilled, which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spake
before concerning Judas, which was guide to them that took Jesus. 17 For he was numbered
with us, and had obtained part of this ministry.

174 | P a g e
Brethren let us watch this last point, where was Jesus ministry? Remember the Jews had a
time limit 7 years were moving fast and time was almost over, they were clocking half of the
time: So Jesus had to step fast
KJV Matthew 18:21 Then came Peter to him, and said, Lord, how oft shall my brother sin
against me, and I forgive him? till seven times? 22 Jesus saith unto him, I say not unto thee,
Until seven times: but, Until seventy times seven.
Jesus even talked about this, when asked about forgiveness. He says forgive your brother
70*70, which is 490 times
KJV Matthew 9:35 And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their
synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every
disease among the people. 36 But when he saw the multitudes, he was moved with
compassion on them, because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no
shepherd.
Jesus was going on in cities and villages synagogues. This was the realm of the Jews. Notice
this, Jesus was moved with compassion. The Israelites were like sheep having no shepherd.
Brethren what did Jesus mean
Though the scribes and Pharisees were present in Israel why did he say they were like sheep
with no shepherd?
Unfaithful pastors have prophesied smooth things; they have led their hearers to make void
the law of God and to persecute those who would keep it holy. Now, in their despair, these
teachers confess before the world their work of deception. The multitudes are filled with fury.
"We are lost!" they cry, "and you are the cause of our ruin;" and they turn upon the false
shepherds. The very ones that once admired them most will pronounce the most dreadful
curses upon them. The very hands that once crowned them with laurels will be raised for their
destruction. The swords which were to slay God's people are now employed to destroy their
enemies. Everywhere there is strife and bloodshed.{GC 655.4}
KJV Jeremiah 23:1 Woe be unto the pastors that destroy and scatter the sheep of my pasture!
saith the LORD. 2 Therefore thus saith the LORD God of Israel against the pastors that feed
my people; Ye have scattered my flock, and driven them away, and have not visited them:
behold, I will visit upon you the evil of your doings, saith the LORD.
The pastors had not visited the people with the truth but rather with tradition and thus the
people were scattered. But what was Jesus response, there were offshoots here and there
KJV Matthew 9:37 Then saith he unto his disciples, The harvest truly is plenteous, but the
labourers are few;38 Pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that he will send forth
labourers into his harvest.
Brethren we have used this verse for outreach many times but it’s for inward evangelism. The
harvest was plenteous within the church brethren within Israel, As time drew on for 490yearst
to expire. The efforts of the people of God were not to be for evangelism to bring people in
but to reach the people of God. For many were scattered. We are here
What will sanctify the church then was not to leave the church, NO. It was to bring the truth,
The truth alone could cause a revival in Jesus day. Same is true today

175 | P a g e
KJV Matthew 10:1 And when he had called unto him his twelve disciples, he gave them power
against unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness and all manner of
disease.5 These twelve Jesus sent forth, and commanded them, saying, Go not into the way
of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not: 6 But go rather to the lost
sheep of the house of Israel.
Jesus told them not to go outside the church but inside. They were not to go to Samaria.
Samaritans were half Jew and half another nation, So this would represent other churches
Gentiles were non-believers, this would represent unsaved, all the above Jesus said don’t go
there. But go to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. Time was fast was fast approaching 31
A.D. the time for Jesus to die.
I have been shown that but few have any correct idea of what the distribution of papers and
tracts is doing. The missionary work, in circulating the publications upon present truth, is
opening doors everywhere, and preparing minds to receive the truth, when the living
preacher shall come among them. - PM 398.1
There are many who do not understand the prophecies relating to these days and they must
be enlightened. It is the duty of both watchmen and laymen to give the trumpet a certain
sound. - _Evangelism, 194, 195 (1875).LDE 16.2_
Let the watchmen now lift up their voice and give the message which is present truth for this
time. Let us show the people where we are in prophetic history. - _Testimonies for the Church
5:716 (1889_
Jesus had to mobilise all the resources of His ministry to centre their missionary efforts in
reaching. These lost sheep. Notice their effort was in reaching the sheep, those who had an
interest in the truths
KJV Matthew 10:1 And when he had called unto him his twelve disciples, he gave them power
against unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness and all manner of
disease. 5 These twelve Jesus sent forth, and commanded them, saying, Go not into the way
of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not:
Jesus sent the disciples to go on their missionary journey, But they were warned not to God
unto the Gentiles or the lost, but there were told to go to a specific people
KJV Matthew 10: 6 But go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.
They were to go to the lost sheep of the house of Israel brethren. This was where Jesus sent
his disciples to go
The situation was so dire, time was not on their side. This was such an encouragement to the
Jews, but more than this, the Jews had a limit, they were to fulfil the conditions of the
covenant...
But they were to make:
1 make an end of Sin
2 finish the transgression
3 make reconciliation for iniquity
4 anoint the most holy *messiah*

176 | P a g e
5 seal up the vision
6 bring in everlasting righteousness
KJV Daniel 9:24 Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to
finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity,
and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to
anoint the most Holy.
The 70 weeks were almost up and the people were not ready, the people did not even know
what was going on, they were blind, miserable, poor and naked
What was the message they were to carry
KJV Matthew 10:7 And as ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. 8 Heal the
sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils: freely ye have received, freely give.
They were to say the kingdom of heaven is at hand. They were people in Israel who didn’t
even know of the 70weeks. They didn’t even know they were to overcome sin, they did not
even know what it meant to be part of the Kingdom. The people were not prepared to seal
up the vision. Many were careless they did not wish to study out the prophecies that pointed
to the Messiah
KJV 1 Chronicles 12: 32 And of the children of Issachar, which were men that had
understanding of the times, to know what Israel ought to do; the heads of them were two
hundred; and all their brethren were at their commandment.
KJV Romans 13: 11 And that, knowing the time, that now it is high time to awake out of sleep:
for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed.
There is no such thing as a truly converted person living a helpless, useless life. It is not
possible for us to drift into heaven. No sluggard can enter there. If we do not strive to gain
an entrance into the kingdom, if we do not seek earnestly to learn what constitutes its laws,
we are not fitted for a part in it. Those who refuse to co-operate with God on earth would
not co-operate with Him in heaven. It would not be safe to take them to heaven. {COL 280}
There were very few that were studying the truths as God would have it
KJV Luke 13: 23 Then said one unto him, Lord, are there few that be saved? And he said unto
them, 24 Strive to enter in at the strait gate: for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in,
and shall not be able.
KJV Acts 1:15 And in those days Peter stood up in the midst of the disciples, and said, (the
number of names together were about an hundred and twenty,)16 Men and brethren, this
scripture must needs have been fulfilled, which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spake
before concerning Judas, which was guide to them that took Jesus. 17 For he was numbered
with us, and had obtained part of this ministry.
Jesus started a ministry brother, it was a ministry that was bent on finishing the work.
Brethren if we want the blue print back. If we want to go to the original blue print, we need
to use the plan of Jesus Brethren we cannot improve upon the plan of Jesus
KJV Matthew 10: 11 And into whatsoever city or town ye shall enter, enquire who in it is
worthy; and there abide till ye go thence. 12 And when ye come into an house, salute it. 13
And if the house be worthy, let your peace come upon it: but if it be not worthy, let your

177 | P a g e
peace return to you. 14 And whosoever shall not receive you, nor hear your words, when ye
depart out of that house or city, shake off the dust of your feet.
Brethren we are not to lose respect in church. If many don’t hear the word let us move to
another church preaching this truth. It’s our work for many shall not receive the truth but not
490 was around the corner, brethren time was not on their side. But as always in every
religious crisis the majority are never prepared
KJV Matthew 10: 15 Verily I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and
Gomorrha in the day of judgment, than for that city.16 Behold, I send you forth as sheep in
the midst of wolves: be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.
We shall see that wolves crept in the time of Jesus
Who are these wolves
KJV Acts 20:26 Wherefore I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all
men. 27 For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God. 28 Take heed
therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you
overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood.
Brethren Paul when departing said we ought to share the word and feed the church
KJV Acts 20: 29 For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among
you, not sparing the flock. 30 Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse
things, to draw away disciples after them.
Brethren wolves are people who preach side issues. The topics that divert from present truth.
Things that divert from the present condition of Jesus. Wolves lead souls into truths which do
not save. Brethren a wolf scatters the flock. The wolf eats the sheep. Jesus says I am sending
you in midst of wolves.
KJV Matthew 10: 16 Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves: be ye therefore
wise as serpents, and harmless as doves. 17 But beware of men: for they will deliver you up
to the councils, and they will scourge you in their synagogues;
Brethren wolves are false teachers in Israel, So the wolves always come in sheeps clothing.
Notice you shall be brought before councils these are church boards, which sit in discussion
of the moves that are being made.
KJV Matthew 10: 18 And ye shall be brought before governors and kings for my sake, for a
testimony against them and the Gentiles.
Persecution was to begin from the church then the government and unbelievers. Jesus was a
prophet
KJV Matthew 10:19 But when they deliver you up, take no thought how or what ye shall speak:
for it shall be given you in that same hour what ye shall speak. 20 For it is not ye that speak,
but the Spirit of your Father which speaketh in you.
Here is counsel if you are brought, but notice we are to be wise in presenting the truth. Go
like the disciples. They did not target the churches why do we go against the plan of Jesus?
They went door to door of fellow believers. Those whom showed sign of interest they went
to them. We have to learn to meet the souls in the comfort of their own homes. One on
One... This is working as a snake. The devil in Eden did not meet eve when she was with Adam
178 | P a g e
but rather alone, the devil was cunning he was subtle he was sneaky. We have to be the same.
We have to work in silence so sneaky and present the work brethren.
But though we work in a sneaky way, we have to be humble as a dove, we have to have the
attitude of Jesus
The hearts of the listening disciples were deeply moved. They had marked how often He spent
long hours in solitude in communion with His Father. His days were passed in ministry to the
crowds that pressed upon Him, and in unveiling the treacherous sophistry of the rabbis, and
this incessant labor often left Him so utterly wearied that .. His disciples, had feared that His
life would be sacrificed. But as He returned from the hours of prayer that closed the toilsome
day, they marked the look of peace upon His face, the sense of refreshment that seemed to
pervade His presence. It was from hours spent with God that He came forth, morning by
morning, to bring the light of heaven to men. The disciples had come to connect His hours of
prayer with the power of His words and works. {MB 102,103}
When we are delivered up what shall be next
KJV Matthew 10: 21 And the brother shall deliver up the brother to death, and the father the
child: and the children shall rise up against their parents, and cause them to be put to death.
22 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he that endureth to the end shall
be saved.
Next division in the family over the truth, We are yet to see this brethren, during the national
final crisis. It is then we shall be hated by all nations
KJV Matthew 10: 22 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he that endureth
to the end shall be saved. 23 But when they persecute you in this city, flee ye into another:
for verily I say unto you, Ye shall not have gone over the cities of Israel, till the Son of man be
come.
we shall see this shall be that we shall be persecuted in Israel. Brethren let us continue, from
here what happens. Jesus was to walk in the new temple built by Ezra and friends
KJV Haggai 2: 7 And I will shake all nations, and the desire of all nations shall come: and I will
fill this house with glory, saith the LORD of hosts. 9 The glory of this latter house shall be
greater than of the former, saith the LORD of hosts: and in this place will I give peace, saith
the LORD of hosts.
Jesus walked in the temple and twice he cleansed the temple and removed the money
changers. But the priests were defiant
KJV John 7: 12 And there was much murmuring among the people concerning him: for some
said, He is a good man: others said, Nay; but he deceiveth the people. 13 Howbeit no man
spake openly of him for fear of the Jews.
It came to a place where it was outlawed by the Sanhedrin to speak of the name of Jesus
KJV John 9: 19 And they asked them, saying, Is this your son, who ye say was born blind? how
then doth he now see? 20 His parents answered them and said, We know that this is our son,
and that he was born blind: 21 But by what means he now seeth, we know not; or who hath
opened his eyes, we know not: he is of age; ask him: he shall speak for himself. 22 These
words spake his parents, because they feared the Jews: for the Jews had agreed already, that
if any man did confess that he was Christ, he should be put out of the synagogue.

179 | P a g e
Brethren it is here that it was outlawed they had not time brethren but look they did not want
to be told the solemn truths. They did not want others to hear the truth as well
To all who realized their need, Christ came with infinite help. But the Pharisees would confess
no need; they refused to come to Christ, and hence they were left in blindness,--a blindness
for which they were themselves guilty. Jesus said, "Your sin remaineth." {DA 475}
KJV John 9:39 And Jesus said, For judgment I am come into this world, that they which see
not might see; and that they which see might be made blind. 40 And some of the Pharisees
which were with him heard these words, and said unto him, Are we blind also?41 Jesus said
unto them, If ye were blind, ye should have no sin: but now ye say, We see; therefore your
sin remaineth.
The Pharisees were told clearly that they were blind but they did not want to hear this
Let us watch this for nearly three and half year. Jesus tried to reach the Jewish leadership
brethren. He did everything for nearly 3 1/2 years, but they rebelled,and like Ezekiel’s vision
they turned their backs to the temple the truth who is Jesus (John 14:6) Remember Jesus was
the glory of this temple
KJV Matthew 26:3 Then assembled together the chief priests, and the scribes, and the elders
of the people, unto the palace of the high priest, who was called Caiaphas, 4 And consulted
that they might take Jesus by subtilty, and kill him.5 But they said, Not on the feast day, lest
there be an uproar among the people.
Look here the men of God, the leadership wanted Jesus dead. They did not want the truth to
be seen nor heard among them.
KJV Genesis 3:1 Now the serpent was more subtil than any beast of the field which the LORD
God had made. And he said unto the woman, Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every
tree of the garden?
Satan was subtle and cunning. Here the leadership wanted to have Jesus killed, they wanted
to do it subtlety, with this in mind let’s see this thing. Mathew 23 brethren is so prophetic.
We are in Mathew 24 as a church, when we look at the type
KJV Matthew 23: 15 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye compass sea and
land to make one proselyte, and when he is made, ye make him twofold more the child of hell
than yourselves.
Jesus Said the woe, the woe is a curse, brethren this was Jesus speaking fire. Words of truth
so cutting and he was talking to the conference president and all others. It was so sad and
what a wonder to behold
KJV Matthew 23: 16 Woe unto you, ye blind guides, which say, Whosoever shall swear by the
temple, it is nothing; but whosoever shall swear by the gold of the temple, he is a debtor! 17
Ye fools and blind: for whether is greater, the gold, or the temple that sanctifieth the gold?
Jesus said the Pharisees were blind
KJV Matthew 23: 19 Ye fools and blind: for whether is greater, the gift, or the altar that
sanctifieth the gift?
Mathew 23:23 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye pay tithe of mint and
anise and cummin, and have omitted the weightier matters of the law, judgment, mercy, and

180 | P a g e
faith: these ought ye to have done, and not to leave the other undone.
The Pharisees knew not the time but they emphasised tithing. Are we not here
KJV Matthew 23: 29 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! because ye build the
tombs of the prophets, and garnish the sepulchres of the righteous, 30 And say, If we had
been in the days of our fathers, we would not have been partakers with them in the blood of
the prophets. 31 Wherefore ye be witnesses unto yourselves, that ye are the children of them
which killed the prophets.
By now we begin to see that the Jews were repeating the same History their fathers had in
the days of Jeremiah, they were just as stiff necked.
KJV Matthew 23: 33 Ye serpents, ye generation of vipers, how can ye escape the damnation
of hell?
Again the issue of generation, this was 31 AD, this generation had reached a limit. Something
was to happen before another generation stepped in. Brethren this generation was soon to
reach the limit.
This generation had become the voice of Satan brethren, or the brood of vipers. Greater
abominations I shall show you. The point of no remedy
KJV Matthew 23: 34 Wherefore, behold, I send unto you prophets, and wise men, and scribes:
and some of them ye shall kill and crucify; and some of them shall ye scourge in your
synagogues, and persecute them from city to city:
Remember they now had 3 1/2 years left to clock 490
KJV Matthew 23: 35 That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth,
from the blood of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye slew
between the temple and the altar. 36 Verily I say unto you, All these things shall come upon
this generation.
It was here the limit was reached, Jesus is talking to the leadership
KJV Matthew 23: 37 O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them
which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a
hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not!
God is merciful, this was Jesus the glory of the temple, but there is a limit of God's mercy.
Let us look at the type and how Jesus became the anti-type
KJV Ezekiel 8: 16 And he brought me into the inner court of the LORD'S house, and, behold,
at the door of the temple of the LORD, between the porch and the altar, were about five and
twenty men, with their backs toward the temple of the LORD, and their faces toward the east;
and they worshipped the sun toward the east. 17 Then he said unto me, Hast thou seen this,
O son of man? Is it a light thing to the house of Judah that they commit the abominations
which they commit here? for they have filled the land with violence, and have returned to
provoke me to anger: and, lo, they put the branch to their nose. 18 Therefore will I also deal
in fury: mine eye shall not spare, neither will I have pity: and though they cry in mine ears
with a loud voice, yet will I not hear them.
Here we saw the leadership was committed bent on following their own way

181 | P a g e
KJV Ezekiel 9: 3 And the glory of the God of Israel was gone up from the cherub, whereupon
he was, to the threshold of the house. And he called to the man clothed with linen, which had
the writer's inkhorn by his side;
Then the point of no remedy was reached the glory of the lord went up from the temple. Can
you imagine brethren
God can save
He saved Samson that adulterous man
He saved Moses the murderer
He saved Jacob the stealer
Name any sin there is a remedy, but if we turn our backs against the truth there is no remedy
and the glory of the lord leaves. Brethren do we see how serious this is, If we turn our backs
from the temple. Once we turn our backs on victory over sin, Righteousness by faith, Spirit of
prophecy, Sabbath reform, Health reform, Cleansing of the sanctuary.
If we turn our backs on the temple, the glory of the Lord leaves there is no remedy. It’s like
Satan who turned his back though all light was clear, to turn you back is a conscious decision.
KJV 2 Chronicles 36: 15 And the LORD God of their fathers sent to them by his messengers,
rising up betimes, and sending; because he had compassion on his people, and on his dwelling
place: 16 But they mocked the messengers of God, and despised his words, and misused his
prophets, until the wrath of the LORD arose against his people, till there was no remedy.
No remedy, there is a point we can reach, if we turn our backs: There is no remedy
The Spirit reveals the ingratitude of the heart that has slighted and grieved the Saviour, and
brings us in contrition to the foot of the cross. By every sin Jesus is wounded afresh; and as
we look upon Him whom we have pierced, we mourn for the sins that have brought anguish
upon Him. Such mourning will lead to the renunciation of sin. {DA 300.3}
We shall look at it in the anti-type
KJV Hebrews 6: 4 For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, and have tasted
of the heavenly gift, and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost, 5 And have tasted the good
word of God, and the powers of the world to come, 6 If they shall fall away, to renew them
again unto repentance; seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh, and put him
to an open shame.
Brethren the point of no remedy, can you imagine the leaders then had come to a point of no
remedy? Though there were few faithful Nicodemus and Joseph and others. But it was this
Sanhedrin God through Christ would no longer work through the leadership what was next
KJV Matthew 23:37 O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them
which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a
hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! 38 Behold, your house is left
unto you desolate.
If Jesus was the glory of the temple, and Jesus says the house is left desolate, It means the
glory of the Lord departed as it happened in Ezekiel’s vision and was fulfilled in 2Chronicles
chapter 36. Jesus left the temple.

182 | P a g e
It was here, Jesus was no longer going to reach the people through the leadership. The
leadership refused to hear him for 3 and 1/2 years, Jesus was going to depart from the temple.
Miracle after miracle brethren message after message. Undeniable miracles, Powerful
messages, all these they chose not to hears. Saddest words fell on their ears the glory of the
lord is departed
Initially he used to call it “My fathers house” when he drove out the money changers from
the temple... But now he calls it "your" house
KJV Matthew 23:39 For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed
is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.
Yes, it was now a den of thieves. Remember once the glory was departed what happened
then?
KJV Ezekiel 11:23 And the glory of the LORD went up from the midst of the city, and stood
upon the mountain which is on the east side of the city.
As the glory of the Lord departed, and dwelled on the mountain to the east of the mountain.
Geography says this was the mount of olives
So when Jesus left the temple guess where he went
KJV Matthew 24 :1 And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his disciples came
to him for to shew him the buildings of the temple. 2 And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all
these things? verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that
shall not be thrown down. 3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto
him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy
coming, and of the end of the world?
Notice it was also Jesus who went to sit on mount olives with his disciples. Type had met its
anti-type. God now chose others to reach Israel. So during Ezekiel’s time there were those
who were sighing and crying, but here we see the disciples, type had met its anti-type.
Brethren do we see this.
Jesus was going to now use the unlearned to finish the work in the remaining 3 and 1/2 years
But listen, though the glory of the lord left the temple. The glory of the Lord was still in Israel
No offshoots were created. The work was still to be done, But now the leadership were passed
by, and the disciples were to be used. Oh brethren. it was here the same as Ezekiel there were
those sighing and crying.
KJV Ezekiel 9: 4 And the LORD said unto him, Go through the midst of the city, through the
midst of Jerusalem, and set a mark upon the foreheads of the men that sigh and that cry for
all the abominations that be done in the midst thereof.
Brethren if this was in the type, do you think it will be repeated. And if the Pharisees turned
their back on the temple and sanctuary. If we turn our backs on the sanctuary will God use
us? Oh Jerusalem. Unless we are in prayer sighing, Unless we on our knees. God cannot use
us Brethren.
It was in Ezekiel 9 there were two structures, there were wheat and the tares. It was at Mt
olives there where two structure the wheat and the tares

183 | P a g e
Two structures the old structure that was now corrupt called the regular lines. And the self-
supportive structure the common people the irregular lines. This is the work. Two systems.
Tares and wheat do we see it? But it doesn’t mean all in the leadership are corrupt. Neither
is it meaning all who are self-supportive are sheep but those who are weeping and pleading
with God
Someone who is praying and pleading only these shall God use
KJV Matthew 23: 25 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye make clean the
outside of the cup and of the platter, but within they are full of extortion and excess. 26 Thou
blind Pharisee, cleanse first that which is within the cup and platter, that the outside of them
may be clean also. 27 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye are like unto
whited sepulchres, which indeed appear beautiful outward, but are within full of dead men's
bones, and of all uncleanness. 28 Even so ye also outwardly appear righteous unto men, but
within ye are full of hypocrisy and iniquity.
This was the spiritual condition of the leadership. If you a self supportive worker also have
the same iniquity can God use you? Brethren victory over sin brethren.... Two systems at Mt
Olivet, how long was this to continue
The ruin of Jerusalem was a symbol of the final ruin that shall overwhelm the world. The
prophecies that received a partial fulfillment in the overthrow of Jerusalem have a more direct
application to the last days. We are now standing on the threshold of great and solemn
events. A crisis is before us, such as the world has never witnessed. {MB 120,121}
KJV Matthew 24:2 And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? verily I say unto you,
There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. 3 And as
he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when
shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?
One system was to be swept away in the destruction of the temple, the schools of the rabies
all that structure was to be swept away, brethren the structure that the Pharisees were
upholding, all this was to be swept away... Ooh brethren? In Ezekiel’s time the Chaldeans
came and swept away all those who were commiting abominations, but here we see that the
advancing Roman armies would be the ones to sweep away the structure of the Pharisees the
one that was running parallel from the truth
Oh brethren why must the system be swept away. As Jesus left the leadership they were left
to the full control of Satan. Lets backup and look at something
KJV Deuteronomy 16:16 Three times in a year shall all thy males appear before the LORD thy
God in the place which he shall choose; in the feast of unleavened bread, and in the feast of
weeks, and in the feast of tabernacles: and they shall not appear before the LORD empty:
In Israel the males were to come on three days of the year to Jerusalem:

 The day of Passover

 The Pentecost
 Feast of terbanacle
On the day, The *devout* Jews, the spiritual ones those who regarded God, would travel far
and wide and go into Jerusalem. this is something we must see. Lets fast forward Jesus had
just been captured they have brought him before Pilate

184 | P a g e
 KJV John 19: 4 Pilate therefore went forth again, and saith unto them, Behold, I bring him
forth to you, that ye may know that I find no fault in him. 5 Then came Jesus forth, wearing
the crown of thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate saith unto them, Behold the man!
Brethren Pilate found no fault in Jesus. Brethren even a heathen leader could see Jesus was
without fault. So the question was passed to the leadership. But remember there were many
Jews that had come to also present themselves in Israel. Many who knew not what was going
on in Jerusalem when they came and on this day what happened
KJV John 19:5 Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns, and the purple robe. And
Pilate saith unto them, Behold the man! 6 When the chief priests therefore and officers saw
him, they cried out, saying, Crucify him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Take ye him, and
crucify him: for I find no fault in him.
The leadership said crucify Jesus, we don’t want the glory of the lord brethren can you imagine
this
KJV John 19: 7 The Jews answered him, We have a law, and by our law he ought to die,
because he made himself the Son of God. 12 And from thenceforth Pilate sought to release
him: but the Jews cried out, saying, If thou let this man go, thou art not Caesar's friend:
whosoever maketh himself a king speaketh against Caesar. 14 And it was the preparation of
the passover, and about the sixth hour: and he saith unto the Jews, Behold your King! 15 But
they cried out, Away with him, away with him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Shall I
crucify your King? The chief priests answered, We have no king but Caesar. 16 Then delivered
he him therefore unto them to be crucified. And they took Jesus, and led him away.
Notice once the leadership started shouting crucify Jesus, and the Jews those devout men.
Those who were ignorant of the scriptures also shouted give us Barabbas and crucify Jesus,
give us Barabbas
Here the devout men were caused to accept Barabbas. But there is hope for this church, God
has chosen others.
Pilate then took his place on the judgment seat, and again presented Jesus to the people,
saying, "Behold your King!" Again the mad cry was heard, "Away with Him, crucify Him." In a
voice that was heard far and near, Pilate asked, "Shall I crucify your King?" But from profane,
blasphemous lips went forth the words, "We have no king but Caesar." {DA 737.5}
Thus by choosing a heathen ruler, the Jewish nation had withdrawn from the theocracy.
They had rejected God as their king. Henceforth they had no deliverer. They had no king but
Caesar. To this the priests and teachers had led the people. For this, with the fearful results
that followed, they were responsible. A nation's sin and a nation's ruin were due to the
religious leaders. {DA 737.6}
KJV Luke 8:40 And it came to pass, that, when Jesus was returned, the people gladly received
him: for they were all waiting for him.
There is a great connection between the bible and the common people brethren/ Let us hear
the word gladly
So Jesus had been crucified what happens next let’s study brethren, Let us see why God chose
others to do the work.

185 | P a g e
 KJV Matthew 28:1 In the end of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the
week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. 2 And, behold, there
was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and
rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. 3 His countenance was like lightning,
and his raiment white as snow: 4 And for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as
dead men.
The angel Came and rolled the stone and the soldiers who were to guard the tomb fell as
dead men in fear.
Remember why there were soldiers
KJV Matthew 27: 62 Now the next day, that followed the day of the preparation, the chief
priests and Pharisees came together unto Pilate, 63 Saying, Sir, we remember that that
deceiver said, while he was yet alive, After three days I will rise again. 64 Command therefore
that the sepulchre be made sure until the third day, lest his disciples come by night, and steal
him away, and say unto the people, He is risen from the dead: so the last error shall be worse
than the first. 65 Pilate said unto them, Ye have a watch: go your way, make it as sure as ye
can. 66 So they went, and made the sepulchre sure, sealing the stone, and setting a watch.
The leaders called Jesus a deceiver. they knew the messages of Jesus and they chose not to
believe. This is why God chose others, this was the year 31 AD
KJV Matthew 28 :11 Now when they were going, behold, some of the watch came into the
city, and shewed unto the chief priests all the things that were done. 12 And when they were
assembled with the elders, and had taken counsel, they gave large money unto the soldiers,
13 Saying, Say ye, His disciples came by night, and stole him away while we slept. 14 And if
this come to the governor's ears, we will persuade him, and secure you. 15 So they took the
money, and did as they were taught: and this saying is commonly reported among the Jews
until this day.
brethren can you imagine this? They had still the last miracle before them, and they chose
not to believe brethren. Even in the resurrection they chose not to believe.
What more could God do brethren, what more could God do! So God chose others to do the
work
KJV Matthew 28: 16 Then the eleven disciples went away into Galilee, into a mountain where
Jesus had appointed them. 17 And when they saw him, they worshipped him: but some
doubted. 18 And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto me in
heaven and in earth. 19 Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of
the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: 20 Teaching them to observe all things
whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the
world. Amen.
Jesus gave the great commission to those whom he chose to finish the work. To those humble
but ignorant disciples. To them Jesus chose to finish the work. Are we following this saints
But before they were to go to all Nations Jesus had an extra word, as they teach others to
come in. They were to continually instruct those baptised brethren
1. Teaching at an evangelistic effort
2. Then teaching inside the church

186 | P a g e
Today if we say bible study it’s just tithe
But here says all the things we are to observe were to be taught do we see?
KJV Acts 1:2 Until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had
given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: 3 To whom also he shewed
himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and
speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: 5 For John truly baptized with water;
but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence.
Jesus was with the disciples how many days? Forty days
KJV Acts 1:3 To whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs,
being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God:
40 days with the disciples’ brethren, can you imagine how it was. Speaking and talking with
Jesus after his death?
KJV Acts 1:6 When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt
thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel? 7 And he said unto them, It is not for
you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power.
Notice even after 40 days. The disciples did not really understand what they were to do in the
remaining 3 and 1/2 years
Recall now from 31 AD 3 and 1/2 YEARS remained to clock 34 AD when the 490years were to
expire and they were still thinking of an earthly messiah.
KJV Acts 1: 8 But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye
shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and unto the
uttermost part of the earth.
Notice here the order, they were to receive the promise of the holy spirit called the Early rain?
This was a prophecy brethren given by Joel we shall look at this. This prophecy was more than
400years old, Can you think upon that?
From Malachi to Mathew 400 years had passed brethren.... Okay but the order they were to
be witnesses 1
1. Jerusalem (Local church)
2. Judea (Other branches)
3. Samaria (Other Sunday churches)
4. Outermost part (none Christians)
The above is the order we are to go in brethren, according to Christ
The same Jesus who had walked and talked and prayed with them; who had broken bread
with them; who had been with them in their boats on the lake; and who had that very day
toiled with them up the ascent of Olivet,--the same Jesus had now gone to share His Father's
throne. And the angels had assured them that the very One whom they had seen go up into
heaven, would come again even as He had ascended. {DA 832}
KJV Acts 1: 9 And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up; and
a cloud received him out of their sight. 10 And while they looked stedfastly toward heaven as
he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; 11 Which also said, Ye men of

187 | P a g e
Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into
heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven.
Okay so they were to go to Jerusalem and wait for the Holy Spirit to descend. Can someone
tell me why they were to go to Jerusalem? Can you tell me why? Why not Judea or any other
places in Israel.
Why did Jesus do that and in connection to it?
KJV Acts 1:12 Then returned they unto Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, which is from
Jerusalem a sabbath day's journey. 13 And when they were come in, they went up into an
upper room, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas,
Bartholomew, and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas the
brother of James.
So we see that Pentecost was to come 50 days after feast of Passover and we said what was
to happen on Pentecost? All Jews were to present themselves. So here they were for 10 days
in the upper room. Praying and studying. This may seem minor but it’s equally relevant,
Brethren 120 people, a bible study of 15 and you are bound to have contentions. 120 people
are praying each one studying brethren, It was a time of confession and deep repentance. As
they drew close to God they drew close to each other. This brought them into one accord by
understanding the plan of redemption. They were studying the prophecies of the old
testament and all that pointed to Jesus.
KJV Acts 1: 14 These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication, with the
women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brethren.
They didn’t just talk about prayer, but they entered into prayer
KJV Acts 1:15 And in those days Peter stood up in the midst of the disciples, and said, (the
number of names together were about an hundred and twenty,) 16 Men and brethren, this
scripture must needs have been fulfilled, which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spake
before concerning Judas, which was guide to them that took Jesus. 17 For he was numbered
with us, and had obtained part of this ministry.
They began to understand the truths brethren, they were one in understanding, because all
had the same prayer life. Today present truth circles, we believe so differently, though we are
saying God had chosen others, he could only use them if they were a united force
We as the laymen are we in one accord with Jesus the General? Do we understand the plan
of redemption???
They understood they need to be complete 12 apostles, just as there were 12 tribes of Israel,
they had to be 12 Apostles. In order to finish the work
KJV Acts 1: 23 And they appointed two, Joseph called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus,
and Matthias. 24 And they prayed, and said, Thou, Lord, which knowest the hearts of all men,
shew whether of these two thou hast chosen, 25 That he may take part of this ministry and
apostleship, from which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own place. 26 And
they gave forth their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthias; and he was numbered with the
eleven apostles.
Brethren recall this, they chose leaders among themselves, did you get that? This shall be very
important. This is extremely prophetic. But they are still in Israel brethren. This is a common

188 | P a g e
people revival and reformation, It starts with the common people. We shall see some in the
leadership shall join it but it starts with the common people. As in the type so too in the anti-
type brethren. Now 50 days after Passover cometh Pentecost
KJV Acts 2:1 And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in
one place. 2 And suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and
it filled all the house where they were sitting.
Here they were with *one accord and in one place* Notice then the early rain fell upon them.
Remember that on this day the devout men whom, 50 days ago were persuaded by the
leadership to crucify Jesus are back in Jerusalem.
KJV Acts 2: 3 And there appeared unto them cloven tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon
each of them. 4 And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other
tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.
The Holy Spirit, assuming the form of tongues of fire, rested upon those assembled. This was
an emblem of the gift then bestowed on the disciples, which enabled them to speak with
fluency languages with which they had heretofore been unacquainted. The appearance of fire
signified the fervent zeal with which the apostles would labor and the power that would
attend their work. {AA 39}
The leaders in the Jewish nation had signally failed of fulfilling God’s purpose for His chosen
people. Those whom the Lord had made the depositaries of truth had proved unfaithful to
their trust, and *God chose others to do His work*. In their blindness these leaders now gave
full sway to what they called righteous indignation against the ones who were setting aside
their cherished doctrines. They would not admit even the possibility that they themselves did
not rightly understand the word, or that they had misinterpreted or misapplied the Scriptures.
They acted like men who had lost their reason. What right have these teachers, they said,
some of them mere fishermen, to present ideas contrary to the doctrines that we have taught
the people? Being determined to suppress the teaching of these ideas, they imprisoned those
who were presenting them. - AA 78.3
Now Jesus was the head, the church was the Body brethren
KJV Acts 2: 5 And there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out of every nation
under heaven. 6 Now when this was noised abroad, the multitude came together, and were
confounded, because that every man heard them speak in his own language. 7 And they were
all amazed and marvelled, saying one to another, Behold, are not all these which speak
Galilaeans? 8 And how hear we every man in our own tongue, wherein we were born?
The bible says devout men, the people who shouted were persuaded. They were not evil they
were devout men. Are there devout men today? Are there some who are being persuaded to
ask for Barabbas?
The first offers of mercy must be made to the murderers of the Saviour. {DA 820.3}
And there were in Jerusalem many who had secretly believed on Jesus, and many who had
been deceived by the priests and rulers. To these also the gospel was to be presented. They
were to be called to repentance. The wonderful truth that through Christ alone could
remission of sins be obtained was to be made plain. While all Jerusalem was stirred by the
thrilling events of the past few weeks, the preaching of the gospel would make the deepest
impression. {DA 820.4}

189 | P a g e
KJV Acts 2: 7 And they were all amazed and marvelled, saying one to another, Behold, are not
all these which speak Galilaeans? 8 And how hear we every man in our own tongue, wherein
we were born?
The Holy Spirit was poured out and these devout me marvelled how come we hear the word
of God in our own dialect truly these devout men must hear the word. They were lead
ignorantly to ask for Barabbas. Jesus had cried forgive them they know not what they do, and
here they must hear the word
KJV Acts 2: 12 And they were all amazed, and were in doubt, saying one to another, What
meaneth this? 13 Others mocking said, These men are full of new wine.
Look others mocked who were these
The priests and rulers were greatly enraged at this wonderful manifestation, but they dared
not give way to their malice, for fear of exposing themselves to the violence of the people.
They had put the Nazarene to death; but here were His servants, unlettered men of Galilee,
telling in all the languages then spoken, the story of His life and ministry. The priests,
determined to account for the miraculous power of the disciples in some natural way,
declared that they were drunken from partaking largely of the new wine prepared for the
feast. Some of the most ignorant of the people present seized upon this suggestion as the
truth, but the more intelligent knew it to be false; and those who understood the different
languages testified to the accuracy with which these languages were used by the disciples. -
AA 40.2
In answer to the accusation of the priests Peter showed that this demonstration was in
direct fulfillment of the prophecy of Joel, wherein he foretold that such power would come
upon men to fit them for a special work. “Ye men of Judea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem,”
he said, “be this known unto you, and hearken to my words: for these are not drunken, as ye
suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day. But this is that which was spoken by the
prophet Joel: And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of My Spirit
upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall
see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams: and on My servants and on My
handmaidens I will pour out in those days of My Spirit; and they shall prophesy.” - AA 41.1
Brethren shall we endeavour to be like Peter, only after prayer and being on our knees can
we rise taller than the tallest of tress
KJV Acts 2:14 But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and said unto them,
Ye men of Judaea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to
my words: 15 For these are not drunken, as ye suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the
day. 16 But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel; 17 And it shall come to pass in
the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your
daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream
dreams:
In the upper room, they not only understood the duty of prayer. They truly understood the
time they were, they knew the prophecies
KJV Acts 2: 33 Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the
Father the promise of the Holy Ghost, he hath shed forth this, which ye now see and hear. 34
For David is not ascended into the heavens: but he saith himself, The LORD said unto my Lord,

190 | P a g e
Sit thou on my right hand, 35 Until I make thy foes thy footstool. 32 This Jesus hath God raised
up, whereof we all are witnesses.
Notice the message of Peter it’s an exact message. He did not beat around the bush but said
clearly, you crucified Jesus. You asked for Barabbas, but you have to repent brethren, it was
clear
KJV Acts 2: 33 Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the
Father the promise of the Holy Ghost, he hath shed forth this, which ye now see and hear. 34
For David is not ascended into the heavens: but he saith himself, The LORD said unto my Lord,
Sit thou on my right hand, 35 Until I make thy foes thy footstool. 36 Therefore let all the house
of Israel know assuredly, that God hath made that same Jesus, whom ye have crucified, both
Lord and Christ.
Brethren it was so clear as day, then below we see truly they were devout me
KJV Acts 2:37 Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter
and to the rest of the apostles, Men and brethren, what shall we do?
They asked these devout asked. Men and brethren, what shall we do. Brethren this is
something we must understand. They had to seal up the vision, They had less time, Time was
not on their side brethren
KJV Acts 2: 38 Then Peter said unto them, Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the
name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.
39 For the promise is unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many
as the Lord our God shall call. 40 And with many other words did he testify and exhort, saying,
Save yourselves from this untoward generation. 41 Then they that gladly received his word
were baptized: and the same day there were added unto them about three thousand souls.
Peter urged home upon the convicted people the fact that they had rejected Christ because
they had been deceived by priests and rulers; and that if they continued to look to these men
for counsel, and waited for them to acknowledge Christ before they dared to do so, they
would never accept Him. These powerful men, though making a profession of godliness, were
ambitious for earthly riches and glory. They were not willing to come to Christ to receive
light. {AA 43.3}
Brethren can you imagine you going to rallies, going to Adventist Youth. And never once
knowing the cleansing of the sanctuary, Never once hearing of victory over sin before the
Sunday law for Adventist. This what they saw, and notice they were baptised, are you telling
me this is so?
And from 120 there were 3120 now, the ones baptised were not non-believers neither, they
were devout men they were Israelites who had been deceived into rejecting the truth and
Jesus. The movement was growing
One interest prevailed. One object swallowed up all others. All hearts beat in harmony. The
only ambition of the believers was to reveal the likeness of Christ's character, and to labor for
the enlargement of His kingdom.... The Spirit of Christ animated the whole congregation; for
they had found the pearl of great price. These scenes are to be repeated, and with greater
power. The outpouring of the Holy Spirit on the day of Pentecost was the former rain, but the
latter rain will be more abundant.... Christ is again to be revealed in His fulness by the Holy
Spirit's power. {COL 120,121}

191 | P a g e
KJV Acts 2:42 And they continued stedfastly in the apostles' doctrine and fellowship, and in
breaking of bread, and in prayers. 43 And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and
signs were done by the apostles.
Brethren one thing that is sad among present truth preachers is there is no fellowship. Each
one feels they have sufficient influence to a group of people who follow him. And thus he
cannot be seen as being under someone else. Look do we as those presenting these truths do
we need fellowship?
3 John 1:9 I wrote unto the church: but Diotrephes, who loveth to have the preeminence
among them, receiveth us not. 10 Wherefore, if I come, I will remember his deeds which he
doeth, prating against us with malicious words: and not content therewith, neither doth he
himself receive the brethren, and forbiddeth them that would, and casteth them out of the
church.
Today in Malawi, many people in the present truth circles love the spirit of pre-eminence,
they don’t want to be seen that someone is above them in understanding, its always about
who can present the best presentation, when you ask for slide presentation notes they say
no I cannot share because you may not understand them. There is such a nasty spirit where
critical analysis is made on another’s work and thus dwelling on all the weak points busy
becoming a tale bearer. It is a very sad state instead of open communion and sharing one with
other so we all grow there is secret condemnation and tale bearing always wanting to be the
spiritual leader, a form of spiritual pride. the Spirit of Diotrephes is alive and well in the
Majority of present truth professors but Jesus has a remedy for this, if we study the plan of
redemption there is a remedy for this.
Mark 9:35 And he sat down, and called the twelve, and saith unto them, If any man desire
to be first, the same shall be last of all, and servant of all. 36 And he took a child, and set
him in the midst of them: and when he had taken him in his arms, he said unto them,37
Whosoever shall receive one of such children in my name, receiveth me: and whosoever shall
receive me, receiveth not me, but him that sent me.
Jesus explains the remedy for the spirit of pre-eminence, we must desire to minister unto
others, we must desire to serve and help other. There is to be seen more collaborations
between ministries, but due to selfishness everyone does their own thing, everyone wants to
be number one.
Makr 9:38 And John answered him, saying, Master, we saw one casting out devils in thy
name, and he followeth not us: and we forbad him, because he followeth not us. 39 But
Jesus said, Forbid him not: for there is no man which shall do a miracle in my name, that can
lightly speak evil of me. 40 For he that is not against us is on our part.
Notice here that John told certain brethren to stop casting out demons in Jesus name, all
because they were not disciples of Jesus. But Jesus said He is part of us if he is doing the work.
This is so much lacking in ministries, both of you can be medical missionaries, both of you
carrying on trainings and you ask your friend for a collaboration they deny it, you as you friend
if you can join their ministry and they deny it, all because of spiritual pride, thinking you shall
be more influential than they. This the writer of this manual has seen way too many times.
Others think because you are not part of their ministry then you work is not really sanctioned
by God, or somehow you have inferior ministry and they look down on you… all this
foolishness is causing divisions within those professing present truth, but it must not be so.

192 | P a g e
KJV Acts 2:44 And all that believed were together, and had all things common; 45 And sold
their possessions and goods, and parted them to all men, as every man had need. 46 And
they, continuing daily with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread from house to
house, did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart,
Look they started a new economy. In which none of them lacked, brethren we shall study this
economy in redemption and relief work manual. notice even after Jesus death the disciples
did not start a new church but rather they were still attending the temple.
The Jewish leaders had supposed that the work of Christ would end with His death; but,
instead of this, they witnessed the marvelous scenes of the Day of Pentecost. They heard the
disciples, endowed with a power and energy hitherto unknown, preaching Christ, their words
confirmed by signs and wonders. In Jerusalem, the stronghold of Judaism, thousands openly
declared their faith in Jesus of Nazareth as the Messiah. {AA 44}
KJV Acts 3: 9 And all the people saw him walking and praising God: 10 And they knew that it
was he which sat for alms at the Beautiful gate of the temple: and they were filled with
wonder and amazement at that which had happened unto him.
Notice a lame man was made to walk brethren
The significance of the Jewish economy is not yet fully comprehended. Truths vast and
profound are shadowed forth in its rites and symbols. The gospel is the key that unlocks its
mysteries. Through a knowledge of the plan of redemption, its truths are opened to the
understanding. Far more than we do, it is our privilege to understand these wonderful
themes. We are to comprehend the deep things of God. {COL 133}
KJV Acts 3: 20 And he shall send Jesus Christ, which before was preached unto you: 13 The
God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our fathers, hath glorified his Son
Jesus; whom ye delivered up, and denied him in the presence of Pilate, when he was
determined to let him go. 17 And now, brethren, I wot that through ignorance ye did it, as did
also your rulers. 18 But those things, which God before had shewed by the mouth of all his
prophets, that Christ should suffer, he hath so fulfilled.
Peter began to explain again the prophecies, that the Jews crucified Jesus and they pointed
to Jesus death. Notice it was through ignorance the people crucified Jesus. Today many of us
are being led to ask for Barabbas. As we look at the anti-type we shall see
KJV Acts 3: 19 Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when
the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord; 20 And he shall send Jesus
Christ, which before was preached unto you: 21 Whom the heaven must receive until the
times of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy prophets
since the world began.
Notice the above, as Elijah had to restores the schools of the prophets (2 Kings chapter 2)
before he could be translated, So to in before the final crisis all institutions.

 Preaching
 Teaching
 Healing
 Publishing
Must be restored before the work can be finished and Jesus comes again

193 | P a g e
KJV Acts 3: 25 Ye are the children of the prophets, and of the covenant which God made with
our fathers, saying unto Abraham, And in thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be
blessed. 26 Unto you first God, having raised up his Son Jesus, sent him to bless you, in turning
away every one of you from his iniquities.
Notice the disciples begin to explain that the people have to turn from iniquities. For 34 AD
was around the corner brethren I hope we follow
There was still chance. The Jewish nation could still be those who were to be holders of truth
and required to instruct others
KJV Acts 4:1 And as they spake unto the people, the priests, and the captain of the temple,
and the Sadducees, came upon them, 2 Being grieved that they taught the people, and
preached through Jesus the resurrection from the dead. 3 And they laid hands on them, and
put them in hold unto the next day: for it was now eventide. 4 Howbeit many of them which
heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about five thousand.
Brethren watch many were now listening and being converted.
KJV Acts 4: 6 And Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and as many
as were of the kindred of the high priest, were gathered together at Jerusalem. 7 And when
they had set them in the midst, they asked, By what power, or by what name, have ye done
this? 8 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Ghost, said unto them, Ye rulers of the people, and
elders of Israel, 9 If we this day be examined of the good deed done to the impotent man, by
what means he is made whole; 11 This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders,
which is become the head of the corner. 12 Neither is there salvation in any other: for there
is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved.
Remember the prophecy of Jesus, they shall bring you into the synagogues and scourge you
this was happening
KJV Acts 4:13 Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John, and perceived that they
were unlearned and ignorant men, they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them, that
they had been with Jesus.
No longer were they ignorant and uncultured. No longer were they a collection of
independent units or of discordant and conflicting elements. No longer were their hopes set
on worldly greatness. They were of "one accord," of one mind and one soul. Christ filled their
thoughts. The advancement of His kingdom was their aim. In mind and character they had
become like their Master; and men "took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus."
Acts 4:13.{Ed 95.5}
Our boldness has to come from communion with Jesus thus all
We are to receive this word as supreme authority. We are to recognize human government
as an ordinance of divine appointment, and teach obedience to it as a sacred duty, within its
legitimate sphere. But when its claims conflict with the claims of God, we must obey God
rather than men. God's word must be recognized as above all human legislation. A "Thus saith
the Lord" is not to be set aside for a "Thus saith the church" or a "Thus saith the state." {AA
69}
KJV Acts 4:18 And they called them, and commanded them not to speak at all nor teach in the
name of Jesus. 19 But Peter and John answered and said unto them, Whether it be right in
the sight of God to hearken unto you more than unto God, judge ye.
194 | P a g e
As they neared the close of the probation of the Jewish nation. So too notice a distaste for
the truth was there and apparent, are we not here
KJV Acts 4:23 And being let go, they went to their own company, and reported all that the
chief priests and elders had said unto them. 24 And when they heard that, they lifted up their
voice to God with one accord, and said, Lord, thou art God, which hast made heaven, and
earth, and the sea, and all that in them is: 31 And when they had prayed, the place was shaken
where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and they
spake the word of God with boldness.
Brethren watch now. When they were banned from ever speaking in the name of Jesus. They
were not to make an offshoot no, for the Jews were still to go in and minister for the time was
short brethren, they had not reached 34 A.D.
Act 6:1 And in those days, when the number of the disciples was multiplied, there arose a
murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews, because their widows were neglected in the
daily ministration. 2 Then the twelve called the multitude of the disciples unto them, and said,
It is not reason that we should leave the word of God, and serve tables. 3 Wherefore,
brethren, look ye out among you seven men of honest report, full of the Holy Ghost and
wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business. 4 But we will give ourselves continually to
prayer, and to the ministry of the word.
Here we see something else, just as in the days of Nehemia there was oppression of the poor
people, and the rich taking advantage of the situation. So too here we see there was
oppression of the Greecians. But we see once again God set a standard and the apostles were
able to overcome this great evil among them, this was then the coming in of deacons in the
church.
KJV Acts 6: 5 And the saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Stephen, a man full
of faith and of the Holy Ghost, and Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and
Parmenas, and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch: 6 Whom they set before the apostles: and when
they had prayed, they laid their hands on them. 7 And the word of God increased; and the
number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests
were obedient to the faith.
Stephen was Arrested, not by the heathen but by church officials, the church board of that
time.
Acts 6:8 And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the
people.
Stephen, the foremost of the seven deacons, was a man of deep piety and broad faith. Though
a Jew by birth, he spoke the Greek language and was familiar with the customs and manners
of the Greeks. He therefore found opportunity to preach the gospel in the synagogues of the
Greek Jews. He was very active in the cause of Christ and boldly proclaimed his faith. {AA 97}
Brethren let us study this thing we are almost at the end, this was 34 A.D.
Notice this, Deacons are selected, this new economy needed deacons. The reason was the
Greek widows were being side-lined. We saw even the times of Nehemiah those faithful that
chose to go back and rebuild the temple, there were some inequalities and oppression
happening among the people, so here we see the antitype, the Greek widows were neglected

195 | P a g e
and there was great oppression among them but like Nehemiah this oppression was put down
and deacons were selected.
The servants of Christ were to prepare no set speech to present when brought to trial. Their
preparation was to be made day by day in treasuring up the precious truths of God's word,
and through prayer strengthening their faith. When they were brought into trial, the Holy
Spirit would bring to their remembrance the very truths that would be needed. {DA 355}
KJV Acts 6: 9 Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the
Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with
Stephen. 10 And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake.
Responsibilities in God’s Work to Be Shared—The Lord here gives us an example of the care
that should be exercised when choosing men for His service. In this case, one man was not
made the only burden bearer of great responsibilities. Seven men were chosen, and they were
to be closely united in their work (Manuscript 91, 1899). – {6BC 1056.9}
KJV Acts 6: 12 And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon
him, and caught him, and brought him to the council, 14 For we have heard him say, that this
Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses
delivered us. 15 And all that sat in the council, looking stedfastly on him, saw his face as it had
been the face of an angel.
Stephen is captured by the Jews and chief rulers they bring him to a church board brethren
34 AD
KJV Acts 7:54 When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on
him with their teeth. 55 But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up stedfastly into heaven,
and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, 56 And said, Behold, I
see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. 57 Then they
cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, 58 And
cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young
man's feet, whose name was Saul.
Brethren Stephen in council went through all the history of the Israelites brethren. This was
him extending to them the covenant asking them shall they refute the arguments he was
presenting?
Shall they refuse to do the will of God in sealing up the vision?
After the death of Stephen, Saul was elected a member of the Sanhedrin council in
consideration of the part he had acted on that occasion.... But soon this relentless persecutor
was to be employed in building up the church that he was now tearing down. A Mightier than
Satan had chosen Saul to take the place of the martyred Stephen, to preach and suffer for His
name, and to spread far and wide the tidings of salvation through His blood. {AA 102}
The martyrdom of Stephen made a deep impression upon all who witnessed it. The memory
of the signet of God upon his face; his words, which touched the very souls of those who
heard them, remained in the minds of the beholders, and testified to the truth of that which
he had proclaimed. His death was a sore trial to the church, but it resulted in the conviction
of Saul, who could not efface from his memory the faith and constancy of the martyr, and the
glory that had rested on his countenance. {AA 101}

196 | P a g e
KJV Acts 7: 59 And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my
spirit. 60 And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their
charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep.
Stephen was stoned and killed in 34 AD
457 B.C. – 34 A.D.
The Jews and Leadership failed to seal the vision. They failed to:

 make an end of sin

 Finish transgression
 Make reconciliation for iniquity
 Seal the vision
Their probation as a nation was closed on this day
KJV Acts 7: 55 But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up stedfastly into heaven, and saw
the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, 56 And said, Behold, I see the
heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God.
Brethren Here Jesus is no longer siting but he is standing. Michael shall stand, this means
probation was closed. No longer the Jews to be a chosen people, but all those who were to
take-up the name of Jesus were to be the chosen of God
KJV Acts 13:42 And when the Jews were gone out of the synagogue, the Gentiles besought
that these words might be preached to them the next sabbath. 43 Now when the
congregation was broken up, many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and
Barnabas: who, speaking to them, persuaded them to continue in the grace of God. 44 And
the next sabbath day came almost the whole city together to hear the word of God. 45 But
when the Jews saw the multitudes, they were filled with envy, and spake against those things
which were spoken by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming. 46 Then Paul and Barnabas
waxed bold, and said, It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to
you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life, lo, we
turn to the Gentiles.
Brethren it is truth from Acts 7 onwards the disciple were to go now to the gentiles and bring
them to God. Not as the Jews only keepers of the truth no. Now but the church were the
keepers of the truths
KJV Romans 2: 28 For he is not a Jew, which is one outwardly; neither is that circumcision,
which is outward in the flesh: 29 But he is a Jew, which is one inwardly; and circumcision is
that of the heart, in the spirit, and not in the letter; whose praise is not of men, but of God.
Destruction of second temple
By 34 AD the Jewish nation closed their earthly probation by 34 AD
The ruin of Jerusalem was a symbol of the final ruin that shall overwhelm the world. The
prophecies that received a partial fulfillment in the overthrow of Jerusalem have a more direct
application to the last days. We are now standing on the threshold of great and solemn
events. A crisis is before us, such as the world has never witnessed. {MB 120,121}

197 | P a g e
KJV Matthew 24
1 And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his disciples came to him for to
shew him the buildings of the temple. 2 And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things?
verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be
thrown down.
Jesus spoke of the destruction of the temple... But before this let us look at what the sanctuary
meant to God. To know we must know that God is a person! You know a person has feelings,
thougts. The reason why we sin we think God is not a personal being
We pick and choose what we want from the bible, forgetting its God who spoke them all.
Once we realise God is a person we shall accept all he requires of us.
So let us understand the name of God: Whats His Name?
KJV Exodus 33: 17 And the LORD said unto Moses, I will do this thing also that thou hast
spoken: for thou hast found grace in my sight, and I know thee by name. 18 And he said, I
beseech thee, shew me thy glory.
Brethren Moses Talked with God as a man speaketh to a friend. The bible is the words of
Jesus. But brethren if someone sends you a text message you have to respond we need to ask
and respond as Moses Did. Moses knew God was a person and he asked show me thy glory
It is our privilege to reach higher and still higher for clearer revealings of the character of God.
When Moses prayed, "I beseech Thee, show me Thy glory," the Lord did not rebuke him, but
He granted his prayer. God declared to His servant, "I will make all My goodness pass before
thee, and I will proclaim the name of the Lord before thee." Exodus 33:18, 19. {MH 464}
KJV Exodus 33: 20 And he said, Thou canst not see my face: for there shall no man see me,
and live. 21 And the LORD said, Behold, there is a place by me, and thou shalt stand upon a
rock: 22 And it shall come to pass, while my glory passeth by, that I will put thee in a clift of
the rock, and will cover thee with my hand while I pass by: 23 And I will take away mine hand,
and thou shalt see my back parts: but my face shall not be seen.
Notice there above God was going to proclaim his glory to Moses
KJV Exodus 34: 4 And he hewed two tables of stone like unto the first; and Moses rose up
early in the morning, and went up unto mount Sinai, as the LORD had commanded him, and
took in his hand the two tables of stone. 5 And the LORD descended in the cloud, and stood
with him there, and proclaimed the name of the LORD.
Notice Moses had to hew two tables of stone and God was the one who spoke the words. So
the Law a transcript was written with God's finger
[God] does not ask if we are worthy of His love, but He pours upon us the riches of His love,
to make us worthy. He is not vindictive. He seeks not to punish, but to redeem. Even the
severity which He manifests through His providences is manifested for the salvation of the
wayward....It is true that God "will by no means clear the guilty" (Exodus 34:7), but He would
take away the guilt. {MB 22}
KJV Exodus 34: 6 And the LORD passed by before him, and proclaimed, The LORD, The LORD
God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, 7 Keeping
mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means
clear the guilty; visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, and upon the children's
198 | P a g e
children, unto the third and to the fourth generation. 8 And Moses made haste, and bowed
his head toward the earth, and worshipped.
Brethren here we see that the glory of God is His character. If we wish to see the glory of God.
We shall see the beauty of his character, It is so beautiful brethren.
So we see another connection, The glory of God is his character
The law of God, from its very nature, is unchangeable. It is a revelation of the will and the
character of its Author. God is love, and His law is love. Its two great principles are love to God
and love to man... The character of God is righteousness and truth; such is the nature of His
law... Such a law, being an expression of the mind and will of God, must be as enduring as its
Author. {GC 467}
KJV Romans 7: 12 Wherefore the law is holy, and the commandment holy, and just, and good.
Here we see that, the law is holy just and good just as God. So we see the character of God
and glory of God is reflected in the Law. And the Law tells us who God is: I am the Lord who
created heaven and earth, Remember the sabbath the Lord to keep it Holy
So we see another issue. In the character of God there is a limit. If there is guilt, this measure
of guilt is always seen and punished in the fourth generation. The fourth generation is the
limit. Brethren i hope we see that in the character of God the fourth generation is always the
limit generation is this clear?
KJV Exodus 20: 4 Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of any
thing that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the
earth: 5 Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them: for I the LORD thy God am
a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth
generation of them that hate me; 6 And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me,
and keep my commandments. 7 Thou shalt not take the name of the LORD thy God in vain;
for the LORD will not hold him guiltless that taketh his name in vain.
Again here it is clear that the character of God has a limit
The 4th generation is the limit: Now let us study brethren what Jerusalem and the temple and
the people in it meant to God. We shall see we are in the 4th generation now
Lets study from Monday we shall begin to see this thing
What of Jerusalem is it of significance to God?
KJV 1 Kings 11: 36 And unto his son will I give one tribe, that David my servant may have a
light alway before me in Jerusalem, the city which I have chosen me to put my name there.
Brethren God put his name in the city Jerusalem. In this city the character of God, his goodness
and mercy were to be exemplified to all people
KJV 2 Chronicles 20: 7 Art not thou our God, who didst drive out the inhabitants of this land
before thy people Israel, and gavest it to the seed of Abraham thy friend for ever? 8 And they
dwelt therein, and have built thee a sanctuary therein for thy name, saying,
But inside Jerusalem brethren there was a sanctuary, a terbanacle, the temple: It is here that
the name of God was most especially to be revered in the temple of God
Brethren do we follow

199 | P a g e
So as we go deep into the sanctuary there was somewhere his name was written
KJV Exodus 20: 10 But the seventh day is the sabbath of the LORD thy God: in it thou shalt not
do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor
thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates: 11 For in six days the LORD made heaven
and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore the LORD
blessed the sabbath day, and hallowed it.
It is in the Sabbath of the fourth commandment where the name of God was written. It is
there where to learn who God is, and God is the creator
let’s see this great connection
What was the Sabbath?
KJV Exodus 20: 19 And they said unto Moses, Speak thou with us, and we will hear: but let
not God speak with us, lest we die. 20 And Moses said unto the people, Fear not: for God is
come to prove you, and that his fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not.
KJV Ezekiel 20:12 Moreover also I gave them my sabbaths, to be a sign between me and them,
that they might know that I am the LORD that sanctify them.
KJV Ezekiel 20: 20 And hallow my sabbaths; and they shall be a sign between me and you, that
ye may know that I am the LORD your God.
So we see that God put his name in the Sabbath which was in the tables of Stone in the Most
Holy Place of the temple. It was the Sabbath which was a sign of sanctification. God being the
one to make us Sanctified and Holy
It was here that God showed his goodness and great mercy... brethren. Now it was not the
Lords purpose that his name just be in the holy place in the law
God wanted to write his name in the hearts of his people, God wanted his character to be in
their foreheads. This was the real issue brethren
KJV 2 Chronicles 7: 14 If my people, which are called by my name, shall humble themselves,
and pray, and seek my face, and turn from their wicked ways; then will I hear from heaven,
and will forgive their sin, and will heal their land. 15 Now mine eyes shall be open, and mine
ears attent unto the prayer that is made in this place. 16 For now have I chosen and sanctified
this house, that my name may be there for ever: and mine eyes and mine heart shall be there
perpetually.
God wanted a people who could then be called by His name. God wanted a Holy nation a
people who could show forth the character of God. God made a covenant with the children
of Israel in the time of Moses
The first covenant God made with Abraham to make him a great nation. And then God made
a covenant with Isaac and then Jacob and then after bringing the children of Israel out of
Egypt God made another covenant
KJV Exodus 6: 5 And I have also heard the groaning of the children of Israel, whom the
Egyptians keep in bondage; and I have remembered my covenant. 6 Wherefore say unto the
children of Israel, I am the LORD, and I will bring you out from under the burdens of the
Egyptians, and I will rid you out of their bondage, and I will redeem you with a stretched out
arm, and with great judgments:

200 | P a g e
God's favor toward Israel had always been conditional on their obedience. At the foot of Sinai
they had entered into covenant relationship with Him as His "peculiar treasure...above all
people." Solemnly they had promised to follow in the path of obedience. "All that the Lord
hath spoken we will do," they had said. Exodus 19:5, 8. {PK 293}
KJV Exodus 19: 5 Now therefore, if ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my covenant, then
ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all people: for all the earth is mine: 6 And ye
shall be unto me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation. These are the words which thou
shalt speak unto the children of Israel. 7 And Moses came and called for the elders of the
people, and laid before their faces all these words which the LORD commanded him. 8 And
all the people answered together, and said, All that the LORD hath spoken we will do. And
Moses returned the words of the people unto the LORD.
The covenant was extended; a covenant is like an agreement between two parties. One party
makes the conditions that he shall fulfil and the other party agrees. God wanted Holiness this
is simply victory over sin. God wanted his name to be in the people
The Sabbath is a sign of creative and redeeming power; it points to God as the source of life
and knowledge; it recalls man's primeval glory, and thus witnesses to God's purpose to re-
create us in His own image. The Sabbath and the family were alike instituted in Eden, and in
God's purpose they are indissolubly linked together. On this day more than on any other, it is
possible for us to live the life of Eden. {Ed 250}
KJV Exodus 31: 12 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying, 13 Speak thou also unto the
children of Israel, saying, Verily my sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between me and you
throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the LORD that doth sanctify you.
14 Ye shall keep the sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you: every one that defileth it shall
surely be put to death: for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from
among his people. 16 Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the sabbath, to observe the
sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. 17 It is a sign between me
and the children of Israel for ever: for in six days the LORD made heaven and earth, and on
the seventh day he rested, and was refreshed.
The Sabbath was the sign that God was going to sanctify them and that they were his people.
The Jews were the depositary of the truth and his law. The Sabbath was part and parcel of
the perpetual covenant
Too awed to speak, [Aaron] silently pointed to the countenance of Moses, and then toward
heaven. The great leader understood his meaning. In their conscious guilt, feeling themselves
still under the divine displeasure, they could not endure the heavenly light, which, had they
been obedient to God, would have filled them with joy. There is fear in guilt. The soul that is
free from sin will not wish to hide from the light of heaven. {PP 329,330}
KJV Exodus 34: 28 And he was there with the LORD forty days and forty nights; he did neither
eat bread, nor drink water. And he wrote upon the tables the words of the covenant, the ten
commandments. 29 And it came to pass, when Moses came down from mount Sinai with the
two tables of testimony in Moses' hand, when he came down from the mount, that Moses
wist not that the skin of his face shone while he talked with him.
Brethren in this covenant: All the people agreed to the terms of the covenant, And God wrote
his character in stone, the law is his character, and this law was placed in the most holy place

201 | P a g e
But we saw how the children of Israel sinned against the lord and misused the prophets of
the Lord
KJV 2 Chronicles 36: 14 Moreover all the chief of the priests, and the people, transgressed
very much after all the abominations of the heathen; and polluted the house of the LORD
which he had hallowed in Jerusalem. 15 And the LORD God of their fathers sent to them by
his messengers, rising up betimes, and sending; because he had compassion on his people,
and on his dwelling place: 16 But they mocked the messengers of God, and despised his
words, and misused his prophets, until the wrath of the LORD arose against his people, till
there was no remedy.
We saw that God had compassion on his people we saw that he had compassion on his name
brethren. The character of God was at stake
So then we saw how the Jews went into captivity. Brethren but it was God who wanted to
have a people who have his character. A people whom were sanctified and had his name in
their foreheads; The Sabbath seal
Brethren we talked of two prophets that were then when the temple was destroyed by
Nebuchadnezzar. Ezekiel was among the captives in Babylon, and Jeremiah was in Israel. Here
we saw that the children of Israel completely broke the covenant. But Jeremiah speaks words
of encouragement to the faithful
KJV Jeremiah 31: 31 Behold, the days come, saith the LORD, that I will make a new covenant
with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah: 32 Not according to the covenant that
I made with their fathers in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land
of Egypt; which my covenant they brake, although I was an husband unto them, saith the
LORD: 33 But this shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; After those
days, saith the LORD, I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; and
will be their God, and they shall be my people.
Brethren God was going to make a new covenant. The law was to be written in the Heart, for
we are the temple of the living God. Brethren do we see this?
KJV Daniel 9: 2 In the first year of his reign I Daniel understood by books the number of the
years, whereof the word of the LORD came to Jeremiah the prophet, that he would
accomplish seventy years in the desolations of Jerusalem.
Daniel ready the prophecies and he began to pray: Study the prayer of Daniel, Its the most
sweet prayer
KJV Daniel 9: 4 And I prayed unto the LORD my God, and made my confession, and said, O
Lord, the great and dreadful God, keeping the covenant and mercy to them that love him, and
to them that keep his commandments; 5 We have sinned, and have committed iniquity, and
have done wickedly, and have rebelled, even by departing from thy precepts and from thy
judgments:
Notice Daniel was pleading for the covenant. Daniel knew they as a nation were in exile due
to them breaking the covenant. The covenant was tied into the Law of the Sabbath
commandment

202 | P a g e
KJV Daniel 9: 16 O Lord, according to all thy righteousness, I beseech thee, let thine anger and
thy fury be turned away from thy city Jerusalem, thy holy mountain: because for our sins, and
for the iniquities of our fathers, Jerusalem and thy people are become a reproach to all that
are about us. 17 Now therefore, O our God, hear the prayer of thy servant, and his
supplications, and cause thy face to shine upon thy sanctuary that is desolate, for the Lord's
sake.
In a time of deep apostasy and ruin do we continually point fingers at the leaders and laymen
who are not upholding the standard? Or do we like Daniel get on our knees to Sigh and Cry
which is to pray aloud to God.
KJV Daniel 9: 18 O my God, incline thine ear, and hear; open thine eyes, and behold our
desolations, and the city which is called by thy name: for we do not present our supplications
before thee for our righteousnesses, but for thy great mercies. 19 O Lord, hear; O Lord,
forgive; O Lord, hearken and do; defer not, for thine own sake, O my God: for thy city and thy
people are called by thy name.
Notice Daniel recognised this: So in the visions when Gabriel came he explained all that we
have studied
We saw how the Jews had a time limit 70 weeks or 490 years to seal the vision and fulfill the
conditions of the covenant
KJV Daniel 9: 20 And whiles I was speaking, and praying, and confessing my sin and the sin of
my people Israel, and presenting my supplication before the LORD my God for the holy
mountain of my God; 22 And he informed me, and talked with me, and said, O Daniel, I am
now come forth to give thee skill and understanding.
It is only God that gives us skill to understand any vision
KJV Daniel 9: 23 At the beginning of thy supplications the commandment came forth, and I
am come to shew thee; for thou art greatly beloved: therefore understand the matter, and
consider the vision. 24 Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy
city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for
iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and
to anoint the most Holy.
Brethren God gives us the prophecy because he loves us. So we see the Jews were to seal the
vision. They were to:
make an end of sin
Finish the transgression
Make reconciliation for Iniquity
We saw that by 34 Ad the Jews rejected the covenant. Their limit was reached
KJV Daniel 9: 26 And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for
himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary;
and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are
determined. 27 And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst
of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading
of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined
shall be poured upon the desolate.
203 | P a g e
We see that if the Jews did not seal up the vision after the 490 years there was to be a flood.
And also wars and then a desolation
Let’s see what waters represent in bible prophecy
KJV Revelation 17: 15 And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where the whore
sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.
KJV Revelation 12: 14 And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might
fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half
a time, from the face of the serpent. 15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood
after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood. 16 And the earth
helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the
dragon cast out of his mouth.
A flood just means destruction that is very swift brought on by People. So we see that after
34 A.D. there was to be destruction of the temple Desolation!
This is because the name of God would no longer be with the Jews. Since they rejected the
covenant.
When Jesus started his ministry he began explaining the 1 week that was cut off let’s look at
this By 27 AD
KJV Mark 1:14 Now after that John was put in prison, Jesus came into Galilee, preaching the
gospel of the kingdom of God, 15 And saying, The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is
at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel. 16 Now as he walked by the sea of Galilee, he saw
Simon and Andrew his brother casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.
Jesus knew that time is fulfilled for the last week to begin the last 7 years to begin. After this
baptism by John he knew there were just 7 years left. He proclaimed time is fulfilled
KJV Luke 13:31 The same day there came certain of the Pharisees, saying unto him, Get thee
out, and depart hence: for Herod will kill thee. 32 And he said unto them, Go ye, and tell that
fox, Behold, I cast out devils, and I do cures to day and to morrow, and the third day I shall be
perfected. 33 Nevertheless I must walk to day, and to morrow, and the day following: for it
cannot be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem.
Notice Jesus ministry
Today
Tomorrow
Third day
3 days or 3 years
Brethren a day equals a year
Meaning this point Jesus had passed half a year already and 3 years were left
Brethren Jesus studied the prophecies. And as Jesus saw the stubbornness of the leaders he
leads his disciples to understand the book of Daniel
The ruin of Jerusalem was a symbol of the final ruin that shall overwhelm the world. The
prophecies that received a partial fulfillment in the overthrow of Jerusalem have a more direct
application to the last days. We are now standing on the threshold of great and solemn
events. A crisis is before us, such as the world has never witnessed. {MB 120,121}
204 | P a g e
KJV Matthew 24:1 And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his disciples came
to him for to shew him the buildings of the temple. 2 And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all
these things? verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that
shall not be thrown down. 3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto
him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy
coming, and of the end of the world?
Brethren in Mathew 24. It is clear that Jesus gave a dual prophecy. Because the disciples could
not imagine an earth without the temple. So they reasoned that if the temple is to be thrown
down. Must be that the end of the world
So they asked for both things
So Jesus explained that which applied to Israel as well as to us at the end of Time
KJV Matthew 24: 4 And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man deceive
you.
First a warning
KJV Matthew 24: 15 When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by
Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:) 16 Then let
them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains: 17 Let him which is on the housetop not
come down to take any thing out of his house: 18 Neither let him which is in the field return
back to take his clothes. 19 And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck
in those days! 20 But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the sabbath day:
Brethren Jesus lead the disciples to study Daniel chapter 9. The desolation of Israel would
accomplished in the abomination of desolation
Which was spoken of Daniel. Notice the disciples would be able to see the abomination and
Jesus gave council. There was to be a call to move out of the city of Jerusalem. When they
were to flee they were not to flee on the Sabbath
So what was this abomination of desolation. To be desolate means to destroy, So the
destruction of Jerusalem would happen. This abomination would stand in the Holy place. Now
what was the holy place. There was the holy place of the city an area outside the city, and
another holy place within the temple
KJV Nehemiah 13: 24 And their children spake half in the speech of Ashdod, and could not
speak in the Jews' language, but according to the language of each people. 16 There dwelt
men of Tyre also therein, which brought fish, and all manner of ware, and sold on the sabbath
unto the children of Judah, and in Jerusalem. 17 Then I contended with the nobles of Judah,
and said unto them, What evil thing is this that ye do, and profane the sabbath day? 19 And
it came to pass, that when the gates of Jerusalem began to be dark before the sabbath, I
commanded that the gates should be shut, and charged that they should not be opened till
after the sabbath: and some of my servants set I at the gates, that there should no burden be
brought in on the sabbath day. 20 So the merchants and sellers of all kind of ware lodged
without Jerusalem once or twice. 21 Then I testified against them, and said unto them, Why
lodge ye about the wall? if ye do so again, I will lay hands on you. From that time forth came
they no more on the sabbath.
The holy place was an areas outside the city of Jerusalem. It is here that Nehemiah contended
with the sellers on the Sabbath
205 | P a g e
Now let us see what is this abomination
KJV Luke 19:41 And when he was come near, he beheld the city, and wept over it, 42 Saying,
If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy
peace! but now they are hid from thine eyes.
Brethren Jesus wept when he saw the city brethren Jerusalem. Can you imagine this sight
Why were the things hid from their sight?
KJV Luke 19: 43 For the days shall come upon thee, that thine enemies shall cast a trench
about thee, and compass thee round, and keep thee in on every side, 44 And shall lay thee
even with the ground, and thy children within thee; and they shall not leave in thee one stone
upon another; because thou knewest not the time of thy visitation.
The Israelites knew not the time. It was clear here that Jesus was clearly touched by their
ignorance of prophecy. Whenever we study prophecy the goal is for us to know Jesus and
what to do.
KJV Luke 21: 20 And when ye shall see Jerusalem compassed with armies, then know that the
desolation thereof is nigh. 21 Then let them which are in Judaea flee to the mountains; and
let them which are in the midst of it depart out; and let not them that are in the countries
enter thereinto. 22 For these be the days of vengeance, that all things which are written may
be fulfilled. 23 But woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck, in those
days! for there shall be great distress in the land, and wrath upon this people.
Brethren here we see that the desolation would be caused by Armies. These armies would be
the abomination of desolation. So these armies would stand in the holy place. This mixing of
the holy and profane would be abomination of desolation
Jesus declared to the listening disciples the judgments that were to fall upon apostate Israel,
and especially the retributive vengeance that would come upon them for their rejection and
crucifixion of the Messiah. Unmistakable signs would precede the awful climax. The dreaded
hour would come suddenly and swiftly. And the Saviour warned His followers: “When ye
therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in
the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:) then let them which be in Judea flee into
the mountains.” Matthew 24:15, 16; Luke 21:20, 21. When the idolatrous standards of the
Romans should be set up in the holy ground, which extended some furlongs outside the city
walls, then the followers of Christ were to find safety in flight. - GC 25.4
Throughout the land of Judea, as well as in Jerusalem itself, the signal for flight must be
immediately obeyed. He who chanced to be upon the housetop must not go down into his
house, even to save his most valued treasures. Those who were working in the fields or
vineyards must not take time to return for the outer garment laid aside while they should be
toiling in the heat of the day. They must not hesitate a moment, lest they be involved in the
general destruction. - GC 25.4
KJV Matthew 24: 32 Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When his branch is yet tender, and
putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh: 33 So likewise ye, when ye shall see all
these things, know that it is near, even at the doors.
Jesus here gives us signs of the limit generation in our time we shall see this, but in the time
of the jews it was the abomination of Desolation

206 | P a g e
KJV Matthew 24: 33 So likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is near,
even at the doors. 34 Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass, till all these things
be fulfilled. 35 Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away.
The generation that heard his words in 31 AD was not to pass. A generation being 40 years
THUS SOMETHING SPECIAL would happen. The desolation or destruction of Jerusalem would
happen. Now that Generation to see the sign would not pass off the scene. Thus it is
significant to note that there were two sieges of Jerusalem
The first siege came and the romans took their pagan flags and put them on the holy ground
and not a single Jew or gentile could flee the city
And for some unknown reason the roman armies withdrew. The Jewish army chased them
and almost overtook them
And the Christians saw this as a sign and they fled the city of Jerusalem on a Wednesday
They fled to a city called Peru; 3 an 1/2 years passed with and half years. And there was a
second siege. A siege happened to the point where the romans destroyed the temple
They believed the walls of the temple had gold in them and truly they brake each stone and
not even one stone was laying on top of the other....
But all the Jews died, and not even one Christian perisher brethren in the destruction. For
they knew Daniel 9 and also knew the words of Jesus and they looker for the sign
There are in the world today many who close their eyes to the evidences that Christ has given
to warn men of His coming. They seek to quiet all apprehension, while at the same time the
signs of the end are rapidly fulfilling, and the world is hastening to the time when the Son of
man shall be revealed in the clouds of heaven. Paul teaches that it is sinful to be indifferent
to the signs which are to precede the second coming of Christ. Those guilty of this neglect he
calls children of the night and of darkness.{AA 260.1}
The Bible was designed to be a guide to all who wish to become acquainted with the will of
their Maker. God gave to men the sure word of prophecy; angels and even Christ Himself
came to make known to Daniel and John the things that must shortly come to pass. Those
important matters that concern our salvation were not left involved in mystery. They were
not revealed in such a way as to perplex and mislead the honest seeker after truth. Said the
Lord by the prophet Habakkuk: "Write the vision, and make it plain, . . . that he may run that
readeth it." Habakkuk 2:2. The word of God is plain to all who study it with a prayerful heart.
{GC 521}
The perils of the last days are upon us, and in our work we are to warn the people of the
danger they are in. Let not the solemn scenes which prophecy has revealed be left untouched.
If our people were half awake, if they realized the nearness of the events portrayed in the
Revelation, a reformation would be wrought in our churches, and many more would believe
the message. We have no time to lose; God calls upon us to watch for souls as they that must
give an account. Advance new principles, and crowd in the clear-cut truth. It will be as a sword
cutting both ways. But be not too ready to take a controversial attitude. There will be times
when we must stand still and see the salvation of God. Let Daniel speak, let the Revelation
speak, and tell what is truth. But whatever phase of the subject is presented, uplift Jesus as
the center of all hope, “the Root and the Offspring of David, and the bright and morning Star.”
- TM 118.1
207 | P a g e
So far let us lay down the events of Both Ezekiel’s time and Jesus time and see the type and
antitype.

Type
2 Chronicles 36
1 Israel committing all 2 Mocking of all the 3 Point of no 4 Destruction of
the abominations of messages of reproof Remedy Solomon’s temple by
the Heathen. as well as messengers the Chaldeans, only a
and prophets. few are spared and
carried off to Babylon.
Ezekiel 8 and 9
1 Image of Jealousy. 2 Turning their backs 3 The glory of the 4 The man with the
towards the temple. Lord has writer’s ink-horn,
Women crying for departed from seals those who are
Tammuz. Worshiping the sun the temple and sighing and crying.
towards the east. dwells on the
Mountain east of The men with
the temple. slaughter weapons in
their hands slaughter
God to work with those committing
those sighing and abominations.
crying and crying
to reach the
people
Anti-type
Mathew, Mark, Luke,
John and Acts
1 The Sanhedrin Bans 2 Jesus gives the last 3 Jesus leaves 4 Destruction of
everyone to stop message to a people the temple and Temple during the
proclaiming the name who have turned sits on Mt Olive time of the Apostles
of Jesus (John 9) their backs on the with the by the Roman Armies
truth (Mathew 23) disciples. 70 A.D.
(Mathew 23, 24).
Jesus chose
other to work.
Nolonger were
the Pharisees to
be used as the
representatives
of God but the
disciples were to
be used by God
and to reach the
people.

Steven is
crucified and
Jews fail to seal
the vision.
Jews closes their
probation by 34
A.D. (Acts 7).

208 | P a g e
Chapter 11 Duties after 34 A.D. Church Organisation

Previously we saw that Satan had saw engulfed the Jewish leadership that all they wanted to
do was to kill Jesus
Whilst there were a few in leadership like Nicodemus and friends. The majority were still dead
in their works
Acts 6:7 And the word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in
Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.
Same way during the time of Ezekiel, Jeremiah was still faithful, Ezekiel’s vision records there
were some who were still sighing and crying. The same is in the antitype, we see that a great
company of the priests, or we could say pastors were obedient to the faith, so though the
Sanhedrin condemned Steven and sealed the probation of the Jews, there were still among
them that
The martyrdom of Stephen made a deep impression upon all who witnessed it. The memory
of the signet of God upon his face; his words, which touched the very souls of those who
heard them, remained in the minds of the beholders, and testified to the truth of that which
he had proclaimed. His death was a sore trial to the church, but it resulted in the conviction
of Saul, who could not efface from his memory the faith and constancy of the martyr, and the
glory that had rested on his countenance. {AA 101}
KJV Acts 7: 59 And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my
spirit. 60 And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their
charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep.
It is in 34AD that the Jewish nation we were told the probation of a nation was closed. So we
see the prophecy by Jesus was fulfilled because the Jews were the ones who truly began to
persecute the Christians those who followed present truth, and even persecuted them to the
point of death.
When probation closed in 34 A.D. God set up a church a movement which was meant to do
that which the Jews had failed to do. The Church comprised those who received the message
from the followers of Jesus
KJV Acts 13: 45 But when the Jews saw the multitudes, they were filled with envy, and spake
against those things which were spoken by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming. 46 Then Paul
and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, It was necessary that the word of God should first have
been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of
everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles.
Brethren the message went far and wide to the gentiles, but even when God setup the
apostolic church. There was to still be organisation not just foolishness, and offshoots here
and there.

209 | P a g e
Acts 7:36 He brought them out, after that he had shewed wonders and signs in the land of
Egypt, and in the Red sea, and in the wilderness forty years. 37 This is that Moses, which said
unto the children of Israel, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your
brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear. 38 This is he, that was in the church in the
wilderness with the angel which spake to him in the mount Sina, and with our fathers: who
received the lively oracles to give unto us:
Here we learn one lesson, the church in the wilderness was organised. Let us look at the
church organisation then.
Exodus 18:13 And it came to pass on the morrow, that Moses sat to judge the people: and
the people stood by Moses from the morning unto the evening. 14 And when Moses' father
in law saw all that he did to the people, he said, What is this thing that thou doest to the
people? why sittest thou thyself alone, and all the people stand by thee from morning unto
even? 15 And Moses said unto his father in law, Because the people come unto me to enquire
of God: 16 When they have a matter, they come unto me; and I judge between one and
another, and I do make them know the statutes of God, and his laws. 17 And Moses' father
in law said unto him, The thing that thou doest is not good. 18 Thou wilt surely wear away,
both thou, and this people that is with thee: for this thing is too heavy for thee; thou art not
able to perform it thyself alone. 19 Hearken now unto my voice, I will give thee counsel, and
God shall be with thee: Be thou for the people to God-ward, that thou mayest bring the causes
unto God: 20 And thou shalt teach them ordinances and laws, and shalt shew them the way
wherein they must walk, and the work that they must do. 21 Moreover thou shalt provide
out of all the people able men, such as fear God, men of truth, hating covetousness; and place
such over them, to be rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers
of tens: 22 And let them judge the people at all seasons: and it shall be, that every great
matter they shall bring unto thee, but every small matter they shall judge: so shall it be easier
for thyself, and they shall bear the burden with thee. 23 If thou shalt do this thing, and God
command thee so, then thou shalt be able to endure, and all this people shall also go to their
place in peace.
The church of the wilderness had Moses as the Prophet leader, Aron was the High Priest,
Miriam was the Prophetess. So we see as Moses was the leader in Israel, he would judge
Israel, and notice His father in law gave him godly council.
Exodus 18:24 So Moses hearkened to the voice of his father in law, and did all that he had
said. 25 And Moses chose able men out of all Israel, and made them heads over the people,
rulers of thousands, rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens. 26 And they judged
the people at all seasons: the hard causes they brought unto Moses, but every small matter
they judged themselves. 27 And Moses let his father in law depart; and he went his way into
his own land.
Here we see something so powerful, Moses saw that the council was godly and God was going
to be with Him and we see here that there was order, though in a wilderness there was
organisation. A church is always organised.

210 | P a g e
In eternity we shall learn that which, had we received the enlightenment it was possible to
obtain here, would have opened our understanding. The themes of redemption will employ
the hearts and minds and tongues of the redeemed through the everlasting ages. They will
understand the truths which Christ longed to open to His disciples, but which they did not
have faith to grasp. Forever and forever new views of the perfection and glory of Christ will
appear. Through endless ages will the faithful Householder bring forth from His treasure
things new and old.{COL 134.1}
KJV 1 Timothy 3:14 These things write I unto thee, hoping to come unto thee shortly: 15 But
if I tarry long, that thou mayest know how thou oughtest to behave thyself in the house of
God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and ground of the truth.
Brethren the Church of Jesus must not be divided, It is to be united, It is the pillar and ground
of truth brethren. The truth is the one that shall sanctify us, and not joining an offshot
KJV John 17: 17 Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth.
Brethren the truth shall sanctify us. Laodicea now lacks the truth
KJV John 14: 6 Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto
the Father, but by me.
Jesus is the truth brethren, He is the truth
What is the solution to our church current condition
Ephesians 5:25 Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the church, and gave
himself for it; 26 That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word,
27 That he might present it to himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any
such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish.
Jesus is the head the church is the body
KJV Ephesians 5: 23 For the husband is the head of the wife, even as Christ is the head of the
church: and he is the saviour of the body. 24 Therefore as the church is subject unto Christ,
so let the wives be to their own husbands in every thing.
Jesus wants to present the church faultless. But some want to cut it up and then perform
surgeries and divide the church up and form offshoots. The truth must be allowed into the
churches. The work must continue brethren, this is what we call genuine medical missionary
work, this is the message. Reasoning from cause to effect
Like every other one of God's good gifts entrusted to the keeping of humanity, marriage has
been perverted by sin; but it is the purpose of the gospel to restore its purity and beauty. In
both the Old and the New Testament the marriage relation is employed to represent the
tender and sacred union that exists between Christ and His people, the redeemed ones whom
He has purchased at the cost of Calvary.{MB 64}
The word of God is to have a sanctifying effect on our association with every member of the
human family. The leaven of truth will not produce the spirit of rivalry, the love of ambition,
the desire to be first. True, heaven-born love is not selfish and changeable. It is not dependent
on human praise. The heart of him who receives the grace of God overflows with love for God
and for those for whom Christ died.{COL 101, 102}

211 | P a g e
KJV Ephesians 2: 19 Now therefore ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellowcitizens
with the saints, and of the household of God; 20 And are built upon the foundation of the
apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the chief corner stone; 21 In whom all the
building fitly framed together groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord: 22 In whom ye also
are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.
Brethren the church after being built, the church meaning us, we are to be the habitation of
God. This is the message. Now how many of us are taking part in reaching other seventh day
Adventist. Are we going door to door, Or foolishly standing in the churches and arguing with
others on health reform to the point of anger is this Christ method? Is it by the amount of
anger we show our passion for Christ?
KJV Hebrews 10: 25 Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of
some is; but exhorting one another: and so much the more, as ye see the day approaching.
Brethren this is a command from Christ, as we going closer to the close of time, we need more
and more to come together. We need more prayers, we need more meetings. We need to
press together
KJV Hebrews 12: 21 And so terrible was the sight, that Moses said, I exceedingly fear and
quake:) 22 But ye are come unto mount Sion, and unto the city of the living God, the heavenly
Jerusalem, and to an innumerable company of angels, 23 To the general assembly and church
of the firstborn, which are written in heaven, and to God the Judge of all, and to the spirits of
just men made perfect,
Brethren we need to have communion with Jesus. once we have victory over sin then, It shall
be that we shall stand with Jesus in His assembly
We have seen from 34 the apostles went into preach the gospel unto the gentiles. Okay so
from 34 AD Paul there was an issue of leadership
Though God had chosen them to do the loud cry they were still to be organised. They were
still organised brethren, many bring in the idea that we must leave the church and be
independent and thus we can do the will of God. Here we see the truth the work of God even
when probation of God was to be lead by an organised body. The work of God will always be
organised eveb during the crisis
The various points involved in the settlement of the main question at issue seemed to present
before the council insurmountable difficulties. But the Holy Spirit had, in reality, already
settled this question, upon the decision of which seemed to depend the prosperity, if not the
very existence, of the Christian church. {AA192}
KJV Acts 15: 31 Which when they had read, they rejoiced for the consolation. 36 And some
days after Paul said unto Barnabas, Let us go again and visit our brethren in every city where
we have preached the word of the Lord, and see how they do. 32 And Judas and Silas, being
prophets also themselves, exhorted the brethren with many words, and confirmed them. 33
And after they had tarried there a space, they were let go in peace from the brethren unto
the apostles.
KJV Acts 15: 18 Known unto God are all his works from the beginning of the world. 7 And
when there had been much disputing, Peter rose up, and said unto them, Men and brethren,
ye know how that a good while ago God made choice among us, that the Gentiles by my
mouth should hear the word of the gospel, and believe. 8 And God, which knoweth the hearts,

212 | P a g e
bare them witness, giving them the Holy Ghost, even as he did unto us; 9 And put no
difference between us and them, purifying their hearts by faith. 10 Now therefore why tempt
ye God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples, which neither our fathers nor we were
able to bear? 12 Then all the multitude kept silence, and gave audience to Barnabas and Paul,
declaring what miracles and wonders God had wrought among the Gentiles by them. 13 And
after they had held their peace, James answered, saying, Men and brethren, hearken unto
me:
Notice at the Jerusalem council they had to deal with the question of the converts. An issue
of circumcision, this was a very serious issue to consider. Notice Peter spoke and James spoke
as well at the council
KJV Acts 15:22 Then pleased it the apostles and elders, with the whole church, to send chosen
men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely, Judas surnamed
Barsabas, and Silas, chief men among the brethren: 23 And they wrote letters by them after
this manner; The apostles and elders and brethren send greeting unto the brethren which are
of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia: 24 Forasmuch as we have heard, that certain
which went out from us have troubled you with words, subverting your souls, saying, Ye must
be circumcised, and keep the law: to whom we gave no such commandment:
Brethren God had a body of believers post 34AD, His church was called the apostolic church.
It comprised of Jesus and gentiles now. Now the apostles were at the head of the work. But
there was a general conference where the concerns of the work was represented
[God] requires that order and system be observed in the conduct of church affairs today no
less than in the days of old. He desires His work to be carried forward with thoroughness and
exactness so that He may place upon it the seal of His approval. Christian is to be united with
Christian, church with church, the human instrumentality co-operating with the divine, every
agency subordinate to the Holy Spirit, and all combined in giving to the world the good tidings
of the grace of God.{AA 96.1}
KJV 1 Corinthians 14:33 For God is not the author of confusion, but of peace, as in all churches
of the saints.
Brethren there was perfect order in the apostolic church brethren, let us see this order
brethren, for it is important to note that after the National Sunday Law.
KJV Acts 9: 17 And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands
on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou
camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost.
18 And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight
forthwith, and arose, and was baptized. 10 And there was a certain disciple at Damascus,
named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here,
Lord. 11 And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and
enquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, 12 And
hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he
might receive his sight.
When Saul met Jesus on the way, Notice Saul was not given a mission on his own, but rather
he was referred to the apostolic church and their elders. This is the gospel order. This was
after 34 AD

213 | P a g e
Paul declared that his change of faith had not been prompted by impulse or fanaticism, but
had been brought about by overwhelming evidence. In his presentation of the gospel he
sought to make plain the prophecies relating to the first advent of Christ. {AA 125}
KJV Acts 9: 26 And when Saul was come to Jerusalem, he assayed to join himself to the
disciples: but they were all afraid of him, and believed not that he was a disciple. 18 And
immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith,
and arose, and was baptized. 19 And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then
was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. 20 And straightway he
preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God. 21 But all that heard him were
amazed, and said; Is not this he that destroyed them which called on this name in Jerusalem,
and came hither for that intent, that he might bring them bound unto the chief priests? 22
But Saul increased the more in strength, and confounded the Jews which dwelt at Damascus,
proving that this is very Christ.
There was an issue of ordination or laying on of hands for Holy office.
KJV Acts 1: 13 And when they were come in, they went up into an upper room, where abode
both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholomew, and
Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas the brother of James. 14
These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication, with the women, and Mary
the mother of Jesus, and with his brethren.
There was Mary and also women up in the upper room. We know of the women who gave
witness of the birth of Jesus
KJV Acts 18: 28 For he mightily convinced the Jews, and that publickly, shewing by the
scriptures that Jesus was Christ. 26 And he began to speak boldly in the synagogue: whom
when Aquila and Priscilla had heard, they took him unto them, and expounded unto him the
way of God more perfectly.
Brethren we know of Priscilla who were fellow labourers with Paul, there were women of
faith. But in view of all these, only men were ordained to be apostles. There were 12 apostles
all of them men. Even when choosing a replacement for Judas
There were many women there but the one chosen as a replacement was a man
KJV Acts 1: 23 And they appointed two, Joseph called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus,
and Matthias. 24 And they prayed, and said, Thou, Lord, which knowest the hearts of all men,
shew whether of these two thou hast chosen, 25 That he may take part of this ministry and
apostleship, from which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own place. 26 And
they gave forth their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthias; and he was numbered with the
eleven apostles.
Brethren those ordained to serve as apostles
KJV Mark 3:13 And he goeth up into a mountain, and calleth unto him whom he would: and
they came unto him. 14 And he ordained twelve, that they should be with him, and that he
might send them forth to preach, 15 And to have power to heal sicknesses, and to cast out
devils: 16 And Simon he surnamed Peter; 17 And James the son of Zebedee, and John the
brother of James; and he surnamed them Boanerges, which is, The sons of thunder: 18 And
Andrew, and Philip, and Bartholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas, and James the son of

214 | P a g e
Alphaeus, and Thaddaeus, and Simon the Canaanite, 19 And Judas Iscariot, which also
betrayed him: and they went into an house.
Brethren do we see only Men were ordained to serve as apostles why is this?
KJV Acts 14:21 And when they had preached the gospel to that city, and had taught many,
they returned again to Lystra, and to Iconium, and Antioch, 22 Confirming the souls of the
disciples, and exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that we must through much
tribulation enter into the kingdom of God. 23 And when they had ordained them elders in
every church, and had prayed with fasting, they commended them to the Lord, on whom they
believed. 27 And when they were come, and had gathered the church together, they
rehearsed all that God had done with them, and how he had opened the door of faith unto
the Gentiles. 28 And there they abode long time with the disciples.
As Paul went about preaching among the gentiles, New churches were erected in these
churches Paul set up and Ordained some to be Elders and leaders of the people. The work of
God is to continue and be very organised even after 34 AD. The disciples and Paul came
together and they shared with them the report. Paul was able to Ordain elders because he
too was ordained to be an Apostle
KJV 1 Timothy 2: 7 Whereunto I am ordained a preacher, and an apostle, (I speak the truth in
Christ, and lie not;) a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and verity. 8 I will therefore that men
pray every where, lifting up holy hands, without wrath and doubting.
Brethren I hope we see the organisation of the gospel order. The Apostles were able to get a
salary in order to support them. But Paul sometimes chose to be a self-supporting minister.
But still did the work as the other apostles
Solemn are the responsibilities resting upon those who are called to act as leaders in the
church of God on earth.{AA 92.2}
KJV 1 Corinthians 12:27 Now ye are the body of Christ, and members in particular. 28 And
God hath set some in the church, first apostles, secondarily prophets, thirdly teachers, after
that miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, governments, diversities of tongues.
Brethren the early church was organised and more so
By a comparison of the church with the human body, the apostle aptly illustrated the close
and harmonious relationship that should exist among all members of the church of Christ.{AA
317}
KJV 1 Corinthians 12: 24 For our comely parts have no need: but God hath tempered the body
together, having given more abundant honour to that part which lacked: 25 That there should
be no schism in the body; but that the members should have the same care one for another.
26 And whether one member suffer, all the members suffer with it; or one member be
honoured, all the members rejoice with it.
So we see here that it is very clear that God has set apart the Church. The church is to be
organised throughout all time. Even in times of persecution the church is to be organised
During ages of spiritual darkness the church of God has been as a city set on a hill. From age
to age, through successive generations, the pure doctrines of heaven have been unfolding
within its borders. Enfeebled and defective as it may appear, the church is the one object

215 | P a g e
upon which God bestows in a special sense His supreme regard. It is the theater of His grace,
in which He delights to reveal His power to transform hearts.{AA 12.1}
KJV 1 Corinthians 4:9 For I think that God hath set forth us the apostles last, as it were
appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men.
Notice that God set the apostles last appointed to death. They were to lead the Early church.
And the last apostle was John, He died of old age, he was the one who wrote the book of
revelation.
Those seven churches mentioned were 7 literal churches then, but they also have a spiritual
meaning to the 7 churches comprising the churches from the time of the apostles to the end
of time
let us look what was the criterion to an ordained minister
KJV 1 Corinthians 14: 34 Let your women keep silence in the churches: for it is not permitted
unto them to speak; but they are commanded to be under obedience, as also saith the law.
35 And if they will learn any thing, let them ask their husbands at home: for it is a shame for
women to speak in the church. 37 If any man think himself to be a prophet, or spiritual, let
him acknowledge that the things that I write unto you are the commandments of the Lord.
38 But if any man be ignorant, let him be ignorant.
Women were to learn silently and not ask anything. This is by far the most misunderstood
text ever. Here its not saying women should not preach. This verse is on women’s ordination
Women were never to be ordained. If a man is ordained as an Elder, he speaks with the
Authority of Jesus. If He teaches he teaches with Authority, this issue of ordination was never
to be imparted to women, It is in the law. Brethren this is serious. Why is this so?
Eve had been the first in transgression; and she had fallen into temptation by separating from
her companion, contrary to the divine direction. It was by her solicitation that Adam sinned,
and she was now placed in subjection to her husband. Had the principles joined in the law of
God been cherished by the fallen race, this sentence, though growing out of the results of sin,
would have proved a blessing to them; but man's abuse of the supremacy thus given him has
too often rendered the lot of woman very bitter and made her life a burden.{PP 58.3}
KJV 1 Timothy 2: 11 Let the woman learn in silence with all subjection. 12 But I suffer not a
woman to teach, nor to usurp authority over the man, but to be in silence. 13 For Adam was
first formed, then Eve. 14 And Adam was not deceived, but the woman being deceived was
in the transgression.
Brethren a woman was not to have authority over a man. This is the issue of ordination. For
we already saw Mary and Martha were disciples of Jesus. Marry was in the upper room. We
have records of Judges such as Deborah who were female. But all these were never ordained
to speak with Authority, but they were able to teach and preach
But in ordination: There were never female apostles neither female elders. This is to usurp
authority over a man
KJV 1 Timothy 5: 2 The elder women as mothers; the younger as sisters, with all purity.
Here the bible speaks of elder women. Women who are older were to be an example to the
young generation

216 | P a g e
He who has placed upon men the heavy responsibility of leaders and teachers of His people
will hold the people accountable for the manner in which they treat His servants. We are to
honor those whom God has honored. The judgment visited upon Miriam should be a rebuke
to all who yield to jealousy, and murmur against those upon whom God lays the burden of
His work.{PP 386.1}
KJV 1 Timothy 5:17 Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour,
especially they who labour in the word and doctrine.
Brethren elders were to those that ruled well. They were to be Men who were guided by the
Spirit of God
Satan leads many to believe that God will overlook their unfaithfulness in the minor affairs of
life; but the Lord shows in His dealings with Jacob that He will in no wise sanction or tolerate
evil. All who endeavor to excuse or conceal their sins, and permit them to remain upon the
books of heaven, unconfessed and unforgiven, will be overcome by Satan. The more exalted
their profession and the more honorable the position which they hold, the more grievous is
their course in the sight of God and the more sure the triumph of their great adversary. Those
who delay a preparation for the day of God cannot obtain it in the time of trouble or at any
subsequent time. The case of all such is hopeless.{GC 620.2}
KJV 1 Timothy 5:18 For the scripture saith, Thou shalt not muzzle the ox that treadeth out the
corn. And, The labourer is worthy of his reward. 19 Against an elder receive not an accusation,
but before two or three witnesses. 20 Them that sin rebuke before all, that others also may
fear. 21 I charge thee before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, and the elect angels, that thou
observe these things without preferring one before another, doing nothing by partiality. 22
Lay hands suddenly on no man, neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep thyself pure.
Notice the laying of on hands. Issue of ordination applied to the Men, But it was not on all
men. But select men who would do the work God appointed them to do
Brethren what were the qualifications for being an elder in the church
KJV 1 Timothy 3:1 This is a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a
good work.
Bishop is what we would call a pastor
KJV 1 Timothy 3: 2 A bishop then must be blameless, the husband of one wife, vigilant, sober,
of good behaviour, given to hospitality, apt to teach; 3 Not given to wine, no striker, not
greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler, not covetous;
A bishop was to be husband of one wife. Some say no it can be woman of one husband. But
this is not so let’s see why
KJV 1 Timothy 3: 4 One that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with
all gravity; 5 (For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the
church of God?) 6 Not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation
of the devil. 7 Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall
into reproach and the snare of the devil.
Notice the bishop was to be a man that ruled his house well. Let us recall once again, that
Adam was the head of the Eve. Recall when God came to ask, He asked Adam first then Eve

217 | P a g e
KJV Genesis 3:16 Unto the woman he said, I will greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy
conception; in sorrow thou shalt bring forth children; and thy desire shall be to thy husband,
and he shall rule over thee.
It is in Eden that Man was to rule over woman. The man is the head
KJV 1 Timothy 3: 8 Likewise must the deacons be grave, not double tongued, not given to
much wine, not greedy of filthy lucre; 9 Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience.
10 And let these also first be proved; then let them use the office of a deacon, being found
blameless. 11 Even so must their wives be grave, not slanderers, sober, faithful in all things.
12 Let the deacons be the husbands of one wife, ruling their children and their own houses
well. 13 For they that have used the office of a deacon well purchase to themselves a good
degree, and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus.
Brethren Deacons as we recall in Acts 7 were men and they were ordained
Stephen, the foremost of the seven deacons, was a man of deep piety and broad faith. Though
a Jew by birth, he spoke the Greek language and was familiar with the customs and manners
of the Greeks. He therefore found opportunity to preach the gospel in the synagogues of the
Greek Jews. He was very active in the cause of Christ and boldly proclaimed his faith. {AA 97}
KJV Acts 6: 3 Wherefore, brethren, look ye out among you seven men of honest report, full of
the Holy Ghost and wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business. 4 But we will give
ourselves continually to prayer, and to the ministry of the word. 5 And the saying pleased the
whole multitude: and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost, and Philip,
and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch: 6
Whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed, they laid their hands on them.
This is why in our church only Men are laid hands on to serve in capacity as elders and Deacons
KJV Ephesians 5:21 Submitting yourselves one to another in the fear of God. 22 Wives, submit
yourselves unto your own husbands, as unto the Lord. 23 For the husband is the head of the
wife, even as Christ is the head of the church: and he is the saviour of the body. 24 Therefore
as the church is subject unto Christ, so let the wives be to their own husbands in every thing.
The church is the woman and Jesus is the head of the Church do we see this. And the head of
woman is the Man. The issue of headship.
An ordained pastor or elder as he speaks, speaks with the authority of Christ to the church
which is the woman. If a woman was ordained and she speaks to the church which is also a
woman. This is homosexuality, and we shall see in the anti-type. Each church that started off
ordaining women later on ordained gays and lesbians... This is not in the gospel order, male
headship, Just as God is head in the God head
The church is built upon Christ as its foundation; it is to obey Christ as its head. It is not to
depend upon man, or be controlled by man. Many claim that a position of trust in the church
gives them authority to dictate what other men shall believe and what they shall do. This
claim God does not sanction. The Saviour declares, "All ye are brethren." All are exposed to
temptation, and are liable to error. Upon no finite being can we depend for guidance. The
Rock of faith is the living presence of Christ in the church. Upon this the weakest may depend,
and those who think themselves the strongest will prove to be the weakest, unless they make
Christ their efficiency. "Cursed be the man that trusteth in man, and maketh flesh his arm."

218 | P a g e
The Lord "is the Rock, His work is perfect." "Blessed are all they that put their trust in Him."
Jeremiah 17:5; Deuteronomy 32:4; Psalm 2:12.{DA 414}
KJV 1 Corinthians 11: 3 But I would have you know, that the head of every man is Christ; and
the head of the woman is the man; and the head of Christ is God.
Do we see this brethren it’s so plain, brethren I believe we need a lot of women in the work
Amen
Some try to make the following verse below an issue of ordination and it’s not
KJV Galatians 3: 27 For as many of you as have been baptized into Christ have put on Christ.
28 There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither bond nor free, there is neither male nor
female: for ye are all one in Christ Jesus.
They say there is no male nor female thus you can ordain women, but brethren this is talking
about salvation. Reasoning like this and women are ordained. Next comes the gays and
lesbians saying there is neither male nor female, then comes lesbian and gay ordination,
brethren this is not the gospel order
The male headship was started by God, when he created them he did male and female. Adam
was the head and eve was His body Amen.
They were one flesh
We shall see that this issue shall be of great concern to us especially at the end of time. Let’s
look in the beginning. It was Satan who wanted to be above God in the Godhead it was Satan
that told eve you shall be like God.
It was Satan who said to eve you will rise higher than Adam. This was the test brethren
women’s rights started in Eden... It was what lead to the fall of the Holy pair. God came and
repaired and said Adam shall rule over you
The good tree will produce good fruit. If the fruit is unpalatable and worthless, the tree is evil.
So the fruit borne in the life testifies as to the condition of the heart and the excellence of the
character. Good works can never purchase salvation, but they are an evidence of the faith
that acts by love and purifies the soul. And though the eternal reward is not bestowed
because of our merit, yet it will be in proportion to the work that has been done through the
grace of Christ.{DA 314.2}
Let us study this thing brethren and begging to see what really went down
No truth does the Bible more clearly teach than that what we do is the result of what we are.
To a great degree the experiences of life are the fruition of our own thoughts and deeds. . .
.Terrible is this truth, and deeply should it be impressed. Every deed reacts upon the doer.
Never a human being but may recognize, in the evils that curse his life, fruitage of his own
sowing. Yet even thus we are not without hope.{Ed 146}
KJV Isaiah 3: 12 As for my people, children are their oppressors, and women rule over them.
O my people, they which lead thee cause thee to err, and destroy the way of thy paths. 13
The LORD standeth up to plead, and standeth to judge the people. 14 The LORD will enter
into judgment with the ancients of his people, and the princes thereof: for ye have eaten up
the vineyard; the spoil of the poor is in your houses.

219 | P a g e
KJV Philippians 4: 1 Therefore, my brethren dearly beloved and longed for, my joy and crown,
so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved. 2 I beseech Euodias, and beseech Syntyche, that
they be of the same mind in the Lord. 3 And I intreat thee also, true yokefellow, help those
women which laboured with me in the gospel, with Clement also, and with other my
fellowlabourers, whose names are in the book of life.
Do we see that women shall also do a great work?
KJV Acts 2:7 And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit
upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall
see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams: 18 And on my servants and on my
handmaidens I will pour out in those days of my Spirit; and they shall prophesy:
Sons and Daughters. All shall receive the Spirit of God in the latter rain out pouring
Very close and sacred is the relation between Christ and His church--He the bridegroom, and
the church the bride; He the head, and the church the body. Connection with Christ, then,
involves connection with His church. The church is organized for service; and in a life of service
to Christ, connection with the church is one of the first steps. Loyalty to Christ demands the
faithful performance of church duties. This is an important part of one's training; and in a
church imbued with the Master's life, it will lead directly to effort for the world without.{Ed
268}
KJV Jeremiah 6: 2 I have likened the daughter of Zion to a comely and delicate woman.
The woman is so highly exalted. That the redeemed who shall do a great work are all
represented as being a woman. Brethren God loves the woman brethren. Ordained means to
hold and speak with authority
Either as a bishop or Pastor
Elder
Deacon
These positions require male headship. If these ordained people speak they speak with
authority. A woman is not required to do this. But a woman can serve in the office of a
prophet. A woman can also be an evangelist just as Priscilla was I hope am clear! A woman
can also teach.
But ordination requires male headship
KJV Exodus 15: 20 And Miriam the prophetess, the sister of Aaron, took a timbrel in her hand;
and all the women went out after her with timbrels and with dances.
KJV Judges 4: 3 And the children of Israel cried unto the LORD: for he had nine hundred
chariots of iron; and twenty years he mightily oppressed the children of Israel. 4 And Deborah,
a prophetess, the wife of Lapidoth, she judged Israel at that time.
KJV 2 Kings 22: 14 So Hilkiah the priest, and Ahikam, and Achbor, and Shaphan, and Asahiah,
went unto Huldah the prophetess, the wife of Shallum the son of Tikvah, the son of Harhas,
keeper of the wardrobe; (now she dwelt in Jerusalem in the college;) and they communed
with her.
Please pray and go through the study again

220 | P a g e
KJV Luke 2: 36 And there was one Anna, a prophetess, the daughter of Phanuel, of the tribe
of Aser: she was of a great age, and had lived with an husband seven years from her virginity;
No it does not...
The Church Has Work for the Youth—Let the overseers of the church devise plans whereby
young men and women may be trained to put to use their entrusted talents. Let the older
members of the church seek to do earnest, compassionate work for the children and youth.
- AH 487.3
All who work for God should have the Martha and the Mary attributes blended,—a willingness
to minister, and a sincere love of the truth. Self and selfishness must be put out of sight. God
calls for earnest women workers, workers who are prudent, warm-hearted, tender, and true
to principle. He calls for persevering women, who will take their minds from self and their
personal convenience, and will center them on Christ, speaking words of truth, praying with
the persons to whom they can obtain access, laboring for the conversion of souls.—
Testimonies for the Church 6:118. - ChS 27.3
All who desire an opportunity for true ministry, and who will give themselves unreservedly to
God, will find in the canvassing work opportunities to speak upon many things pertaining to
the future, immortal life. The experience thus gained will be of the greatest value to those
who are fitting themselves for the ministry. It is the accompaniment of the Holy Spirit of God
that prepares workers, both men and women, to become pastors to the flock of God. As they
cherish the thought that Christ is their Companion, a holy awe, a sacred joy, will be felt by
them amid all their trying experiences and all their tests. They will learn how to pray as they
work. - CEv 16.1
The lesson tonight was on church organisation. How the church was not fragmented after 34
A.D. But rather God organised the Church
Some Apostles
Some Elders
Some Bishops
Some deacons
The above were positions where if you had to hold them you needed to be Ordained. And
also you needed to be a man of good report, a husband of one wife. It’s clear the issue here
brethren that Ordination or Laying on of Hands was a sacred work. Also it is clear that women
held many offices being a prophet is being Gods mouth piece and women held this position...
But brethren let us recognise the issue of Christs headship which he handed down to Adam.
And the church organisation wás to carry this
The church was always represented as a Woman. Thus those ordained would have to be
males
Ordination = Male Headship
Wonderful that is the issue
Without laying on of hands one cannot hold those offices given
KJV Hebrews 6: 2 Of the doctrine of baptisms, and of laying on of hands, and of resurrection
of the dead, and of eternal judgment.
This is the doctrine brethren

221 | P a g e
It is God's design that such workers shall be freed from unnecessary anxiety, that they may
have full opportunity to obey the injunction of Paul to Timothy, "Meditate upon these things;
give thyself wholly to them." 1 Timothy 4:15. While they should be careful to exercise
sufficiently to keep mind and body vigorous, yet it is not God's plan that they should be
compelled to spend a large part of their time at secular employment.{AA 356.1}
KJV 1 Timothy 4: 13 Till I come, give attendance to reading, to exhortation, to doctrine. 14
Neglect not the gift that is in thee, which was given thee by prophecy, with the laying on of
the hands of the presbytery. 15 Meditate upon these things; give thyself wholly to them; that
thy profiting may appear to all.
It is God's design that such workers shall be freed from unnecessary anxiety, that they may
have full opportunity to obey the injunction of Paul to Timothy, "Meditate upon these things;
give thyself wholly to them." 1 Timothy 4:15. While they should be careful to exercise
sufficiently to keep mind and body vigorous, yet it is not God's plan that they should be
compelled to spend a large part of their time at secular employment.{AA 356.1}
The various points involved in the settlement of the main question at issue seemed to present
before the council insurmountable difficulties. But the Holy Spirit had, in reality, already
settled this question, upon the decision of which seemed to depend the prosperity, if not the
very existence, of the Christian church. {AA192}
Brethren we recall one very pertinent issue was diet at the Jerusalem council. This council
called upon all apostles as well as delegates from the Churches... one pertinent issue was the
issue of eating things sacrificed to idols, refer to Introduction to the medical missionary work
manual apart from Diet something else that came up at the Jerusalem councel
That the Christians in various churches were so deep in Fornication
KJV 1 Corinthians 5:1 It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you, and such
fornication as is not so much as named among the Gentiles, that one should have his father's
wife.
Imagine that the church at Corinth. Fornication was such that it was even uncommon among
the gentiles brethren. Brethren incest was the order of the day
But man cannot transform himself by the exercise of his will. He possesses no power by which
this change can be effected. The leaven--something wholly from without--must be put into
the meal before the desired change can be wrought in it. So the grace of God must be received
by the sinner before he can be fitted for the kingdom of glory.{COL 96}
KJV 1 Corinthians 5: 9 I wrote unto you in an epistle not to company with fornicators: 10 Yet
not altogether with the fornicators of this world, or with the covetous, or extortioners, or with
idolaters; for then must ye needs go out of the world.
Brethren below is the council. The issue of striking names out of the records
KJV 1 Corinthians 5: 11 But now I have written unto you not to keep company, if any man
that is called a brother be a fornicator, or covetous, or an idolater, or a railer, or a drunkard,
or an extortioner; with such an one no not to eat.
Notice that if someone was a brother. Meaning they are part of the church fold these are
people who believe and know the truth,If they continued in fornication and other sins
mentioned above. They were to be disfellowshiped, all members were told not keep company

222 | P a g e
with them. Recall they would also meet in the churches aa well as at home and break bread.
This brother or sister if disfellowshiped was not even allowed to be part of the fellowship at
home. The issue of disfellowship is biblical
KJV 1 Corinthians 5: 12 For what have I to do to judge them also that are without? do not ye
judge them that are within? 13 But them that are without God judgeth. Therefore put away
from among yourselves that wicked person.
The above was a barrier by which wickedness was to be put away from among the people!
Paul then tackled the growing evil head-on.
KJV 1 Corinthians 6: 13 Meats for the belly, and the belly for meats: but God shall destroy
both it and them. Now the body is not for fornication, but for the Lord; and the Lord for the
body.
The body was not for fornication
All men have been bought with this infinite price. By pouring the whole treasury of heaven
into this world, by giving us in Christ all heaven, God has purchased the will, the affections,
the mind, the soul, of every human being. Whether believers or unbelievers, all men are the
Lord's property. All are called to do service for Him, and for the manner in which they have
met this claim, all will be required to render an account at the great judgment day.{COL 326.1}
KJV 1 Corinthians 6: 16 What? know ye not that he which is joined to an harlot is one body?
for two, saith he, shall be one flesh. 17 But he that is joined unto the Lord is one spirit. 18 Flee
fornication. Every sin that a man doeth is without the body; but he that committeth
fornication sinneth against his own body. 19 What? know ye not that your body is the temple
of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? 20 For ye
are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's.
19, 20. God Claims the Heart’s Throne—God has bought us, and He claims a throne in each
heart. Our minds and bodies must be subordinated to Him, and the natural habits and
appetites must be made subservient to the higher wants of the soul. But we can place no
dependence upon ourselves in this work. We cannot with safety follow our own guidance.
The Holy Spirit must renew and sanctify us. In God’s service there must be no halfway work.
(SpT, Series A, No. 7, p. 39). – {6BC 1088.5}
when one commit fornication they sin against the body brethren. Notice the body is the
temple of the Holy Spirit. Brethren do we think fornication is a small sin?
KJV 1 Corinthians 10:6 Now these things were our examples, to the intent we should not lust
after evil things, as they also lusted. 7 Neither be ye idolaters, as were some of them; as it is
written, The people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play.
Paul then spoke in the same letter the third time on the same issue of fornication. Recall the
children of Israel and the golden calf. They arose up to eat and drink and to "play" they play
there is fornication brethren
KJV 1 Corinthians 10: 8 Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them committed, and
fell in one day three and twenty thousand. 11 Now all these things happened unto them for
ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are
come.
Brethren do we see how serious the fornication issue is?

223 | P a g e
God would have His people in these days review with a humble heart and teachable spirit the
trials through which ancient Israel passed, that they may be instructed in their preparation
for the heavenly Canaan. Many look back to the Israelites, and marvel at their unbelief and
murmuring, feeling that they themselves would not have been so ungrateful; but when their
faith is tested, even by little trials, they manifest no more faith or patience than did ancient
Israel.{PP 293}
KJV 1 Corinthians 10: 12 Wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall.
13 There hath no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful,
who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able; but will with the temptation
also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it.
Fornication was a serious issue back in Israel before Jordan. It was also a serious issue among
the converts at Corinth. The bible says it shall be also a serious issue just before Jesus comes
KJV 1 Thessalonians 4: 2 For ye know what commandments we gave you by the Lord Jesus. 3
For this is the will of God, even your sanctification, that ye should abstain from fornication: 4
That every one of you should know how to possess his vessel in sanctification and honour;
At the Jerusalem council it was declared that fornication should be so named among them.
So this was a commandment that Paul was reminding the people
KJV Colossians 3: 5 Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication,
uncleanness, inordinate affection, evil concupiscence, and covetousness, which is idolatry:
KJV Ephesians 5: 3 But fornication, and all uncleanness, or covetousness, let it not be once
named among you, as becometh saints; 4 Neither filthiness, nor foolish talking, nor jesting,
which are not convenient: but rather giving of thanks. 5 For this ye know, that no
whoremonger, nor unclean person, nor covetous man, who is an idolater, hath any
inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God. 6 Let no man deceive you with vain words:
for because of these things cometh the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience.
Warn every soul that is in danger. Leave none to deceive themselves. Call sin by its right name.
Declare what God has said in regard to lying, Sabbathbreaking, stealing, idolatry, and every
other evil.{DA 806}
KJV Galatians 5: 19 Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are these; Adultery,
fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness, 20 Idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations,
wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, 21 Envyings, murders, drunkenness, revellings, and such like:
of the which I tell you before, as I have also told you in time past, that they which do such
things shall not inherit the kingdom of God.
Brethren the issue of fornication was so wide spread in the churches that in each letter Paul
wrote exhorting the people. It was so serious that a council met and they gave a resolution
on the fornication issue
KJV Acts 15: 22 Then pleased it the apostles and elders, with the whole church, to send chosen
men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely, Judas surnamed
Barsabas, and Silas, chief men among the brethren:
28 For it seemed good to the Holy Ghost, and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than
these necessary things;

224 | P a g e
29 That ye abstain from meats offered to idols, and from blood, and from things strangled,
and from fornication: from which if ye keep yourselves, ye shall do well. Fare ye well.

The church was built upon Jesus

KJV Matthew 17:1 And after six days Jesus taketh Peter, James, and John his brother, and
bringeth them up into an high mountain apart, 2 And was transfigured before them: and his
face did shine as the sun, and his raiment was white as the light. 3 And, behold, there
appeared unto them Moses and Elias talking with him.

It was Peter James and John who saw Jesus transfigured

KJV Mark 5: 36 As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of
the synagogue, Be not afraid, only believe. 37 And he suffered no man to follow him, save
Peter, and James, and John the brother of James. 38 And he cometh to the house of the ruler
of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly.

Brethren this inner circle was so tight... We know of the day of Pentecost how Peter Spoke
up. In choosing the replacement for Judas as well as on Pentecost... others believe the church
was build on Peter

Was Peter the first Pope?

KJV Matthew 16:13 When Jesus came into the coasts of Caesarea Philippi, he asked his
disciples, saying, Whom do men say that I the Son of man am? 14 And they said, Some say
that thou art John the Baptist: some, Elias; and others, Jeremias, or one of the prophets. 15
He saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am?

Look at this, this is very personal, Our confession of Jesus and who he is must not come from
a stand point of others but we must know it personally for ourselves

KJV Matthew 16: 16 And Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the Christ, the Son of the
living God. 17 And Jesus answered and said unto him, Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-jona: for
flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven.

The word Peter signifies a stone,—a rolling stone. Peter was not the rock upon which the
church was founded. The gates of hell did prevail against him when he denied his Lord with
cursing and swearing...That Rock is Himself,—His own body, for us broken and bruised.
Against the church built upon this foundation, the gates of hell shall not prevail. {DA 413}

KJV Matthew 16: 18 And I say also unto thee, That thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will
build my church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it.

So Jesus is the Rock upon which Jesus was to build the church... Thou art Peter, But upon this
rock (Jesus) the church would be built

KJV Matthew 16: 19 And I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven: and
whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt
loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven. 20 Then charged he his disciples that they should
tell no man that he was Jesus the Christ.

If you look in the original Greek of this verse. He was talking about Marriage
225 | P a g e
To the apostles was given the keys the power to officiate marriage as well as to dissolve
marriage

KJV Matthew 16: 21 From that time forth began Jesus to shew unto his disciples, how that he
must go unto Jerusalem, and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes,
and be killed, and be raised again the third day. 22 Then Peter took him, and began to rebuke
him, saying, Be it far from thee, Lord: this shall not be unto thee. 23 But he turned, and said
unto Peter, Get thee behind me, Satan: thou art an offence unto me: for thou savourest not
the things that be of God, but those that be of men.

In the very next breath we see again Jesus say get behind me Satan. It’s clear the church was
not built on Peter.

KJV Psalms 118: 20 This gate of the LORD, into which the righteous shall enter. 21 I will praise
thee: for thou hast heard me, and art become my salvation. 22 The stone which the builders
refused is become the head stone of the corner. 23 This is the LORD'S doing; it is marvellous
in our eyes.

Notice these prophecies

In infinite wisdom, God chose the foundation stone, and laid it Himself. He called it "a sure
foundation." The entire world may lay upon it their burdens and griefs; it can endure them
all. With perfect safety they may build upon it. Christ is a "tried stone." Those who trust in
Him, He never disappoints. He has borne every test.{DA 598}

KJV Isaiah 28: 16 Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD, Behold, I lay in Zion for a foundation a
stone, a tried stone, a precious corner stone, a sure foundation: he that believeth shall not
make haste.

KJV Matthew 21: 42 Jesus saith unto them, Did ye never read in the scriptures, The stone
which the builders rejected, the same is become the head of the corner: this is the Lord's
doing, and it is marvellous in our eyes? 43 Therefore say I unto you, The kingdom of God shall
be taken from you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof. 44 And whosoever
shall fall on this stone shall be broken: but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to
powder. 45 And when the chief priests and Pharisees had heard his parables, they perceived
that he spake of them. 46 But when they sought to lay hands on him, they feared the
multitude, because they took him for a prophet.

It is clear that Jesus knew himself to be the corner stone

No longer were they ignorant and uncultured. No longer were they a collection of
independent units or of discordant and conflicting elements. No longer were their hopes set
on worldly greatness. They were of "one accord," of one mind and one soul. Christ filled their
thoughts. The advancement of His kingdom was their aim. In mind and character they had
become like their Master; and men "took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus."
Acts 4:13.{Ed 95.5}

KJV Acts 4: 10 Be it known unto you all, and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of
Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by him
doth this man stand here before you whole. 11 This is the stone which was set at nought of
you builders, which is become the head of the corner. 12 Neither is there salvation in any
226 | P a g e
other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be
saved. 13 Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John, and perceived that they were
unlearned and ignorant men, they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them, that they
had been with Jesus.

Peter and John applied the stone to be Jesus

The word of God is to have a sanctifying effect on our association with every member of the
human family. The leaven of truth will not produce the spirit of rivalry, the love of ambition,
the desire to be first. True, heaven-born love is not selfish and changeable. It is not dependent
on human praise. The heart of him who receives the grace of God overflows with love for God
and for those for whom Christ died.{COL 101, 102}

KJV Ephesians 2: 19 Now therefore ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellowcitizens
with the saints, and of the household of God; 20 And are built upon the foundation of the
apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the chief corner stone; 21 In whom all the
building fitly framed together groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord: 22 In whom ye also
are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.

Paul also knew the Stone to be Jesus the rock of ages, It was on this cornerstone the building
the church was to be established

In Isaiah's prophecy, Christ is declared to be both a sure foundation and a stone of stumbling.
The apostle Peter, writing by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, clearly shows to whom Christ is a
foundation stone, and to whom a rock of offense. {DA 599}

KJV 1 Peter 2:4 To whom coming, as unto a living stone, disallowed indeed of men, but chosen
of God, and precious, 5 Ye also, as lively stones, are built up a spiritual house, an holy
priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ. 6 Wherefore also
it is contained in the scripture, Behold, I lay in Sion a chief corner stone, elect, precious: and
he that believeth on him shall not be confounded. 7 Unto you therefore which believe he is
precious: but unto them which be disobedient, the stone which the builders disallowed, the
same is made the head of the corner, 8 And a stone of stumbling, and a rock of offence, even
to them which stumble at the word, being disobedient: whereunto also they were appointed.

The stone was Jesus brethren... notice both Paul and Peter say apart from Jesus this stone
was to be added to it other stones and a church to be built

The church is God's appointed agency for the salvation of men. It was organized for service,
and its mission is to carry the gospel to the world. From the beginning it has been God's plan
that through His church shall be reflected to the world His fullness and His sufficiency. The
members of the church, those whom He has called out of darkness into His marvelous light,
are to show forth His glory. {AA 9}

KJV 1 Peter 2: 9 But ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar
people; that ye should shew forth the praises of him who hath called you out of darkness into
his marvellous light: 10 Which in time past were not a people, but are now the people of God:
which had not obtained mercy, but now have obtained mercy. 11 Dearly beloved, I beseech
you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul;

227 | P a g e
So we see there many challenges the young infant church faced, there were many dangers
without to be faced. But there were also dangers from within that needed to be tackled and
met. Finally in 70 A.D. the temple was destroyed as the prophecy of Daniel and Jesus had
foretold

228 | P a g e
Chapter 12 New Duties Revealed

So we see that the 70 weeks were cut off from the 2300 years… they ended in 34 AD. We
want to understand the 2300 years. Thus the 490 years has the same starting point as the
2300 years.

457B.C.----(490years) ---- 34 A.D.

457B.C.---(2300years) ---1844 A.D.

Recall there is no zero year, so in our calculation we add 1 so it becomes 34 A.D. instead of 33
A.D., and 1844 instead of 1843. It was here that that the sanctuary was to be cleansed!

For detailed information on the events in this chapter refer to the manual Church History. So
what happened there was a Methodist preacher who began to study the prophecies. This
man was a Methodist. He began to study these prophecies as far back as 1816 and by 1888
he was done studying the scriptures…but he was reluctant to share these prophecies, until he
studied more for 9 more years, in 1831 William Miler began to preach the message, until 1833
something happened

What happened in 1833

The derisive jests have ceased. Lying lips are hushed into silence. The clash of arms, the tumult
of battle, "with confused noise, and garments rolled in blood" (Isaiah 9:5), is stilled. Nought
now is heard but the voice of prayer and the sound of weeping and lamentation. The cry
bursts forth from lips so lately scoffing: "The great day of His wrath is come; and who shall be
able to stand?" The wicked pray to be buried beneath the rocks of the mountains rather than
meet the face of Him whom they have despised and rejected. {GC 642.2}

KJV Revelation 6: 12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a
great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as
blood; 13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely
figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. 14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is
rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places. 17 For the
great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?

Notice the events connected with Jesus second coming.

1. The Great Earthquake

2. Then the Sun became black
3. Then the Moon not to give light
4. Then the stars were to fall
5. Then Jesus was to come

1755 the great Lisbon earthquake

1890 known as the dark day, by high noon the animals began to go into their barns to sleep
it was so dark people thought judgement day had come

1980 the same night the night came and the moon was as blood

229 | P a g e
And all these things William Miller studied much and he was sharing since 1831 but when the
star’s fell

1833 when the stars fell and evening was as noon day

The stars fell so much people believed the end had come and much power came with the
preaching that in 1843 Jesus was to come.

In the Revelation all the books of the Bible meet and end. Here is the complement of the book
of Daniel. One is a prophecy; the other a revelation. The book that was sealed is not the
Revelation, but that portion of the prophecy of Daniel relating to the last days. The angel
commanded, “But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of
the end.” Daniel 12:4. {AA 585}

KJV Daniel 12: 4 But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of
the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.

Notice at the time of the end the knowledge would increase, people always say well scientific
discovery would increase... but this is not the full context. It was spiritual knowledge of the
books of Daniel and Revelation, the books of prophecy would be open to understanding,
when does the time of the end begin?

The words of the angel to Daniel relating to the last days were to be understood in the time
of the end....The Saviour Himself has given signs of His coming, and He says, “When ye see
these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand.” “And take heed
to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness,
and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares.” “Watch ye therefore, and
pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to
pass, and to stand before the Son of man.” Luke 21:31, 34, 36. {DA 234}

KJV Daniel 12: 9 And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till
the time of the end. 10 Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked
shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand. 11
And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that
maketh desolate set up, there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days.

Notice the word sacrifice was added by the translators, but the time of the end would come
at the end of the 1290 years. The end of this time period then the time off the end was to
begin. From 508-1798 the Union of church and state was made ...

Clovis king of franks dedicated his throne to the papacy the abomination the union of church
and state made, it was in 1798 when the deadly wound was given. The time of the end was
1798. So thus this Methodist William Miller studied all these things

After calculating 457 BC when the decree was given 2300 years later he came to the date
1843. This was because he did not calculate that there is no zero Year. When counting from
BC we count downwards. And reach to 1 BC and then go to 1AD there is no Zero year. So from
here the date came to 1843. Miller believed it was believed the Sanctuary was the Earth by
all Christianity then so Miller by 1833 as they saw the stars falling next event was Jesus
coming.

230 | P a g e
It was seen to him that by 1843 Jesus was to come again to cleanse the sanctuary(at this time
the sanctuary was believed to be the earth) with fire then they began to preach with great
power the second coming of Jesus.

It was a great movement, series of lectures were given by him and until it consisted of 50,000
believers and because they believed that Jesus was coming they were called Millerite
Adventists, and most of them sold their possessions others did not harvest their crop.

They were many brethren and these came from all churches

The Catholics, Anglicans, Baptist, Lutherans etc..

All of them were known as Millerites or Adventist. They all preached Jesus to come in 1843
and 1843 Jesus did not come. This was a great disappointment and they had finished giving
the first angels Message, the judgement hour. There was a small disappointment, but Samuel
Snow in 1843 showed clearly that there was a mistake in reckoning the prophetic time periods
and then came Samuel Snow showed the error that there was no Zero year, it was Samuel
Snow who calculated the day of atonement date to happen on 22 nd October 1844.

He showed that there was no zero year, and he showed that it was to be 1844. The 10th Day
of the 7th month fell on October 22nd 1844

They began to give the message with great power. This movement is known as the church of
Philadelphia in prophecy.

KJV Revelation 3:7 And to the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things saith he
that is holy, he that is true, he that hath the key of David, he that openeth, and no man
shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth; 8 I know thy works: behold, I have set before
thee an open door, and no man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept my
word, and hast not denied my name. 11 Behold, I come quickly: hold that fast which thou
hast, that no man take thy crown.

Lets see the Door which was to open in October 22nd 1844. They preached brethren that
Jesus was coming 😄

KJV Leviticus 23: 27 Also on the tenth day of this seventh month there shall be a day of
atonement: it shall be an holy convocation unto you; and ye shall afflict your souls, and offer
an offering made by fire unto the LORD.

The 10th Day of the 7th Month brethren

The advent movement grew to be known as the 7th month movement. Oh how disappointed
they were in 0ctober 23 1844, Jesus did not come. The whole group fell away many were
drawn back. It was the worst disappointment. As the disciples were disappointed that Jesus
had died, so too these brethren. Notice the Milerite movement preached the truth for 10
years

KJV Leviticus 23: 34 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, The fifteenth day of this seventh
month shall be the feast of tabernacles for seven days unto the LORD. 25 Ye shall do no servile
work therein: but ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto the LORD. 26 And the LORD
spake unto Moses, saying, 27 Also on the tenth day of this seventh month there shall be a day

231 | P a g e
of atonement: it shall be an holy convocation unto you; and ye shall afflict your souls, and
offer an offering made by fire unto the LORD. 28 And ye shall do no work in that same day:
for it is a day of atonement, to make an atonement for you before the LORD your God.

Before the 10th Day of the 7th month, there was a feast of trumpets. This feast was done for
10 days. On the 1st day of the 7th Month the trumpets were blown to prepare people for the
day of atonement. So the preaching forth with power the Milerite movement blew the
trumpets but in 0ctober 23 1844 they were bitterly disappointed

And that same week Hiram Edson and few other brethren were gathered together in a barn
and prayed for counsel from on High and oooooo blessed heaven

As they went thru the field Hiram Edson Saw something in the Heavens a vision, He saw the
High Priest move from the holy into the most holy place.... What new duties were revealed to
these Adventist who were greatly disappointed

It was here that Crosier took the account and made it into a booklet and circulated it among
the Adventist. It was here that brethren began to search the scriptures and they began to
study deeply and saw the Sanctuary was the Heavenly terbanacle and not the earth ....

And they saw they had fulfilled revelation chapter 10

KJV Revelation 10:1 And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a
cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as
pillars of fire: 2 And he had in his hand a little book open: and he set his right foot upon the
sea, and his left foot on the earth,

We are now getting into some of the most exciting. prophecies in the Bible. We know it is
very important, because look Who it is that appears here! We see clouds and a rainbow, and
a face like the sun. Who is this? It is Jesus; just like in Revelation 1 and Daniel 10. Setting His
right foot on the sea, and His left upon the dry land, shows the part which He is acting in the
closing scenes of the great controversy with Satan. This position denotes His supreme power
and authority over the whole earth. He has a ‘little book’ and it is open.

Now what little book do we know that was closed? Why, the book of Daniel’s prophecies; he
was told, “seal the book” until “the time of the end”

The ‘end’ of what? The end of the wonderful time prophecies found in Daniel. The 2300
days/years and the 1260 days/years. The 1260 ended in 1798, and the 2300 ended in 1844.

And we know 1798 was the end times 1844 was the termination of the 2300years which
started in 457 BC and ended in 1844 AD

“And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary
be cleansed.” Daniel

8:14

Do we see something happening in history that has to do with the book of Daniel in this time?
Yes, we surely do.

232 | P a g e
Towards the end of the 1700s many people all over the world began to study that very book
deeply, and to understand the time prophecies in it.

And the Holy Spirit led them to preach and write about the Coming of Jesus and His judgment
of the earth

KJV Revelation 10:3 And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth: and when he had
cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. 4 And when the seven thunders had uttered their
voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those
things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.

Hear the ‘roar’ of the Lion of Judah; it is announcing something important. Then we hear
‘seven thunders’ speak throughout the earth. What did they say?

John was told not to write it down. Then why did Jesus mention it at all? Something was
going to happen, and it was not written down, or it couldn’t have happened the way it needed
to happen. We are now quite sure about what the seven thunders said; they told of the Great
Advent Awakening, followed by the ‘Great Disappointment’ of October 22, 1844.

The happenings of 1843-1844 are clearly told about in different prophecies in Daniel,
Revelation, and in the parables of Jesus

KJV Revelation 10: 5 And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted
up his hand to heaven, 6 And sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven,
and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea,
and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer: 7 But in the days of the
voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be
finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.

Here is Jesus, making a legal announcement; He holds up his one hand to heaven, like we do
in a court of law, and he ‘swares’ by Him who liveth for ever and ever and Who is the Creator.

This is Jesus Himself; He swares by Himself as there is none greater

Then He says ‘time shall be no longer’. What ‘time’? Time for this earth? No, this earth lasted
past 1844. Probation ‘time’? No, we still have probation time today, although it is soon going
to end.

It means the prophetic time in the time prophecies. Jesus is here telling us that all the time
prophecies end by that date in 1844; there are no more time prophecies waiting to be fulfilled

This means before 1844 we knew the event by the time prophecies. We knew the event by
the time appointed in prophecy

Post 1844

There are orders of events. As we study them we know those which have passed. We know
those that are coming and we can know what is next according to the order of the events

KJV Isaiah 42: 9 Behold, the former things are come to pass, and new things do I declare:
before they spring forth I tell you of them.

233 | P a g e
“This time, which the angel declares with a solemn oath, is not the end of this world’s history,
neither of probationary time, but of prophetic time, which should precede the advent of our
Lord. That is, the people will not have another message upon definite time. After this period
of time, reaching from 1842 to 1844, there can be no definite tracing of the prophetic time.
The longest reckoning reaches to the autumn of 1844.” 7 Bible Commentary 971

Jesus goes on to tell us, that in the days of the seventh angel, when he starts to sound his
trumpet, the ‘Mystery of God should be finished’.

What is this ‘Mystery’? Part of it is the wonderful time prophecies of Daniel that for many
years were only partially understood. Then around the end of the 1260 days/years, were
opened up by the Holy Spirit to serious Bible students. This understanding was not only to be
a head knowledge but rather heart religion

KJV Daniel 12: 3 And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and
they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.

The words of the angel to Daniel relating to the last days were to be understood in the time
of the end....The Saviour Himself has given signs of His coming, and He says, “When ye see
these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand.” “And take heed
to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness,
and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares.” “Watch ye therefore, and
pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to
pass, and to stand before the Son of man.” Luke 21:31, 34, 36. {DA 234}

KJV Daniel 12: 8 And I heard, but I understood not: then said I, O my Lord, what shall be the
end of these things? 9 And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed
till the time of the end. 10 Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked
shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.

Notice as the wise studied the prophecies, their lives were to come to a place where they
plead with God. They realise the plan of redemption. They see the cost of salvation and they
surrender their lives and give-up the world. and they develop a prayer life and develop the
character of Jesus.

To understand prophecy is to have the life of Jesus a special revelation of the life of Jesus in
the soul.

Ezekiel 3:1 Moreover he said unto me, Son of man, eat that thou findest; eat this roll, and go
speak unto the house of Israel. 2 So I opened my mouth, and he caused me to eat that roll. 3
And he said unto me, Son of man, cause thy belly to eat, and fill thy bowels with this roll that
I give thee. Then did I eat it; and it was in my mouth as honey for sweetness. 4 And he said
unto me, Son of man, go, get thee unto the house of Israel, and speak with my words unto
them.

So here we see a confirmation, Ezekiel was also told to eat the roll, which is a reference to
scripture. And he was supposed to go and speak the words of God to the nation of Israel. This
is in reference to the prophetic ministry of Ezekiel to the captives in Babylon, so we here we
see that this prophetic message was sweet in his mouth but bitter in his belly, what he
proclaim was very sweet, but the aftermath was what was a bitter disappointment, because
the Israelites were still stiff-necked.
234 | P a g e
KJV Revelation 10:8 And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said,
Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the
sea and upon the earth.

In all prophecies, the prophet receiving the vision, represents the people of God, and, when
the time comes, they will do what we see the prophet in the vision doing.

Here John takes the precious ‘little book’ from Jesus’ hands. This is what God’s people did at
that time period from 1833-1844; they took that book of Daniel as a special message from
Jesus, which is just what it was.

There are people today that say there are more time prophecies to be fulfilled in the future;
don’t believe this, because Jesus Himself said ‘Time shall be no longer’; there will be no more
time prophecies, however, we can see events as they unfold in their order

KJV Revelation 10:9 And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book.
And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in
thy mouth sweet as honey. 10 And I took the little book out of the angel's hand, and ate it up;
and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. 11
And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and
tongues, and kings.

He took the little book and ate it up. Here we see God’s people ‘eating up’ the book of Daniel.
We use the expression, ‘he likes (some certain thing) so much that he just eats it up.’ Well,
God’s people as they got into the prophecies of Daniel, just ‘ate it up’. They loved it; it was
like honey to them.

Why? Because they really believed that this prophecy meant that Jesus was coming back to
earth on that day.

Those who love Jesus, and really belong to Him with their whole hearts, are longing to see
Him come back and take them home to heaven with Him.

But the prophecy says something happened after they ‘ate up’ that sweet message from
Jesus. Their ‘belly was bitter’. What an amazing way to describe exactly what happened to
God’s people at that time.

They were so happy thinking they were soon going home with Jesus. At first, there was a
mistake in the time they figured out, because they thought the period ended in the spring of
1843, which in our time would be 1844.

So there was a small disappointment. Then, as they looked closer at history and the Great Day
of Atonement in the Sanctuary services of the Jews, the found the exact day; October 22,
1844.

Then the message seemed to go out like wildfire. The very words of the parable of Jesus were
used; “Behold the Bridegroom Cometh. Go ye out to meet Him!” The message went
everywhere in the power of the Holy Spirit. As the day grew closer, the believers prayed and
searched their hearts to make sure they had put away every sin, and confessed and made
right every wrong deed to their families and neighbors. With solemn joy they gathered to
await His coming. The hours were spend in quietness and prayer.

235 | P a g e
No one ever made ‘ascension robes’ as some critics say; nor did anyone climb up in trees or
such either. These are false stories, told to make fun of these earnest children of God. But
the bitter belly came; they were disappointed as the time passed and Jesus did not appear.
Most of the people then laughed at their former beliefs, and went their ways, never again
would these join with true believers. But the prophecy had a clue in it; “Thou must prophecy
again.”

This message is for us today also. Jesus is coming soon and we must be ready to meet Him in
peace. Those who do not choose to repent and obey, will perish with the disloyal.

There is no second trial. The gospel that is to be preached to all nations, kindreds, tongues,
and peoples, presents the truth in clear lines, showing that obedience is the condition of
gaining eternal life. Christ imparts His righteousness to those who consent to let Him take
away their sins.

Jesus also longs to have us come home to be with Him; how sad He must feel when some of
us would rather have the silly pleasures of this sinful world, than have Him, who loves us so
much.

KJV Habakkuk 2:2 And the LORD answered me, and said, Write the vision, and make it plain
upon tables, that he may run that readeth it. 3 For the vision is yet for an appointed time, but
at the end it shall speak, and not lie: though it tarry, wait for it; because it will surely come, it
will not tarry. 4 Behold, his soul which is lifted up is not upright in him: but the just shall live
by his faith.

Notice here that the prophecy 2300 days was for the appointed time 1844... since then those
who were to believe this vision were to live by faith. So since 1844 since they saw the
sanctuary what new duties were revealed?

KJV Revelation 11: 18 And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the
dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the
prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest
destroy them which destroy the earth. 19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and
there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices,
and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.

The people saw that Jesus moved from the Holy into the Most Holy Place. They began to see
the Judgement scene they saw that in 1844, the judgement of the dead was to commence

Thus was presented to the prophet’s vision the great and solemn day when the characters
and the lives of men should pass in review before the Judge of all the earth, and to every man
should be rendered “according to his works.” The Ancient of Days is God the Father. ...And
holy angels as ministers and witnesses, in number “ten thousand times ten thousand, and
thousands of thousands,” attend this great tribunal. {GC 479}

KJV Daniel 7: 9 I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit, whose
garment was white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like
the fiery flame, and his wheels as burning fire. 10 A fiery stream issued and came forth from
before him: thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand
stood before him: the judgment was set, and the books were opened.

236 | P a g e
It was here, that they saw new duties

When the records of heaven shall be opened, the Judge will not in words declare to man his
guilt, but will cast one penetrating, convicting glance, and every deed, every transaction of
life, will be vividly impressed upon the memory of the wrongdoer....His own lips will confess
his shame. The sins hidden from the knowledge of men will then be proclaimed to the whole
world. {PP 498}

KJV Ecclesiastes 12:13 Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God, and keep his
commandments: for this is the whole duty of man. 14 For God shall bring every work into
judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil.

New duties were revealed; they saw that in connection with the Judgement of the dead. Soon
it was to pass to the living, and they saw in this they were to stand, they were to be victorious
over sin. They then saw they must also keep the Law including the Sabbath of the Law of God.
It was here they also saw that if the dead are judged since 1844

They saw that the dead must be dead and asleep

KJV Ecclesiastes 9: 5 For the living know that they shall die: but the dead know not any thing,
neither have they any more a reward; for the memory of them is forgotten. 6 Also their love,
and their hatred, and their envy, is now perished; neither have they any more a portion for
ever in any thing that is done under the sun.

They saw all this by faithful study and prayer... They saw that the new duties

But as the Literal temple had the law of God inside the ark so too the heavenly temple had
the law of God. So too the temple in the most holy place there was the writings of the prophet

KJV Deuteronomy 31: 24 And it came to pass, when Moses had made an end of writing the
words of this law in a book, until they were finished, 25 That Moses commanded the Levites,
which bare the ark of the covenant of the LORD, saying, 26 Take this book of the law, and put
it in the side of the ark of the covenant of the LORD your God, that it may be there for a
witness against thee.

The book of the law, how significant was this?

KJV Hosea 12: 13 And by a prophet the LORD brought Israel out of Egypt, and by a prophet
was he preserved.

Notice Israel was preserved by a prophet. The remnant this group who saw the vision was
the last church. This church was to come up when the 5th 6th and 7th head were already
upon the scene (Refer to the redemption and relief work manual)

They needed to be preserved, so the prophetic gift would be given to preserve this people

THE testimony of Jesus would be given

The Bible was designed to be a guide to all who wish to become acquainted with the will of
their Maker. God gave to men the sure word of prophecy; angels and even Christ Himself
came to make known to Daniel and John the things that must shortly come to pass. Those
important matters that concern our salvation were not left involved in mystery...The word of
237 | P a g e
God is plain to all who study it with a prayerful heart...And no church can advance in holiness
unless its members are earnestly seeking for truth as for hid treasure. {GC 521, 522}

KJV Revelation 1:1 The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto him, to shew unto his
servants things which must shortly come to pass; and he sent and signified it by his angel unto
his servant John: 2 Who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ,
and of all things that he saw. 3 Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of
this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.

The book of Revelation is not the words of John, But the testimony of Jesus. It is a book that
Jesus gave to John. It has a blessing attached to it

Repentance includes sorrow for sin and a turning away from it. We shall not renounce sin
unless we see its sinfulness; until we turn away from it in heart, there will be no real change
in the life. There are many who fail to understand the true nature of repentance. Multitudes
sorrow that they have sinned and even make an outward reformation because they fear that
their wrongdoing will bring suffering upon themselves. But this is not repentance in the Bible
sense. They lament the suffering rather than the sin. Such was the grief of Esau when he saw
that the birthright was lost to him forever. Balaam, terrified by the angel standing in his
pathway with drawn sword, acknowledged his guilt lest he should lose his life; but there was
no genuine repentance for sin, no conversion of purpose, no abhorrence of evil. Judas Iscariot,
after betraying his Lord, exclaimed, "I have sinned in that I have betrayed the innocent blood."
Matthew 27:4.... These all lamented the results of sin, but did not sorrow for the sin itself. But
when the heart yields to the influence of the Spirit of God, the conscience will be quickened,
and the sinner will discern something of the depth and sacredness of God's holy law, the
foundation of His government in heaven and on earth. The "Light, which lighteth every man
that cometh into the world," illumines the secret chambers of the soul, and the hidden things
of darkness are made manifest. John 1:9. Conviction takes hold upon the mind and heart. The
sinner has a sense of the righteousness of Jehovah and feels the terror of appearing, in his
own guilt and uncleanness, before the Searcher of hearts. He sees the love of God, the beauty
of holiness, the joy of purity; he longs to be cleansed and to be restored to communion with
Heaven. {SC 23,24}

KJV Acts 3: 25 Ye are the children of the prophets, and of the covenant which God made with
our fathers, saying unto Abraham, And in thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be
blessed. 26 Unto you first God, having raised up his Son Jesus, sent him to bless you, in turning
away every one of you from his iniquities.

The greatest blessing is to have the character of Jesus, To have forgiveness of sin and be
separated from all iniquity, So this same blessing is found in the book of Revelation

KJV Revelation 12: 17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with
the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of
Jesus Christ.

KJV Revelation 19: 9 And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the
marriage supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God. 10
And I fell at his feet to worship him. And he said unto me, See thou do it not: I am thy
fellowservant, and of thy brethren that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the
testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.

238 | P a g e
The book of the law the gift of prophecy was given to this people, the Spirit of prophecy was
especially manifested in the Woman Ellen G White. And the remnant are those that keep the
law have victory over sin, and they follow and keep the testimony of Jesus😄

It was here that we see that there would be a satanic hatred from Satan against the testimony
of Jesus

There will be a hatred kindled against the testimonies which is satanic. The workings of Satan
will be to unsettle the faith of the churches in them, for this reason: Satan cannot have so
clear a track to bring in his deceptions and bind up souls in his delusions if the warnings and
reproofs and counsels of the Spirit of God are heeded.—Selected Messages 1:48. (See
Testimonies for the Church 5:675, 676.) - PM 361.1

One thing is certain: Those Seventh-day Adventists who take their stand under Satan’s banner
will first give up their faith in the warnings and reproofs contained in the Testimonies of God’s
Spirit.—Selected Messages 3:84 (1903). - LDE 177.4

The very last deception of Satan will be to make of none effect the testimony of the Spirit of
God. “Where there is no vision, the people perish” (Proverbs 29:18). Satan will work
ingeniously, in different ways and through different agencies, to unsettle the confidence of
God’s remnant people in the true testimony.—Selected Messages 1:48 (1890). - LDE 177.5

The enemy has made his masterly efforts to unsettle the faith of our own people in the
Testimonies.... This is just as Satan designed it should be, and those who have been preparing
the way for the people to pay no heed to the warnings and reproofs of the Testimonies of the
Spirit of God will see that a tide of errors of all kinds will spring into life.—Selected Messages
3:83 (1890). - LDE 178.1

It is Satan’s plan to weaken the faith of God’s people in the Testimonies. Next follows
skepticism in regard to the vital points of our faith, the pillars of our position, then doubt as
to the Holy Scriptures, and then the downward march to perdition. When the Testimonies,
which were once believed, are doubted and given up, Satan knows the deceived ones will not
stop at this; and he redoubles his efforts till he launches them into open rebellion, which
becomes incurable and ends in destruction.—Testimonies for the Church 4:211. - LDE 178.2

Brethren as we study we must know this: Those who shall give up and give Sunday are those
that reject the testimony of Jesus

Mrs. White always desired that her work and teachings be tested by the standard of God’s
word as revealed in the Holy Scriptures. “Let the testimonies be judged by their fruits,” she
wrote. “What is the spirit of their teaching? What has been the result of their influence? ...
God is either teaching His church, reproving their wrongs, and strengthening their faith, or He
is not. This work is of God, or it is not. God does nothing in partnership with Satan. My work
... Bears the stamp of God, or the stamp of the enemy. There is no half-way work in the
matter. - CET 245.1

Brethren there are some who foolishly pick and choose what they want to believe from the
spirit of prophecy. Brethren its either we reject all of it as of Satan Or we accept all of it as of
God... And i have hard time believing Satan had a part in writing the spirit of prophecy. The
books of Ellen white expose the Jesuits. They expose all that is coming and as we have studied
and seen we have gone bible and spirit of prophecy back to back
239 | P a g e
“As the Lord has manifested himself through the Spirit of prophecy, past, present, and future
have passed before me. I have been shown faces that I had never seen, and years afterward
I knew them when I saw them. I have been aroused from my sleep with a vivid sense of
subjects previously presented to my mind; and I have written, at midnight, letters that have
gone across the continent, and, arriving at a crisis, have saved great disaster to the cause of
God. This has been my work for many years. A power has impelled me to reprove and rebuke
wrongs that I had not thought of. Is this work ... from above, or from beneath? ... Those who
really desire to know the truth will find sufficient evidence for belief.”—Testimonies for the
Church 5:671, 672. - CET 245.2

Test the testimonies: Now lets read from the book of the law

What happened in 1844

The passing of the time in 1844 was a period of great events, opening to our astonished eyes
the cleansing of the sanctuary transpiring in heaven, and having decided relation to God’s
people upon the earth, [also] the first and second angels’ messages and the third, unfurling
the banner on which was inscribed, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” One
of the landmarks under this message was the temple of God, seen by His truth-loving people
in heaven, and the ark containing the law of God. The light of the Sabbath of the fourth
commandment flashed its strong rays in the pathway of the transgressors of God’s law. The
nonimmortality of the wicked is an old landmark. I can call to mind nothing more that can
come under the head of the old landmarks.—Counsels to Writers and Editors, 30, 31 (1889).
- LDE 44.4

Notice their eyes were astonished: As new duties were reviled

The Lord has made us the depositaries of His law; He has committed to us sacred and eternal
truth, which is to be given to others in faithful warnings, reproofs, and encouragement.—
Testimonies for the Church 5:381 (1885). - LDE 45.1

Seventh-day Adventists have been chosen by God as a peculiar people, separate from the
world. By the great cleaver of truth He has cut them out from the quarry of the world and
brought them into connection with Himself. He has made them His representatives and has
called them to be ambassadors for Him in the last work of salvation. The greatest wealth of
truth ever entrusted to mortals, the most solemn and fearful warnings ever sent by God to
man, have been committed to them to be given to the world.—Testimonies for the Church
7:138 (1902). - LDE 45.2

Notice that the seventh day Adventist church was the movement of God. It is the last church
the people who had the vision

Seventh-day Adventists have been chosen by God as a peculiar people, separate from the
world. By the great cleaver of truth He has cut them out from the quarry of the world and
brought them into connection with Himself. He has made them His representatives and has
called them to be ambassadors for Him in the last work of salvation. The greatest wealth of
truth ever entrusted to mortals, the most solemn and fearful warnings ever sent by God to
man, have been committed to them to be given to the world.—Testimonies for the Church
7:138 (1902). - LDE 45.2

240 | P a g e
Notice this church was cut out without hands, it is the last church it is in this movement. God
was going to equip them to be that mystic stone

This view was given soon after the great Advent Disappointment in 1844, and was first
published in 1846. Only a few of the events of the future were seen at that time. Later views
have been more full. See also appendix.] - EW 13.0

As God has shown me the travels of the Advent people to the Holy City and the rich reward
to be given those who wait the return of their Lord from the wedding, it may be my duty to
give you a short sketch of what God has revealed to me. The dear saints have many trials to
pass through. But our light afflictions, which are but for a moment, will work for us a far more
exceeding and eternal weight of glory—while we look not at the things which are seen, for
the things which are seen are temporal, but the things which are not seen are eternal. I have
tried to bring back a good report and a few grapes from the heavenly Canaan, for which many
would stone me, as the congregation bade stone Caleb and Joshua for their report. (Numbers
14:10.) But I declare to you, my brethren and sisters in the Lord, it is a goodly land, and we
are well able to go up and possess it. - EW 13.3

While I was praying at the family altar, the Holy Ghost fell upon me, and I seemed to be rising
higher and higher, far above the dark world. I turned to look for the Advent people in the
world, but could not find them, when a voice said to me, “Look again, and look a little higher.”
At this I raised my eyes, and saw a straight and narrow path, cast up high above the world.
On this path the Advent people were traveling to the city, which was at the farther end of the
path. They had a bright light set up behind them at the beginning of the path, which an angel
told me was the midnight cry. This light shone all along the path and gave light for their feet
so that they might not stumble. If they kept their eyes fixed on Jesus, who was just before
them, leading them to the city, they were safe. But soon some grew weary, and said the city
was a great way off, and they expected to have entered it before. Then Jesus would encourage
them by raising His glorious right arm, and from His arm came a light which waved over the
Advent band, and they shouted, “Alleluia!” Others rashly denied the light behind them and
said that it was not God that had led them out so far. - EW 14.1

The light behind them went out, leaving their feet in perfect darkness, and they stumbled and
lost sight of the mark and of Jesus, and fell off the path down into the dark and wicked world
below. Soon we [see appendix.] heard the voice of God like many waters, which gave us the
day and hour of Jesus’ coming. The living saints, 144,000 in number, knew and understood
the voice, while the wicked thought it was thunder and an earthquake. When God spoke the
time, He poured upon us the Holy Ghost, and our faces began to light up and shine with the
glory of God, as Moses’ did when he came down from Mount Sinai. - EW 14.1

The 144,000 were all sealed and perfectly united. On their foreheads was written, God, New
Jerusalem, and a glorious star containing Jesus’ new name. At our happy, holy state the
wicked were enraged, and would rush violently up to lay hands on us to thrust us into prison,
when we would stretch forth the hand in the name of the Lord, and they would fall helpless
to the ground. Then it was that the synagogue of Satan knew that God had loved us who could
wash one another’s feet and salute the brethren with a holy kiss, and they worshiped at our
feet. - EW 15.1

Soon our eyes were drawn to the east, for a small black cloud had appeared, about half as
large as a man’s hand, which we all knew was the sign of the Son of man. We all in solemn
241 | P a g e
silence gazed on the cloud as it drew nearer and became lighter, glorious, and still more
glorious, till it was a great white cloud. The bottom appeared like fire; a rainbow was over the
cloud, while around it were ten thousand angels, singing a most lovely song; and upon it sat
the Son of man. His hair was white and curly and lay on His shoulders; and upon His head
were many crowns. His feet had the appearance of fire; in His right hand was a sharp sickle;
in His left, a silver trumpet. His eyes were as a flame of fire, which searched His children
through and through. - EW 15.2

His eyes were as a flame of fire, which searched His children through and through. Then all
faces gathered paleness, and those that God had rejected gathered blackness. Then we all
cried out, “Who shall be able to stand? Is my robe spotless?” Then the angels ceased to sing,
and there was some time of awful silence, when Jesus spoke: “Those who have clean hands
and pure hearts shall be able to stand; My grace is sufficient for you.” At this our faces lighted
up, and joy filled every heart. And the angels struck a note higher and sang again, while the
cloud drew still nearer the earth. - EW 15.2

Then Jesus’ silver trumpet sounded, as He descended on the cloud, wrapped in flames of fire.
He gazed on the graves of the sleeping saints, then raised His eyes and hands to heaven, and
cried, “Awake! awake! awake! ye that sleep in the dust, and arise.” Then there was a mighty
earthquake. The graves opened, and the dead came up clothed with immortality. The 144,000
shouted, “Alleluia!” as they recognized their friends who had been torn from them by death,
and in the same moment we were changed and caught up together with them to meet the
Lord in the air. - EW 16.1

We all entered the cloud together, and were seven days ascending to the sea of glass, when
Jesus brought the crowns, and with His own right hand placed them on our heads. He gave us
harps of gold and palms of victory. Here on the sea of glass the 144,000 stood in a perfect
square. Some of them had very bright crowns, others not so bright. Some crowns appeared
heavy with stars, while others had but few. All were perfectly satisfied with their crowns. And
they were all clothed with a glorious white mantle from their shoulders to their feet. Angels
were all about us as we marched over the sea of glass to the gate of the city. Jesus raised His
mighty, glorious arm, laid hold of the pearly gate, swung it back on its glittering hinges, and
said to us, “You have washed your robes in My blood, stood stiffly for My truth, enter in.” We
all marched in and felt that we had a perfect right in the city. - EW 16.2

Here we saw the tree of life and the throne of God. Out of the throne came a pure river of
water, and on either side of the river was the tree of life. On one side of the river was a trunk
of a tree, and a trunk on the other side of the river, both of pure, transparent gold. At first I
thought I saw two trees. I looked again, and saw that they were united at the top in one tree.
So it was the tree of life on either side of the river of life. Its branches bowed to the place
where we stood, and the fruit was glorious; it looked like gold mixed with silver. - EW 17.1

We all went under the tree and sat down to look at the glory of the place, when Brethren
Fitch and Stockman, [see appendix.] who had preached the gospel of the kingdom, and whom
God had laid in the grave to save them, came up to us and asked us what we had passed
through while they were sleeping. We tried to call up our greatest trials, but they looked so
small compared with the far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory that surrounded us
that we could not speak them out, and we all cried out, “Alleluia, heaven is cheap enough!”
and we touched our glorious harps and made heaven’s arches ring. - EW 17.2

242 | P a g e
With Jesus at our head we all descended from the city down to this earth, on a great and
mighty mountain, which could not bear Jesus up, and it parted asunder, and there was a
mighty plain. Then we looked up and saw the great city, with twelve foundations, and twelve
gates, three on each side, and an angel at each gate. We all cried out, “The city, the great city,
it’s coming, it’s coming down from God out of heaven,” and it came and settled on the place
where we stood. Then we began to look at the glorious things outside of the city. There I saw
most glorious houses, that had the appearance of silver, supported by four pillars set with
pearls most glorious to behold. These were to be inhabited by the saints. In each was a golden
shelf. I saw many of the saints go into the houses, take off their glittering crowns and lay them
on the shelf, then go out into the field by the houses to do something with the earth; not as
we have to do with the earth here; no, no. A glorious light shone all about their heads, and
they were continually shouting and offering praises to God. - EW 17.3

I saw another field full of all kinds of flowers, and as I plucked them, I cried out, “They will
never fade.” Next I saw a field of tall grass, most glorious to behold; it was living green and
had a reflection of silver and gold, as it waved proudly to the glory of King Jesus. Then we
entered a field full of all kinds of beasts—the lion, the lamb, the leopard, and the wolf, all
together in perfect union. We passed through the midst of them, and they followed on
peaceably after. Then we entered a wood, not like the dark woods we have here; no, no; but
light, and all over glorious; the branches of the trees moved to and fro, and we all cried out,
“We will dwell safely in the wilderness and sleep in the woods.” We passed through the
woods, for we were on our way to Mount Zion. - EW 18.1

As we were traveling along, we met a company who also were gazing at the glories of the
place. I noticed red as a border on their garments; their crowns were brilliant; their robes
were pure white. As we greeted them, I asked Jesus who they were. He said they were martyrs
that had been slain for Him. With them was an innumerable company of little ones; they also
had a hem of red on their garments. Mount Zion was just before us, and on the mount was a
glorious temple, and about it were seven other mountains, on which grew roses and lilies.
And I saw the little ones climb, or, if they chose, use their little wings and fly, to the top of the
mountains and pluck the never-fading flowers. There were all kinds of trees around the
temple to beautify the place: the box, the pine, the fir, the oil, the myrtle, the pomegranate,
and the fig tree bowed down with the weight of its timely figs—these made the place all over
glorious. And as we were about to enter the holy temple, Jesus raised His lovely voice and
said, “Only the 144,000 enter this place,” and we shouted, “Alleluia.” - EW 18.2

This temple was supported by seven pillars, all of transparent gold, set with pearls most
glorious. The wonderful things I there saw I cannot describe. Oh, that I could talk in the
language of Canaan, then could I tell a little of the glory of the better world. I saw there tables
of stone in which the names of the 144,000 were engraved in letters of gold. After we beheld
the glory of the temple, we went out, and Jesus left us and went to the city. Soon we heard
His lovely voice again, saying, “Come, My people, you have come out of great tribulation, and
done My will; suffered for Me; come in to supper, for I will gird Myself, and serve you.” We
shouted, “Alleluia! glory!” and entered into the city. And I saw a table of pure silver; it was
many miles in length, yet our eyes could extend over it. I saw the fruit of the tree of life, the
manna, almonds, figs, pomegranates, grapes, and many other kinds of fruit. I asked Jesus to
let me eat of the fruit. He said, “Not now. Those who eat of the fruit of this land go back to
earth no more. But in a little while, if faithful, you shall both eat of the fruit of the tree of life
and drink of the water of the fountain.” And He said, “You must go back to the earth again

243 | P a g e
and relate to others what I have revealed to you.” Then an angel bore me gently down to this
dark world. Sometimes I think I can stay here no longer; all things of earth look so dreary. I
feel very lonely here, for I have seen a better land. Oh, that I had wings like a dove, then would
I fly away and be at rest! - EW 19.1

After I came out of vision, everything looked changed; a gloom was spread over all that I
beheld. Oh, how dark this world looked to me. I wept when I found myself here, and felt
homesick. I had seen a better world, and it had spoiled this for me. I told the view to our little
band in Portland, who then fully believed it to be of God. That was a powerful time. The
solemnity of eternity rested upon us. About one week after this the Lord gave me another
view and showed me the trials I must pass through, and that I must go and relate to others
what He had revealed to me, and that I should meet with great opposition and suffer anguish
of spirit by going. But said the angel, “The grace of God is sufficient for you; He will hold you
up.” - EW 20.1

After I came out of this vision, I was exceedingly troubled. My health was very poor, and I was
but seventeen years old. I knew that many had fallen through exaltation, and I knew that if I
in any way became exalted, God would leave me, and I should surely be lost. I went to the
Lord in prayer and begged Him to lay the burden on someone else. It seemed to me that I
could not bear it. I lay upon my face a long time, and all the light I could get was, “Make known
to others what I have revealed to you.” - EW 20.2

In my next vision I earnestly begged of the Lord that, if I must go and relate what He had
shown to me, He would keep me from exaltation. Then He showed me that my prayer was
answered, and if I should be in danger of exaltation His hand would be laid upon me, and I
would be afflicted with sickness. Said the angel, “If you deliver the messages faithfully, and
endure unto the end, you shall eat of the fruit of the tree of life and drink of the water of the
river of life.” - EW 21.1

Brethren look at these testimonies, How beautiful are they. A secret each time the Spirit of
prophecy quotes the bible go and lookup the text

The question is sometimes raised, "what if Mrs. White should die" I answer: “The books that
she has written will not die. They are a living witness to what saith the Scriptures.”—Letter
55, 1905. - PM 358.5

Truth Immortalized in Spirit of Prophecy Books—I am “only waiting till the shadows are a little
longer grown.” But my books will testify when my voice shall no longer be heard. The truths
committed to me, as the Lord’s messenger, stand immortalized, either to convict and to
convert souls, or to condemn those who have departed from the faith and have given heed
to seducing spirits.—Letter 350, 1906. - PM 359.1

My Instructor said to me, Tell these men that God has not committed to them the work of
measuring, classifying, and defining the character of the testimonies. Those who attempt this
are sure to err in their conclusions. The Lord would have men adhere to their appointed work.
If they will keep the way of the Lord, they will be able to discern clearly that the work which
He has appointed me to do is not a work of human devising. - PM 361.3

Those who carefully read the testimonies as they have appeared from the early days, need
not be perplexed as to their origin. The many books, written by the help of the Spirit of God,

244 | P a g e
bear a living witness to the character of the testimonies.—Selected Messages 1:49, 50. - PM
361.4
More duties were revealed. Those who saw that in 1844.

Judgement was to pass to the living

Sometime later they saw that Judgement was to pass to the living. In 1844 we saw it started
with the dead

KJV Revelation 11: 18 And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the
dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the
prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest
destroy them which destroy the earth. 19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and
there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices,
and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.

It was here that they saw more clearly that in 1844. There was a judgement and connected
with it was the throne room of God where the cleansing of the sins from the records was
taking place

Thus was presented to the prophet’s vision the great and solemn day when the characters
and the lives of men should pass in review before the Judge of all the earth, and to every man
should be rendered “according to his works.” The Ancient of Days is God the Father. ...And
holy angels as ministers and witnesses, in number “ten thousand times ten thousand, and
thousands of thousands,” attend this great tribunal. {GC 479}

They saw a Judgement in Daniel 7

 Little horn
 Judgement

They saw the above repetition three times. Thus the period ending in 1844 was after the little
horn in 1798. They saw that by 1844 the judgement was set, the records were opened

The book of

 Life
 Remembrance
 Sins

When the records of heaven shall be opened, the Judge will not in words declare to man his
guilt, but will cast one penetrating, convicting glance, and every deed, every transaction of
life, will be vividly impressed upon the memory of the wrongdoer....His own lips will confess
his shame. The sins hidden from the knowledge of men will then be proclaimed to the whole
world. {PP 498}

KJV Ecclesiastes 12: 13 Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God, and keep
his commandments: for this is the whole duty of man. 14 For God shall bring every work into
judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil.

245 | P a g e
They saw that in the judgement it involved an investigation of the deeds of man, It was at one
time to pass to the living. Then the whole duty of man would be to fear God and keep his
commandments... which to them was clear that when judgement passes to the living...

People have to live without sinning. For in Daniel 8 the same vision is given, Little horn then
cleansing of the sanctuary

But the most important question remains to be answered: What is the cleansing of the
sanctuary? That there was such a service in connection with the earthly sanctuary is stated in
the Old Testament Scriptures. But can there be anything in heaven to be cleansed? In
Hebrews 9 the cleansing of both the earthly and the heavenly sanctuary is plainly
taught....Once a year, on the great Day of Atonement, the priest entered the most holy place
for the cleansing of the sanctuary. The work there performed completed the yearly round of
ministration. {GC 417, 419}

KJV Daniel 8: 12 And an host was given him against the daily sacrifice by reason of
transgression, and it cast down the truth to the ground; and it practised, and prospered. 13
Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said unto that certain saint which spake,
How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, and the transgression of
desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot? 14 And he said
unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.

They saw that the investigative judgement is connected with the cleansing of the Sanctuary
the blotting out of sin. They saw that the in the investigative judgement only those that
claimed Promise in the coming Messiah or those who confessed Jesus were those to be
investigated. once judged those who had all their sins confessed and repented of had their
sins blotted out. But those who had unrepented sins, their names were then blotted out..

This is possible, because those who are dead have their probation closed

Before the Flood, after Noah entered the ark, God shut him in and shut the ungodly out; but
for seven days the people, knowing not that their doom was fixed, continued their careless,
pleasure-loving life and mocked the warnings of impending judgment. "So," says the Saviour,
"shall also the coming of the Son of man be." Matthew 24:39. Silently, unnoticed as the
midnight thief, will come the decisive hour which marks the fixing of every man's destiny, the
final withdrawal of mercy's offer to guilty men. {GC 491}

KJV Revelation 22: 11 He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him
be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be
holy still. 12 And, behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man
according as his work shall be.

They saw that sometime before Jesus comes judgement must pass over to the living and also
finish before Jesus 2nd coming. For at Jesus coming all the records including those of the living
are finished.

KJV Matthew 23: 35 That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth,
from the blood of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye slew
between the temple and the altar.

246 | P a g e
KJV Hebrews 11: 4 By faith Abel offered unto God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain, by
which he obtained witness that he was righteous, God testifying of his gifts: and by it he being
dead yet speaketh.

When the investigative judgement began, the name of able was first to be investigated.
Because he died before Adam and Eve, so his name was on top of the list. They people saw
that for the living

KJV Revelation 13: 6 And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his
name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. 8 And all that dwell upon the earth
shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the
foundation of the world.

The Lord has shown me clearly that the image of the beast will be formed before probation
closes, for it is to be the great test [See the previous chapter, where the great test for the
people of God is shown to be Sunday-law enforcement.] for the people of God, by which their
eternal destiny will be decided.—Selected Messages 2:81 (1890). - LDE 227.3

They saw that union of church and state the mark of the beast once formed the probation
would start be closing for the people on earth

They saw that at the passing of the national Sunday law, the terbanacle in heaven or sanctuary
would pass the judgement from the dead to the living. For as the people are tested their
probation is closed for the mark of the beast or seal of God. If they have victory over sin they
get the seal of God. Those who don’t have victory over sin get the mark of the beast. It is here
that destinies are fixed and probation closed

At the National Sunday law they saw that the remnant were first to be tested and have their
probation closed. Then the world upon receiving the word also has to be tested and close
their probation

So at the passing of the National Sunday Law. As people are tested and have their probations
close. It is then those who fail this test their names are blotted out of the book of life and they
worship the beast.

So they saw clearly that at the end of the judgement of the living probation will close

KJV Revelation 15:8 And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from
his power; and no man was able to enter into the temple, till the seven plagues of the seven
angels were fulfilled.

They saw that at the general close of probation for the whole world smoke filled the sanctuary
and there was no man in the temple. Jesus was to cease mediation in behalf of his people,
they saw that by then people would have to live without a high priest. People especially the
remnant must learn this lesson and overcome sin before the passing of the national Sunday
law. Then this remnant has to teach the world how to live without sin

KJV Revelation 16: 17 And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came
a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done.

247 | P a g e
Thus at the close of probation. The living saints will live thru the plagues without a high priest.
Not one of them will sin, for after they had victory over sin and they were tested they were
sealed so they can sin no more.

They saw that at the close of probation... Jesus stands, and he ceases mediation for the
people on earth destinies are fixed

Before the Flood, after Noah entered the ark, God shut him in and shut the ungodly out; but
for seven days the people, knowing not that their doom was fixed, continued their careless,
pleasure-loving life and mocked the warnings of impending judgment. "So," says the Saviour,
"shall also the coming of the Son of man be." Matthew 24:39. Silently, unnoticed as the
midnight thief, will come the decisive hour which marks the fixing of every man's destiny, the
final withdrawal of mercy's offer to guilty men. {GC 491}

KJV Revelation 22: 11 He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him
be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be
holy still. 12 And, behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man
according as his work shall be. 13 I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first
and the last. 14 Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the
tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.

Then they that have kept God's commandments shall breathe in immortal vigor beneath the
tree of life; and through unending ages the inhabitants of sinless worlds shall behold, in that
garden of delight, a sample of the perfect work of God's creation, untouched by the curse of
sin--a sample of what the whole earth would have become, had man but fulfilled the Creator's
glorious plan. {PP 62. 3}

At the close of probation there are two groups. Those that keep the law and have overcome
SIN

KJV Proverbs 11: 30 The fruit of the righteous is a tree of life; and he that winneth souls is
wise. 31 Behold, the righteous shall be recompensed in the earth: much more the wicked and
the sinner.

The other group are those that are called filthy

KJV Revelation 22: 15 For without are dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and
murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie. 16 I Jesus have sent mine
angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David,
and the bright and morning star.

These people are called dogs. Can you imagine God created man in his image, but now
because they received the image of the beast and its mark. They have the character of
animals, the animal being a dog, brethren can u imagine this

KJV Matthew 7: 6 Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast ye your pearls before
swine, lest they trample them under their feet, and turn again and rend you.

Brethren the tree of life shall not be given to dogs. A dog is a symbol of an unclean animal. If
they are allowed in heaven, they would restart the same rebellion of Lucifer. So they cannot
be allowed to be of the nations of the saved

248 | P a g e
KJV Philippians 3: 1 Finally, my brethren, rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things to you,
to me indeed is not grievous, but for you it is safe. 2 Beware of dogs, beware of evil workers,
beware of the concision.

Dogs are evil workers. Those that take the name of the lord in vain, claiming they are
Christians

But still watch Pornography, Movies, Still drink beer, Still fornicating, Still committing
adultery. All these are claimed to be dogs, Evil workers

KJV 2 Peter 2: 20 For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the
knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, they are again entangled therein, and
overcome, the latter end is worse with them than the beginning. 21 For it had been better for
them not to have known the way of righteousness, than, after they have known it, to turn
from the holy commandment delivered unto them. 22 But it is happened unto them according
to the true proverb, The dog is turned to his own vomit again; and the sow that was washed
to her wallowing in the mire.

A dog is a man who after conversion slips back because he has been disrespected in church,
a dog is a man who goes back to his old sins. The very things he used to preach against he
begins to do the very same things. The bible calls this person a dog

So notice that those who receive the mark of the beast are not all unbelievers. But many are
those who once believed and these are called dogs

And these two groups shall both be alive on earth

KJV Daniel 12: 1 And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for
the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there
was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every
one that shall be found written in the book.

Michael also called Jesus shall then stand up. It is here that he will

Every man was required to afflict his soul while this work of atonement was going forward.
All business was to be laid aside, and the whole congregation of Israel were to spend the day
in solemn humiliation before God, with prayer, fasting, and deep searching of heart. {GC 419,
420}

KJV Leviticus 16:32 And the priest, whom he shall anoint, and whom he shall consecrate to
minister in the priest's office in his father's stead, shall make the atonement, and shall put on
the linen clothes, even the holy garments:

In 31 AD Jesus went to heaven and he put on the priestly garments

KJV Leviticus 16: 23 And Aaron shall come into the tabernacle of the congregation, and shall
put off the linen garments, which he put on when he went into the holy place, and shall leave
them there:

249 | P a g e
At the close of probation Jesus throws down the censer, he removes the priestly robe and
wears his crown. It is time for the plagues to fall, and for those alive they have to live without
a high priest

The incense, ascending with the prayers of Israel, represents the merits and intercession of
Christ, His perfect righteousness, which through faith is imputed to His people, and which can
alone make the worship of sinful beings acceptable to God. {PP 353}

KJV Revelation 8: 3 And another angel came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer;
and there was given unto him much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all
saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne. 4 And the smoke of the incense,
which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel's hand.

Notice now today our prayers are acceptable. Jesus still wields the golden censer.But then it
shall be too late, Probation would have closed and as the pioneers all studies these things.
They saw truly their great need for victory over sin. They began to preach and they began to
study

They saw that if they overcome sin, then Jesus can allow the storms to blow and a National
Sunday law passed

Then they preached the third angels message with so much power.

KJV Revelation 14:6 And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting
gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and
tongue, and people, 7 Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour
of his judgment is come: and worship him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the
fountains of waters. 8 And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen,
that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.
9 And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast
and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, 10 The same shall drink of
the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his
indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy
angels, and in the presence of the Lamb: 11 And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for
ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and
whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.

William Miller and his associates during the advent movement had preached the truth of the
first angels message all the way to 1843 they preached the judgment hour. But after the small
disappointment of 1843 they saw that the protestants churches rejected the message. And
all who proclaimed the message as miller did were all disfellowshiped from their churches.
They saw that by then the protestant churches had become part of fallen Babylon because of
their rejection of the 1st angels message.

It was then after 1844 they then saw the rise of the 2nd angels message. They saw that at the
passing of the National Sunday law, events of great magnitude would take place and it was
their work to prepare a people to stand

And they saw clearly how the three angel’s messages were connected and one building on
top of the other. It was after the disappointment in 1844 that they began to proclaim the third
angels message, after seeing the law and the Sabbath had not changed.
250 | P a g e
I saw a company who stood well guarded and firm, giving no countenance to those who would
unsettle the established faith of the body. God looked upon them with approbation. I was
shown three steps—the first, second, and third angels’ messages. Said my accompanying
angel, “Woe to him who shall move a block or stir a pin of these messages. The true
understanding of these messages is of vital importance. The destiny of souls hangs upon the
manner in which they are received.” I was again brought down through these messages, and
saw how dearly the people of God had purchased their experience. - EW 258.3

This what they saw, was the firm platform and how we receive the messages determines our
eternal destiny

It had been obtained through much suffering and severe conflict. God had led them along
step by step, until He had placed them upon a solid, immovable platform. I saw individuals
approach the platform and examine the foundation. Some with rejoicing immediately
stepped upon it. Others commenced to find fault with the foundation. They wished
improvements made, and then the platform would be more perfect, and the people much
happier. Some stepped off the platform to examine it and declared it to be laid wrong. But I
saw that nearly all stood firm upon the platform and exhorted those who had stepped off to
cease their complaints; for God was the Master Builder, and they were fighting against Him.
They recounted the wonderful work of God, which had led them to the firm platform, and in
union raised their eyes to heaven and with a loud voice glorified God. This affected some of
those who had complained and left the platform, and they with humble look again stepped
upon it. - EW 258.3

I was pointed back to the proclamation of the first advent of Christ. John was sent in the spirit
and power of Elijah to prepare the way of Jesus. Those who rejected the testimony of John
were not benefited by the teachings of Jesus. Their opposition to the message that foretold
His coming placed them where they could not readily receive the strongest evidence that He
was the Messiah. Satan led on those who rejected the message of John to go still farther, to
reject and crucify Christ. In doing this they placed themselves where they could not receive
the blessing on the day of Pentecost, which would have taught them the way into the
heavenly sanctuary. The rending of the veil of the temple showed that the Jewish sacrifices
and ordinances would no longer be received. The great Sacrifice had been offered and had
been accepted, and the Holy Spirit which descended on the day of Pentecost carried the
minds of the disciples from the earthly sanctuary to the heavenly, where Jesus had entered
by His own blood, to shed upon His disciples the benefits of His atonement. But the Jews were
left in total darkness. They lost all the light which they might have had upon the plan of
salvation, and still trusted in their useless sacrifices and offerings. The heavenly sanctuary had
taken the place of the earthly, yet they had no knowledge of the change. Therefore they could
not be benefited by the mediation of Christ in the holy place. - EW 259.1

Many look with horror at the course of the Jews in rejecting and crucifying Christ; and as they
read the history of His shameful abuse, they think they love Him, and would not have denied
Him as did Peter, or crucified Him as did the Jews. But God who reads the hearts of all, has
brought to the test that love for Jesus which they professed to feel. All heaven watched with
the deepest interest the reception of the first angel’s message. But many who professed to
love Jesus, and who shed tears as they read the story of the cross, derided the good news of
His coming. Instead of receiving the message with gladness, they declared it to be a delusion.
They hated those who loved His appearing and shut them out of the churches. Those who

251 | P a g e
rejected the first message could not be benefited by the second; neither were they benefited
by the midnight cry, which was to prepare them to enter with Jesus by faith into the most
holy place of the heavenly sanctuary. And by rejecting the two former messages, they have
so darkened their understanding that they can see no light in the third angel’s message, which
shows the way into the most holy place. I saw that as the Jews crucified Jesus, so the nominal
churches had crucified these messages, and therefore they have no knowledge of the way
into the most holy, and they cannot be benefited by the intercession of Jesus there. Like the
Jews, who offered their useless sacrifices, they offer up their useless prayers to the apartment
which Jesus has left; and Satan, pleased with the deception, assumes a religious character,
and leads the minds of these professed Christians to himself, working with his power, his signs
and lying wonders, to fasten them in his snare. Some he deceives in one way, and some in
another. He has different delusions prepared to affect different minds. Some look with horror
upon one deception, while they readily receive another. Satan deceives some with
Spiritualism. He also comes as an angel of light and spreads his influence over the land by
means of false reformations. The churches are elated, and consider that God is working
marvelously for them, when it is the work of another spirit. The excitement will die away and
leave the world and the church in a worse condition than before. - EW 260.1

I saw that God has honest children among the nominal Adventists and the fallen churches,
and before the plagues shall be poured out, ministers and people will be called out from these
churches and will gladly receive the truth. Satan knows this; and before the loud cry of the
third angel is given, he raises an excitement in these religious bodies, that those who have
rejected the truth may think that God is with them. He hopes to deceive the honest and lead
them to think that God is still working for the churches. But the light will shine, and all who
are honest will leave the fallen churches, and take their stand with the remnant. - EW 261.1

Are you not glad we have a firm platform.

So the work of the People of God was to prepare a people to stand when Jesus stood up and
threw down the censer

KJV Revelation 6:16 And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face
of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: 17 For the great day of his
wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?

The question was asked by John: He saw the close of probation, he saw the plagues fall, he
then saw Jesus come, there was much confusion on earth, he cried out who shall be able to
stand.

But none who have fallen need give up to despair. Aged men, once honored of God, may have
defiled their souls, sacrificing virtue on the altar of lust; but if they repent, forsake sin, and
turn to God, there is still hope for them. {PK 84}

KJV Hosea 14: 1 O Israel, return unto the LORD thy God; for thou hast fallen by thine iniquity.
9 Who is wise, and he shall understand these things? prudent, and he shall know them? for
the ways of the LORD are right, and the just shall walk in them: but the transgressors shall fall
therein.

It is those who are living without sin that shall be able to stand. For to fall means to sin. so to
stand is to walk like Jesus

252 | P a g e
KJV 1 Peter 2:21 For even hereunto were ye called: because Christ also suffered for us, leaving
us an example, that ye should follow his steps: 22 Who did no sin, neither was guile found in
his mouth: 23 Who, when he was reviled, reviled not again; when he suffered, he threatened
not; but committed himself to him that judgeth righteously:

The pioneers saw clearly that their work was to prepare a people to stand. This was their great
work, and they purposed to finish this work

Our world is a vast lazar house, a scene of misery that we dare not allow even our thoughts
to dwell upon. Did we realize it as it is, the burden would be too terrible. Yet God feels it all.
In order to destroy sin and its results He gave His best Beloved, and He has put it in our power,
through co-operation with Him, to bring this scene of misery to an end. "This gospel of the
kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the
end come." Matthew 24:14. {Ed 264}

KJV Matthew 24:14 And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a
witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come.

Notice when the pioneers understood this, they saw that they needed to be part of the
kingdom of God. They began to understand what the rolling stone is, the rolling stone of
Daniel is the movement that is to prepare a people to stand. They saw this was God
establishing his end time kingdom. To withstand the union of church and state at the National
Sunday law

The gospel they were to preach is a specific gospel, for once its preached the end would
come. So it’s an *end-time gospel* based upon the events of the end

KJV Revelation 14:6 And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting
gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and
tongue, and people, 7 Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour
of his judgment is come: and worship him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the
fountains of waters.

The everlasting gospel, that says fear God and keep his commandments

KJV Exodus 20: 20 And Moses said unto the people, Fear not: for God is come to prove you,
and that his fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not. 21 And the people stood afar off,
and Moses drew near unto the thick darkness where God was.

Where the people are to have the fear of God and do no sin. This is the gospel, this is the love
of God. That he who looks at Jesus should have everlasting life

The gospel teaches us to glorify God, sin is falling short of the glory, but victory over sin is
having to give the glory to God. This was the gospel that the pioneers preached

KJV Daniel 8: 13 Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said unto that certain saint
which spake, How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, and the transgression
of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot? 14 And he
said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be
cleansed.

253 | P a g e
The vision of the 2300 days has been lost since 1957, we shall study it in the next chapter

KJV Proverbs 29: 18 Where there is no vision, the people perish: but he that keepeth the law,
happy is he.

Okay so with preparing a people to stand notice what God gave them

We are to learn from Christ the science of soul saving. He is the mighty Healer. In our work of
preaching the gospel, we are to establish small sanitariums in many places. Sanitarium work
is one very successful means of bringing the message of salvation through Christ to the
attention of a large class of people who can be reached in no other way. Those from the higher
walks of life will come to our sanitariums for treatment, and when they go away, they will tell
others of the benefits they have received. Thus others will be induced to go. It is God’s design
that our sanitariums shall act an important part in giving the message of Christ’s soon coming
to those in the highways and byways.—Manuscript 30, 1905, 3. (“A Visit to Redlands,” March
6, 1905.) - 1MR 227.5

In new fields, where the work of God has yet to be established, medical missionary work is to
be done. This work removes prejudice, and prepares the way for the proclamation of the third
angel’s message. It is the means by which doors are opened for the entrance of the special
truths for this time. Medical missionary work and the gospel are one. If united, they make a
complete whole. Letter 92, 1902, p. 2. (“To Brethren in Responsible Positions in the Medical
Work,” April 8, 1902.) - 1MR 228.1

Lets break up the qoute below and see what God gave the remnant to prepare a people to
stand

*God’s purpose in giving the third angel’s message to the world is to prepare a people to
stand true to Him during the investigative judgment*.

Notice the above, the dead cannot stand but this directly applies to the living saints at the
passing of a National Sunday law judgement will pass from the dead to the Living

*This is the purpose for which we establish and maintain our*

Notice for the purpose of Judgement of the Living the following institutions were made and
ordained by God.

*1 publishing houses,*

*2 our schools,*

*3 our sanitariums,*

*4 hygienic restaurants,*

*5 treatment rooms,*

*6 and food factories.*

254 | P a g e
Notice the above institutions, We shall study them much deeper in the manual Redemption
and relief work, we need out church back.

*This is our purpose in carrying forward every line of work in the cause*.—Manuscript 154,
1902, 4. (“Instruction to Men in Positions of Responsibility,” October 24, 1902.) - 1MR 228.2

Brethren so you mean to say God gave us a medical blue print in the sanitarium? Why do we
hear of only hospitals today? You mean God gave us an educational blue print. Why do we
hear of other curriculums in our schools today?

You mean God gave us treatment rooms and sanitarium, Brethren you mean our publishing
houses were for the printing of the third angels message? Brethren all our institutions were
to prepare for the second coming of Jesus. If you came to a restaurant, If you went to our
sanitarium or schools, you would be prepared to stand

But today this is not so

Where were these institutions to be located?

In various places, properties are to be purchased to be used for sanitarium purposes. Our
people should be looking for opportunities to purchase properties away from the cities, on
which are buildings already erected and orchards already in bearing. Land is a valuable
possession. Connected with our sanitariums there should be lands, small portions of which
can be used for the homes of the helpers and others who are receiving a training for medical
missionary work. - CH 227.3

Brethren we shall see clearly that when the Sunday law comes, there will be no buying and
selling, but before then there will be strife and revolution in the cities

KJV Revelation 13: 16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond,
to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: 17 And that no man might buy or
sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.

Thus the people were to establish these institutions away from the large cities, to avoid the
moral corruption, and not only this to avoid the hindrance from no buying and selling. All our
institutions were to be connected with land where agriculture would be the basis of the
economy

Thus saith the Lord: “Buildings will give character to My work only when those who erect
them follow My instruction in regard to the establishment of institutions. Had those who have
managed and sustained the work in the past always been controlled by pure, unselfish
principles, there never would have been the selfish gathering of a large share of My means
into one or two places. Institutions would have been established in many localities. The seeds
of truth, sown in many more fields, would have sprung up and borne fruit to My glory. - CH
226.3

Notice only if the councils of the lord are followed can God prepare a people to stand

“I will instruct the ignorant and anoint with heavenly eyesalve the eyes of many who are now
in spiritual darkness. I will raise up agents who will carry out My will to prepare a people to
stand before Me in the time of the end. In many places that before this ought to have been

255 | P a g e
provided with sanitariums and schools, I will establish My institutions, and these institutions
will become educational centers for the training of workers.” - CH 227.1

Every hygienic restaurant should be a school for the workers connected with it. In the cities
this line of work may be done on a much larger scale than in smaller places. But in every place
where there is a church and a church school, instruction should be given in regard to the
preparation of simple health foods for the use of those who wish to live in accordance with
the principles of health reform. And in all our missionary fields a similar work can be done. -
CD 470.3

Churches and Hygienic restaurants were to be in the cities

It is in harmony with this instruction, that meetinghouses have been purchased and
rededicated in Washington and in Nashville, while the publishing houses and the sanitariums
at these centers have been established away from the congested heart of the cities, as
outpost centers. This is the plan that has been followed in the removal of other publishing
houses and sanitariums into the country, and that is now being followed in Great Britain with
regard to the London publishing house and also the training-school there. We are now given
opportunity to advance in the opening providences of God by helping our brethren in these
and many other important centers to establish the work on a firm basis, in order that it may
be carried forward solidly.—Special Testimonies, Series B, No. 8, pp. 7, 8 (1907). - CL 31.2

Notice publishing houses and sanitarium were to be in the country side

It is not the correct plan to locate school buildings where the students will have constantly
before their eyes the erroneous practices that have molded their education during their
lifetime, be it longer or shorter. These holidays, with all their train of evil, result in twentyfold
more misery than good. In a large degree the observance of these days is really compulsory.
Even persons who have been truly converted find it difficult to break away from these
customs and practices. Should schools be located in the cities or within a few miles from them,
it would be most difficult to counteract the influence of the former education which students
have received in regard to these holidays and the practices connected with them, such as
horse racing, betting, and the offering of prizes. The very atmosphere of these cities is full of
poisonous malaria. The freedom of individual action is not respected; a man’s time is not
regarded as really his own; he is expected to do as others do. Should our school be located in
one of these cities, or within a few miles of it, there would be a counterworking influence
constantly in active exercise to be met and overcome. The devotion to amusements and the
observance of so many holidays, give a large business to the courts, to officers and judges,
and increase the poverty and squalor that need no increasing. - FE 312.2

Church schools were never to be established in the cities but rather in the county side away
from the cities

All this is a false education. We shall find it necessary to establish our schools out of, and away
from, the cities, and yet not so far away that they cannot be in touch with them, to do them
good, to let light shine amid the moral darkness. Students need to be placed under the most
favorable circumstances to counteract very much of the education they have received. - FE
313.1

So far the following institutions were to be established in the country

256 | P a g e
1-Church schools and medical missionary schools

2- publishing houses

3 -sanitarium

Churches, Treatment rooms(for small diseases) and hygienic restaurants were to be mission
fields and were to be in the cities

Do we see the order of God?

Okay so what was to be the plan of the sanitarium

Question on the Vision.—Did you receive your views upon health reform before visiting the
Health Institute at Dansville, New York, [The most prominent of medical institutions in the
United States featuring reforms in diet and in the treatment of the sick was at this time
operated by Dr. James C. Jackson at Dansville, New York,—Compilers.] or before you had read
works on the subject? - 3SM 276.1

Answer—It was at the house of Bro. A. Hilliard, at Otsego, Mich., June 6, 1863, that the great
subject of Health Reform was opened before me in vision. - 3SM 276.2

I did not visit Dansville till August, 1864, fourteen months after I had the view. I did not read
any works upon health until I had written Spiritual Gifts, volumes 3 and 4, Appeal to Mothers,
and had sketched out most of my six articles in the six numbers of How to Live. - 3SM 276.3

I did not know that such a paper existed as The Laws of Life, published at Dansville, N.Y. I had
not heard of the several works upon health, written by Dr. J. C. Jackson, and other publications
at Dansville, at the time I had the view named above. I did not know that such works existed
until September, 1863, when in Boston, Mass., my husband saw them advertised in a
periodical called the Voice of the Prophets, published by Eld. J. V. Himes. My husband ordered
the works from Dansville and received them at Topsham, Maine. His business gave him no
time to peruse them, and as I determined not to read them until I had written out my views,
the books remained in their wrappers. - 3SM 276.4

My reply was that I had not, neither should I read them till I had fully written out my views,
lest it should be said that I have received my light upon the subject of health from physicians,
and not from the Lord. - 3SM 277.2

And after I had written my six articles for How to Live, I then searched the various works on
hygiene and was surprised to find them so nearly in harmony with what the Lord had revealed
to me. And to show this harmony, and to set before my brethren and sisters the subject as
brought out by able writers, I determined to publish How to Live, in which I largely extracted
from the works referred to. - 3SM 277.3

Here we read the acount... recall there was a pot of Manna to the Jews in the most holy place?

KJV Exodus 16: 4 Then said the LORD unto Moses, Behold, I will rain bread from heaven for
you; and the people shall go out and gather a certain rate every day, that I may prove them,
whether they will walk in my law, or no. 10 And it came to pass, as Aaron spake unto the
whole congregation of the children of Israel, that they looked toward the wilderness, and,

257 | P a g e
behold, the glory of the LORD appeared in the cloud. 32 And Moses said, This is the thing
which the LORD commandeth, Fill an omer of it to be kept for your generations; that they
may see the bread wherewith I have fed you in the wilderness, when I brought you forth from
the land of Egypt. 33 And Moses said unto Aaron, Take a pot, and put an omer full of manna
therein, and lay it up before the LORD, to be kept for your generations. 34 As the LORD
commanded Moses, so Aaron laid it up before the Testimony, to be kept. 35 And the children
of Israel did eat manna forty years, until they came to a land inhabited; they did eat manna,
until they came unto the borders of the land of Canaan.

KJV Exodus 16: 22 And it came to pass, that on the sixth day they gathered twice as much
bread, two omers for one man: and all the rulers of the congregation came and told Moses.
23 And he said unto them, This is that which the LORD hath said, To morrow is the rest of the
holy sabbath unto the LORD: bake that which ye will bake to day, and seethe that ye will
seethe; and that which remaineth over lay up for you to be kept until the morning.

Notice the Manna was part of health reform, and those that obeyed to this requirement were
able to keep the Sabbath according to the commandment

For in picking the mana they were to see the glory of the Lord. They were to view the lord as
the provider. This manna some of it was kept in a pot and put in the ark in the most holy place

It was at the house of Brother A. Hilliard, at Otsego, Mich., June 6, 1863, that the great subject
of Health Reform was open before me in vision. I did not visit Dansville till August, 1864,
fourteen months after I had the view. I did not read any works upon health until I had written
Spiritual Gifts, Vols. 3 and 4, Appeal to Mothers, and had sketched out most of my six articles
in the six numbers of “How to Live.” I did not know that such a paper existed as the Laws of
Life, published at Dansville, N. Y. I had not heard of the several works upon health, written by
Dr. J. C. Jackson, and other publications at Dansville, at the time I had the view named above.
I did not know that such works existed until September, 1863, when in Boston, Mass., my
husband saw them advertised in a periodical called the Voice of the Prophets, published by
Elder J. V. Himes. My husband ordered the works from Dansville and received them at
Topsham, Maine. His business gave him no time to peruse them, and as I determined not to
read them until I had written out my views, the books remained in their wrappers. As I
introduced the subject of health to friends where I labored in Michigan, New England, and in
the state of New York, and spoke against drugs and flesh-meats, and in favor of water, pure
air, and a proper diet, the reply was often made, “You speak very nearly the opinions taught
in the Laws of Life, and other publications, by Drs. Trall, Jackson, and others. Have you read
that paper and those works?” My reply was that I had not, neither should I read them till I
had fully written out my views, lest it should be said that I had received my light upon the
subject of health from physicians, and not from the Lord. And after I had written my six articles
for “How to Live,” I then searched the various works on Hygiene and was surprised to find
them so nearly in harmony with what the Lord had revealed to me. And to show this harmony,
and to set before my brethren and sisters the subject as brought out by able writers, I
determined to publish “How to Live,” in which I largely extracted from the works referred to.
- TSDF 8.10

So we saw How God commanded the setting up of sanitarium

With all our treatments given to the sick, simple fervent prayer should be offered for the
blessing of healing. We are to point the sick to the compassionate Saviour, and his power to
258 | P a g e
forgive and to heal. Through his gracious providence they may be restored. Point the sufferers
to their Advocate in the heavenly courts. Tell them that Christ will heal the sick, if they will
repent and cease to transgress the laws of God. There is a Saviour who will reveal Himself in
our sanitariums to save those who will submit themselves to Him. The suffering ones can
unite with you in prayer, confessing their sin, and receiving pardon. - 3SM 296.1

Inside a sanitarium, Prayers were to be offered for the sick

Strong Drugs Need Not Be Used—The first labors of a physician should be to educate the sick
and suffering in the very course they should pursue to prevent disease. The greatest good can
be done by our trying to enlighten the minds of all we can obtain access to, as to the best
course for them to pursue to prevent sickness and suffering, and broken constitutions, and
premature death. But those who do not care to undertake work that taxes their physical and
mental powers will be ready to prescribe drug medication, which lays a foundation in the
human organism for a two-fold greater evil than that which they claim to have relieved. -
2SM 282.2

In the sanitarium, Poisonous drugs were not to be used (refer to herbs and poultices manual
as to what constitutes poisonous drugs)

Less Dangerous if Wisely Administered—Do not administer drugs. True, drugs may not be as
dangerous wisely administered as they usually are, but in the hands of many they will be
hurtful to the Lord’s property.—Letter 3, 1884 (To workers at St. Helena Sanitarium). - 2SM
283.3

Christ in the Operating Room—Before performing a critical operation, let the physician ask
for the aid of the Great Physician. Let him assure the suffering one that God can bring him
safely through the ordeal, that in all times of distress He is a sure refuge for those who trust
in Him.—The Ministry of Healing, 118 (1905). - 2SM 284.2

Before an operation prayers were to be offered

Surgery Not a Denial of Faith—It is our privilege to use every God-appointed means in
correspondence with our faith, and then trust in God, when we have urged the promise. If
there is need of a surgical operation, and the physician is willing to undertake the case, it is
not a denial of faith to have the operation performed. After the patient has committed his
will to the will of God, let him trust, drawing nigh to the Great Physician, the Mighty Healer,
and giving himself up in perfect trust. The Lord will honor his faith in the very manner He sees
is for His own name’s glory. “Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on
Thee: because he trusteth in Thee. Trust ye in the Lord for ever: for in the Lord Jehovah is
everlasting strength” (Isaiah 26:3, 4).—Manuscript 67, 1899 (General Manuscript). - 2SM
284.4

Use the Simplest Remedies—Nature will want some assistance to bring things to their proper
condition, which may be found in the simplest remedies, especially in the use of nature’s own
furnished remedies—pure air, and with a precious knowledge of how to breathe; pure water,
with a knowledge of how to apply it; plenty of sunlight in every room in the house if possible,
and with an intelligent knowledge of what advantages are to be gained by its use. - 2SM 287.4

Natural remedies were to be used in sanitarium

259 | P a g e
 Remedies That Cleanse the System—Christ never planted the seeds of death in the system.
Satan planted these seeds when he tempted Adam to eat of the tree of knowledge which
meant disobedience to God. Not one noxious plant was placed in the Lord’s great garden, but
after Adam and Eve sinned, poisonous herbs sprang up. In the parable of the sower the
question was asked the master, “Didst not thou sow good seed in thy field? from whence then
hath it tares?” The master answered, “An enemy hath done this” (Matthew 13:27, 28). All
tares are sown by the evil one. Every noxious herb is of his sowing, and by his ingenious
methods of amalgamation he has corrupted the earth with tares. - 2SM 288.2

Water Treatments and Simple Herbs—The Lord has taught us that great efficacy for healing
lies in a proper use of water. These treatments should be given skillfully. We have been
instructed that in our treatment of the sick we should discard the use of drugs. There are
simple herbs that can be used for the recovery of the sick, whose effect upon the system is
very different from that of those drugs that poison the blood and endanger life.—Manuscript
73, 1908 (Manuscript entitled “Counsels Repeated”). - 2SM 288.1

Hydrotherapy and herbs were to be used

God’s Remedies—There are many ways of practicing the healing art, but there is only one
way that Heaven approves. God’s remedies are the simple agencies of nature that will not tax
or debilitate the system through their powerful properties. Pure air and water, cleanliness, a
proper diet, purity of life, and a firm trust in God are remedies for the want of which
thousands are dying; yet these remedies are going out of date because their skillful use
requires work that the people do not appreciate. Fresh air, exercise, pure water, and clean,
sweet premises are within the reach of all with but little expense; but drugs are expensive,
both in the outlay of means and in the effect produced upon the system.—Testimonies for
the Church 5:443 (1885). - 2SM 287.3

The foundation was the 8 laws of health, this was how our sanitarium were to be run and the
truths were to be given in these rooms. Patients were to hear the 3 angels message

I have received much instruction regarding the location of sanitariums. They should be a few
miles distant from the large cities, and land should be secured in connection with them. Fruit
and vegetables should be cultivated, and the patients should be encouraged to take up
outdoor work. Many who are suffering from pulmonary disease might be cured if they would
live in a climate where they could be out-of-doors most of the year. Many who have died of
consumption might have lived if they had breathed more pure air. Fresh outdoor air is as
healing as medicine, and leaves no injurious aftereffects - 2SM 291.1

Thousands who are afflicted might recover their health if, instead of depending upon the
drugstore for their life, they would discard all drugs, and live simply, without using tea, coffee,
liquor, or spices, which irritate the stomach and leave it weak, unable to digest even simple
food without stimulation. The Lord is willing to let His light shine forth in clear, distinct rays
to all who are weak and feeble.—Manuscript 115, 1903 (General Manuscript regarding
sanitarium work). - 2SM 291.3

Principles of health were to be taught

260 | P a g e
Do all that you possibly can to perfect the institution inside and out. Be sure that your
premises are in the best of order. Let there be nothing about them that will make a
disagreeable impression of the minds of the patients. - 2SM 298.1

Councils to the physicians in the sanitarium

Encourage the patients to live healthfully and to take an abundance of exercise. This will do
much to restore them to health. Let seats be placed under the shade of the trees, that the
patients may be encouraged to spend much time out-of-doors. And a place should be
provided, enclosed either with canvas or with glass, where, in cooler weather, the patients
can sit in the sun without feeling the wind - 2SM 298.2

Fresh air and sunshine, cheerfulness within and without the institution, pleasant words and
kindly acts—these are the remedies that the sick need, and God will crown with success your
efforts to provide these remedies for the sick ones who come to the sanitarium. By happiness
and cheerfulness and expressions of sympathy and hopefulness for others, your own soul will
be filled with light and peace. - 2SM 298.3

Teach nurses and patients the value of those health-restoring agencies that are freely
provided by God, and the usefulness of simple things that are easily obtained. - 2SM 298.4

Always study and teach the use of the simplest remedies, and the special blessing of the Lord
may be expected to follow the use of these means which are within the reach of the common
people.—Letter 100, 1903. - 2SM 298.6

Brethren do we see that it was here that the Lord was to meet the patients, and the patients
were brought back to health. This work of the sanitarium was what we call the medical
missionary work

The health reform, I was shown, is a part of the third angel’s message, and is just as closely
connected with it as are the arm and hand with the human body. I saw that we as a people
must make an advance move in this great work. Ministers and people must act in concert.
God’s people are not prepared for the loud cry of the third angel. They have a work to do for
themselves which they should not leave for God to do for them. He has left this work for them
to do. It is an individual work; one cannot do it for another. “Having therefore these promises,
dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting
holiness in the fear of God.” Gluttony is the prevailing sin of this age. Lustful appetite makes
slaves of men and women, and beclouds their intellects and stupefies their moral sensibilities
to such a degree that the sacred, elevated truths of God’s word are not appreciated. The
lower propensities have ruled men and women. - CD 32.2

The health work was connected with the third angels message, just as the mana and Sabbath
were connected in the children of Israel

Brethren this was how God designed the work to be done

In order to be fitted for translation, the people of God must know themselves. They must
understand in regard to their own physical frames, that they may be able with the psalmist to
exclaim, “I will praise Thee, for I am fearfully and wonderfully made.” They should ever have
the appetite in subjection to the moral and intellectual organs. The body should be servant

261 | P a g e
to the mind, and not the mind to the body.—Testimonies for the Church 1:486, 487, 1867 -
CD 33.1

I was shown that if God’s people make no efforts on their part, but wait for the refreshing to
come upon them and remove their wrongs and correct their errors; if they depend upon that
to cleanse them from filthiness of the flesh and spirit, and fit them to engage in the loud cry
of the third angel, they will be found wanting. The refreshing or power of God comes only on
those who have prepared themselves for it by doing the work which God bids them, namely,
cleansing themselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear
of God.—Testimonies for the Church 1:619, 1867 - CD 33.3

So we see there were medical missionary school

Clear light has been given that our educational institutions should be connected with our
sanitariums wherever this is possible. The work of the two institutions is to blend. I am
thankful that we have a school at Loma Linda. The educational talent of competent physicians
is a necessity to the schools where medical missionary evangelists are to be trained for
service. The students in the school are to be taught to be strict health reformers. The
instruction given in regard to disease and its causes, and how to prevent disease, and the
training given in the treatment of the sick, will prove an invaluable education, and one that
the students in all our schools should have. - CD 450.1

This blending of our schools and sanitariums will prove an advantage in many ways. Through
the instruction given by the sanitarium, students will learn how to avoid forming careless,
intemperate habits in eating.—Letter 82, 1908 - CD 450.2

Notice that the medical missionary evangelist schools were to train workers who would then
work in the sanitarium

I have been instructed that in view of the trying nature of medical missionary work, those
who desire to take up this line should first be thoroughly examined by competent physicians
to ascertain whether or not they have the strength necessary to endure the course of study
through which they must pass in the training school. - CT 473.2

A thorough training was needed when one wanted to be a physician

The benefits of hearty co-operation extend beyond physicians and teachers, students and
sanitarium helpers. When a sanitarium is built near a school, those in charge of the
educational institution have a grand opportunity of setting a right example before those who
all through life have been easygoing idlers and who have come to the sanitarium for
treatment. The patients will see the contrast between their idle, self-indulgent lives and the
lives of self-denial and service lived by Christ’s followers. They will learn that the object of
medical missionary work is to restore, to correct wrongs, to show human beings how to avoid
the self-indulgence that brings disease and death. - CT 521.2

That the best results may be secured by the establishment of a sanitarium near a school there
needs to be perfect harmony between the workers in both institutions. This is sometimes
difficult to secure, especially when teachers and physicians are inclined to be self-centered,
each considering as of the greatest importance the work with which he is most closely
connected. When men who are self-confident are in charge of institutions in close proximity,
great annoyance might result were each determined to carry out his own plans, refusing to
262 | P a g e
make concessions to others. Those at the head of the sanitarium and those at the head of the
school will need to guard against clinging tenaciously to their own ideas concerning things
that are really nonessentials. - CT 522.1

There is a great work to be done by our sanitariums and schools. Time is short. What is done
must be done quickly. Let those who are connected with these important instrumentalities
be wholly converted. Let them not live for self, for worldly purposes, withholding themselves
from full consecration to God’s service. Let them give themselves, body, soul, and spirit, to
God, to be used by Him in saving souls. They are not at liberty to do with themselves as they
please; they belong to God, for He has bought them with the lifeblood of His only-begotten
Son. And as they learn to abide in Christ, there will remain in the heart no room for selfishness.
In His service they will find the fullest satisfaction. - CT 522.2

Let this be taught and lived by medical missionary workers. Let these laborers tell those with
whom they come in contact that the life that men and women now live will one day be
examined by a just God, and that each one must now do his best, offering to God consecrated
service. Those in charge of the school are to teach the students to use for the highest, holiest
purpose the talents God has given them, that they may accomplish the greatest good in this
world. Students need to learn what it means to have a real aim in life, and to obtain an exalted
understanding of what true education means. They need to learn what it means to be true
gospel medical missionaries—missionaries who can go forth to labor with the ministers of the
word in needy fields. - CT 523.1

Brethren the people were to establish medical missionary schools and in connection with
them a sanitarium. On the same physicians who could perform surgeries as well as nurses
were also to enter this work

Brethren this was all to be established in the country side....to prepare a people to stand

263 | P a g e
Chapter 13 The Church the pillar and ground of truth.

Before 1888, God had given us 6 institutions, another one was to be given, this was how was
the church organised. This was the thing God looked forward to… the formation of the body
the rock to crush the serpents head. We will also begin to see the significance of the
organisation of the Church. Amen we are almost done studying the implications and how by
1888 the rock was prepared; heaven was about to do something of infinite proportions
We shall see the medical missionary work broadening and deepening at every point of its
progress, because of the inflowing of hundreds and thousands of streams, until the whole
earth is covered as the waters cover the sea. MS-32-1901. {PH137 6.2}
The Last Ministerial Work—I wish to tell you that soon there will be no work done in
ministerial lines but medical missionary work. The work of a minister is to minister. Our
ministers are to work on the gospel plan of ministering.... - Ev 523.3
You will never be ministers after the gospel order till you show a decided interest in medical
missionary work, the gospel of healing and blessing and strengthening.... - Ev 523.4
It is because of the directions I have received from the Lord that I have the courage to stand
among you and speak as I do, notwithstanding the way in which you may look at the medical
missionary work. I wish to say that the medical missionary work is God’s work. The Lord wants
every one of His ministers to come into line. Take hold of the medical missionary work, and it
will give you access to the people. Their hearts will be touched as you minister to their
necessities. As you relieve their sufferings, you will find opportunity to speak to them of the
love of Jesus.—Counsels on Health, 533 (1901). - Ev 523.5
It was this work God gave us, in a crisis only relief workers are let through. So too the medical
missionary work was given to prepare a people to stand and to pave way for the truth to be
received. This is it but those that don’t take hold of this work, whilst its sad God cannot use
them in the work during the national Sunday law... We shall see this is fact. For just preaching
alone without the medical work is not according to God, but a blending of the two.
In reviewing our past history, having traveled over every step of advance to our present
standing, I can say, Praise God! As I see what God has wrought, I am filled with astonishment,
and with confidence in Christ as leader. We have nothing to fear for the future, except as we
shall forget the way the Lord has led us, and His teaching in our past history. - CET 204.1
By 1844 it was the desire of the advent believers to see Jesus come in the clouds to take them
home. We saw that the pioneers all wanted to go to heaven. But they were not prepared.
We saw how God lead them into the 1st, 2nd and 3rd angel’s messages, we saw how this was
the firm platform We then saw that they then saw that they needed pillars to be formed
1. Sanctuary
2. State of the dead
3. Second coming
4. Sabbath
5. Spirit of prophecy
6. Victory over sin
We saw that they then had 6 pillars, and in this chapter we shall study this last pillar: the 7ths
pillar

264 | P a g e
But before then God gave them the 6 pillars and a firm foundation, all this was to prepare
them to stand victorious over sin
We saw how God gave them the blue print. We saw the schools and sanitariums were to be
connected, publishing houses, church houses, hygienic restaurants, treatment rooms We saw
all this last time. We saw the blue print of education and how there was a crisis in 1882 (refer
to the Church History Manual)
So they had
1-a foundation
2-they had the pillars
We saw this, they also had institutions
As well as food factories
KJV 1 Timothy 3:14 These things write I unto thee, hoping to come unto thee shortly: 15 But
if I tarry long, that thou mayest know how thou oughtest to behave thyself in the house of
God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and ground of the truth.
The thing that was left was the organisation of the church, the Milerites thought they had the
truths they did not want church organisation. Because the churches from which they came
from disfellowshiped them all, for believing what they believed in. therefore they did not
want to be organised into a church because they believed they would be Babylon as well
KJV Ephesians 4: *3 Endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace*. 4
There is *one body,* and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling; 5 One
Lord, one faith, one baptism, 6 One God and Father of all, who is above all, and through all,
and in you all.
Notice there was need for unity. there was need for a body to be prepared. Brethren Jesus
was to be the Head, and the body was to work hand in hand with Jesus.
KJV Ephesians 4:10 He that descended is the same also that ascended up far above all
heavens, that he might fill all things.) 11 *And he gave some, apostles; and some, prophets;
and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers*; 12 For the *perfecting of the
saints, for the work of the ministry*, for the edifying of the body of Christ: 13 *Till we all
come in the unity of the faith,* and of the knowledge of the Son of God, *unto a perfect
man*, unto the *measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ:*
Here we see why the Church was organised. Church organisation was for the perfecting of the
saints. Once the church was organised, there was to be an administration do we see the office
untill we all come into unity of faith. Which faith is it talking about here?
Learning, talents, eloquence, every natural or acquired endowment, may be possessed; but
without the presence of the Spirit of God, no heart will be touched, no sinner be won to Christ.
On the other hand, if they are connected with Christ, if the gifts of the Spirit are theirs, the
poorest and most ignorant of His disciples will have a power that will tell upon hearts. God
makes them the channel for the outworking of the highest influence in the universe.{COL
328.1}
KJV Revelation 14: 12 Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the
commandments of God, and the *faith of Jesus*.

265 | P a g e
Till we come in unity of the faith of Jesus. A faith that can overcome sin. This was the whole
purpose of church organisation 😄
KJV Ephesians 5: 25 Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the church, and gave
himself for it; 26 That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word,
27 That he might present it to himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any
such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish. 28 So ought men to love their
wives as their own bodies. He that loveth his wife loveth himself. 29 For no man ever yet
hated his own flesh; but nourisheth and cherisheth it, even as the Lord the church: 30 For we
are members of his body, of his flesh, and of his bones.
Notice the real issue: JESUS has to finish the work in the Most Holy Place and He needs a
bride to help him crush the serpents head
KJV Romans 16:20 And the God of peace shall bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace
of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.
The feet of the woman, The church But a body had to be prepared
Christ was about to visit our world, and to become incarnate. He says, "A body hast Thou
prepared Me." Had He appeared with the glory that was His with the Father before the world
was, we could not have endured the light of His presence. That we might behold it and not
be destroyed, the manifestation of His glory was shrouded. His divinity was veiled with
humanity,--the invisible glory in the visible human form. {DA 23.1}
KJV Hebrews 10: 4 For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away
sins. 5 Wherefore when he cometh into the world, he saith, Sacrifice and offering thou
wouldest not, but a body hast thou prepared me:
It’s here When Jesus came a body had to be prepared, but then again before Jesus second
coming a body has to be prepared. So let’s see Jesus was going to prepare a Body the rolling
stone.
Let’s see how God interposed. How the spirit of prophecy prayed a role
As the end draws near and the work of giving the last warning to the world extends, it
becomes more important for those who accept present truth to have a clear understanding
of the nature and influence of the testimonies, which God in His providence has linked with
the work of the third angel’s message from its very rise.—Testimonies for the Church 5:654
(1889). - LDE 44.1
There will be those who will claim to have visions. When God gives you clear evidence that
the vision is from Him, you may accept it, but do not accept it on any other evidence, for
people are going to be led more and more astray in foreign countries and in America.—
Selected Messages 2:72 (1905). - LDE 44.3
*The passing of the time in 1844 was a period of great events, opening to our astonished
eyes the cleansing of the sanctuary transpiring in heaven*, and having decided relation to
God’s people upon the earth, [also] the first and second angels’ messages and the third,
unfurling the banner on which was inscribed, “The commandments of God and the faith of
Jesus.” One of the landmarks under this message was the temple of God, seen by His truth-
loving people in heaven, and the ark containing the law of God. The light of the Sabbath of
the fourth commandment flashed its strong rays in the pathway of the transgressors of God’s
law. The nonimmortality of the wicked is an old landmark. *I can call to mind nothing more
266 | P a g e
that can come under the head of the old landmarks*.—Counsels to Writers and Editors, 30,
31 (1889). - LDE 44.4
The Lord has made us the depositaries of His law; He has committed to us sacred and eternal
truth, which is to be given to others in faithful warnings, reproofs, and encouragement.—
Testimonies for the Church 5:381 (1885). - LDE 45.1
Just as the Jews were the ones who had the oracles of truth
KJV Romans 3:1 What advantage then hath the Jew? or what profit is there of circumcision?
2 Much every way: chiefly, because that unto them were committed the oracles of God.
To the seventh day Adventist Church was given the truth, the oracles. Well what is the
truth???
KJV Daniel 8: 11 Yea, he magnified himself even to the prince of the host, and by him the daily
sacrifice was taken away, and the place of his *sanctuary was cast down.* 12 And an host
was given him against the daily sacrifice by reason of transgression, and it cast down the
*truth to the ground;* and it practised, and prospered.
The sanctuary is the truth, the cleansing of the sanctuary is the truth, this was what was given
to the seventh day adventist church. That truth that was cast down was given to this people
KJV Daniel 8: 13 Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said unto that certain
saint which spake, How long shall be the *vision concerning the daily sacrifice, and the
transgression of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under
foot?* 14 *And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the
sanctuary be cleansed.*
Notice the vision is 2300 years. This is the visions that gave birth to this movement
KJV Proverbs 29: 18 Where there is no vision, the people perish: but he that keepeth the law,
happy is he.
If we come to a point of disregarding this visions, we perish the same day. We reach the point
of no remedy
Seventh-day Adventists have been chosen by God as a peculiar people, separate from the
world. By the great cleaver of truth He has cut them out from the quarry of the world and
brought them into connection with Himself. He has made them His representatives and has
called them to be ambassadors for Him in the last work of salvation. The greatest wealth of
truth ever entrusted to mortals, the most solemn and fearful warnings ever sent by God to
man, have been committed to them to be given to the world.—Testimonies for the Church
7:138 (1902). - LDE 45.2
But truth be told this to this church was given the greatest wealth of truth
In a special sense Seventh-day Adventists have been set in the world as watchmen and light
bearers. To them has been entrusted the last warning for a perishing world. On them is shining
wonderful light from the Word of God. They have been given a work of the most solemn
import—the proclamation of the first, second, and third angels’ messages. There is no other
work of so great importance. They are to allow nothing else to absorb their attention.—
Testimonies for the Church 9:19 (1909). - LDE 45.3

267 | P a g e
We are not to proclaim the same things as the nominal churches of today but to proclaim the
three angels messages. For this they were to be organised God was going to bring into
formation the mystic stone.
As our numbers increased it was evident that without some form of organization there would
be great confusion, and the work would not be carried forward successfully. To provide for
the support of the ministry, for carrying the work in new fields, for protecting both the
churches and the ministry from unworthy members, for holding church property, for the
publication of the truth through the press, and for many other objects, organization was
indispensable.... - LDE 46.1
Notice without organisation there would be confusion. Who is the author of confusion?
[God] requires that order and system be observed in the conduct of church affairs today no
less than in the days of old. He desires His work to be carried forward with thoroughness and
exactness so that He may place upon it the seal of His approval. Christian is to be united with
Christian, church with church, the human instrumentality co-operating with the divine, every
agency subordinate to the Holy Spirit, and all combined in giving to the world the good tidings
of the grace of God.{AA 96.1}
KJV 1 Corinthians 14: 32 And the spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets. 33 For
God is not the author of confusion, but of peace, as in all churches of the saints.
Notice without organisation, Satan would bear sway
Light was given by His Spirit that there must be order and thorough discipline in the church—
that organization was essential. System and order are manifest in all the works of God
throughout the universe. Order is the law of heaven, and it should be the law of God’s people
on the earth.—Testimonies to Ministers and Gospel Workers, 26 (1902). - LDE 46.2
KJV Matthew 6: 9 After this manner therefore pray ye: Our Father which art in heaven,
Hallowed be thy name. 10 Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven.
Unless the churches are so organized that they can carry out and enforce order, they have
nothing to hope for in the future.—Testimonies For The Church 1:270 (1862). - LDE 46.3
Oh, how Satan would rejoice if he could succeed in his efforts to get in among this people and
disorganize the work at a time when thorough organization is essential and will be the
greatest power to keep out spurious uprisings and to refute claims not endorsed by the Word
of God! We want to hold the lines evenly, that there shall be no breaking down of the system
of organization and order that has been built up by wise, careful labor. License must not be
given to disorderly elements that desire to control the work at this time. - LDE 47.1
*Some have advanced the thought that, as we near the close of time, every child of God
will act independently of any religious organization. *
But I have been instructed by the Lord that in this work there is no such thing as every man’s
being independent. [From manuscript read before the delegates at the General Conference
Session, Washington, D.C., May 30, 1909.]—Testimonies for the Church 9:257, 258 (1909). -
LDE 47.2
Notice there is no such thing an independent atoms, the work of God is to be united till the
close of time

268 | P a g e
As we near the final crisis, instead of feeling that there is less need of order and harmony of
action, we should be more systematic than heretofore.—Selected Messages 3:26 (1892). -
LDE 47.3
Notice this as the Sunday law approaches, More and more unity to be seen?
As we approach the last crisis, it is of vital moment that harmony and unity exist among the
Lord’s instrumentalities. The world is filled with storm and war and variance. Yet under one
head—the papal power—the people will unite to oppose God in the person of His witnesses.
This union is cemented by the great apostate. While he seeks to unite his agents in warring
against the truth he will work to divide and scatter its advocates. Jealousy, evil surmising,
evilspeaking, are instigated by him to produce discord and dissension. The members of
Christ’s church have the power to thwart the purpose of the adversary of souls. At such a time
as this let them not be found at variance with one another or with any of the Lord’s workers.
Amidst the general discord let there be one place where harmony and unity exist because the
Bible is made the guide of life. Let the people of God feel that a responsibility rests upon them
to build up His instrumentalities. - 7T 182.2
KJV John 17:21 That they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they
also may be one in us: that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. 22 And the glory
which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one:
May we all humbly ask that Unity and Harmony exist among us... The Study of John the 17th
chapter comprehends more on the unity of us with God that this unity shall bring us into one
accord
KJV Hebrews 10:24 And let us consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works:
25 *Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of some is; but
exhorting one another: and so much the more, as ye see the day approaching.* 26 For if we
sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more
sacrifice for sins, 27 But a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation, which
shall devour the adversaries.
So in prophecy we shall see the day approaching, we need more harmony and unity among
us
God has invested His church with special authority and power which no one can be justified
in disregarding and despising, for in so doing he despises the voice of God.—Testimonies for
the Church 3:417 (1875). - LDE 47.4
God has bestowed the highest power under heaven upon His church. It is the voice of God in
His united people in church capacity which is to be respected.—Testimonies for the Church
3:451 (1875). - LDE 47.5
Notice that this church was organised by 1863 and it is Church Millitant, comprising of wheat
and tares
You will take passages in the Testimonies that speak of the close of probation, of the shaking
among God’s people, and you will talk of a coming out from this people of a purer, holier
people that will arise. Now all this pleases the enemy.... Should many accept the views you
advance, and talk and act upon them, we would see one of the greatest fanatical excitements
that has ever been witnessed among Seventh-day Adventists. This is what Satan wants.—
Selected Messages 1:179 (1890). - LDE 51.1

269 | P a g e
Notice no new reformation where there will be a call for the people to come out of this church
The Lord has not given you a message to call the Seventh-day Adventists Babylon, and to call
the people of God to come out of her. All the reasons you may present cannot have weight
with me on this subject, because the Lord has given me decided light that is opposed to such
a message.... - LDE 51.2
I know that the Lord loves His church. It is not to be disorganized or broken up into
independent atoms. There is not the least consistency in this; there is not the least evidence
that such a thing will be.—Selected Messages 2:63, 68, 69 (1893). - LDE 51.3
I tell you, my brethren, the Lord has an organized body through whom He will work.... When
anyone is drawing apart from the organized body of God’s commandment-keeping people,
when he begins to weigh the church in his human scales and begins to pronounce judgment
against them, then you may know that God is not leading him. He is on the wrong track.—
Selected Messages 3:17, 18 (1893). - LDE 51.4
There is no need to doubt, to be fearful that the work will not succeed. God is at the head of
the work, and He will set everything in order. If matters need adjusting at the head of the
work God will attend to that, and work to right every wrong. Let us have faith that God is
going to carry the noble ship which bears the people of God safely into port.—Selected
Messages 2:390 (1892). - LDE 52.1
Notice it is God that adjusts matters at the head amen
Has God no living church? He has a church, but it is the church militant, not the church
triumphant. We are sorry that there are defective members, that there are tares amid the
wheat.... Although there are evils existing in the church, and will be until the end of the world,
the church in these last days is to be the light of the world that is polluted and demoralized
by sin. The church, enfeebled and defective, needing to be reproved, warned, and counseled,
is the only object upon earth upon which Christ bestows His supreme regard.—Testimonies
to Ministers and Gospel Workers, 45, 49 (1893). - LDE 52.2
Church militant, of wheat and Tares is this church. And whenever matters get out of hand
God is the one who adjusts the matters, it is still his church.
We shall study that the end of the world starts at the Sunday law
The bulwarks of Satan will never triumph. Victory will attend the third angel’s message. As
the Captain of the Lord’s host tore down the walls of Jericho, so will the Lord’s
commandment-keeping people triumph, and all opposing elements be defeated.—
Testimonies to Ministers and Gospel Workers, 410 (1898). - LDE 52.3
We cannot now step off the foundation that God has established. We cannot now enter into
any new organization, for this would mean apostasy from the truth.—Selected Messages
2:390 (1905). - LDE 55.2
I am instructed to say to Seventh-day Adventists the world over, God has called us as a people
to be a peculiar treasure unto Himself. He has appointed that His church on earth shall stand
perfectly united in the Spirit and counsel of the Lord of hosts to the end of time.—Selected
Messages 2:397 (1908). - LDE 55.3

270 | P a g e
The Lord Jesus will always have a chosen people to serve Him. When the Jewish people
rejected Christ, the Prince of life, He took from them the kingdom of God and gave it unto the
Gentiles. God will continue to work on this principle with every branch of His work. - LDE 59.1
When a church proves unfaithful to the word of the Lord, whatever their position may be,
however high and sacred their calling, the Lord can no longer work with them. Others are
then chosen to bear important responsibilities. But, if these in turn do not purify their lives
from every wrong action, if they do not establish pure and holy principles in all their borders,
then the Lord will grievously afflict and humble them and, unless they repent, will remove
them from their place and make them a reproach.—Manuscript Releases 14:102 (1903). -
LDE 59.2
Notice today we are church millitant: The wheat and tares
The church militant is not the church triumphant, and earth is not heaven. The church is
composed of erring, imperfect men and women, who are but learners in the school of Christ,
to be trained, disciplined, educated, for this life and for the future, immortal life.—The Signs
of the Times, January 4, 1883. - LDE 61.2
Some people seem to think that upon entering the church they will have their expectations
fulfilled, and meet only with those who are pure and perfect. They are zealous in their faith,
and when they see faults in church members, they say, “We left the world in order to have
no association with evil characters, but the evil is here also;” and they ask, as did the servants
in the parable, “From whence then hath it tares?” But we need not be thus disappointed, for
the Lord has not warranted us in coming to the conclusion that the church is perfect; and all
our zeal will not be successful in making the church militant as pure as the church
triumphant.—Testimonies to Ministers and Gospel Workers, 47 (1893). - LDE 61.3
From the National Sunday law as we shall see we shall have church triumphant
The work is soon to close. The members of the church militant who have proved faithful will
become the church triumphant.—Evangelism, 707 (1892). - LDE 62.1
The life of Christ was a life charged with a divine message of the love of God, and He longed
intensely to impart this love to others in rich measure. Compassion beamed from His
countenance, and His conduct was characterized by grace, humility, truth, and love. Every
member of His church militant must manifest the same qualities, if he would join the church
triumphant.—Fundamentals of Christian Education, 179 (1891). - LDE 62.2
In this age, just prior to the second coming of Christ in the clouds of heaven, such a work as
that of John [the Baptist] is to be done. God calls for men who will prepare a people to stand
in the great day of the Lord.... In order to give such a message as John gave, we must have a
spiritual experience like his. The same work must be wrought in us. We must behold God, and
in beholding Him lose sight of self.—Testimonies for the Church 8:332, 333 (1904). - LDE 63.1
Communion with God will ennoble the character and the life. Men will take knowledge of us,
as of the first disciples, that we have been with Jesus. This will impart to the worker a power
that nothing else can give. Of this power he must not allow himself to be deprived. We must
live a twofold life—a life of thought and action, of silent prayer and earnest work.—The
Ministry of Healing, 512 (1905). - LDE 63.2

271 | P a g e
Prayer and effort, effort and prayer, will be the business of your life. You must pray as though
the efficiency and praise were all due to God, and labor as though duty were all your own.—
Testimonies for the Church 4:538 (1881). - LDE 63.3
No man is safe for a day or an hour without prayer.—The Great Controversy, 530 (1911). -
LDE 64.1
He who does nothing but pray will soon cease to pray.—Steps to Christ, 101 (1892). - LDE
64.2
Brethren so by 1863, the seventh day was birthed it was organised. It has a firm platform the
3 angels messages. It had the 6 pillars. But by 1888 God was willing to give them the last pillar
to prepare them for the kingdom the rolling stone.
We want to study A.T. Jones and E.J. Wagoner
Several have written to me, inquiring if the message of justification by faith is the third angel’s
message, and I have answered, “It is the third angel’s message in verity.”—Selected Messages
1:372 (1890). - LDE 199.4
Righteousness by Faith was to be the last pillar. Our people knew they had to overcome sin.
But they began to look unto their own works.
The Lord in His great mercy sent a most precious message to His people through Elders [E.J.]
Waggoner and [A. T.] Jones. This message was to bring more prominently before the world
the uplifted Saviour, the sacrifice for the sins of the whole world. It presented justification
through faith in the Surety; it invited the people to receive the righteousness of Christ, *which
is made manifest in obedience to all the commandments of God*. - LDE 200.1
Notice the righteousness by faith. It is when we come to God believing in the saving Grace of
God. And it is here that God makes your character the character of God. Where the law of
God is written in the heart and mind, that by acting out your will you are but acting out the
will of God. Thus it was righteousness that manifested in obedience to the law
Notice now that on their own none of them could keep the law. They needed *POWER* and
this power they got from Jesus. Thus righteousness by faith
KJV Revelation 12: 10 And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come *salvation, and
strength*, and the *kingdom of our God*, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our
brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night.
Notice thy kingdom come, Salvation and strength came. Strength to do what?
Grace is an attribute of God exercised toward undeserving human beings. We did not seek
for it, but it was sent in search of us. God rejoices to bestow His grace upon us, not because
we are worthy, but because we are so utterly unworthy. Our only claim to His mercy is our
great need. {MH 161}
KJV Romans 5: 6 For when we were yet without strength, in due time Christ died for the
ungodly.
Notice by trusting in Jesus we can have strength to obey, by His grace. This is the
righteousness by faith in Jesus that saves. It showed that not in our own power, But in the
power of God

272 | P a g e
Human power and human might did not establish the church of God, and neither can they
destroy it. Not on the rock of human strength, but on Christ Jesus, the Rock of Ages, was the
church founded, "and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it." Matthew 16:18. The
presence of God gives stability to His cause. "Put not your trust in princes, nor in the son of
man," is the word that comes to us. Psalm 146:3. "In quietness and in confidence shall be your
strength." Isaiah 30:15. God's glorious work, founded on the eternal principles of right, will
never come to nought.{PK 595, 596}
KJV Zechariah 4: 6 Then he answered and spake unto me, saying, This is the word of the LORD
unto Zerubbabel, saying, Not by might, nor by power, but by my spirit, saith the LORD of hosts.
Through the power of the Spirit of God man could obey Gods word, this is righteousness by
Faith In Jesus Christ
Many had lost sight of Jesus. They needed to have their eyes directed to His divine person,
His merits, and His changeless love for the human family. All power is given into His hands,
that He may dispense rich gifts unto men, imparting the priceless gift of His own righteousness
to the helpless human agent. This is the message that God commanded to be given to the
world. It is the third angel’s message, which is to be proclaimed with a loud voice, and
attended with the outpouring of His Spirit in a large measure.—Testimonies to Ministers and
Gospel Workers, 91, 92 (1895). - LDE 200.2
Notice this was what Jones and Wagoner were preaching . The 7ths Pillar
The message of Christ’s righteousness is to sound from one end of the earth to the other to
prepare the way of the Lord. This is the glory of God, which closes the work of the third
angel.—Testimonies for the Church 6:19 (1900). - LDE 200.3
Righteousness by faith connects with the third angels message. Third angels message speaks
of the National Sunday law, and righteousness by faith is the one thing that shall help them
prepare for the crisis
The last message of mercy to be given to the world is a revelation of His character of love. The
children of God are to manifest His glory. In their own life and character they are to reveal
what the grace of God has done for them.—Christ’s Object Lessons, 415, 416 (1900). - LDE
200.4
As the end approaches, the testimonies of God’s servants will become more decided and
more powerful.—Selected Messages 3:407 (1892). - LDE 201.2
As the third angel’s message swells into a loud cry, great power and glory will attend its
proclamation. The faces of God’s people will shine with the light of heaven.—Testimonies for
the Church 7:17 (1902). - LDE 201.4
Notice the third angels message in connection with righteousness by faith was to bring in
momentous changes
As the third angel’s message swells into a loud cry, great power and glory will attend its
proclamation. The faces of God’s people will shine with the light of heaven.—Testimonies for
the Church 7:17 (1902). - LDE 201.4
Amidst the deepening shadows of earth’s last great crisis, God’s light will shine brightest, and
the song of hope and trust will be heard in clearest and loftiest strains.—Education, 166
(1903). - LDE 201.5

273 | P a g e
As foretold in the eighteenth of Revelation, the third angel’s message is to be proclaimed with
great power by those who give the final warning against the beast and his image.—
Testimonies for the Church 8:118 (1904). - LDE 201.6
What happened would the brethren accept this message?
"Laborers in the cause of truth should present the righteousness of Christ not as new light,
but as precious light that has for a time been lost sight of by the people" Review and Herald,
March 20, 1894.
"I have had the question asked, What do you think of this light these men Jones and
Waggoner are presenting? Why, I have been presenting it to you for the last forty-five years.
The matchless charms of Christ. This is what I have been trying to present before your minds"
Ibid.
"We are having most excellent meetings. The spirit that was in the meeting at Minneapolis is
not here. All moves off in harmony. All the testimonies to which I have listened have been of
an elevating character. They say that the past year has been the best of their lives. The light
shining forth from the Word of God has been clear and distinct. Justification by faith, Christ
our Righteousness. I have attended all but two morning meetings. At 8:00 Brother Jones
speaks upon the subject of justification by faith, and great interest is manifested. The
universal testimony of those who have spoken has been that this message of light and truth
which has come to our people is just the truth for this time, and wherever they go among the
churches light and relief and the blessing of God is sure to come in" Manuscript 10, 1889.
What follows are three testimonies regarding the question, “Did the denomination or
General Conference reject the message of righteousness by faith? Three witnesses from three
different people. The first is from Elder W. C. White who was at the 1888 meeting.
He is Sister White's son, and one of our esteemed leading ministers for many years. This is in
a personal letter from him dated Feb 3, 1937.
"It is not correct nor kind to say that the Seventh-day Adventist church in 1888 rejected the
message of righteousness by faith. I heard it from our leaders every year since 1888. Some
leading preachers rejected it the way Elders Waggoner and Jones presented it, but after a
time repented of their opposition." The next statement is from Elder L. H. Christian, for a
number of years he was the vice-president of the General Conference. This is in his book The
Fruitage of Spiritual Gifts, page 233:
"The General Conference does not settle a question of doctrine by vote, and there was no
vote or decision recorded of the debating at Minneapolis. The knowledge of truth cannot be
settled by vote. It grows by inward conviction."
Elder A. V. Olsen, for many years vice-president of the General Conference, says: "No action
was taken by the session to accept or reject the message. But sad to say some of those who
were present opposed the message and criticized the messengers. This opposition they also
carried into the field after the close of the session" Review and Herald, June 26, 1958.
Then he quotes Sister White from Testimonies to Ministers. I want you to notice the
statement Elder Olsen quotes. I want you to see it in its setting: "That light which is to fill the
whole earth with its glory has been despised by some who claim to believe the present truth"
Testimonies to Ministers, page 89

274 | P a g e
Elder Olsen quoted it to show there was opposition back there. When you remember this
statement was written several years after the 1888 meeting you will see the force in it: "I
inquire of those in responsible positions in Battle Creek, What are you doing? You have turned
your back and not your face, to the Lord. . . . But that light which is to fill the whole earth with
its glory has been despised by some who claim to believe the present truth" Ibid.
So she was dealing not only with laymen but with some in responsible positions. Elder Olsen
brings out in his article that some opposed the message. He says: "How many joined in the
opposition movement at the session we do not know. The number could not have been large,
for according to the minutes of the session there were only about eighty delegates present,
representing a world membership of approximately 27,000. But even though the number was
not large, the situation created as the opposition spread out into the field was serious" R&H,
June 26, 1958.
Notice Elder Olsen's clear statement that a serious situation developed as the opposition
spread out into the field. By the way, Elder Olsen's statement contradicts the attitude of some
that Minneapolis was a glorious victory and that there was not very much difficulty after that.
There was a great deal of problem and trouble from 1888 for several years. Continuing Elder
Olsen's article: "In His love and mercy the Lord sent through His inspired servant messages of
reproof and appeal. At camp meetings and ministerial institutes and other gatherings Sister
White labored earnestly to turn the tide and help our people to see and accept the light. She
made it clear that those who had resisted the light would have to confess if they wanted their
record on high to be cleared" Ibid.
The next paragraph is from a letter Sister White wrote from Australia to the president of the
General Conference. The date of the letter is September 1, 1892. Notice this is four years after
the Minneapolis meeting, and still there are those who were opposing:
"The sin committed in what took place at Minneapolis remains on the record books of heaven
registered against the names of those who resisted light, and will remain upon the record
until full confession is made and the transgressor stands in full humility before God" Letter
19D, 1892.
So four years after 1888 there were men who still resisted. Some confessed. Some had
confessed before. Quoting Elder Olsen: "Gradually the tide turned. Men and women were
coming into line. Confessions were made and things made right. Some, if not all of the men
who had been the prime movers in the opposition, made humble confessions" Review and
Herald, June 26, 1958.
In a letter dated January 6, 1891, written from Battle Creek, Sister White wrote: "Professor
Prescott made a confession dating back to Minneapolis, and this made a deep impression.'
Monday Elder Smith came to me and we had an earnest faithful talk. Then he asked for several
to be brought together. He read to them the testimony that Sister White had sent him on the
Minneapolis matter and said he accepted it as from the Lord. He went back to the Minneapolis
meeting and made a confession of the spirit he had occupied. Brother Ruphert confessed also.
Brother Smith has fallen on the Rock and the Lord Jesus will work with him."
I come now to the point that some are thinking the General Conference rejected it and
therefore the General Conference ought to rescind that rejection. Notice Elder Olsen's clear
statement on the matter: "Of late there has been the feeling on the part of some Brethren
that the advent movement cannot experience the full measure of the blessing of God until

275 | P a g e
the General Conference in session takes action confessing the wrong that was done in
Minneapolis. Had the delegates in that session taken action rejecting the light it would have
been proper and right for a latter session taking action and confessing the mistake and
rescinding the former action. But in view of the fact of the statement there was no vote by
the delegates in Minneapolis to reject the light, there is no action recorded in the minutes
that could be rescinded" Review and Herald, June 26, 1958.
"In all the articles and letters written by Sister White regarding the Minneapolis meeting there
was never the slightest hint that God expected the General Conference to take such action.
All of her reproofs and appeals were addressed to those individuals who during and after the
session engaged in opposition" Ibid.
Then he quotes from the Spirit of Prophecy in proof of that. This article is written in the mid
1890's from Australia: "I would speak in warning to those who have stood for years resisting
light and cherishing the spirit of opposition. How long will you hate and despise the
messengers of God's righteousness? God has given them His message. They bear the word of
the Lord. There is salvation for you, but only through the merits of Jesus Christ" Testimonies
to Ministers, page 96, 97.
Sister White speaks of how again and again God had appealed to them: "Here was evidence,
that all might discern whom the Lord recognized as His servants. But there are those who
despised the men and the message they bore. They have taunted them with being fanatics,
extremists, and enthusiasts. Let me prophesy unto you: Unless you speedily humble your
hearts before God, and confess your sins, which are many, you will, when it is too late, see
that you have been fighting against God. Through the conviction of the Holy Spirit, no longer
unto reformation and pardon, you will see that these men whom you have spoken against
have been as signs in the world, as witnesses for God. Then you would give the whole world
if you could redeem the past, and be just such zealous men, moved by the Spirit of God to lift
your voice in solemn warning to the world; and, like them, to be in principle firm as a rock.
Your turning things upside down is known of the Lord. Go on a little longer as you have gone
in rejection of the light from heaven and you are lost" Ibid.
They were in the process of committing the unpardonable sin. That is exactly what some did
here: "Beware how you indulge the attributes of Satan, and pour contempt upon the
manifestation of the Holy Spirit. I know not but some have even now gone too far to return
and to repent. . . . The Spirit of God is departing from many among His people. Many have
entered into dark, secret paths, and some will never return. They will continue to stumble to
their ruin. They have tempted God, they have rejected light" Ibid., page 90.
"After the outpouring of the Spirit of God in Battle Creek it was proved in the college that a
time of great spiritual light is also a time of corresponding spiritual darkness" Ibid., page 129.
"In every age seasons of spiritual revival and the outpouring of the Holy Spirit have been
followed by spiritual darkness and prevailing corruptions" Ibid.
"There have been things written to me in regard to the moving of the Spirit of God at the last
conference [1893], and at the college, which clearly indicate that because these blessings
were not lived up to, minds have been confused, and that which was light from heaven has
been called excitement. I have been made sad to have this matter viewed in this light. We
must be very careful not to grieve the Holy Spirit of God in pronouncing the ministration of
His Holy Spirit a species of fanaticism" Ibid., page 130.

276 | P a g e
Pictures of A. T. Jones (Left) and E.J. Waggoner

"That God did abundantly bless the students in the school and the church, I have not one
doubt; but a period of great light and the outpouring of the Spirit is quite generally followed
by a time of great darkness" Ibid.
"When the students at the school went into their match games and football playing, when
they became absorbed in the amusement question, Satan saw it a good time to step in and
make of none effect the Holy Spirit of God in molding and using the human subject" Selected
Messages, Book 1, page 131.
It is an easy matter to idle away, talk and play away, the Holy Spirit's influence. . .
"The results after the working of the Spirit of God in Battle Creek are not because of
fanaticism, but because those who were blessed did not show forth the praises of Him who
called them out of darkness into His marvelous light; and when the earth is lightened with the
glory of God, some will not know what it is, and from whence it came, because they
misapplied and misinterpreted the Spirit shed upon them" Ibid.
"Have not the playing of games, and rewards, and the using of the boxing glove been
educating and training after Satan's direction to lead to the possession of his attributes?"
Ibid., page 132
"The time is altogether too full of tokens of the coming conflict to be educating the youth in
fun and games" Ibid., page 133.
"Among the students the spirit of fun and frolic was indulged. They became so interested in
playing games that the Lord was crowded out of their minds; and Jesus stood among you in
the playground, saying, O that thou hadst known, `even thou, at least in this thy day, the
things which belong unto thy peace!'" Ibid., page 136.
"It would be surprising if there were not some, who, not being well-balanced in mind, have
spoken and acted indiscreetly; for whenever the Lord works in giving a genuine blessing, a
counterfeit is also revealed, in order to make of none effect the true work of God. Therefore
we need to be exceedingly careful" Ibid., page 142.

277 | P a g e
"If this attitude is preserved, then when the Lord shall again let His light shine upon the
people, they will turn from the heavenly illumination, saying, `I felt the same in 1893, and
some in whom I have had confidence, said that the work was fanaticism.' Will not those who
have received the rich grace of God, and who take the position that the work of the Holy Spirit
was fanaticism, be ready to denounce the operations of the Spirit of God in the future, and
the heart thus be proof against the solicitations of the still, small voice?" Sel. Mess., Book 1,
p. 143.
"They will not recognize the work of God when the loud cry of the third angel shall be heard"
Testimonies to Ministers, page 300.
"What has been the cause of this fanaticism and enthusiasm? . . . . How much more favorable
it would be if the school buildings that are now in Battle Creek were far off from the city, and
separated from so large a colony of professed Sabbathkeepers!" Testimonies to Ministers,
page 86.
"How sad, how deeply regrettable it is that this message of righteousness in Christ should
have, at the time of its coming, have met with opposition on the part of earnest well meaning
men in the cause of God. The message has never been received nor proclaimed nor given free
course as it should have been in order to convey to the church the measureless blessings that
were wrapped within it" Christ our Righteousness, page 63.
"The time of test is just upon us, for the loud cry of the third angel has already begun in the
revelation of the righteousness of Christ, the sin-pardoning Redeemer. This is the beginning
of the light of the angel whose glory shall fill the whole earth." Selected Mess, Book 1, page
363.
"The prophecies in the eighteenth of Revelation will soon be fulfilled. During the proclamation
of the third angel's message another angel is to come down from heaven having great power,
and the earth is to be lightened with his glory. The Spirit of the Lord will so graciously bless. .
. ."
"Those who wait for the Bridegroom's coming are to say to the people, `Behold your God!'
The last rays of merciful light, the last message of mercy to be given to the world, is a
revelation of His character of love" Christ's Object Lessons, page 415.
"The time of test is just upon us, for the loud cry of the third angel has already begun in the
revelation of the righteousness of Christ, the sin-pardoning Redeemer. This is the beginning
of the light of the angel whose glory shall fill the whole earth." Selected Mess, Book 1, page
363
"Some have been cultivating hatred against the men whom God has commissioned to bear a
special message to the world. They began this satanic work at Minneapolis" Testimonies to
Ministers, pages 79,80.
"Afterward, when they saw and felt the demonstration of the Holy Spirit testifying that the
message was of God, they hated it the more, because it was a testimony against them" Ibid.,
p. 80.
"They would not humble their hearts to repent, to give God the glory, and vindicate the right.
They went on in their own spirit, filled with envy, jealousy, and evil surmising, as did the Jews.
They opened their hearts to the enemy of God and man. Yet these men have been holding

278 | P a g e
positions of trust, and have been molding the work after their own similitude, as far as they
possibly could" Ibid.
"Some have turned from the message of the righteousness of Christ to criticize the men and
their imperfections because they do not speak the message of truth with all the grace and
power desirable. Christ has registered all the hard, proud, sneering speeches spoken against
His servants as spoken against Himself" Review and Herald, 1890
"Rather than sit in judgment upon men whom God has accepted to do His service, let the
burden of their prayer be, night and day, that the Lord may send forth more laborers into His
vineyard. Ministers, do not dishonor your God and grieve His Holy Spirit, by casting reflections
on the ways and manners of the men He would choose. God knows the character. He sees
the temperament of the men He has chosen. He knows that none but earnest, firm,
determined, strong-feeling men will view this work in its vital importance, and will put such
firmness and decision into their testimonies that they will make a break against the barriers
of Satan" Test. to Min., p. 412.
"God gives men counsel and reproof for their good. He has sent His message, telling them
what was needed for the time - 1897. Did you accept the message? . . . You set still and did
nothing. You left the Word of the Lord to fall unheeded to the ground; and now the Lord has
taken men who were boys when you were at the forefront of the battle, and has given to
them the message and the work which you did not take upon you. Will you be stumbling
blocks to them? Will you criticize? Will you say, `They are getting out of their place'? Yet you
did not fill the place they are now called to fill" Ibid., page 413.
"But what is the character of the message which they bear? Will you dare to turn from or
make light of the warnings because God did not consult you as to what would be preferred?"
Review and Herald, May 27, 1890.
In this same Review and Herald notice again how Sister White links this work with the loud
cry:
"Some have turned from the message of the righteousness of Christ to criticize the men. The
third angel's message will not be comprehended. The light which will lighten the earth with
its glory will be called a false light by those who refuse to walk in its advancing glory. We
entreat of you who oppose the light of truth to stand out of the way of God's people" Ibid.
On page 408 Sister White speaks of those who see no necessity for reform, so "they reject the
words of the Lord, and hate him who reproveth at the gate." On page 409 she speaks of
unsanctified ministers who are arraying themselves against God. By their actions they say,
concerning Christ, "Not this Man, but Barabbas." Isn't that a striking picture? Our people at
that time were facing a choice like the people who stood there in Pilot's judgment hall. Keep
in mind this is all in the setting of the controversy over righteousness by faith in the 1890's.
That is very clear as you read the whole chapter.
We have already called attention to page 413 on this point. After speaking of these
unsanctified ministers who oppose this work Sister White says: "Many will stand in our pulpits
with the torch of false prophecy in their hands, kindled from the hellish torch of Satan. If
doubts and unbelief are cherished, the faithful ministers will be removed from the people
who think they know so much" Ibid., page 9, 10.
Notice that another criticism concerning Jones and Waggoner is indicated: "Let no soul
complain of the servants of God who have come to them with a heaven-sent message. Do not

279 | P a g e
any longer pick flaws in them, saying, `They are too positive; they talk too strongly.' They may
talk strongly; but is it not needed? God will make the ears of the hearers tingle if they will not
heed His voice or His message" Ibid., page 10.
"There are many who have outgrown their advent faith. They are living for the world, and
while saying in their hearts, as they desire it shall be, `My Lord delayeth His coming,' they are
beating their fellow servants" Ibid., page 77
"That men should keep alive the spirit which ran riot at Minneapolis is an offense to God"
Ibid., page 76
"This prophecy was literally fulfilled by the Jews in their treatment of Christ and of the
messengers whom God sent to them. Will men in these last days follow the example of those
whom Christ condemned?
"These terrible predictions they have not as yet carried out to the full; but if God spares their
lives, and they nourish the same spirit that marked their course of action both before and
after the Minneapolis meeting, they will fill up to the full the deeds of those whom Christ
condemned when He was upon the earth" Ibid., page 79.
"But if God spares their lives, and they nourish the same spirit that marked their course of
action both before and after the Minneapolis meeting, they will fill up to the full the deeds of
those whom Christ condemned when He was upon the earth" Ibid.
"This article created a stir in official circles in Battle Creek. Mrs. White relates in a personal
letter that confessions were made by three prominent leaders following the publication of
this appeal. These confessions were specific in their application to the Minneapolis
conference" Review and Herald, December 23, 1890.
"The Lord has sent a message to arouse His people to repent and do the first works. But how
has His message been received? While some have heeded it, others have cast contempt and
reproach on the message and the messenger. Spiritually deadened, humility and childlike
simplicity gone, a mechanical form of profession of faith has taken the place of love and
devotion. Is this mournful condition of things to continue? The Saviour calls. Listen to His
voice. `Be zealous and repent.' The True Witness declares, `I know thy works.' Repent and do
the first works. This is the true test, the evidence that the Spirit of God is working in the heart
to imbue you with His love. I will come unto thee quickly and will remove thy candlestick out
of its place except thou repent. The church is like the unproductive tree, which receiving the
dew and the rain and the sunshine should have produced an abundance of fruit, but upon
which the divine Searcher discovers nothing but leaves" Review and Herald, December 23,
1890.
What is the church compared to? An unproductive fig tree.
"Solemn thought for our churches. Solemn indeed for every individual. Marvelous is the
patience and forbearance of God. But except thou repent it will be exhausted. The churches
and our institutions will go from weakness to weakness and from cold formality to deadness
while they are saying, `I am rich and increased with goods, and have need of nothing.'" Ibid.
"The true witness says, `And knowest not that thou are wretched and poor and blind and
naked.' Will they ever see clearly their true condition" Ibid.
"There is to be in the churches a wonderful manifestation of the power of God. But it will not
move upon those who have not humbled themselves before the Lord and opened the door
280 | P a g e
of their heart by confession and repentance. In the manifestation of that power which
lightens the earth with the glory of God they will see only something which in their blindness
they think dangerous, something which will arouse their fears, and they will brace themselves
to resist it. Because the Lord does not work according to their expectations and ideal, they
will oppose the work. Why, they say, should we not know the Spirit of God when we have
been in the work so many years? Because they did not respond to the warnings, the entreaties
of the message of God, but persistently said, `I am rich and increased with goods and have
need of nothing.'" Ibid.
"Talent, long experience will not make men channels of light unless they place themselves
under the bright beams of the Son of Righteousness and called and chosen and prepared by
the endowment of the Holy Spirit. When men who handle sacred things will humble
themselves under the mighty hand of God, the Lord will lift them up" Ibid.
A. T. Jones
"The Lord in His great mercy sent a most precious message to His people through Elders
Waggoner and Jones. These two men were used of God in the Minneapolis meeting of 1888,
and for a number of years after, to bring the message of righteousness by faith prominently
before our people" Testimonies to Ministers, page 91.
"It is quite possible that Elder Jones or Waggoner may be overthrown by the temptations of
the enemy. But if they should be, this would not prove that they had no message from God,
or that the work that they had done was all a mistake. But should this happen, how many
would take this position and enter into a fatal delusion because they are not under the control
of the Spirit of God? I know this is the very position many would take if either of these men
were to fall. I pray that these men upon whom God has laid the burden of a solemn work may
be able to give the trumpet a certain sound and honor God at every step, and that their path
at every step may grow brighter and brighter until the close of time" Letter 24, 1892.
"Letters came to me from some attending the Healdsburg college in regard to Brother ___
teaching in regard to the two laws. I wrote immediately protesting against their doing
contrary to the light which God had given us in regard to all differences of opinion, and I heard
nothing in response to the letter. It may have never reached you" Counsels to Writers and
Editors, page 75.
Remember, this is addressed to Waggoner and Jones: "If you, my brethren had the experience
that my husband and myself had in regard to these known differences being published in
articles in our papers, you would have never perused the course you have, neither in your
ideas advanced before our students at the college would it have appeared in the Signs" Ibid.
"Especially at this time should everything like differences be repressed" Ibid.
"Especially at this time should everything like differences by repressed. These young men are
more self-confident and less cautious than they should be" Ibid
"Even if you are fully convinced that your ideas of doctrine are sound, you do not show
wisdom that difference should not be made apparent. I have no hesitancy in saying you have
made a mistake here. You have departed from the positive directions God has given upon this
matter, and only harm will be the result. This is not order" Ibid.

281 | P a g e
"You have set the example for others to do as you have done, to feel at liberty to put in their
various ideas and theories and bring them before the public because you have done this. This
will bring in a state of things that you have not dreamed of" Ibid
"It is no small matter for you to come out in the Signs as you have done, and God has plainly
revealed that such things should not be done. We must keep before the world a united front.
Satan will triumph to see differences among Seventh-day Adventist" Ibid., page 76.
"We shall see eye to eye err long. But to become firm and considerate, your duty to present
your views in decided opposition to the faith or truth as it has been taught by us as a people
is a mistake, and will result in harm, and only harm, as in the days of Martin Luther. Begin to
draw apart and feel at liberty to express your ideas without reference to the views of your
brethren, and a state of things will be introduced that you do not dream of" Ibid.
"Twice I have been shown that everything of a character to cause our brethren to be diverted
from the very points now essential for this time should be kept in the background. Christ did
not reveal many things that were true because it would create a difference of opinion and get
up disputations. But young men who have not passed through this experience we have had
would as soon have a brush as not. Nothing would suit them better than a sharp discussion.
Too late in the day, brethren. Too late in the day. The poor people become confused" Ibid.
"Brother A. T. Jones: I was attending a meeting and a large congregation were present. In my
dream you were presenting the subject of faith and the imputed righteousness of Christ by
faith. You repeated several times that works amounted to nothing, that there were no
conditions. The matter was presented in that light that I knew minds would be confused, and
would not receive the correct impression in reference to faith and works, and I decided to
write to you. You state this matter too strongly" Selected Messages, Book 1, page 377.
"I know that we are living very near the close of this earth's history; startling events are
preparing for development. I am fully in harmony with you in your work when you present
the Bible, and the Bible alone, as the foundation of our faith. Satan is an artful foe, and he will
work where by many he is least expected. I have a message for you. Did you suppose God had
commissioned you to take the burden of presenting the visions of Anna Phillips, reading them
in public, and uniting them with the testimonies the Lord has been pleased to give me? No,
the Lord has not laid upon you this burden. He has not given you this work to do" Selected
Messages, Book 2, page 85.
"As the report has been widely circulated that Sister White has endorsed what has been
written and circulated as revelations from God to Miss Anna Phillips, I feel that it is my duty
to speak. I have not endorsed these productions" Ibid., page 90.
"You seem to think I should be able to point out just where the particularly objectionable
sentiments lie. There is nothing so very apparent in that which has been written; you have
been able to discover nothing objectionable; but this is no reason for using these writings as
you have done. Your course in this matter is decidedly objectionable. Is it necessary that you
should discern at once something that would produce harm to the people of God, to make
you cautious?
If nothing of this kind appears, is this a sufficient reason for you to set your endorsement to
these writings? . . ." Ibid., page 94.

282 | P a g e
"Fanaticism will appear in the very midst of us. Deceptions will come, and of such a character
that if it were possible they would mislead the very elect. If marked inconsistencies and
untruthful utterances were apparent in these manifestations, the words from the lips of the
Great Teacher would not be needed. It is because of the many and varied dangers that would
arise that this warning is given. The reason why I hang out the danger signal is that through
the enlightenment of the Spirit of God I can see that which my brethren do not discern. It may
not be a positive necessity for me to point out all these peculiar phases of deception that they
will need to guard against. It is enough for me to tell you, Be on your guard; and as faithful
sentinels keep the flock of God from accepting indiscriminately all that professes to be
communicated to them from the Lord" Ibid., page 95.
A letter Sister White wrote in 1906 to Elder Jones: "When in 1901 you came to the Pacific
coast I hoped that the weight of responsibilities as president of the California conference
would lead you to distrust your ability, and to take counsel with your brethren regarding the
work to be done. But there was a growth of self-confidence, a rashness of spirit, and an
abruptness of speech which increased the existing lack of confidence in your judgment. You
manifested a domineering spirit that drove away the Spirit of God.
"At the meeting in Fresno in 1902 a scene was presented before me in the night season. I was
in a meeting where many spoke words of dissatisfaction with the record you had made as
president of the California conference. I saw that there must be in your ministry a change,
and received instruction for you and the laborers in the conference. This I presented at the
early morning meeting. Here is a part of what I said at that meeting" Letter 242, 1906.
"It is the pleasure of God that Brother A. T. Jones should serve this conference another year
as president. It is His pleasure that A. T. Jones should put away all appearance of the
magisterial, domineering, authoritative manner" Ibid So God, in His mercy, appointed A. T.
Jones to be president again in California from 1902 to 1903.
Then Sister White gave a picture of what had been shown her in a dream: "In the past the
work of Brother Jones has been represented in figures. He was holding out to the people a
vessel filled with most beautiful fruit. But while offering the fruit to them, his attitude and
manner was such that no one wanted any. Thus it has been too often with the spiritual truths
that he offers to the people. In his presentation of these truths a spirit sometimes crops out
that is not heaven born.
Words are sometimes spoken, reproofs given without due consideration with a drive, a vim
that causes the people to turn away from the beautiful truths that he has for them" Ibid
The original source is Letter 91, 1899. This is three years before the Fresno meeting when
Sister White was giving him counsel on this. She was calling his attention to these vital needs.
"The influence of your teaching would be tenfold greater if you were careful of your words.
Words that should be a savor of life unto life may by the spirit which accompanies them be
made a savor of death unto death. And remember that if by the spirit of your words you close
the door to even one soul, that soul will confront you in the judgment.
"Do not, when referring to the Testimonies feel it your duty to drive them home. In reading
the Testimonies be sure not to mix in your filling of words, for this makes it impossible for the
hearers to distinguish between the word of the Lord and your words. Be sure that you do not
make the word of the Lord offensive. We long to see reforms, and because we do not see that

283 | P a g e
which we desire, an evil spirit is allowed to cast drops of gall into our cup, and thus others are
embittered, By our ill-advised words their spirit is chafed, and they are stirred to rebellion.
"Every sermon you preach, every article you write, may be all true; but one drop of gall in it
will be poison to the hearer of the reader. Because of that drop of poison, one will discard all
your good and acceptable words. Another will feed on the poison; for he loves such harsh
words; he follows your example, and talks just as you talk. Thus the evil is multiplied.
"Those who present the eternal principles of truth need the holy oil emptied from the two
olive branches into the heart. This will flow forth in words that will reform, but not exasperate.
The truth is to be spoken in love. Then the Lord Jesus by His Spirit will supply the force and
the power. That is His work" Testimonies for the Church, Vol. 6, page 122, 123.
Writing in Letter 242, 1906 which I quoted from a little while ago, Sister White says: "Brother
Jones, since you have united soul, body, and spirit with those in Battle Creek you have been
as one hypnotized."
The last letter we have from Sister White to Elder Jones was written in 1911. By this time he
was fully out of gear with the movement, publishing tracts and papers defending himself and
the way he had reacted to the organization. By this time he had come to differentiate
between the Testimonies. He did not deny that Sister White was a prophet, but he said some
things she wrote were inspired and some were not.
"Elder A. T. Jones, I have given you instruction in straight clear lines in regard to the perverting
influence under which you have placed yourself. Your lips have uttered perverse things. You
have denied the clear light of truth and have linked up with strange elements. I gave you a
correct statement in regard to your position, but you went on doing the very things the Lord
had warned you not to do. It has been a strange course by one who has been enlightened by
the Lord as you have been, but you have acted very much like a man who has lost his bearings.
The question is, do you think you can still hold your membership in the Seventh-day Adventist
church and go on hurting the influence of this people by the tracts that you have published?
You have done a cruel work" Letter 104, 1911.
"I have warned you in regard to these things. The experience that you and others had at the
union conference held at Berrien Springs was an experience that need not have been. The
Lord gave you a convincing testimony that He was at work. But your spirit and experience
changed until you were ranked by heavenly angels as a man departing from the faith and
giving heed to seducing spirits. Your voice was changed and your countenance. Oh, how
changed it was. As scenes passed before me you appeared as one in harmony with evil angels.
Scenes have been presented before me in which I heard you use harsh rough language, course
and denunciatory. Close beside you stood the father of lies inspiring you with Satanic energy,
and you uttered words of which you should ever be ashamed. If you wish to renew your
covenant by confession and repentance and re-baptism, we will rejoice with you. When you
are converted your selfsufficiency will disappear, and you will become meek and lowly in
heart. The destroyer now takes advantage of your self-righteousness to weave into your
experience his own ideas and theories" Ibid.
When you are really desirous of uniting with those from whom you have withdrawn yourself,
the testimony will be born that you looked up, after you had stepped off the platform on
which you had previously stood, and that hands were put beneath your arms, and you and
Waggoner were lifted once more upon the platform, standing there with shining
countenances and uplifted hands. Has this time come? I have written this to you on the
284 | P a g e
Sabbath day, and the Lord has helped me. If there is a work of reformation going on in your
heart, if you are convinced of your error, we shall say the way is open. Come." Signed, Ellen
G. White. Ibid.
The kingdom of God was to established in 1888
What is this kingdom
We shall study what might have been if they had accepted the Jones and wagoner message
Sadly, it was rejected in 1888 general conference Minneapolis session, the aftermath was
Jones and Wagoner both lost their faith 😄
1. What might have been
2. Thy kingdom come
We shall see this too. So far we have seen God has given us all three steps the 3 angels
messages, which together are a firm platform... and God also has given the 7 pillars of our
faith...
They were to know the time by the order of events. The events in the world are tied into the
events of the church. If Gods people are ready then God allows the events in the world to
happen
KJV Isaiah 42:9 Behold, the former things are come to pass, and new things do I declare:
before they spring forth I tell you of them.
God giveth us the prophecies. The prophecies can be traced on the pages of history. New
things are also declared. Thus between those that have happened and those we expect we
have the present and we can know where we stand in the stream of time
The history which the great I AM has marked out in His word, uniting link after link in the
prophetic chain, from eternity in the past to eternity in the future, tells us where we are today
in the procession of the ages, and what may be expected in the time to come. *All that
prophecy has foretold as coming to pass, until the present time, has been traced on the
pages of history, and we may be assured that all which is yet to come will be fulfilled in its
order.* - Ed 178.3
Notice everything is to be fulfilled in its order. Prophecy is a light, without order Light becomes
darkness we saw this
Now what’s the order
KJV Revelation 7:1 And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of
the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth,
nor on the sea, nor on any tree. 2 And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having
the seal of the living God: and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was
given to hurt the earth and the sea, 3 Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the
trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.
The order is simple: Once people of God are ready fora final crisis! God allows the crisis to
come and this crisis is the national Sunday law. Those that are ready shall be sealed with the
seal of the living God. Representing victory over sin which was had by the righteousness by
faith which brings forth the character of Jesus
So notice what momentous events were happing in the world in 1888?
285 | P a g e
Recall by 1888 God had given the people the firm platform. They also had the 7 pillars of our
faith, by 1888 the church was organised, the church had the institutions that would help
prepare a people to stand without sin during the crisis
So then God allowed the crisis in the world to come to pass! Notice we saw the type for the
abomination of desolation, when we studied the destruction of Jerusalem ()
So let’s see in 1888 what momentous events were happening in the world showing that the
people of God are prepared
A careful study will show once again: That as we see the signs happening in Mw it means
someone somewhere is becoming more and more like Jesus. So God allows the storms if strife
to come and we then see the world passing a national Sunday law
KJV Matthew 24:15 When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by
Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand: 16 Then let
them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains:
So there was to be an abomination of desolation
KJV Daniel 9:27 And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst
of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading
of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined
shall be poured upon the *desolate*.
Jesus declared to the listening disciples the judgments that were to fall upon apostate Israel,
and especially the retributive vengeance that would come upon them for their rejection and
crucifixion of the Messiah. Unmistakable signs would precede the awful climax. The dreaded
hour would come suddenly and swiftly. - GC 25.4
And the Saviour warned His followers: “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of
desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him
understand:) then let them which be in Judea flee into the mountains.” Matthew 24:15, 16;
Luke 21:20, 21. *When the idolatrous standards of the Romans should be set up in the holy
ground, which extended some furlongs outside the city walls, then the followers of Christ
were to find safety in flight*. When the warning sign should be seen, those who would escape
must make *no delay.* Throughout the land of Judea, as well as in Jerusalem itself, the signal
for flight must be immediately obeyed. He who chanced to be upon the housetop must not
go down into his house, even to save his most valued treasures. Those who were working in
the fields or vineyards must not take time to return for the outer garment laid aside while
they should be toiling in the heat of the day. *They must not hesitate a moment, lest they be
involved in the general destruction.* - GC 25.4
Do we see the abominations? It was to be when the Jews saw the romans stand some place
outside the city called the holy place. When they came and setup the idolatrous standards or
flags on this place. It was then that the Christians were to run and flee the city
We saw that by 66AD (in the country living manual) The pagan idolatrous standards were
setup. The romans armies retreated and Jews chased after them. The Christians then found
safe passage free from Jews as well as Romans
*This was the 1st Siege*

286 | P a g e
In AD 70. The abomination came again and this time it cause the desolation or destruction of
the temple
The Saviour’s prophecy concerning the visitation of judgments upon *Jerusalem is to have
another fulfillment*, of which that terrible desolation was *but a faint shadow*. - GC 36.2
Not one Christian perished in the destruction of Jerusalem. Christ had given His disciples
warning, and all who believed His words watched for the promised sign. “When ye shall see
Jerusalem compassed with armies,” said Jesus, “then know that the desolation thereof is nigh.
Then let them which are in Judea flee to the mountains; and let them which are in the midst
of it depart out.” Luke 21:20, 21. After the Romans under Cestius had surrounded the city,
they unexpectedly abandoned the siege when everything seemed favorable for an immediate
attack. The besieged, despairing of successful resistance, were on the point of surrender,
when the Roman general withdrew his forces without the least apparent reason. But God’s
merciful providence was directing events for the good of His own people. The promised sign
had been given to the waiting Christians, and now an opportunity was offered for all who
would, to obey the Saviour’s warning. Events were so overruled that neither Jews nor Romans
should hinder the flight of the Christians. Upon the retreat of Cestius, the Jews, sallying from
Jerusalem, pursued after his retiring army; and while both forces were thus fully engaged, the
Christians had an opportunity to leave the city. At this time the country also had been cleared
of enemies who might have endeavored to intercept them. At the time of the siege, the Jews
were assembled at Jerusalem to keep the Feast of Tabernacles, and thus the Christians
throughout the land were able to make their escape unmolested. Without delay they fled to
a place of safety—the city of Pella, in the land of Perea, beyond Jordan. - GC 30.2
In the 1800s there was a Man by the name Reverend Wilbur F. Crafts

The influence of the sunday movement found their way to Senator Henry Blair. In USA they
have Senators instead of MPs. They have a house of the assembly or house or representatives
instead of House of parliament
So this senator drafted a bill

287 | P a g e
 Around the same time. We Adventist and the 7th day Baptist sent our representatives to
combat the bill
What happened is the seventh day Baptist back down afterwards this is because they don’t
have the three angel’s messages to back up the Sabbath

Adventist sent A.T. Jones to represent the opposes of the bill

Some of the books
1893 General conference sermon on Religious Legislation by A.T. Jones
The National Sunday Law: arguments of Alonzo T Jones before the Senate Committee
Washington D.C.
You know this 1888 bill, lines up with the siege of AD 66
And as soon as the Blair bill was drafted in 1888 was given. Read the book country living
It has quotes all quotes before 1888 say it will then be time to leave, but after 1888 Ellen
white says it’s now time to leave the cities
Instead of the crowded city, seek some retired situation where your children will be, so far as
possible, shielded from temptation, and there train and educate them for usefulness. The
prophet Ezekiel thus enumerates the causes that led to Sodom’s sin and destruction: “Pride,
fullness of bread, and abundance of idleness was in her and in her daughters; neither did she
strengthen the hands of the poor and needy.” All who would escape the doom of Sodom,
288 | P a g e
must shun the course that brought God’s judgments upon that wicked city.—Testimonies for
the Church 5:232, 233 (1882). - CL 5.4
The work of the people of God is to prepare for the events of the future, which will soon come
upon them with blinding force. In the world gigantic monopolies will be formed. Men will bind
themselves together in unions that will wrap them in the folds of the enemy. A few men will
combine to grasp all the means to be obtained in certain lines of business. Trades unions will
be formed, and those who refuse to join these unions will be marked men.—Letter 26, 1903.
- CL 10.3
The trades unions and confederacies of the world are a snare. Keep out of them, and away
from them, brethren. Have nothing to do with them. Because of these unions and
confederacies, it will soon be very difficult for our institutions to carry on their work in the
cities. My warning is: Keep out of the cities. Build no sanitariums in the cities. Educate our
people to get out of the cities into the country, where they can obtain a small piece of land,
and make a home for themselves and their children.... - CL 10.4
Our restaurants must be in the cities; for otherwise the workers in these restaurants could
not reach the people and teach them the principles of right living. And for the present we
shall have to occupy meetinghouses in the cities. But erelong there will be such strife and
confusion in the cities, that those who wish to leave them will not be able. We must be
preparing for these issues. This is the light that is given me.—The General Conference Bulletin,
April 6, 1903. - CL 11.1
For years I have been given special light that we are not to center our work in the cities. The
turmoil and confusion that fill these cities, the conditions brought about by the labor unions
and the strikes, would prove a great hindrance to our work. Men are seeking to bring those
engaged in the different trades under bondage to certain unions. This is not God’s planning,
but the planning of a power that we should in no wise acknowledge. God’s Word is fulfilling;
the wicked are binding themselves up in bundles ready to be burned. - CL 11.2
There is not one family in a hundred who will be improved physically, mentally, or spiritually,
by residing in the city. Faith, hope, love, happiness, can far better be gained in retired places,
where there are fields and hills and trees. Take your children away from the sights and sounds
of the city, away from the rattle and din of streetcars and teams, and their minds will become
more healthy. It will be found easier to bring home to their hearts the truth of the Word of
God.—Manuscript 76, 1905. - CL 13.1
If the Sunday law was to be passed then the people were to;
1 operate in a time where they shall be unable to buy or sell
2 they should live without sin
The country living was to prepare both of the two
For people think once a Sunday law is passed birds will feed us immediately, this couldn’t be
further from the truth. Life continues as normal
The Sunday party is strengthening itself in its false claims, and this will mean oppression to
those who determine to keep the Sabbath of the Lord. We are to place ourselves where we
can carry out the Sabbath commandment in its fullness. “Six days shalt thou labor,” the Lord
declares, “and do all thy work; but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: in it

289 | P a g e
thou shalt not do any work.” And we are to be careful not to place ourselves where it will be
hard for ourselves and our children to keep the Sabbath. - CL 20.3
It is no time now for God’s people to be fixing their affections or laying up their treasure in
the world. The time is not far distant, when, like the early disciples, we shall be forced to seek
a refuge in desolate and solitary places. As the siege of Jerusalem by the Roman armies was
the signal for flight to the Judean Christians, so the assumption of power on the part of our
nation, in the decree enforcing the papal Sabbath, will be a warning to us. It will then be time
to leave the large cities, preparatory to leaving the smaller ones for retired homes in secluded
places among the mountains. And now, instead of seeking expensive dwellings here, we
should be preparing to move to a better country, even a heavenly. Instead of spending our
means in self-gratification, we should be studying to economize.—Testimonies for the Church
5:464, 465 (1885). - CL 32.1
Notice in 1885
She saw once our nation (America), Puts a Sunday law. It will then be time to leave
This was *1885* So the sign had not yet come to leave
When the power invested in kings is allied to goodness, it is because the one in responsibility
is under the divine dictation. When power is allied with wickedness, it is allied to Satanic
agencies, and it will work to destroy those who are the Lord’s property. The Protestant world
have set up an idol Sabbath in the place where God’s Sabbath should be, and they are treading
in the footsteps of the Papacy. For this reason I see the necessity of the people of God moving
out of the cities into retired country [places,] where they may cultivate the land and raise
their own produce. Thus they may bring their children up with simple, healthful habits. I see
the necessity of making haste to get all things ready for the crisis.—Letter 90, 1897. - CL 21.1
Notice by 1888, the sign had come, and for this reason she was told by the Lord to tell the
people to leave the cities and settle in the country
Many of the members of our large churches are doing comparatively nothing. They might
accomplish a good work if, instead of crowding together, they would scatter into places that
have not yet been entered by the truth. Trees that are planted too thickly do not flourish.
They are transplanted by the gardener, that they may have room to grow, and not become
dwarfed and sickly. The same rule would work well for our large churches. Many of the
members are dying spiritually for want of this very work. They are becoming sickly and
inefficient. Transplanted, they would have room to grow strong and vigorous. - CL 21.4
It is not the purpose of God that His people should colonize, or settle together in large
communities. The disciples of Christ are His representatives upon the earth, and God designs
that they shall be scattered all over the country, in the towns, cities, and villages, as lights
amidst the darkness of the world. They are to be missionaries for God, by their faith and works
testifying to the near approach of the coming Saviour. - CL 22.1
People were to be scattered in the country not to settle in large companies
The lay members of our churches can accomplish a work which, as yet, they have scarcely
begun. None should move into new places merely for the sake of worldly advantage; but
where there is an opening to obtain a livelihood, let families that are well grounded in the
truth enter, one or two families in a place, to work as missionaries. They should feel a love for
souls, a burden of labor for them, and should make it a study how to bring them into the

290 | P a g e
truth. They can distribute our publications, hold meetings in their homes, become acquainted
with their neighbors, and invite them to come to these meetings. Thus they can let their light
shine in good works.—Testimonies for the Church 8:244, 245 (1904). - CL 22.2
Brethren the sign came in 1888, the people of God had a few years before the second siege
would come. Because the Blair bill was read twice
It was referred to the committee on education and labour
The advocates of measures advocated by the America Sabbath union and Sabbath
department of the woman’s Christian temperance union
On December 9, 1889, Mr Blair introduced a modified form of his first Sunday bill
So brethren by 1888 the sign had come. Any time after 1888 the Sundays laws were to be
effected And American would quickly rise to be a world supper power and force all the world
to worship on Sunday...
Brethren but notice, ecause the leading brethren denied the 1888 message of righteousness
by faith, then God did not allow the winds to blow
A second siege was held back
KJV Revelation 7: 1 And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of
the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth,
nor on the sea, nor on any tree. 2 And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having
the seal of the living God: and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was
given to hurt the earth and the sea, 3 Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the
trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.
Same thing as the bible says
This was 1888
I plainly stated at the Jackson camp meeting to these fanatical parties that they were doing
the work of the adversary of souls; they were in darkness. They claimed to have great light
that probation would close in October, 1884. I there stated in public that the Lord had been
pleased to show me that there would be no definite time in the message given of God since
1844.—Selected Messages 2:73 (1885). - LDE 35.3
Our position has been one of waiting and watching, with no time-proclamation to intervene
between the close of the prophetic periods in 1844 and the time of our Lord’s coming.—
Manuscript Releases 10:270 (1888). - LDE 36.1
The people will not have another message upon definite time. After this period of time
[Revelation 10:4-6], reaching from 1842 to 1844, there can be no definite tracing of the
prophetic time. The longest reckoning reaches to the autumn of 1844.—The S.D.A. Bible
Commentary 7:971 (1900). - LDE 36.2
Notice that the order of events would all happen in their order...
So after 1888 if the Sunday law was to pass. Then some would keep Sunday and receive the
plagues
Jesus would come after the period passing the National Sunday law. By 1888 if our people
were ready then would the end time events happen starting with the:

291 | P a g e
The people moving into the country then

1 national Sunday law

2The sealing of the people of God
3 Judgement of the living and blotting out of sins
4 The outpouring of the latter rain
5 Martyrs
6 Many coming in
7 The close of probation for the world
8 The 7 last plagues
9 The second coming of Jesus
The above is the order of events that was to happen during the times passing 1888
How many a man might have escaped financial failure and ruin by heeding the warnings, so
often repeated and emphasized in the Scriptures: “He that maketh haste to be rich shall not
be innocent.” {Ed 136}
Proverbs 28:19 He that tilleth his land shall have plenty of bread: but he that followeth after
vain persons shall have poverty enough.
During the Sunday law crisis as soon as it is passed. The people of God were to have their own
land to till and to have plenty, they would not want anything but until at the general close of
probation

292 | P a g e
As the decree issued by the various rulers of Christendom against commandment keepers
shall withdraw the protection of government and abandon them to those who desire their
destruction, the people of God will flee from the cities and villages and associate together in
companies, dwelling in the most desolate and solitary places. Many will find refuge in the
strongholds of the mountains. Like the Christians of the Piedmont valleys, they will make the
high places of the earth their sanctuaries and will thank God for “the munitions of rocks.”
Isaiah 33:16. But many of all nations and of all classes, high and low, rich and poor, black and
white, will be cast into the most unjust and cruel bondage. The beloved of God pass weary
days, bound in chains, shut in by prison bars, sentenced to be slain, some apparently left to
die of starvation in dark and loathsome dungeons. No human ear is open to hear their moans;
no human hand is ready to lend them help. - DD 42.4
At the close of probation for the whole world, the people of God shall flee from the country
into the mountains, for a death decree shall be passed to have them all killed
It is here then here
KJV Isaiah 33: 16 He shall dwell on high: his place of defence shall be the munitions of rocks:
bread shall be given him; his waters shall be sure. 17 Thine eyes shall see the king in his
beauty: they shall behold the land that is very far off.
Notice it is at the close of probation, It is then that the saints will he fed of angels as the
plagues are falling, It is then their bread and water will be sure. they shall dwell in the
mountains and rocks
So by 1888 the final crisis dawned upon us as a people.
The 1st siege came
Soon we saw a 2nd siege was to come
But God withheld it because the people rejected the last pillar the message of Jones and
Wagoner
This messages was to prepare them for the crisis: In mercy God sent this message
The Lord in His great mercy sent a most precious message to His people through Elders
Waggoner and Jones. [See appendix.] This message was to bring more prominently before
the world the uplifted Saviour, the sacrifice for the sins of the whole world. It presented
justification through faith in the Surety; it invited the people to receive the righteousness of
Christ, which is made manifest in obedience to all the commandments of God. Many had lost
sight of Jesus. They needed to have their eyes directed to His divine person, His merits, and
His changeless love for the human family. All power is given into His hands, that He may
dispense rich gifts unto men, imparting the priceless gift of His own righteousness to the
helpless human agent. This is the message that God commanded to be given to the world. It
is the third angel’s message, which is to be proclaimed with a loud voice, and attended with
the outpouring of His Spirit in a large measure. - TM 91.2
Ellen White told the delegates a prior conference that some of them would receive the mark
of the beast and plagues fall on them.
I was shown the company present at the Conference. Said the angel: “Some food for worms,
some subjects of the seven last plagues, some will be alive and remain upon the earth to be

293 | P a g e
translated at the coming of Jesus.”—Testimonies For The Church 1:131, 132 (1856). - LDE
36.3
Notice this
Because time is short, we should work with diligence and double energy. Our children may
never enter college.—Testimonies for the Church 3:159 (1872). - LDE 36.4
Notice here everything was to happen so fast, their children would not live to enter college.
Brethren the 1888 was the first siege and God told Ellen white all that was to be
The days in which we live are solemn and important. The Spirit of God is gradually but surely
being withdrawn from the earth. Plagues and judgments are already falling upon the
despisers of the grace of God. The calamities by land and sea, the unsettled state of society,
the alarms of war, are portentous. They forecast approaching events of the greatest
magnitude. The agencies of evil are combining their forces, and consolidating. They are
strengthening for the last great crisis. Great changes are soon to take place in our world, and
the final movements will be rapid ones.—Testimonies for the Church 9:11. - ChS 52.2
The period passing the time when they would receive the complete system of truth to prepare
them to stand. It was then that the final movements were to be rapid
The time is at hand when there will be sorrow in the world that no human balm can heal. The
Spirit of God is being withdrawn. Disasters by sea and by land follow one another in quick
succession. How frequently we hear of earthquakes and tornadoes, of destruction by fire and
flood, with great loss of life and property! Apparently these calamities are capricious
outbreaks of disorganized, unregulated forces of nature, wholly beyond the control of man;
but in them all, God’s purpose may be read. They are among the agencies by which He seeks
to arouse men and women to a sense of their danger.—Prophets and Kings, 277. - ChS 52.3
And at this point in the study it is abundantly clear that it was in mercy God sent the message
by jones and wagoner. To prepare a people to stand
Jesus would have come passing the period of 1888
Just as the Israelites were to take 40days, but due to unbelief they were to wander. We too
same thing since 1888 we are wondering
In this age of the world, as the scenes of earth’s history are soon to close and we are about to
enter upon the time of trouble such as never was, the fewer the marriages contracted the
better for all, both men and women.—Testimonies for the Church 5:366 (1885). - LDE 37.1
The hour will come; it is not far distant, and some of us who now believe will be alive upon
the earth, and shall see the prediction verified, and hear the voice of the archangel and the
trump of God echo from mountain and plain and sea to the uttermost parts of the earth.—
The Review and Herald, July 31, 1888. - LDE 37.2
Notice in 1888: it was by 1888 that God had finished making a body prepared to stand.
We need to get back to 1888 and re-install all that God gave us. For without that we shall be
lost
The time of test is just upon us, for the loud cry of the third angel has already begun in the
revelation of the righteousness of Christ, the sin-pardoning Redeemer.—Selected Messages
1:363 (1892). - LDE 37.3

294 | P a g e
Notice God wanted the second siege to happen soon by 1892 they were to expect a second
siege
The long night of gloom is trying, but the morning is deferred in mercy, because if the Master
should come so many would be found unready.—Testimonies for the Church 2:194 (1868). -
LDE 37.4
Had Adventists after the great disappointment in 1844 held fast their faith and followed on
unitedly in the opening providence of God, receiving the message of the third angel and in
the power of the Holy Spirit proclaiming it to the world, they would have seen the salvation
of God, the Lord would have wrought mightily with their efforts, the work would have been
completed, and Christ would have come ere this to receive His people to their reward.... It
was not the will of God that the coming of Christ should be thus delayed.... - LDE 37.5
For forty years did unbelief, murmuring, and rebellion shut out ancient Israel from the land
of Canaan. The same sins have delayed the entrance of modern Israel into the heavenly
Canaan. In neither case were the promises of God at fault. It is the unbelief, the worldliness,
unconsecration, and strife among the Lord’s professed people that have kept us in this world
of sin and sorrow so many years.—Evangelism, 695, 696 (1883). - LDE 38.1
Notice bellow in reference to the 1888 rejection
Had the church of Christ done her appointed work as the Lord ordained, the whole world
would before this have been warned and the Lord Jesus would have come to our earth in
power and great glory.—The Desire of Ages, 633, 634 (1898). - LDE 38.2
Notice this was in 1898, and the second siege was completely halted
The angels of God in their messages to men represent time as very short. [See Romans 13:11,
12; 1 Corinthians 7:29; 1 Thessalonians 4:15, 17; Hebrews 10:25; James 5:8, 9; 1 Peter 4:7;
Revelation 22:6, 7.] Thus it has always been presented to me. It is true that time has continued
longer than we expected in the early days of this message. Our Saviour did not appear as soon
as we hoped. But has the Word of the Lord failed? Never! It should be remembered that the
promises and threatenings of God are alike conditional. - LDE 38.3
Notice though the second siege was halted...the promises of God were not at fault
We may have to remain here in this world because of insubordination many more years, as
did the children of Israel, but for Christ’s sake His people should not add sin to sin by charging
God with the consequence of their own wrong course of action.—Evangelism, 695, 696
(1901). - LDE 39.1
What was Jesus waiting for, why were the winds held back
Christ is waiting with longing desire for the manifestation of Himself in His church. When the
character of Christ shall be perfectly reproduced in His people, then He will come to claim
them as His own. - LDE 39.2
It is the privilege of every Christian, not only to look for, but to hasten the coming of our Lord
Jesus Christ. Were all who profess His name bearing fruit to His glory, how quickly the whole
world would be sown with the seed of the gospel. Quickly the last great harvest would be
ripened, and Christ would come to gather the precious grain.—Christ’s Object Lessons, 69
(1900). - LDE 39.3

295 | P a g e
By giving the gospel to the world it is in our power to hasten our Lord’s return. We are not
only to look for but to hasten the coming of the day of God (2 Peter 3:12, margin).—The Desire
of Ages, 633 (1898). - LDE 39.4
He has put it in our power, through cooperation with Him, to bring this scene of misery to an
end.—Education, 264 (1903). - LDE 39.5
But brethren there is a limit. Though since 1888 we are wondering
Let me say there is a limit brethren

We must educate ourselves to be thinking and dwelling upon the great scenes of the
judgment just before us and then, as we keep the scenes of the great day of God before us
when everything will be revealed, it will have an effect upon our character. One brother said
to me, “Sister White, do you think the Lord will come in ten years?” “What difference does it
make to you whether He shall come in two, four, or ten years?” “Why,” said he, “I think I
would do differently in some things than I now do if I knew the Lord was to come in ten years.”
- LDE 41.5
“Why,” said he, “I would sell my property and begin to search the Word of God and try to
warn the people and get them to prepare for His coming, and I would plead with God that I
might be ready to meet Him.” - LDE 42.2
How selfish was the expression that he would live a different life if he knew his Lord was to
come in ten years! Why, Enoch walked with God 300 years. This is a lesson for us that we shall
walk with God every day, and we are not safe unless we are waiting and watching.—Ms 10,
1886. - LDE 42.5
Time is short
May the Lord give no rest, day nor night, to those who are now careless and indolent in the
cause and work of God. The end is near. This is that which Jesus would have us keep ever
before us—the shortness of time.—Letter 97, 1886. - LDE 42.6
When we shall stand with the redeemed upon the sea of glass with harps of gold and crowns
of glory and before us the unmeasured eternity, we shall then see how short was the waiting
period of probation.—Manuscript Releases 10:266 (1886). - LDE 42.7
What might have been brethren

296 | P a g e
Chapter 14: Thy Kingdom come

The prophet of the lord wrote to Dr JH Kellogg concerning the 1888 conference
I received your excellent letter a short time ago. You were not at home when you wrote, but
were traveling from place to place, and therefore I did not answer immediately. After I
received your letter, my heart was much oppressed. For several nights I could not sleep past
one o’clock, but walked the room, praying. The fourth night I said, “Lord, what wilt thou have
me to do? I am willing to do anything that it is duty for me to do.” I was instructed, “I have a
message for you to bear to Dr. Kellogg.” I thought, “It will do no good. He does not accept the
messages that I bear him, unless these harmonize with his plans and devisings.” Yet I must
give the message given to me for you. - BCL 55.1
My brother, you have not heeded the light given you. If you go forward in your own judgment,
to carry out your purposes, you will lead other minds astray. Many of the plans that have been
laid for our work are not according to the plans and purposes of God. - BCL 55.2
Had thorough work been done during the last General Conference at Battle Creek; had there
been as God designed there should be, a breaking up of the fallow ground of the heart, by the
men who had been bearing responsibilities; had they, in humility of soul, led out in the work
of confession and consecration; had they given evidence that they received the counsels and
warnings sent by the Lord to correct their mistakes, there would have been one of the
greatest revivals that there has been since the day of Pentecost. - BCL 55.3
Notice here: Brethren this woman was a prophet
What a wonderful work could have been done for the vast company gathered in Battle Creek
at the General Conference of 1901, if the leaders of our work had taken themselves in hand.
But the work that all heaven was waiting to do as soon as men prepared the way, was not
done; for the leaders closed and bolted the door against the Spirit’s entrance. There was a
297 | P a g e
stopping short of entire surrender to God. And hearts that might have been purified from all
error were strengthened in wrong doing. The doors were barred against the heavenly current
that would have swept away all evil. Men left their sins unconfessed. They built themselves
up in wrong doing, and said to the Spirit of God, “Go thy way for this time; when I have a more
convenient season, I will call for thee.” - BCL 55.4
The present is our sowing time for eternity. We must reap the fruit of the evil seed we sow,
unless we repent the sowing and ask forgiveness for the mistakes we have made. Those who,
given opportunity to repent and reform, pass over the ground without humbling their hearts
before God, without doing faithful work in putting away that which He reproves, will become
hardened against the counsel of the Lord Jesus. - BCL 56.1
All blessings come to us by virtue of our union with Christ. He, the Lord of hosts, “hath chosen
us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy, and without blame
before Him in love.” He has chosen all who will receive and believe and practice the truth,—
chosen them to be united to Him by adoption, to be members of the royal family. He has
made an atonement for sin, and all who by faith receives Him as their Saviour become sons
of God. - BCL 56.2
The heavenly Messenger turned to you, and said, “Unless you are converted and become as
a little child, you will walk in self-sufficiency and self-confidence, and will estrange yourself
from God. The Lord has given you encouragement, but you are not in simplicity co-operating
with Him. You do not hunger for the greatness of His power. Did God lead you to bind yourself
up with worldly men, who do not obey His commands? What has drawn this veil over your
spiritual eyesight, that you do not honor and glorify God, but walk in a way that glorifies self?”
- BCL 57.1
The Kingdoms of this world are soon to become the kingdoms of our Lord. “The seventh angel
sounded, and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are
become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ; and He shall reign forever and ever.”
There is to be a rapid and triumphant spread of the gospel. “And the temple of God was
opened in heaven, and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament; and there were
lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.” - BCL 57.2
The issue of the 1888 had the people accepted that message, the Sunday law would pass,
Judgement would have passed from dead to the living. God would have blotted out their sins,
then would have received the latter rain and the work would have been finished
The leaders in our medical work should now be considering the testimonies that for years
have been coming to them. If they pay no heed to these warnings, the Lord can not co-operate
with them as He desires to. There is danger of your placing yourself and others in harmony
with worldly plans. Faithfulness in duty, trust in God at every step—this is your safety. If you
follow your own ambitious projects, you will go where Jesus has given you no liberty to go.
Obey the Word of God, and you will be safe. Ellen G. White - BCL 58.5
By 1888 God wanted to setup his kingdom. Brethren let’s see this thing
KJV Isaiah 14: 12 How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art
thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations!
Sin originated with him who, next to Christ, had been most honored of God and who stood
highest in power and glory among the inhabitants of heaven. Before his fall, Lucifer was first
of the covering cherubs, holy and undefiled. . . .Lucifer might have remained in favor with
298 | P a g e
God, beloved and honored by all the angelic host, exercising his noble powers to bless others
and to glorify his Maker. . . .Instead of seeking to make God supreme in the affections and
allegiance of His creatures, it was Lucifer's endeavor to win their service and homage to
himself. And coveting the honor which the infinite Father had bestowed upon His Son, this
prince of angels aspired to power which it was the prerogative of Christ alone to wield.{GC
493, 494}
KJV Isaiah 14: 13 For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my
throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides
of the north: 14 I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High.
Notice the plan of the devil was to setup his throne and a throne is always connected with a
kingdom So Satan wanted to setup his kingdom, and his kingdom would run on Satan’s
principles. If he managed to set this up he would win the war... He plans by the Sunday law
to have something done
The law of God existed before man was created. The angels were governed by it. Satan fell
because he transgressed the principles of God’s government. After Adam and Eve were
created, God made known to them His law. It was not then written, but was rehearsed to
them by Jehovah.... - CIHS 20.3
Satan fell by transgressing the principles of the government or Kingdom of God
The earth was dark through misapprehension of God. That the gloomy shadows might be
lightened, that the world might be brought back to God, Satan’s deceptive power was to be
broken. This could not be done by force. The exercise of force is contrary to the principles of
God’s government; He desires only the service of love; and love cannot be commanded; it
cannot be won by force or authority. Only by love is love awakened. To know God is to love
Him; His character must be manifested in contrast to the character of Satan. This work only
one Being in all the universe could do. Only He who knew the height and depth of the love of
God could make it known. Upon the world’s dark night the Sun of Righteousness must rise,
“with healing in His wings.” - DA 22.1
Notice God has a government and Satan was trying to setup his own
With intense interest the unfallen worlds had watched to see Jehovah arise, and sweep away
the inhabitants of the earth. And if God should do this, Satan was ready to carry out his plan
for securing to himself the allegiance of heavenly beings. He had declared that the principles
of God’s government make forgiveness impossible. Had the world been destroyed, he would
have claimed that his accusations were proved true. He was ready to cast blame upon God,
and to spread his rebellion to the worlds above. But instead of destroying the world, God sent
His Son to save it. Though corruption and defiance might be seen in every part of the alien
province, a way for its recovery was provided. At the very crisis, when Satan seemed about to
triumph, the Son of God came with the embassage of divine grace. - DA 37.2
It was God’s purpose to place things on an eternal basis of security, and in the councils of
heaven it was decided that time must be given for Satan to develop the principles which were
the foundation of his system of government. He had claimed that these were superior to
God’s principles. Time was given for the working of Satan’s principles, that they might be seen
by the heavenly universe. - DA 759.2
Notice that Satan also had principles of his own government, It was these principles that he
wanted to develop and set up his kingdom on earth. Satan hopes none shall have victory over
299 | P a g e
sin when the Sunday law is passed. He hopes thus to prevent Jesus from coming out of the
most holy place. This is the plan of the devil. But God also plans to setup his kingdom the rock
before the Sunday law is passed
Two Kingdoms: Each with its own principles
We saw by 1888 God had given them all 6 institutions to help them stand. But these
institutions were built on the firm platform the three angels messages. And with that the
three pillars of our faith upon which the institutions were to stand upon
So now the kingdom of God what is it and what is it all about
KJV Genesis 3: 15 And I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed
and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel.
God would set up his kingdom
1 there has to be enmity or hatred between the Church and Satan
2 the church of God would be instrumental in destroying Satan
i) at the cross a body had to be created, Jesus came as the sacrifice he overcame sin, and thus
overcame Satan and took back the lost dominion
Jesus also became the head of the Human family the church of God on earth
ii) 1844 a church body had to be created and it would overcome sin and it would be the Body
God would use to crush the serpents head
By 1863 a body was organised
By 1888 Jesus was ready his Kingdom would be setup to meet the apostate kingdom of Satan
The two would battle it out at the battle of Armageddon (refer to redemption and relief work
manual)
Okay so let’s see this Kingdom
KJV Exodus 19: 3 And Moses went up unto God, and the LORD called unto him out of the
mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel;4
Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles' wings, and brought
you unto myself.
Notice here God is repeating to Israel his people. They were to come to a place where God
would bring them. But there were conditions
KJV Exodus 19: 5 Now therefore, if ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my covenant, then
ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all people: for all the earth is mine:
Notice the conditions
1 obedience (righteousness by faith)
2 they were to keep the covenant
3 the nation of Israel would be Gods treasure on earth
KJV Romans 3: 1 What advantage then hath the Jew? or what profit is there of circumcision?
2 Much every way: chiefly, because that unto them were committed the oracles of God.

300 | P a g e
The lively oracles would be given to the Jews, and thus they would be Gods treasure on earth
KJV John 4: 22 Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we worship: for salvation is of
the Jews. 23 But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshippers shall worship the
Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. 24 God is a Spirit:
and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth.
Notice that salvation was of the Jews. Because they had the lively oracles This salvation was
to lead people to worship God in spirit and truth
KJV Exodus 19:5 Now therefore, if ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my covenant, then
ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all people: for all the earth is mine: 6 And ye
shall be unto me a *kingdom of priests*, and *an holy nation*. These are the words which
thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel.
Notice if they kept this covenant
The children of Israel would be:
a nation of priest
A priest is someone who stands between a sinner and a holy God. The Jews were to be sinless
indoor to do this
KJV Hebrews 3: 1 Wherefore, holy brethren, partakers of the heavenly calling, consider the
Apostle and High Priest of our profession, Christ Jesus;
As Jesus was the head of the nation of Israel. The body was to be Holy, Then they would be a
nation of priest. They would be a holy nation no sin. Once these two conditions are fulfilled.
Then the bible says the Kingdom of God would be established, Run upon His principles
Do we now see what Gods kingdom is now? The kingdom has to have:
1 A King, a head
2 subjects’ priests who have the character of God
3 principles to run the kingdom
So what were the principles?
If we were to cherish an habitual impression that God sees and hears all that we do and say
and keeps a faithful record of our words and actions, and that we must meet it all, we would
fear to sin. Let the young ever remember that wherever they are, and whatever they do, they
are in the presence of God. No part of our conduct escapes observation. We cannot hide our
ways from the Most High. Human laws, though sometimes severe, are often transgressed
without detection, and hence with impunity. But not so with the law of God. The deepest
midnight is no cover for the guilty one. He may think himself alone, but toevery deed there is
an unseen witness. The very motives of his heart are open to divine inspection. Every act,
every word, every thought, is as distinctly marked as though there were only one person in
the whole world, and the attention of heaven were centered upon him. {PP 217.4}
Notice the next chapter God gave them the law
The fourth commandment is the only one of all the ten in which are found both the name and
the title of the Lawgiver. It is the only one that shows by whose authority the law is given.

301 | P a g e
Thus it contains the seal of God, affixed to His law as evidence of its authenticity and binding
force. {PP 307}
KJV Exodus 20: 18 And all the people saw the thunderings, and the lightnings, and the noise
of the trumpet, and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it, they removed, and
stood afar off. 19 And they said unto Moses, Speak thou with us, and we will hear: but let not
God speak with us, lest we die.
The people were afraid and they moved back as they were told the principles of God. The
foundation of his kingdom
KJV Exodus 20:20 And Moses said unto the people, Fear not: for God is come to prove you,
*and that his fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not*. 21 And the people stood afar
off, and Moses drew near unto the thick darkness where God was.
Notice that the purpose of God was not that the people fear and draw back. But have Godly
fear a realisation of the character of God and with this fear they were not to sin.
This was the kingdom of God, and who was to head this kingdom?
KJV Exodus 23: 30 By little and little I will drive them out from before thee, until thou be
increased, and inherit the land. 32 Thou shalt make no covenant with them, nor with their
gods. 22 But if thou shalt indeed obey his voice, and do all that I speak; then I will be an enemy
unto thine enemies, and an adversary unto thine adversaries. 33 They shall not dwell in thy
land, lest they make thee sin against me: for if thou serve their gods, it will surely be a snare
unto thee.
Notice the Angel was to head this nation, Who is this Angel with a capital A
Recall the word angel means messenger
KJV Exodus 23: 20 Behold, I send an Angel before thee, to keep thee in the way, and to bring
thee into the place which I have prepared. 21 Beware of him, and obey his voice, provoke him
not; for he will not pardon your transgressions: for my name is in him. 22 But if thou shalt
indeed obey his voice, and do all that I speak; then I will be an enemy unto thine enemies,
and an adversary unto thine adversaries. 23 For mine Angel shall go before thee, and bring
thee in unto the Amorites, and the Hittites, and the Perizzites, and the Canaanites, the Hivites,
and the Jebusites: and I will cut them off.
KJV Isaiah 63: 8 For he said, Surely they are my people, children that will not lie: so he was
their Saviour. 9 In all their affliction he was afflicted, and the angel of his presence saved
them: in his love and in his pity he redeemed them; and he bare them, and carried them all
the days of old. 10 But they rebelled, and vexed his holy Spirit: therefore he was turned to be
their enemy, and he fought against them. 11 Then he remembered the days of old, Moses,
and his people, saying, Where is he that brought them up out of the sea with the shepherd of
his flock? where is he that put his holy Spirit within him?
Notice the angel of his presence which angel dwells in the presence of God?
KJV Acts 7: 37 This is that Moses, which said unto the children of Israel, A prophet shall the
Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear. 38 This is
he, that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel which spake to him in the mount
Sina, and with our fathers: who received the lively oracles to give unto us: 39 To whom our

302 | P a g e
fathers would not obey, but thrust him from them, and in their hearts turned back again into
Egypt,
Notice the Angel of His presence was Jesus
Shut in by the bulwarks of the mountains, Moses was alone with God. The magnificent
temples of Egypt no longer impressed his mind with their superstition and falsehood. In the
solemn grandeur of the everlasting hills he beheld the majesty of the Most High, and in
contrast realized how powerless and insignificant were the gods of Egypt. Everywhere the
Creator's name was written. {PP 248 - 251}
Moses at the burning bush was directed to put off his sandals, for the ground whereon he
stood was holy. So the priests were not to enter the sanctuary with shoes upon their feet.
Particles of dust cleaving to them would desecrate the holy place. They were to leave their
shoes in the court before entering the sanctuary, and also to wash both their hands and their
feet before ministering in the tabernacle or at the altar of burnt offering. Thus was constantly
taught the lesson that all defilement must be put away from those who would approach into
the presence of God. {PP 350.2}
KJV Exodus 3: 2 And the angel of the Lord appeared unto him in a flame of fire out of the
midst of a bush: and he looked, and, behold, the bush burned with fire, and the bush was not
consumed. 6 Moreover he said, I am the God of thy father, the God of Abraham, the God of
Isaac, and the God of Jacob. And Moses hid his face; for he was afraid to look upon God.
This Angel of the Lord said he is I Am
KJV Exodus 3: 13 And Moses said unto God, Behold, when I come unto the children of Israel,
and shall say unto them, The God of your fathers hath sent me unto you; and they shall say
to me, What is his name? what shall I say unto them? 14 And God said unto Moses, I am that
I am: and he said, Thus shalt thou say unto the children of Israel, I am hath sent me unto you.
KJV John 8: 57 Then said the Jews unto him, Thou art not yet fifty years old, and hast thou
seen Abraham? 58 Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Before Abraham was, I
am. 59 Then took they up stones to cast at him: but Jesus hid himself, and went out of the
temple, going through the midst of them, and so passed by.
Jesus said he was the Great I Am. It was Jesus the angel of his presence. It was He that was
the head of the kingdom
Moses had been instructed in regard to the final reward to be given to the humble and
obedient servants of God, and worldly gain sank to its proper insignificance in comparison.
The magnificent palace of Pharaoh and the monarch's throne were held out as an inducement
to Moses; but he knew that the sinful pleasures that make men forget God were in its lordly
courts. He looked beyond the gorgeous palace, beyond a monarch's crown, to the high honors
that will be bestowed on the saints of the Most High in a kingdom untainted by sin. He saw
by faith an imperishable crown that the King of heaven would place on the brow of the
overcomer. {PP 246}
KJV Hebrews 11:24 By faith Moses, when he was come to years, refused to be called the son
of Pharaoh's daughter; 25 Choosing rather to suffer affliction with the people of God, than to
enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season; 26 Esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches
than the treasures in Egypt: for he had respect unto the recompence of the reward. 27 By

303 | P a g e
faith he forsook Egypt, not fearing the wrath of the king: for he endured, as seeing him who
is invisible.
Moses knew this Angel of his presence, It was Moses who forsook all for Jesus. Brethren so
we see the kingdom of God:
Jesus as the head
The church as the body
It is run on the principles of righteousness. Once people come to God and humble themselves
and overcome sin. God can then setup the kingdom, and they become a holy nation
A nation of priests
Thy kingdom come
But we know they did not do this. Israelites rebelled time and again and were taken captive
in Jerusalem
And Jeremiah Speaking on this said
The same law that was engraved upon the tables of stone is written by the Holy Spirit upon
the tables of the heart. Instead of going about to establish our own righteousness we accept
the righteousness of Christ. His blood atones for our sins. His obedience is accepted for us.
Then the heart renewed by the Holy Spirit will bring forth "the fruits of the Spirit." Through
the grace of Christ we shall live in obedience to the law of God written upon our hearts.{PP
372}
KJV Jeremiah 31:31 Behold, the days come, saith the LORD, that I will make a new covenant
with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah: 32 Not according to the covenant that
I made with their fathers in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land
of Egypt; which my covenant they brake, although I was an husband unto them, saith the
LORD: 33 But this shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; After those
days, saith the LORD, I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; and
will be their God, and they shall be my people.
Notice though they forsook the covenant at Sinai, after they were to come out of Babylon.
God would make a new covenant, they were still run on principles of righteousness
KJV Jeremiah 31:34 And they shall teach no more every man his neighbour, and every man
his brother, saying, Know the LORD: for they shall all know me, from the least of them unto
the greatest of them, saith the LORD: for I will forgive their iniquity, and I will remember their
sin no more.
Notice if they fulfilled this, they would stop saying to each other know the Lord, all would
know God
The experimental knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ whom He has sent, transforms man
into the image of God. It gives to man the mastery of himself, bringing every impulse and
passion of the lower nature under the control of the higher powers of the mind. It makes its
possessor a son of God and an heir of heaven. It brings him into communion with the mind of
the Infinite, and opens to him the rich treasures of the universe. {COL 114}

304 | P a g e
KJV John 17: 3 And this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus
Christ, whom thou hast sent.4 I have glorified thee on the earth: I have finished the work
which thou gavest me to do.
To know God is to have experimental religion. To have The life of Jesus in you. Victory over
sin. God was willing to do that for them, but he gave them 490 years to setup his kingdom
on earth. If they would not God would make a covenant with another people not the Jews
KJV Daniel 9: 24 Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to
finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity,
and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to
anoint the most Holy.
We saw that from 457 BC to 34 AD, was this time period of 490 years.. the 70 week prophecy…

The Jews were to overcome sin

They were to:
*1 Finish the transgression*
KJV 1 John 3: 4 Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law: for sin is the
transgression of the law.
*2 make an end of sin*
KJV Romans 3: 23 For all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God;
*3 Make reconciliation for iniquity*
KJV Isaiah 59:2 But your iniquities have separated between you and your God, and your sins
have hid his face from you, that he will not hear.
*4 They were to bring I everlasting righteousness*
KJV John 3:16 For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever
believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.
*5 They were to confirm the vision*
Or do all their part of the covenant of which God would empower them to do this
*6 Jesus was to be anointed*
Jesus would be anointed as King over the nation. Then the kingdom of God would come. Christ
as the King of the Jews
None but the Son of God could accomplish our redemption; for only He who was in the bosom
of the Father could declare Him. Only He who knew the height and depth of the love of God
could make it manifest. Nothing less than the infinite sacrifice made by Christ in behalf of
fallen man could express the Father's love to lost humanity. {SC 14}
Brethren 490 years then the Kingdom of God was to be established on Earth brethren
KJV Matthew 6: 9 After this manner therefore pray ye: Our Father which art in heaven,
Hallowed be thy name. 10 Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven.

305 | P a g e
This was the prayer Jesus taught the disciples to pray over, But brethren thy kingdom come is
very specific. Its the covenant
The nation of priests
Victory over sin
Jesus the head, Jesus being anointed as King. So this was what Jesus meant
We are to engage in no business, follow no pursuit, seek no pleasure, that would hinder the
outworking of His righteousness in our character and life. Whatever we do is to be done
heartily, as unto the Lord... If we follow His example, His assurance to us is that all things
needful in this life “shall be added.” Poverty or wealth, sickness or health, simplicity or
wisdom—all are provided for in the promise of His grace. {MB 99}
In the same meeting Jesus spoke
KJV Matthew 6: 31 Therefore take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we
drink? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed? 32 (For after all these things do the Gentiles
seek:) for your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. *33 But seek
ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness*; and all these things shall be added unto
you. 34 Take therefore no thought for the morrow: for the morrow shall take thought for the
things of itself. Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof.
Notice the kingdom of God was to be first sought. This was to be the absorbing theme of
prayer. Then the other things secondary
490 years they were to do this
KJV Luke 9: 27 But I tell you of a truth, there be some standing here, which shall not taste of
death, till they see the kingdom of God.
The kingdom of God, Jesus as king
KJV Matthew 16: 28 Verily I say unto you, There be some standing here, which shall not taste
of death, till they see the Son of man coming in his kingdom.
The son of man was to come in his Kingdom. Thy kingdom come o brethren. but we know
they failed to do this by 34 AD the covenant wen to the gentiles recall this
After the death of Stephen, Saul was elected a member of the Sanhedrin council in
consideration of the part he had acted on that occasion.... But soon this relentless persecutor
was to be employed in building up the church that he was now tearing down. A Mightier than
Satan had chosen Saul to take the place of the martyred Stephen, to preach and suffer for His
name, and to spread far and wide the tidings of salvation through His blood. {AA 102}
KJV Acts 7: 55 But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up stedfastly into heaven, and saw
the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, 56 And said, Behold, I see the
heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. 57 Then they cried
out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, 58 And cast
him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young
man's feet, whose name was Saul. 59 And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying,
Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. 60 And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay
not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep.

306 | P a g e
The martyrdom of Stephen made a deep impression upon all who witnessed it. The memory
of the signet of God upon his face; his words, which touched the very souls of those who
heard them, remained in the minds of the beholders, and testified to the truth of that which
he had proclaimed. His death was a sore trial to the church, but it resulted in the conviction
of Saul, who could not efface from his memory the faith and constancy of the martyr, and the
glory that had rested on his countenance. {AA 101}
34 A.D. Jesus stood up, meaning probation was ended for the Jewish nation
KJV Isaiah 40:28 Hast thou not known? hast thou not heard, that the everlasting God, the
LORD, the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary? there is no
searching of his understanding. 29 He giveth power to the faint; and to them that have no
might he increaseth strength. 30 Even the youths shall faint and be weary, and the young men
shall utterly fall: 31 But they that wait upon the LORD shall renew their strength; they shall
mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and not
faint.
God wanted to give them strength, to run the race so by 34 A.D.
They had been born on eagles wings as Exodus 19. They would be a Kingdom of priests, but
they did not do this
KJV Acts 13: 45 But when the Jews saw the multitudes, they were filled with envy, and spake
against those things which were spoken by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming. 46 Then Paul
and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, It was necessary that the word of God should first have
been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of
everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles. 47 For so hath the Lord commanded us, saying, I
have set thee to be a light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldest be for salvation unto the ends
of the earth. 48 And when the Gentiles heard this, they were glad, and glorified the word of
the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.
The kingdom came, but it was given over to the gentiles, and there were some who were
standing that saw Jesus the head, become the king in his kingdom
It is the absence of the Spirit that makes the gospel ministry so powerless. Learning, talents,
eloquence, every natural or acquired endowment, may be possessed; but without the
presence of the Spirit of God, no heart will be touched, no sinner be won to Christ. On the
other hand, if they are connected with Christ, if the gifts of the Spirit are theirs, the poorest
and most ignorant of His disciples will have a power that will tell upon hearts. {COL 328}
KJV Acts 8:12 But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of
God, and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, both men and women. 13 Then Simon
himself believed also: and when he was baptized, he continued with Philip, and wondered,
beholding the miracles and signs which were done.
Notice the disciples began to preach the gospel of the kingdom. At first they did not
understand what the kingdom was, they thought otherwise
Thus Christ gave His disciples their commission. He made full provision for the prosecution of
the work, and took upon Himself the responsibility for its success. So long as they obeyed His
word, and worked in connection with Him, they could not fail. Go to all nations, He bade them.
Go to the farthest part of the habitable globe, but know that My presence will be there. Labor
in faith and confidence, for the time will never come when I will forsake you. {DA 822}

307 | P a g e
KJV Acts 1:6 When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt
thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel? 7 And he said unto them, It is not for
you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. 8 But ye
shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses
unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of
the earth.
Notice they thought about the Roman Yoke. But Jesus referred to his kingdom, that they
would receive power
KJV Acts 14:21 And when they had preached the gospel to that city, and had taught many,
they returned again to Lystra, and to Iconium, and Antioch, *22 Confirming the souls of the
disciples, and exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that we must through much
tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.* 23 And when they had ordained them elders in
every church, and had prayed with fasting, they commended them to the Lord, on whom they
believed.
Notice that those who were subjects of his kingdom on earth. Would then be subjects of his
kingdom in heaven. The apostles understood this
KJV Acts 19:8 And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three
months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.9 But when
divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he
departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one
Tyrannus. 10 And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in
Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. 11 And God wrought special
miracles by the hands of Paul:
Notice they spoke definitely about the kingdom of God
KJV 1 Corinthians 15:50 Now this I say, brethren, that flesh and blood cannot inherit the
kingdom of God; neither doth corruption inherit incorruption.
KJV 1 Corinthians 6:9 Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God?
Be not deceived: neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor
abusers of themselves with mankind, 10 Nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor
revilers, nor extortioners, shall inherit the kingdom of God. 11 And such were some of you:
but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus,
and by the Spirit of our God.
Notice here that the kingdom of God. Has to do with the nation of priest. Those in sin cannot
enter into the kingdom of God
KJV 1 Corinthians 4: 20 For the kingdom of God is not in word, but in power.
Of course we know of the falling away that happened. And Jesus was going to still find a
people. Who he would use to set them up as his kingdom on earth: His ambassadors
KJV Revelation 11: 14 The second woe is past; and, behold, the third woe cometh quickly. 15
And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms
of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for
ever and ever. 16 And the four and twenty elders, which sat before God on their seats, fell
upon their faces, and worshipped God, 17 Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty,

308 | P a g e
which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and
hast reigned.
Notice there are three *woes* came to the union of church and state as:
1 the nations of Islam Revelation 9
2 It came again in 1798 as the French Revolution
3 the Remnant church the Kingdom of God 1844
Notice that the kingdom of God was to be setup again by 1844
KJV Revelation 11: 18 And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the
dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the
prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest
destroy them which destroy the earth. 19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and
there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices,
and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.
It would then be time for the judgement of the dead to start!
Of the sons of Jacob, Levi was one of the most cruel and vindictive, one of the two most guilty
in the treacherous murder of the Shechemites. Levi's characteristics, reflected in his
descendants, incurred for them the decree from God....But repentance wrought reformation;
and by their faithfulness to God amidst the apostasy of the other tribes, the curse was
transformed into a token of highest honor. {Ed 148}
KJV Deuteronomy 10: 8 At that time the LORD separated the tribe of Levi, to bear the ark of
the covenant of the LORD, to stand before the LORD to minister unto him, and to bless in his
name, unto this day.
Notice that the ark of the testament or will. Was also called the ark of the covenant. A
continual symbol of the covenant
So by 1844: God was going to extend the covenant to a new people
Who would keep it and thus have the kingdom of God established 😄
These people were given the same things God gave the children of Israel
KJV Daniel 2: 34 Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the
image upon his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them to pieces. 35 Then was the
iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold, broken to pieces together, and became like
the chaff of the summer threshingfloors; and the wind carried them away, that no place was
found for them: and the stone that smote the image became a great mountain, and filled the
whole earth.
The plan of God by 1888, was to have this rock setup, The rolling stone
“Other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ.” 1 Corinthians 3:11.
“Upon this rock,” said Jesus, “I will build My church.” In the presence of God, and all the
heavenly intelligences, in the presence of the unseen army of hell, Christ founded His church
upon the living Rock. That Rock is Himself,—His own body, for us broken and bruised.
Against the church built upon this foundation, the gates of hell shall not prevail. {DA 413}

309 | P a g e
KJV Daniel 2: 44 And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom,
which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall
break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever. 45 Forasmuch as
thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in
pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God hath made known
to the king what shall come to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, and the interpretation
thereof sure.
The kingdom of God, was to be prepared aby by 1963 the body was prepared the Adventist
were cut out of the word by the mighty cleaver of truth. The stone cut out of th3 mountain
without hands
God has called His church in this day, as He called ancient Israel, to stand as a light in the
earth. By the mighty cleaver of truth, the messages of the first, second, and third angels, He
has separated them from the churches and from the world to bring them into a sacred
nearness to Himself. He has made them the depositaries of His law and has committed to
them the great truths of prophecy for this time. Like the holy oracles committed to ancient
Israel, these are a sacred trust to be communicated to the world. - 5T 455.2
The three angels of Revelation 14 represent the people who accept the light of God’s
messages and go forth as His agents to sound the warning throughout the length and breadth
of the earth. Christ declares to His followers: “Ye are the light of the world.” To every soul
that accepts Jesus the cross of Calvary speaks: “Behold the worth of the soul: ‘Go ye into all
the world, and preach the gospel to every creature.’” Nothing is to be permitted to hinder
this work. It is the all-important work for time; it is to be far-reaching as eternity. The love
that Jesus manifested for the souls of men in the sacrifice which He made for their
redemption, will actuate all His followers. - 5T 455.2
It was this the rolling stone the church of God, was to be the living fountain the kingdom of
God
Thus was presented to the prophet’s vision the great and solemn day when the characters
and the lives of men should pass in review before the Judge of all the earth, and to every man
should be rendered “according to his works.” The Ancient of Days is God the Father. ...And
holy angels as ministers and witnesses, in number “ten thousand times ten thousand, and
thousands of thousands,” attend this great tribunal. {GC 479}
KJV Daniel 7: 8 I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little
horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold,
in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things. 9 I beheld till
the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment was white as
snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame, and his
wheels as burning fire. 10 A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: thousand
thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him: the
judgment was set, and the books were opened.
Notice for almost three times, the book of Daniel chapter 7 records the following
1 Little horn 538-1798
2 Judgement 1844
3 Kingdom of God 1863 the organised body of Adventism

310 | P a g e
By His life and His death, Christ has achieved even more than recovery from the ruin wrought
through sin. It was Satan’s purpose to bring about an eternal separation between God and
man; but in Christ we become more closely united to God than if we had never fallen. In taking
our nature, the Saviour has bound Himself to humanity by a tie that is never to be broken.
{DA 25}
KJV Daniel 7: 13 I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the
clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him.
14 And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and
languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass
away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.
Notice Jesus meets God in the investigative judgement. Then he receives a kingdom
But Jesus is the head, We the church are the Body
KJV Daniel 7:21 I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against
them; 22 Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the most
High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom.
Notice again, after the judgement, the saints poses the kingdom the church of God on earth
KJV Daniel 7: 25 And he shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the
saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his
hand until a time and times and the dividing of time. 26 But the judgment shall sit, and they
shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto the end. 27 And the kingdom
and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to
the people of the saints of the most High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all
dominions shall serve and obey him.
Notice again, after the judgement scene of 1844. By 1888 God want3d to have established his
kingdom
A nation of priest, the message of righteousness by faith
To crush the image at the feet when the clay and iron unite the second time. The passing of a
national Sunday Law
KJV Daniel 7: 28 Hitherto is the end of the matter. As for me Daniel, my cogitations much
troubled me, and my countenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in my heart.
Do we see this
KJV Revelation 12: 17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war
with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the
testimony of Jesus Christ.
By the wedding garment in the parable is represented the pure, spotless character which
Christ's true followers will possess. To the church it is given "that she should be arrayed in
fine linen, clean and white," "not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing." Revelation 19:8;
Ephesians 5:27. The fine linen, says the Scripture, "is the righteousness of saints." Revelation
19:8. It is the righteousness of Christ, His own unblemished character, that through faith is
imparted to all who receive Him as their personal Saviour. {COL 310}

311 | P a g e
KJV Revelation 19:13 And he was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and his name is
called The Word of God. 14 And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white
horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. 8 And to her was granted that she should be
arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints. 9 And
he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the
Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God. 10 And I fell at his feet to
worship him. And he said unto me, See thou do it not: I am thy fellowservant, and of thy
brethren that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit
of prophecy.
Notice that by 1888, Jesus was to be the head the body the church. Jesus was to have a
kingdom read on earth. Who is this church, Those that have the testimony of Jesus which is
the Spirit of prophecy
KJV Matthew 21: 41 They say unto him, He will miserably destroy those wicked men, and will
let out his vineyard unto other husbandmen, which shall render him the fruits in their seasons.
42 Jesus saith unto them, Did ye never read in the scriptures, The stone which the builders
rejected, the same is become the head of the corner: this is the Lord's doing, and it is
marvellous in our eyes? 43 Therefore say I unto you, The kingdom of God shall be taken from
you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof. 44 And whosoever shall fall on this
stone shall be broken: but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to powder. 45 And
when the chief priests and Pharisees had heard his parables, they perceived that he spake of
them. 46 But when they sought to lay hands on him, they feared the multitude, because they
took him for a prophet.
Notice that to the Jews they failed to produce the fruit. Thus the kingdom was given to the
gentiles. Among the gentiles there was a falling away. And thus by 1844 God setup his
kingdom. His last day movement
Okay now we must understand that those who would comprise the rock. Must be those who
are standing on the firm platform and on pillars of the faith and running the institutions that
will enable them to stand
This was the rock upon which Jesus built his church
The word of God is to have a sanctifying effect on our association with every member of the
human family. The leaven of truth will not produce the spirit of rivalry, the love of ambition,
the desire to be first. True, heaven-born love is not selfish and changeable. It is not dependent
on human praise. The heart of him who receives the grace of God overflows with love for God
and for those for whom Christ died.{COL 101, 102}
KJV Ephesians 2: 19 Now therefore ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellowcitizens
with the saints, and of the household of God; 20 And are built upon the foundation of the
apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the chief corner stone; 21 In whom all the
building fitly framed together groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord: 22 In whom ye also
are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.
It is here that the rock was to be made
KJV 1 Corinthians 10: 4 And did all drink the same spiritual drink: for they drank of that
spiritual Rock that followed them: and that Rock was Christ. 5 But with many of them God
was not well pleased: for they were overthrown in the wilderness.

312 | P a g e
The rock is Jesus, He explains it is himself and its his kingdom
In Isaiah's prophecy, Christ is declared to be both a sure foundation and a stone of stumbling.
The apostle Peter, writing by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, clearly shows to whom Christ is a
foundation stone, and to whom a rock of offense. {DA 599}
KJV 1 Peter 2:13 Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for the Lord's sake: whether it
be to the king, as supreme;11 Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain
from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul; 12 Having your conversation honest among
the Gentiles: that, whereas they speak against you as evildoers, they may by your good works,
which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation.7 Unto you therefore which
believe he is precious: but unto them which be disobedient, the stone which the builders
disallowed, the same is made the head of the corner, 8 And a stone of stumbling, and a rock
of offence, even to them which stumble at the word, being disobedient: whereunto also they
were appointed.
It is here very evident of the rock
The church is God's appointed agency for the salvation of men. It was organized for service,
and its mission is to carry the gospel to the world. From the beginning it has been God's plan
that through His church shall be reflected to the world His fullness and His sufficiency. The
members of the church, those whom He has called out of darkness into His marvelous light,
are to show forth His glory. {AA 9}
KJV 1 Peter 2: *9 But ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a
peculiar people; that ye should shew forth the praises of him who hath called you out of
darkness into his marvellous light:* 10 Which in time past were not a people, but are now
the people of God: which had not obtained mercy, but now have obtained mercy. 11 Dearly
beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against
the soul;
Notice this is the kingdom of God. The rock is the nation of priest, a Holy nation. Notice Peter
applied this to the Christians
So lets see something more about this rock
The Lord will give to our sanitariums whose work is already established an opportunity to co-
operate with Him in assisting newly established plants. Every new institution is to be regarded
as a sister helper in the great work of proclaiming the third angel’s message. God has given
our sanitariums an opportunity to set in operation a work that will be as a stone instinct with
life, *growing as it is rolled by an invisible hand. Let this mystic stone be set in motion*.—
Testimonies for the Church 7:59. - ChS 137.6
The Lord has instructed me to warn those who in the future establish sanitariums in new
places, to begin their work in humility, consecrating their abilities to His service. The buildings
erected are not to be large or expensive. Small local sanitariums are to be established in
connection with our training schools. In these sanitariums young men and young women of
ability and consecration are to be gathered—those who will conduct themselves in the love
and fear of God, those who, when prepared for graduation, will not feel that they know all
that they need to know, but will diligently study and carefully practice the lessons given by
Christ. The righteousness of Christ will go before such ones, and the glory of God will be their
rearward. - CH 220.2

313 | P a g e
[ “God has given our sanitariums an opportunity to set in operation a work that would be as
a stone instinct with life, growing as it is moved by an invisible hand. Let this mystic stone be
set in operation. If ever a place needed medical missionary work, it is the Southern field. Had
this work been done for the colored people immediately after the proclamation of freedom,
how different would be the condition of the Southern states today! Medical missionary work
has not yet been done as God requires it to be done in this needy field. Sanitariums should
have been established in many places. This would have opened doors for the entrance of Bible
truth. It would have removed much of the prejudice existing against those who look upon the
colored people as having souls as well as the white people. - 1888 1800.15
*“To many of the colored people God has given rare and precious talents. Many will be
brought to a knowledge of present truth. But it will take untiring effort and God-given
wisdom to break down the barriers that have been erected against the education of the
colored race,—barriers that for years have been growing stronger*. - 1888 1801.1
Notice to the black people, we shall have a knowledge of present truth. Take hold of the
mystic stone
KJV Matthew 24: 13 But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved.
14 *And this gospel of the kingdom* shall be preached in all the world for a *witness unto
all nations*; and then shall the end come.
Notice this gospel is not just any gospel, Its the gospel of the kingdom. Its supposed to bring
victory over sin
Once people (1) see this and (2) hear this: The end will come
They must see the people who have the covenant living the covenant. We must be living
epistles
KJV 2 Corinthians 3: 3 Forasmuch as ye are manifestly declared to be the epistle of Christ
ministered by us, written not with ink, but with the Spirit of the living God; not in tables of
stone, but in fleshy tables of the heart.
The gospel must be demonstrated in daily life. I say this with reverence and fear. Jesus would
have saved no one if he stayed in heaven
KJV John 1:2 The same was in the beginning with God. 3 All things were made by him; and
without him was not any thing made that was made. 4 In him was life; and the life was the
light of men. 5 And the light shineth in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not.
The word had to be put into flesh. the word had to be brought into demonstration. Jesus life
was the light. This is the loud cry friends
KJV John 1:4 In him was life; and the life was the light of men.
KJV John 1: 14 And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld his glory,
the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.
The life of Jesus was the light
Revelation 18 points to the time when, as the result of rejecting the threefold warning of
Revelation 14:6-12, the church will have fully reached the condition foretold by the second
angel, and the people of God still in Babylon will be called upon to separate from her

314 | P a g e
communion. This message is the last that will ever be given to the world; and it will accomplish
its work. {GC 390}
What is the Loud cry
KJV Revelation 18: *1 And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven,
having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory.* 2 And he cried mightily
with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation
of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. 3 For
all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth
have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through
the abundance of her delicacies. 4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out
of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.
The loud cry is the life of Jesus demonstrated in daily life. The light the life of Jesus, Will then
lighten the earth, And it’s then the kingdom of God will be setup again
Today God is setting up his kingdom. God is setting up an army. The mystic stone to overcome
all evil
That those who don’t know medical missionary work. Those that Don’t have the idea of the
work cannot be used in the last work
When the National Sunday law is passed. Those who like Daniel and Joseph who have
solutions. Those who have the mystic stone will be used then
Daniel would have died in the lion’s den
Joseph would have rotten in prison
But Both men had the practical solutions to life’s problems
Every institution established by Seventh-day Adventists is to be to the world what Joseph was
in Egypt and what Daniel and his fellows were in Babylon. As in the providence of God these
chosen ones were taken captive, it was to carry to heathen nations the blessings that come
to humanity through a knowledge of God. They were to be representatives of Jehovah. They
were never to compromise with idolaters; their religious faith and their name as worshipers
of the living God they were to bear as a special honor. - CH 203.1
So the institutions established by God’s people today are to glorify His name. The only way in
which we can fulfill His expectation is by being representatives of the truth for this time. God
is to be recognized in the institutions established by Seventh-day Adventists. By them the
truth for this time is to be represented before the world with convincing power. - CH 203.3
God’s purpose for His institutions today may also be read in the purpose which He sought to
accomplish through the Jewish nation. Through Israel it was His design to impart rich blessings
to all peoples. Through them the way was to be prepared for the diffusion of His light to the
whole world.... - CH 204.1
The Christian life is a battle and a march. In this warfare there is no release; the effort must
be continuous and persevering. It is by unceasing endeavor that we maintain the victory over
the temptations of Satan. Christian integrity must be sought with resistless energy and
maintained with a resolute fixedness of purpose.{MH 453.2}

315 | P a g e
KJV Ezekiel 14:13 Son of man, when the land sinneth against me by trespassing grievously,
then will I stretch out mine hand upon it, and will break the staff of the bread thereof, and
will send famine upon it, and will cut off man and beast from it:14 Though these three men,
Noah, Daniel, and Job, were in it, they should deliver but their own souls by their
righteousness, saith the Lord GOD.
We need to be part of the kingdom of God
We shall see the medical missionary work broadening and deepening at every point of its
progress, because of the inflowing of hundreds and thousands of streams, until the whole
earth is covered as the waters cover the sea. MS-32-1901. {PH137 6.2}
It is because of the directions I have received from the Lord that I have the courage to stand
among you and speak as I do, notwithstanding the way in which you may look at the medical
missionary work. I wish to say that the medical missionary work is God’s work. The Lord wants
every one of His ministers to come into line. Take hold of the medical missionary work, and it
will give you access to the people. Their hearts will be touched as you minister to their
necessities. As you relieve their sufferings, you will find opportunity to speak to them of the
love of Jesus.—Counsels on Health, 533 (1901). - Ev 523.5
The Last Ministerial Work—I wish to tell you that soon there will be no work done in
ministerial lines but medical missionary work. The work of a minister is to minister. Our
ministers are to work on the gospel plan of ministering.... - Ev 523.3
You will never be ministers after the gospel order till you show a decided interest in medical
missionary work, the gospel of healing and blessing and strengthening.... - Ev 523.4
We have studied much these prophecies

316 | P a g e
Chapter 15 The Alpha and Omega apostasy
I believe we are in deep waters
We have studied all the way to 1888 and the events happening around that time! We saw
momentous events
We saw how the Lord God of heaven had given us:
*1 a firm platform*

 1st angels message

 2nd angels message
 3rd angels message

*2 Pillars of our faith*

 Spirit of prophecy
 Second coming of Jesus
 Sanctuary
 State of the dead
 Sabbath
 Victory over sin
 Righteousness by faith

*3 Institutions to help us prepare a people to stand*

 churches
 sanitariums
 medical missionary and blue print educational schools
 Publishing houses
 hygienic restaurants
 treatment rooms
 food factories
We saw by 1888: God gave us the last pillar righteousness by faith.
We saw that if the leading brethren had accepted the message momentous events would
have taken place:

 1 Sunday Laws would have been passed

 2 Judgement would have passed from the dead to the living
 3 the latter rain would have been poured out
 4 the *kingdom of God established*:
 5 and with it the preaching of the gospel of the kingdom the loud cry, the gospel
demonstrated
 6 the world would have been warned and those who were to take the message come
into the ranks
 7 probation would close for the whole world
 8 the plagues would have fallen on the wicked
 9 Jesus would then come
317 | P a g e
All these events were to happen within the time passing 1888. But we saw how God held back
the winds due to unbelieve the issue of Revelation 7:1-3
So we are like the Israelites wondering to and from the wilderness of this world
Like Joshua and Caleb brought a good report so too A.T. Jones and E. J. Wagoner brought the
message to help us enter heavenly Canaan. But we entered not because of unbelief
God would have His people in these days review with a humble heart and teachable spirit the
trials through which ancient Israel passed, that they may be instructed in their preparation
for the heavenly Canaan. Many look back to the Israelites, and marvel at their unbelief and
murmuring, feeling that they themselves would not have been so ungrateful; but when their
faith is tested, even by little trials, they manifest no more faith or patience than did ancient
Israel.{PP 293}
KJV 1 Corinthians 10: 11 Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they
are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. 12 Wherefore
let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall.
Brethren the History of Israel is what we have been going through. We are repeating the very
same thing.
KJV Revelation 12:17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with
the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of
Jesus Christ.
The devil hates this church, but it is the apple of God's eye. It is the object God holds in
supreme regard. Notice the devil desires to make war upon this church
Whilst the prophet was alive the devil’s efforts were untiring. But God always had a rebuke
a living testimony and the church was kept at bay
In eternity we shall learn that which, had we received the enlightenment it was possible to
obtain here, would have opened our understanding. The themes of redemption will employ
the hearts and minds and tongues of the redeemed through the everlasting ages. They will
understand the truths which Christ longed to open to His disciples, but which they did not
have faith to grasp. Forever and forever new views of the perfection and glory of Christ will
appear. Through endless ages will the faithful Householder bring forth from His treasure
things new and old.{COL 134.1}
KJV 1 Timothy 3
15 But if I tarry long, that thou mayest know how thou oughtest to behave thyself in the
*house of God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and ground of the truth.*
Notice this Church is the Church of the Living God. It’s the Pillar and ground of truth and God
gave us a prophet
The meeting on Sunday afternoon was attended by many of the citizens of Battle Creek. They
paid the best of attention. At this meeting I had opportunity to state decidedly that my views
have not changed. The blessing of the Lord rested upon many of those who heard the words
spoken. - 1MR 140.3
I understood that some were anxious to know if Mrs. White held the same views as she did
years ago when they had heard her speak in the Sanitarium grove, in the Tabernacle, and at

318 | P a g e
the camp meetings held in the suburbs of Battle Creek. I assured them that the message she
bears today is the same that she has borne during the sixty years of her public ministry. She
has the same service to do for the Master that was laid upon her in her girlhood. She receives
lessons from the same Instructor. The directions given her are, “Make known to others what
I have revealed to you. Write out the messages that I give you, that the people may have
them.” This is what she has endeavored to do. - 1MR 140.4
I have written many books, and they have been given a wide circulation. Of myself I could
not have brought out the truths in these books, but the Lord has given me the help of His Holy
Spirit. These books, giving the instruction that the Lord has given me during the past sixty
years, contain light from heaven, and will bear the test of investigation. - 1MR 140.5
*The question is sometimes raised, “What if Mrs. White should die?” I answer: “The books
that she has written will not die. They are a living witness to what saith the Scriptures”*....
- 1MR 141.1
During the discourse I said that I did not claim to be a prophetess. Some were surprised at
this statement, and as much is being said in regard to it, I will make an explanation. Others
have called me a prophetess, but I have never assumed that title. I have not felt that it was
my duty to thus designate myself. Those who boldly assume that they are prophets in this our
day are often a reproach to the cause of Christ. - 1MR 141.2
[My work includes much more than this name signifies. I regard myself as a messenger,
entrusted by the Lord with messages for His people.... - 1MR 141.3
The Lord gave me great light on health reform. In connection with my husband, I was to be a
medical missionary worker. I was to set an example to the church by taking the sick to my
home and caring for them. This I have done, myself giving the women and children most
vigorous treatment. I was also to speak on the subject of Christian temperance, as the Lord’s
appointed messenger. I engaged heartily in this work, and spoke to large assemblies on
temperance in its broadest and truest sense. - 1MR 141.4
I was instructed that I must ever urge upon these who profess to believe the truth, the
necessity of practicing this truth. This means sanctification, and sanctification means the
culture and training of every capability for the Lord’s service. - 1MR 141.5
I was charged not to neglect or pass by those who were being wronged. The Lord presented
such cases before me, and disagreeable though the duty may be, I am to reprove the
oppressor, and plead for justice. I am to present the necessity of maintaining justice and
equity in all our institutions. Letter 55, 1905, pp. 1-5. (To Elder O. A. Olsen, January 30, 1905.)
(For variant reading, see Manuscript 140, 1905, 1-3.) - 1MR 141.6
I have had the question asked, what do you think of this light which these men [A. T. Jones
and E. J. Waggoner] are presenting? Why, I have been presenting it to you for the last forty-
five years,—the matchless charms of Christ. This is what I have been trying to present before
your minds.—Manuscript 5, 1889, 10. (Sermon delivered at Rome, N. Y., June 17, 1889.) -
1MR 142.1
*We are in danger of falling into similar errors. Never should that which God has not given
as a test be carried as was the subject of the law in Galatians. I have been instructed that
the terrible experience at the Minneapolis conference is one of the saddest chapters in the
history of the believers in present truth. God forbids that the subject of the two laws should
ever again be agitated as it then was. Some are not yet healed of their defection and would
319 | P a g e
plunge into this subject once more. Should they do this, differences of opinion would again
create division. This question must not be revived.* Letter 179, 1902, p. 10. (To C. P. Bollman,
November 19, 1902.) - 1MR 142.2
Now what we want to present is, how you may advance in the divine life. We hear many
excuses, I cannot live up to this or that. What do you mean by this or that? Do you mean that
it was an imperfect sacrifice that was made for the fallen race upon Calvary, that there is not
sufficient grace and power granted us that we work away from our own natural defects and
tendencies, that it was not a whole Saviour that was given us? or do you mean to cast
reproach upon God? Well, you say, it was Adam’s sin. You say, I am not guilty of that, and I
am not responsible for his guilt and fall. Here all these natural tendencies are in me and I am
not to blame if I act out these natural tendencies. Who is to blame? Is God?—Manuscript 8,
2. (Sermon preached at Minneapolis General Conference, Sabbath, October 20, 1888,
“Advancing in Christian Experience.”) - 1MR 142.3
It is quite possible that Elder Jones or Elder Waggoner may be overthrown by the temptations
of the enemy; but if they should be, this would not prove that they had had no message from
God, or that the work that they had done was all a mistake. But should this happen, how many
would take this position, and enter into a fatal delusion because they are not under the
control of the Spirit of God. They walk in the sparks of their own kindling, and cannot
distinguish between the fire they have kindled, and the light which God has given, and they
walk in blindness as did the Jews. Letter 24, 1892, p. 5. (To Uriah Smith, September 19, 1892.)
- 1MR 143.1
We are having most excellent meetings. The spirit that was in the meeting in Minneapolis is
not here. All moves off in harmony. There is a large attendance of delegates. Our five o’clock
morning meeting is well attended, and the meetings good. All the testimonies to which I have
listened have been of an elevating character. They say that the past year has been the best of
their life; the light shining forth from the Word of God has been clear and distinct,—
justification by faith, Christ our righteousness. The experiences have been very interesting. -
1MR 143.3
I have attended all but two morning meetings. At eight o’clock Brother Jones speaks upon
the subject of justification by faith, and great interest is manifested. There is a growth in faith
and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. There are quite a number who
have not had an opportunity to hear upon this subject before but they are taking it in, and
are being fed with large morsels from the Lord’s table. The universal testimony from those
who have spoken has been that this message of light and truth which has come to our people
is just the truth for this time and wherever they go among the churches, light, and relief, and
the blessing of God is sure to come in. - 1MR 143.4
After the Minneapolis meeting how wonderfully the Spirit of God wrought; men confessed
that they had robbed God by withholding tithes and offerings. Many souls were converted.
Thousands of dollars were brought into the treasury. Rich experiences were related by those
whose hearts were aglow with the love of God.—Manuscript 22, 1890, 10, 11. (“Diary,”
January 10, 1890.) - 1MR 145.2
Four mighty angels hold back the powers of this earth till the servants of God are sealed in
their foreheads. The nations of the world are eager for conflict; but they are held in check by
the angels. When this restraining power is removed, there will come a time of trouble and
anguish. Deadly instruments of warfare will be invented. Vessels, with their living cargo, will

320 | P a g e
be entombed in the great deep. All who have not the spirit of truth will unite under the
leadership of Satanic agencies. But they are to be kept under control till the time shall come
for the great battle of Armageddon. - 1MR 145.3
Angels are belting the world, refusing Satan his claim to supremacy, made because of the vast
multitude of his adherents. We hear not the voices, we see not with the natural sight the work
of these angels, but their hands are linked about the world, and with sleepless vigilance they
are keeping the armies of Satan at bay till the sealing of God’s people shall be accomplished.
Letter 79, 1900, pp. 12, 13. (To William Kerr, May 10, 1900.) - 1MR 145.4
So we see that even after Ellen white was to die, The books she wrote were to live on and be
a living witness
KJV Hosea 12:13 And by a prophet the LORD brought Israel out of Egypt, and by a prophet
was he preserved.
We shall see if only we had followed the councils. God would have blessed us greatly.
Let’s continue let us see what momentous events happened. We shall see how the devil made
war on the Church. through it all lets still have this hope this is still the church. We have seen
in prophecy the birth of this movement, how God interposed and how we were organised
The reason the devil hates this church is because it has the truth that can crush his head
This church has the sanctuary. This church has the cleansing of the sanctuary truth as seen in
the passage below
KJV Daniel 8:11 Yea, he magnified himself even to the prince of the host, and by him the daily
sacrifice was taken away, *and the place of his sanctuary was cast down*. 12 And an host
was given him against the daily sacrifice by reason of transgression, and it *cast down the
truth to the ground*; and it practised, and prospered. 13 Then I heard one saint speaking,
and another saint said unto that certain saint which spake, *How long shall be the vision*
concerning the daily sacrifice, and the transgression of desolation, to give both the sanctuary
and the host to be trodden under foot? 14 And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three
hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.
Here we see that the truth was cast to the ground, and again we see that the sanctuary was
cast to the group. Thus the truth is in the sanctuary and the visions that opened to the
piooners the visions of 1844 was the sanctuary truth
Through the sanctuary they saw the firm platform the three angel’s messages. They saw that
there was a book of the law the spirit of prophecy in the most holy place… They saw the health
message the pot of Manna. They saw the Sabbath and the Law of God. They saw that the
sanctuary had to be cleansed and for this to happen people were to be victorious over sin.
The victory over sin could be had by righteousness by faith. They saw that judgement started
from the dead. And saw that the dead are truly dead
They then saw once again that after the judgement passes to the living and the day of
atonement comes to an end. The movement of the priest from the holy place to courtyard
Represented Jesus movement from the most holy place in heaven to earth the courtyard and
this was the second coming. The saw all these truths in the sanctuary brethren
And when we say we have the truth we mean: The firm platform and the pillars of our faith

321 | P a g e
KJV Revelation 11: 18 *And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of
the dead, that they should be judged,* and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants
the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great;* and shouldest
*destroy them which destroy the earth.* 19 And *the temple of God was opened in heaven,
and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament:* and there were lightnings, and
voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.
We saw that the central pillar to all the truths we have is the Sanctuary. This opened to their
astonished eyes a complete system of truth
Through the sanctuary the investigative judgement was seen. It was in 1844. God made a new
covenant with his people. By 1888 God wanted To take his people home
*But the devil made war upon the church*
He is afraid for what’s going to happen
By the wedding garment in the parable is represented the pure, spotless character which
Christ's true followers will possess. To the church it is given "that she should be arrayed in
fine linen, clean and white," "not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing." Revelation 19:8;
Ephesians 5:27. The fine linen, says the Scripture, "is the righteousness of saints." Revelation
19:8. It is the righteousness of Christ, His own unblemished character, that through faith is
imparted to all who receive Him as their personal Saviour. {COL 310}
KJV Revelation 19: 6 And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of
many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God
omnipotent reigneth. 7 Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honour to him: *for the marriage
of the Lamb is come,* and *his wife hath made herself ready.* 8 And to her was granted
that she should be arrayed in *fine linen, clean and white*: for the fine linen is the
*righteousness of saints*. 9 And he saith unto me, Write, *Blessed are they which are called
unto the marriage supper of the Lamb*. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of
God. 10 And I fell at his feet to worship him. And he said unto me, See thou do it not: *I am
thy fellowservant*, and of thy brethren that have the *testimony of Jesus:* worship God:
for the testimony of Jesus is the *spirit of prophecy.*
The devil was very much fearful: He was afraid of his life... For is the day of atonement comes
to an end his head should be crushed, the prophecy goes on to say those people who are
invited to the marriage supper of the lamb. Shall be those that comprise the church of God.
Those virgins in Mathew 25 are truly those that have the spirit of prophecy. They are the
seventh day Adventist. It is then that they are also fellow workers with angels
All heaven is bowed low to bless them: But the greatest part of the prophecy is when the wife
or church makes herself ready for the marriage. It is this that is the hope, Christ in us the hope
of Glory. This was supposed to happen shortly after 1863 after the church was organised the
body the church. But in 1888 the brethren denied the message and then we see the war on
the church deepened
In the order of God
Healing and Preaching
Medical and theological
Both go hand in hand, It was the method of Christ

322 | P a g e
 KJV Matthew 9:35 And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their
synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every
disease among the people.
Preaching, Teaching the gospel of the kingdom all went hand in hand with the healing work
KJV Matthew 10:1 And when he had called unto him his twelve disciples, he gave them
*power against unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness and all
manner of disease.* 6 But go rather to the *lost sheep of the house of Israel.* 7 And as ye
go, preach, saying, *The kingdom of heaven is at hand.*
The kingdom of God cannot be preached unless we remove all manner of disease and
sicknesses. Both spiritual and physical diseases, this is the way God designs the work to go. It
is the same as us
We had the publishing work, as well the medical missionary work and the ministerial lines
We shall see the medical missionary work broadening and deepening at every point of its
progress, because of the inflowing of hundreds and thousands of streams, until the whole
earth is covered as the waters cover the sea.MS-32-1901. {PH137 6.2}
You will never be ministers after the gospel order till you show a decided interest in medical
missionary work, the gospel of healing and blessing and strengthening.... - Ev 523.4
The Last Ministerial Work—I wish to tell you that soon there will be no work done in
ministerial lines but medical missionary work. The work of a minister is to minister. Our
ministers are to work on the gospel plan of ministering.... - Ev 523.3
It is because of the directions I have received from the Lord that I have the courage to stand
among you and speak as I do, notwithstanding the way in which you may look at the medical
missionary work. I wish to say that the medical missionary work is God’s work. The Lord wants
every one of His ministers to come into line. Take hold of the medical missionary work, and it
will give you access to the people. Their hearts will be touched as you minister to their
necessities. As you relieve their sufferings, you will find opportunity to speak to them of the
love of Jesus.—Counsels on Health, 533 (1901). - Ev 523.5
So we see even in the Spirit of prophecy it’s the same thing, Preaching is to be combined with
the medical missionary work
Those who claim to be descendants of Abraham have attempted to number Israel, as though
the gift of eternal life belonged to a select few. They would have the benefits of salvation
limited to their own nation. But God has placed every individual of our race under divine favor,
and all are called upon to contribute to God’s glory and to the advancement of his kingdom.
Individuals and nations will be held responsible for the grace of God given them through Jesus
Christ. Christ came eating with publicans and sinners, giving them lessons day by day in his
association with them. Leaving the ninety and nine in the fold, he went out into the wilderness
after the one lost lamb. He said, “I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to
repentance.” And his lesson to Simon was, To whom much is forgiven, the same loveth much.
- YI August 5, 1897
Human selfishness would make a monopoly of the salvation purchased at so great a cost. But
Christ died to offer the gift of eternal life to all, and he sends his messengers that they may
present the truth, the gift of God’s grace, to all. God cannot display the knowledge of his will
and the wonders of his grace unless he has his witnesses among men. It is his plan that those
323 | P a g e
who are partakers of this great salvation through Jesus Christ should be his missionaries,
bodies of light throughout the world, living epistles, known and read of all men. Their faith
and works should testify that they have not received the grace of God in vain. - YI August 5,
1897
In 1844 our great High Priest entered the most holy place of the heavenly sanctuary, to begin
the work of the investigative judgment. The cases of the righteous dead have been passing in
review before God. When that work shall be completed, judgment is to be pronounced upon
the living. How precious, how important are these solemn moments! Each of us has a case
pending in the court of heaven. We are individually to be judged according to the deeds done
in the body. In the typical service, when the work of atonement was performed by the high
priest in the most holy place of the earthly sanctuary, the people were required to afflict their
souls before God, and confess their sins, that they might be atoned for and blotted out. Will
any less be required of us in this antitypical day of atonement, when Christ in the sanctuary
above is pleading in behalf of His people, and the final, irrevocable decision is to be
pronounced upon every case? - 1SM 125.1
What is our condition in this fearful and solemn time? Alas, what pride is prevailing in the
church, what hypocrisy, what deception, what love of dress, frivolity, and amusement, what
desire for the supremacy! All these sins have clouded the mind, so that eternal things have
not been discerned. Shall we not search the Scriptures, that we may know where we are in
this world’s history? Shall we not become intelligent in regard to the work that is being
accomplished for us at this time, and the position that we as sinners should occupy while this
work of atonement is going forward? If we have any regard for our souls’ salvation, we must
make a decided change. We must seek the Lord with true penitence; we must with deep
contrition of soul confess our sins, that they may be blotted out. - 1SM 125.2
We must no longer remain upon the enchanted ground. We are fast approaching the close
of our probation. Let every soul inquire, How do I stand before God? We know not how soon
our names may be taken into the lips of Christ, and our cases be finally decided. What, oh,
what will these decisions be! Shall we be counted with the righteous, or shall we be numbered
with the wicked? - 1SM 125.3
*We are in the great day of atonement*, when our sins are, *by confession and repentance,
to go beforehand to judgment*. God *does not now accept a tame, spiritless testimony from
His ministers*. Such a *testimony would not be present truth*. The message for this time
must be meat in due season to feed the church of God. *But Satan has been seeking gradually
to rob this message of its power*, that the *people may not be prepared to stand in the day
of the Lord*. - 1SM 124.3
Brethren the devil has been seeking *gradually* the devil did not want to to rob this message
of all its power at once, because he knew the people would rise up in defence. But he has
been *gradually* since the inception of the message 1844 to rob this message of its power
The message is the sanctuary message and more specifically the cleansing of the sanctuary
and events connected with it. So how did the devil plan to do this?
We shall see generation by generation the devil was planning to rob this message of its power
first generation of Adventist was from 1844-1888
This was the first generation

324 | P a g e
It had all the truths as given to it by the God through much study and revelation
Recall when the spies went into Canaan to spy and 10 brought an evil report and God said
only the two spies shall enter Canaan well. It was there that God set a limit
None who were in that generation were to enter Canaan
KJV Numbers 14:33 And your children shall wander in the wilderness *forty years, and bear
your whoredoms*, until your carcases be wasted in the wilderness. 34 *After the number of
the days in which ye searched the land, even forty days, each day for a year, shall ye bear
your iniquities, even forty years*, and ye shall know my breach of promise. 35 I the LORD
have said, I will surely do it unto all this *evil congregation,* that are gathered together
against me: in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall die.
Notice the congregation or church of Israel were to wonder forty years. Forty years represents
a generation. But when does a generation become counted as decision makers?
Is there a cut-off point as to the age where one can be counted as part of a generation?
KJV Numbers 32: 10 And the LORD'S anger was kindled the same time, and he sware, saying,
11 *Surely none of the men that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upward*,
shall see the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob; because they have
not wholly followed me: 12 *Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite, and Joshua the
son of Nun: for they have wholly followed the LORD.* 13 And the LORD'S anger was kindled
against Israel, *and he made them wander in the wilderness forty years, until all the
generation*, that had done evil in the sight of the LORD, was consumed.
Notice a generation is 40years: and one becomes counted as part of a generation when they
are 20 years or older. So when God said that generation would not enter Canaan he meant
all those who were 20years and above those who were 19 and below did enter Canaan
So when a generation reaches 20 years they become the next movers and shakers
KJV Numbers 26: 2 Take the sum of all the congregation of the children of Israel, from twenty
years old and upward, throughout their fathers' house, all that are able to go to war in Israel.
Notice if you were 20 years above and above you were able to go to war amen
So when counting generations
KJV Revelation 12: 17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with
the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of
Jesus Christ.
When we talk of this war we shall see them when they are 20 years and above amen. So when
the next generation is to come. They must be 20 years and older before they are movers and
shakers
KJV Numbers 1: 18 And they assembled all the congregation together on the first day of the
second month, and they declared their pedigrees after their families, by the house of their
fathers, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, by their
polls. 20 And the children of Reuben, Israel's eldest son, by their generations, after their
families, by the house of their fathers, according to the number of the names, by their polls,
every male from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war; 22 Of the
children of Simeon, by their generations, after their families, by the house of their fathers,

325 | P a g e
those that were numbered of them, according to the number of the names, by their polls,
every male from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war;
When tribes were numbered they were number from 20 years on upwards
So we have established two things
1- A generation equals 40 years
2- A generation is counted from when they reach 20years old and upward
Okay so by 1844-1888 the first Generation of Adventist were on the scene
from here we see they were at war

Let us count the generations

 1st Generation
 1844-1884
2nd Generation

 1888-1924
 Take on leadership mantle in 1904 (20 years old)
3rd Generation

 1924-1964
 Take on leadership mantle in 1944 (20 years old)
4th Generation

 1964-2004
 Take on leadership mantle in 1984 (20 years old)
5th Generation

 2004-2044
 Take on Leadership mantle in 2024 (20 years old)
Brothers and sisters we shall study this thing; we saw in the type that for generations there
is a limit. God does not allow a generation to go beyond the 4th if they have gone into
apostasy. So brothers and sisters by the 4th Generation it’s so sad to say. We shall be like any

326 | P a g e
other denomination. So God has to do something. God has to take back the reigns into his
hands
We shall see each generation contributed to the apostasy and deepened deeper in apostasy
as the years rolled on
KJV Exodus 20: 4 Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of any
thing that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the
earth: 5 Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them: for I the LORD thy God am
a jealous God, *visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and
fourth generation* of them that hate me; 6 *And shewing mercy unto thousands of them
that love me, and keep my commandments.*
KJV Malachi 3: 6 For I am the LORD, I change not; therefore ye sons of Jacob are not
consumed.
God does not changed
KJV Exodus 33: 11 And the LORD spake unto Moses face to face, as a man speaketh unto his
friend. And he turned again into the camp: but his servant Joshua, the son of Nun, a young
man, departed not out of the tabernacle. 12 And Moses said unto the LORD, See, thou sayest
unto me, Bring up this people: and thou hast not let me know whom thou wilt send with me.
Yet thou hast said, I know thee by name, and thou hast also found grace in my sight. 13 *Now
therefore, I pray thee, if I have found grace in thy sight, shew me now thy way, that I may
know thee, that* I may find grace in thy sight: and consider that this nation is thy people. 14
And he said, My presence shall go with thee, and *I will give thee rest.*
Notice the way of God, God gives us rest. God rested when He has finished the work
So if we have victory over Sin go has given us rest the seal, it means the work of recreating us
in His image is finished
[God] does not ask if we are worthy of His love, but He pours upon us the riches of His love,
to make us worthy. He is not vindictive. He seeks not to punish, but to redeem. Even the
severity which He manifests through His providences is manifested for the salvation of the
wayward....It is true that God "will by no means clear the guilty" (Exodus 34:7), but He would
take away the guilt. {MB 22}
KJV Exodus 34: 5 And the LORD descended in the cloud, and stood with him there, and
*proclaimed the name of the LORD.*
6 And the LORD passed by before him, and proclaimed, The LORD, The LORD God, *merciful
and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth*,
7 Keeping *mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin*, and that will
*by no means clear the guilty*; *visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, and
upon the children's children, unto the third and to the fourth generation*. 8 And Moses
made haste, and bowed his head toward the earth, and worshipped.
Notice it is in the character of God to punish the guilty. This visitation God brings either upon
the third or fourth generation
*This is the limit of God* this is a limit: Why is there a limit? Because iniquity is sin *And the
wages of sin Or the nature of sin is death* So if his people are in iniquity and not repenting

327 | P a g e
Then God has to bring the iniquity to a limit or else the iniquity will bring forth death. So for
us as a remnant if God is to let things be as they are it means the remnant church will die a
natural death since the nature of iniquity is death. So God in his great mercy has to bring forth
the final visitations and judgements upon the guilty. and allow the remnant church to live and
finish the work, Its dreadful
KJV Hebrews 10: 28 *He that despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or three
witnesses:* 29 Of how much sorer punishment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who
hath trodden under foot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant,
*wherewith he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the Spirit of
grace?* 30 *For we know him that hath said, Vengeance belongeth unto me, I will
recompense*, saith the Lord. And again, The Lord shall judge his people. 31 *It is a fearful
thing to fall into the hands of the living God*.
Do we see this, we must see it’s a dreadful thing to be in iniquity
God does not take it likely, and before the fifth generation comes on the scene God has to
send his visitations and punish the sins of Laodicea
KJV Revelation 3: 17 Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need
of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and
naked: 18 I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and
white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not
appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. *19 As many as I love, I
rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent.* 20 Behold, I stand at the door, and
knock: if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with
him, and he with me.
*The 1st Generation was still to be active until 1903 and the second generation to take over
the mantle of leadership in 1904*
The first generation rejected the 1888 message. They rejected the message brethren
But we saw that: What was next
The medical and ministerial work were always to be blended but a change was coming
I have been given light that in many cities it is advisable for a restaurant to be connected with
treatment rooms. The two can co-operate in upholding right principles. In connection with
these it is sometimes advisable to have rooms that will serve as lodgings for the sick. These
establishments will serve as feeders to the sanitariums located in the country and would
better be conducted in rented buildings. We are not to erect in the cities large buildings in
which to care for the sick, because God has plainly indicated that the sick can be better cared
for outside of the cities. In many places it will be necessary to begin sanitarium work in the
cities; but, as much as possible, this work should be transferred to the country as soon as
suitable locations can be secured. - 7T 60.1
Notice how restaurants and small treatment rooms were to be established in the cities and
as the interests were ignited in the people. These were to be reditected to the people in the
country
The indifference with which the *health books have been treated by many is an offense to
God*. To *separate the health work from the great body of the work is not in His order*.

328 | P a g e
Present *truth lies in the work of health reform as verily as in other features of gospel
work*. No one branch, *when separated from others, can be a perfect whole*. - MC 45.1
Notice that to separate the health work from the work of preaching and presenting the gospel
is a great offence in His sight
*Medical missionary work is in no case to be divorced from the gospel ministry*. The Lord
has specified that the *two shall be as closely connected as the arm is with the body*.
Without this union neither part of the work is complete. *The medical missionary work is the
gospel in illustration*. - CH 524.2
to the left is a Picture of J. H. Kellog.
But God did not design that the medical
missionary work should eclipse the work of the
third angel’s message. The arm is not to become
the body. The third angel’s message is the gospel
message for these last days, and in no case is it to
be overshadowed by other interests and made to
appear an unessential consideration. When in our
institutions anything is placed above the third
angel’s message, the gospel is not there the great
leading power. - CH 524.3
The medical and theology were not to be
separated, by after 1888 a changed was coming.
In 1904 the second generation took the mantle of
leadership
And soon in 1908, a man by the name Dr J H Kellogg, who had been much blessed by God was
to fall from grace and by him there was to be a dreadful changed
In the year:
July 24, 1904
Washington Dc
The following was given by Ellen G White
She wrote to the medical missionaries then
I am awakened at eleven o’clock. The representations passing before me are so vivid that I
cannot sleep. The word of the Lord has come to me that there is a decided work to be done
in warning our medical missionaries against the dangers and perils that surround them. - 1SM
193.1
Notice by this date: There were dangers that surrounded the medical missionaries
Okay so the dangers were see by the prophet would you say Amen
The Lord calls upon those connected with our sanitariums to reach a higher standard. No lie
is of the truth. If we follow cunningly devised fables, we unite with the enemy’s forces against
God and Christ. God calls upon those who have been wearing a yoke of human manufacture
to break this yoke, and no longer be the bond servants of men. - 1SM 194.1

329 | P a g e
Notice here
*no lie is of the truth*
Notice what was going on here, a war was on going. This was during the year the same year
when the second generation took over the mantle of leadership
*The battle is on*. Satan and his angels are working with all deceivableness of
unrighteousness. They are untiring in their efforts to draw souls away from the truth, away
from righteousness, to spread ruin throughout the universe. They work with marvelous
industry to furnish a multitude of deceptions to take souls captive. Their efforts are unceasing.
The enemy is ever seeking to lead souls into infidelity and skepticism. *He would do away
with God, and with Christ, who was made flesh and dwelt among us to teach us that in
obedience to God’s will we may be victorious over sin*. - 1SM 194.2
In summary the battle was on? but what was it over? It was to remove Christ so that people
no longer believe in victory over sin. This was the battle
Do we see it. this was the danger that they were in. The medical missionaries who worked at
battle creek sanitarium were in trouble
*Dr J. H. Kellogg had written a book called the
living temple* This book was circulated among
the missionaries. Since J. H. Kellogg was one of
those raised by Ellen White... she helped raise
funds for him and he went and studied became
a doctor. Followed all the councils and thus built
sanitariums and in them they were so successful
Food factories were erected Europe’s kings and
queens flocked battle creek to be healed by him.
But now he had written a book, and due to this
God saw a danger and alerted his prophet to
write
I have been instructed by the heavenly
messenger that *some of the reasoning in the
book Living Temple is unsound,* and that this
reasoning would *lead astray the minds of
those who are not thoroughly established on
the foundation principles of present truth.* It
introduces that which is nought but speculation in regard to the personality of God and where
His presence is. No one on this earth has a right to speculate on this question. The more
fanciful theories are discussed, the less men will know of God and of the truth that sanctifies
the soul. - 1SM 201.3
Okay so some of the reasoning is *unsound* and would lead away from *present truth*
One and another come to me, asking me to explain the positions taken in Living Temple. I
reply, “They are unexplainable.” The sentiments expressed do not give a true knowledge of
God. All through the book are passages of Scripture. These scriptures are brought in in such a
way that error is made to appear as truth. *Erroneous theories are presented in so pleasing
a way that unless care is taken, many will be misled.* - 1SM 202.1

330 | P a g e
Okay so all thru the book were passages of scripture after scripture, but there were many
errors. What’s this living temple?
Well the living temple was a book about pantheism. Pantheism is a belief that God is in
everything
1903 - Crisis begins with Living Temple and the Alpha heresy.
Kellogg prints the book in which he has placed his theories. Ellen White says they are
“spiritualistic” and “akin to pantheism” (Special Testimonies B, No. 6, p. 41). She says these
teachings are the “alpha of deadly heresies” (1SM 200), and that “the Omega would follow in
a little while. I tremble for our people. In Living Temple the assertion is made that God is in
the flower, in the leaf, in the sinner.
But God does not live in the sinner. The Word declares that He abides only in the hearts of
those who love Him and do righteousness. God does not abide in the heart of the sinner; it is
the enemy who abides there.” (Sermons and Talks, Vol. 1, p. 341,343) But Kellogg claims that
his book is in harmony with Ellen White’s writings and can be sustained by statements from
the testimonies. Ellen White tells him he has taken her statements away from their
connection, and interpreted them according to his own mind. “I saw what was coming in, and
I saw that our brethren were blind. They did not realize the danger.” (Sermons and Talks,
vol.1, p. 344)
In a vision, Ellen White sees “a platform, braced by solid timbers—the truths of the Word of
God. Someone high in responsibility in the medical work was directing this man and that man
to loosen the timbers supporting this platform…” (1SM 204)
The dangerous thing is God is also in the common sinner, so this was being very deceptive...
If God is in the common sinner, then we no longer need victory over sin for God already
inhabits us. Also this doctrine did away with the personality Of God and Christ. God and Christ
were no longer personal beings in Heaven people could commune with and pray to... but
rather they were present in all animate and inanimate objects. This was a danger
Through Kellogg the medical missionary work was separated from the gospel work
Many make the mistake into thinking that pantheism was the alpha apostasy But it was just
a vehicle used by Satan to attack the nature of Christ. A vehicle to attack the pillars of our
faith, a vehicle to attack victory over sin.
This meeting at the Tabernacle convened on the evening of November 10, 1907. Elder M.N.
Campbell, the Tabernacle pastor, listed the reasons why it was best that Dr. J.H. Kellogg be
dropped from church membership. Primary among them was his opposition to the Spirit of
Prophecy. Those in attendance at the meeting-about 350 people-well knew the truthfulness
of this point. With but little discussion, it was unanimously voted to drop Dr. Kellogg from
their membership.
350 Seventh-day Adventists, living back in 1907 in Battle Creek, Michigan, unanimously knew
and agreed to the fact, with but little discussion, that John Harvey Kellogg was opposed to the
Spirit of Prophecy. (Alpha of Apostasy p50).

331 | P a g e
The Church stand at the time Kellogg was disfellowshiped
There is another question that is sometimes asked: Should a person be taken into the church
who does not accept Mrs. White as God’s special messenger to the remnant church? We
believe that the Adventist ministry in general would quickly answer, No. How could we answer
otherwise? In view of the fact that such a belief in Mrs. White is one of the articles of faith,
why would anyone wish to belong to our church if he did not accept Mrs. White?
Francis D. Nichol, Why I Believe in Mrs. E. G. White p. 106
Below is a brief account of Kellogg
John Harvey Kellogg, M.D. (1852-1942): In 1875, young John Harvey Kellogg, M.D. (1852-
1942), a graduate of Belleview Hospital Medical School in New York, joined the staff. The next
year, he was appointed medical superintendent. Two years later, a second building was
added, and the name was changed to Medical and Surgical Sanitarium. Gradually, the Battle
Creek Sanitarium achieved an international reputation, as word spread that here was a place
that really healed people, with no undesirable aftereffects.
In 1877, 1884, 1887, 1894, and 1895 more additions were made to the Sanitarium. In 1895,
the American Medical Missionary College was established, with Kellogg as its president.
Adhering closely to Spirit of Prophecy methods of treatment, the Battle Creek Sanitarium
became known worldwide.
In 1891, Dr. David Paulson stopped by to see John Harvey Kellogg, M.D., at the Battle Creek
Sanitarium. Paulson asked a question he had been thinking about for some time. “John, how
is it that you are able to stay five years ahead of the rest of the medical profession?”
Kellogg leaned back in his chair, and the answer he gave was one that Paulson never forgot.
Kellogg replied that, “if something new was advocated, he instantly adopted it if, from his
knowledge of Mrs. White’s writings, it was sound. When other physicians finally accepted it,
after slowly feeling their way, Kellogg had a five-year head start..”—Richard A. Shaefer,
Legacy, p. 60.
Unfortunately, something happened inside Kellogg’s thinking at the turn of the century. He
became extremely proud and began veering away from confidence in Ellen White. By 1900,
the entire complex had over 900 staff and workers. As other Adventist medical institutions
were started elsewhere, Kellogg managed to become head of them. By this time, he was no
longer using “Seventh-day Adventist” in the various names.
In addition, a growing conflict was intensifying between John Kellogg and the leaders of the
General Conference. Just after the turn of the century, by various legal manipulations, he
quietly began working toward gaining legal control of the Battle Creek Sanitarium and the
medical school. Very confident of himself, Kellogg wrote The Living Temple, which taught
pantheism.
Fortunately, Ellen White saved the denomination from that crisis. But by 1908, using legal
manipulations, Dr. J.H. Kellogg managed to wrest control of Battle Creek Sanitarium and the
American Medical College adjacent to it, away from the denomination. His medical school
collapsed in the spring of 1910, never again to reopen.
A grandiose building program in 1927, which included a 15-story tower and an elaborately
decorated lobby and dining room, brought immense debt upon the Battle Creek Sanitarium.

332 | P a g e
Two years later the Wall Street crash occurred; and Kellogg desperately tried to pay off that
debt.
He had to file for bankruptcy in 1933. In 1938, reorganization of the Sanitarium was
attempted under bankruptcy protection; but, failing, in 1942 it was sold to the U.S.
Government. John Harvey Kellogg died on December 14, 1943, in his home in Battle Creek at
the age of 91.
In 1903, A.T. Jones was planning to go to Battle Creek to help Dr. J.H. Kellogg reopen Battle
Creek College and have it conform to requirement standards set by the AMA. Before
departing California for Michigan, Jones stopped by Elmshaven and Ellen White pled with him.
She told him we do not want the stamp—the imprint—of the accrediting agencies on our
people.
“Get out of Battle Creek; for Heaven’s sake get out of Battle Creek! . . All this reaching up
toward a worldly standard is unnecessary. When Christ came into the world as our teacher,
He chose unlearned men as His disciples . . Do not go there . . Let them raise a standard and
require a degree . . He [Christ] would rather work for fishermen
There was another crisis during the same time, the alpha burst upon the scene.
The 1905 Ballenger/Sanctuary Crisis
• Jesus went into the Most Holy Place after cross
• Angels were priests in OT and are priests in heaven
• Animal sacrifices were offered in heavenly sanctuary
• Levitical priesthood not a type but works that earned OT people salvation (salvation
by works)
• Literal Melchisedec is a ‘chief priest’ in heaven. He ministers in Holy Place and Christ
in Most Holy Place
• Atonement was finished at the cross
• Universal justification. Everyone saved
Meeting the crisis.
“There is not truth in the explanations of Scripture that Elder Ballenger and those associated
with him are presenting. The words are right, but misapplied to vindicate error. We must not
give countenance to his reasoning. He is not led of God. . . . I am instructed to say to Elder
Ballenger, Your theories which have multitudes of fine threads, and need so many
explanations, are not truth, and are not to be brought to the flock of God.” --Manuscript 59,
1905
Those who seek to remove the old landmarks are not holding fast; they are not
remembering how they have received and heard. Those who try to bring in theories that
would remove the pillars of our faith concerning the sanctuary or concerning the personality
of God or of Christ are working as blind men. They are seeking to bring in uncertainties, and
to set the people of God adrift, without an anchor. If the theories that Brother Ballenger
presents were received; they would lead many to depart from the faith.--Manuscript 62, 1905

333 | P a g e
--"As the time comes for it (the third angel's message) to be given with greatest power, the
Lord will work through humble instruments, leading the minds of those who consecrate
themselves to service. The laborers will be qualified rather by the unction of the Spirit than
by the training of literary institutions.“ (U. C., p. 606).
God has revealed to me that we are in positive danger of bringing into our educational work
the customs and fashions that prevail in the schools of the world. If teachers are not guarded,
they will place on the necks of their students worldly yokes instead of the yoke of Christ
The plan of the schools we shall establish in these closing years of the message is to be of an
entirely different order from those we have instituted. {CT 532.2}
A Brief Survey of the history of the Protestant denominations shows that their spiritual
downfall in 1844 was the result of their failure "to understand the true science of education."
Their failure to understand and to practice Christian education unfitted them to proclaim to
the world the message of Christ's second coming. The Seventh-day Adventist denomination
was then called into existence to take up the work which the popular churches had failed to
train their missionaries to do.
The Protestant denomination could not give the third angel's message, a reform movement,
which is a warning against the beast and his image, because they were still clinging to those
doctrines and those principles of education which themselves form the beast and his image.
It is important that young Seventh-day Adventists study seriously the causes of the spiritual
decline of these churches in 1844, lest we repeat their history, and be cast aside the Spirit of
God, and thus lose our place in the kingdom.
If Seventh-day Adventist succeed where they failed, we must have a system of education
which repudiates those principles which in themselves develop the beast and his image.
"If worldly influence is to bear sway in our school, then sell it out to worldlings and let them
take entire control. and those who have invested their means in that institution will establish
another school, to be conducted, not upon the plan of the popular schools, nor according to
the desires of principal and teachers, but upon the plan which God has specified... Our college
stands today in a position that God does not approve." (E.No. 31, p. 21).
In the same General Conference Bulletin, pages 115 and 116, is the following statement from
Mrs. E. G. White concerning the location of Battle Creek College: "Some may be stirred by the
transfer of the school from Battle Creek, but they need not be. This move is in accordance
with God's design for the school before the institution was established, but men could not
see how this could be done. There were so many who said the school must be in Battle Creek.
Now we say that it must be somewhere else. The best thing that can be done is to dispose of
the school's buildings here as soon as possible. Begin at once to look for a place where the
school can be conducted on right lines... Get an extensive tract of land, and here begin the
work which I entreated should be commenced before the school was established
here...General Conference Bulletin, pages 115 ,116
Now, as never before, we need to *understand the true science of education*. *if we fail to
understand this, we shall never have a place in the kingdom of God.* "This is life eternal,
that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent" (John
17:3). If this is the price of heaven, shall not our education be conducted on these lines?—
Christian Educator, Aug, 1897. {1MCP 53.2}

334 | P a g e
Notice how Kellogg lead to the wrestling of the medical work from the body of the work. Since
then the church has never had a sanitarium, All we have now are hospitals, Thus it (dnt get
me wrong hospitals have their place in this world, but hospitals can never finish the work,
Sanitariums were to be the means which God could use to finish the work)
We lost the medical missionary work as a church in the 2nd generation
Notice the schools were never to be accredited because they were to be run on the principles
of present truth
Harvard college is not accredited until today. but its work speaks for itself many fight to get
an admittance into the college its working. So the Lord wanted the same from his people
By 1924-1964
We were to go into the third generation
*But the third generation would take on the mantle of leadership by 1944*(when they were
20 years old)
By 1931 the second generation was still having the mantle of leadership
Accreditation seeks approval from the educational governing bodies of the world. And you
teach tour curriculum according to the requirements. Your facilities have to be in line with
the guidelines of the accrediting body. Teacher requirements have to be by the accrediting
body. You become a slave to the world
So by 1931

 Emmanuel Missionary college

 Pacific union college
 Walla Walla college
All were accredited
What happened was Loma Linda college was accredited. So they required the professors
there to have degrees from accredited universities. So our people went to get degrees and
began to teach at our institutions. Then they said you can’t send students to Loma Linda
unless they coming from an accredited school and our secondary schools were then
accredited as well. Then those from Walla Walla and the other universities if they wanted to
upgrade at Loma Linda. they were disallowed until these were also accredited. So by 1931
this virus of the 6th head accreditation had a great influence upon the church (more on the
6th head in redemption and relief work manual)
And our pastors had to get degrees’ masters and PhDs, and this was a danger. The leaders
then saw it
In 1931 Elder J.L. McElhany said "we shall see the day we will rue what we have done"
Elder H.H. Votaw cried aloud. "We are preparing to send our boys to hell in three of our
schools... if accrediting is wrong it is altogether wrong" (referring to Emanuel Missionary
College, Pacific union college, and Walla Walla college where it was initially decided to have
*accreditation*)

335 | P a g e
Brethren the second generation lead out in accrediting our schools and effectively kicked out
the sanitariums. Thus hospitals were the only recognised institution from the accrediting
bodies
The medical missionary work was effectively separated from the great body of the work. What
was left was the ministerial lines only the gospel was left. Notice once we apostatised we
were not going back to make reconciliation for iniquity
Our theologians all were taught the historicist method of bible interpretation!
KJV Isaiah 42: 9 Behold, the former things are come to pass, and new things do I declare:
before they spring forth I tell you of them.
We saw how the pioneers would study prophecy from: Present-past-future fulfilment. Proof
text method. But as the accreditation got hold of our schools, our professors were not
qualified to teach masters and PhD programs. So we sent our people to go get degrees and
masters from worldly universities then they were to head the departments in the church.
Then comes the third generation
By 1937-1949
There was a Man called M. L. Andreasen
He was the Prof of systematic theology
He believed in the Adventist historic
message
He wrote wonderful books and
emphasised such themes as the last
generation will vindicate the character of
God and overcome sin. Which is the same
truths that the pioneers believed
But in 1950 a change came
M. L. Andreasen retired
[1924-1964 was the third generation

336 | P a g e
 Its here a subtle shift was coming
Edward E Heppenstall
Became the professor of systematic
theology at the same Andrews University
the Andreasen headed
He presented the law and the covenants
in the 1952 bible conferences
And he was responsible for the shift in
the understanding of the churches
investigative judgement
This man Heppenstall
Got his EDUCATION as follows:

 Batchelor’s Degree at Emmanuel

Missionary college (Adventist college)
 Master’s degree from University of Michigan
It was on History and Semantics
(Non-Adventist university)

 PhD degree in the field of Religious Education from the university of Southern
California 1951
(Non-Adventist university)

This man came out against the final generation truth as taught by Andreasen. But he still
upheld the “pillars of the faith and doctrines of the pioneers”, But he claimed Christ came in
the nature before the Fall ( basically he believed in original sin- that man cannot overcome
sin)
This he presented at the 1952 bible conferences
This man was teaching the next generation of pastors and thus infecting the church with tares
The devil had to sow tares: below is a summary of what Heppenstall expressed at the bible
conference.

337 | P a g e
338 | P a g e
KJV Matthew 13:24 Another parable put he forth unto them, saying, The kingdom of heaven
is likened unto a man which sowed good seed in his field: 25 *But while men slept, his enemy
came and sowed tares among the wheat, and went his way.* 26 But when the blade was
sprung up, and brought forth fruit, then appeared the tares also. 27 *So the servants of the
householder came and said unto him, Sir, didst not thou sow good seed in thy field? from
whence then hath it tares?*28 He said unto them, An enemy hath done this. The servants
said unto him, Wilt thou then that we go and gather them up? 29 But he said, Nay; lest while
ye gather up the tares, ye root up also the wheat with them. 30 *Let both grow together until
the harvest*: and in the time of harvest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye together first the
tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them: but gather the wheat into my barn.
Notice whilst men slept the enemy got hold of the church or field of God by the accrediting
agencies. The sixth head was still in the world and by it the false education system came into
the church. And thru the accrediting agencies we were to cut off the ministerial lines.
We were preparing for the omega apostasy
Satan Knows Well the Properties of the Mind—For thousands of years Satan has been
experimenting upon the properties of the *human mind*, and he has learned to know it well.
By his subtle workings in these last days, *he is linking the human mind with his own, imbuing
it with his thoughts;* and he is doing this work in so deceptive a manner that those who
accept his guidance know not that they are being led by him at his will. The great deceiver
hopes so to *confuse the minds of men and women that none but his voice will be heard*.—
Letter 244, 1907. (Medical Ministry, 698). - 2MCP 698.3
*By uniting with the world and partaking of its spirit, they come to view matters in nearly
the same light; and when the test is brought, they are prepared to choose the easy, popular
side*. Men of talent and pleasing address, who once rejoiced in the truth, employ their
powers to deceive and mislead souls. They become the most bitter enemies of their former
brethren. - 4SP 426.1
Notice by getting worldly degrees and bringing these into the churches. We began to view
matters in the same light
My message to you is: *No longer consent to listen without protest to the perversion of
truth*. Unmask the pretentious sophistries which, if received, will lead *ministers* and
physicians and *medical missionary workers* to *ignore the truth.* Every one is now to
stand on his guard. God calls upon men and women to take their stand under the blood-
stained banner of Prince Emmanuel. I have been instructed to warn our people; *for many
are in danger of receiving theories and sophistries that undermine the foundation pillars of
the faith*. - 1SM 196.4
Notice as far back as 1904
God had warned us that the sophistries of Satan were such that medical missionaries were to
be bombarded with errors. And next the ministers or ministry would also then be bombarded
with errors.
What would be the result?
“Meet it,” is the word spoken to me. “Meet it firmly, and without delay.” But it is not to be
met by our taking our working forces from the field to investigate doctrines and points of
difference. We have no such investigation to make. In the book Living Temple there is

339 | P a g e
presented the *alpha of deadly heresies*. The omega will follow, and will be received by those
who are not willing to heed the warning God has given. - 1SM 200.1
Notice that the book living temple contained the alpha or beginning of the theories. Which
theories? The theories that undermined the pillars of our faith. The theories that were against
victory over sin
And she then said the omega would soon follow
Finally my son said to me, “Mother, you ought to read at least some parts of the book, that
you may see whether they are in harmony with the light that God has given you.” He sat down
beside me, and together we read the preface, and most of the first chapter, and also
paragraphs in other chapters. As we read, I recognized the very sentiments against which I
had been bidden to speak in warning during the early days of my public labors. When I first
left the State of Maine, it was to go through Vermont and Massachusetts, to bear a testimony
against these sentiments. Living Temple contains the alpha of these theories. I knew that the
omega would follow in a little while; and *I trembled for our people.* I knew that I must warn
our brethren and sisters *not to enter into controversy over the presence and personality of
God.* The statements made in Living Temple in regard to this point are incorrect. The
scripture used to substantiate the doctrine there set forth, is scripture misapplied. - 1SM
203.2
Notice that the personality of God and Jesus were to be the central issue! The battle would
be on over the nature of Christ. That he came in which nature... The real issue would be victory
over sin
*The battle is on*. Satan and his angels are working with all deceivableness of
unrighteousness. They are untiring in their efforts to draw souls away from the truth, away
from righteousness, to spread ruin throughout the universe. They work with marvelous
industry to furnish a multitude of deceptions to take souls captive. Their efforts are unceasing.
The enemy is ever seeking to lead souls into infidelity and skepticism. *He would do away
with God, and with Christ, who was made flesh and dwelt among us to teach us that in
obedience to God’s will we may be victorious over sin*. - 1SM 194.2
In summary the battle was on? But what was it over? It was to remove Christ so that people
no longer believe in victory over sin. This was the battle!
So we see in the beginning
Medical/physicians were united in the gospel work. The alpha apostasy separated the
medical work from the gospel work. The omega apostasy would be of a startling nature. Satan
would lead men thru the omega apostasy to throw down the pillars of our faith. Since the
alpha apostasy did away with the medical work. The omega did away with the message the
ministerial lines were to preach
In a vision of the night I was shown distinctly that these sentiments have been looked upon
by some as the grand truths that are to be brought in and made prominent at the present
time. I was shown a platform, braced by solid timbers—the truths of the Word of God.
Someone high in responsibility in the medical work was directing this man and that man to
loosen the timbers supporting this platform. Then I heard a voice saying, “Where are the
watchmen that ought to be standing on the walls of Zion? Are they asleep? This foundation
was built by the Master Worker, and will stand storm and tempest. Will they permit this man

340 | P a g e
to present doctrines that deny the past experience of the people of God? The time has come
to take decided action.” - 1SM 204.1
Notice that the alpha apostasy was people would come to remove us from the solid platform
the three angels message. This was Kellogg who basically did away with the nature of Christ
and victory over sin
The alpha apostasy removed the medical work. Where no longer were people to be made
whole by the gospel no longer was the medical work part of the gospel.
The Omega Apostasy lets break it down
*The enemy of souls has sought to bring in the supposition that a great reformation was to
take place among Seventh-day Adventists, and that this reformation would consist in giving
up the doctrines which stand as the pillars of our faith, and engaging in a process of
reorganization*.
So the omega was a reformation where all our pillars were to be given up. *Were this
reformation to take place, what would result? *
Below are results of this reformation
*1 The principles of truth that God in His wisdom has given to the remnant church, would be
discarded. *
*2 Our religion would be changed. *
*3 The fundamental principles that have sustained the work for the last fifty years would be
accounted as error. *
*4 A new organization would be established. Books of a new order would be written*.

We shall see by 1957 we wrote new books, new theology

*5 A system of intellectual philosophy would be introduced. *
Accreditation standards met, dependence on human power the 6th head. *This would be a
preterits method of bible interpretation*
*6 The founders of this system would go into the cities, and do a wonderful work. *
Notice the founders of the *new organisation* will begin to do a wonderful work, but
preaching the new theology. The medical missionary work left to languish
*7 The Sabbath of course, would be lightly regarded, as also the God who created it.*
Notice we are here today; the Sabbath is lightly regarded.
*8 Nothing would be allowed to stand in the way of the new movement. *
Notice this apostasy will continue nothing can stay the apostasy. As Peter told the crowd save
yourself from this untoward generation
*The leaders would teach that virtue is better than vice, but God being removed, they would
place their dependence on human power, which, without God, is worthless. Their foundation
would be built on the sand, and storm and tempest would sweep away the structure*.

341 | P a g e
Notice the only thing that would sweep away the new organisation would be the storm, the
final visitations of God upon the founders of this system
Notice by this time there are two systems the wheat and tares. At this point there shall be
wheat and tares, and God will separate the wheat and tears when He comes for the final
visitation
- 1SM 204.2
From the bible and spirit of prophecy the issue of the nature of Christ that Jesus came in the
nature of Adam after the fall. We also saw the same issue of victory over sin
Since 1852-------1952 there are 1200 statements by Pioneers and Spirit of Prophecy. All
explain about the nature of Christ as Jesus coming in the nature of Adam after the fall
Shortly before I sent out the testimonies regarding the efforts of the enemy to undermine the
foundation of our faith through the dissemination of seductive theories, I had read an incident
about a ship in a fog meeting an iceberg. For several nights I slept but little. I seemed to be
bowed down as a cart beneath sheaves. One night a scene was clearly presented before me.
A vessel was upon the waters, in a heavy fog. Suddenly the lookout cried, “Iceberg just
ahead!” There, towering high above the ship, was a gigantic iceberg. An authoritative voice
cried out, “Meet it!” There was not a moment’s hesitation. It was a time for instant action.
The engineer put on full steam, and the man at the wheel steered the ship straight into the
iceberg. With a crash she struck the ice. There was a fearful shock, and the iceberg broke into
many pieces, falling with a noise like thunder to the deck. The passengers were violently
shaken by the force of the collisions, but no lives were lost. The vessel was injured, but not
beyond repair. She rebounded from the contact, trembling from stem to stern, like a living
creature. Then she moved forward on her way. - 1SM 205.3
Notice that the ship of Zion. Had to meet the crisis, The alpha and omega apostasy
Well I knew the meaning of this representation. I had my orders. I had heard the words, like
a voice from our Captain, “Meet it!” I knew what my duty was, and that there was not a
moment to lose. The time for decided action had come. I must without delay obey the
command, “Meet it!”. - 1SM 206.1
That night I was up at one o’clock, writing as fast as my hand could pass over the paper. For
the next few days I worked early and late, preparing for our people the instruction given me
regarding the errors that were coming in among us. - 1SM 206.2
*I have been hoping that there would be a thorough reformation, and that the principles
for which we fought in the early days, and which were brought out in the power of the Holy
Spirit, would be maintained. - 1SM 206.3*
*Many of our people do not realize how firmly the foundation of our faith has been laid*.
My husband, Elder Joseph Bates, Father Pierce, [Older brethren among the pioneers are here
thus reminiscently referred to. “Father Pierce” was Stephen Pierce, who served in ministerial
and administrative work in the early days. “Father Andrews” was Edward Andrews, the father
of J. N. Andrews.—Compilers.] Elder [Hiram] Edson, and others who were keen, noble, and
true, were among those who, after the passing of the time in 1844, searched for the truth as
for hidden treasure. I met with them, and we studied and prayed earnestly. Often we
remained together until late at night, and sometimes through the entire night, praying for
light and studying the Word. Again and again these brethren came together to study the Bible,

342 | P a g e
in order that they might know its meaning, and be prepared to teach it with power. When
they came to the point in their study where they said, “We can do nothing more,” the Spirit
of the Lord would come upon me, I would be taken off in vision, and a clear explanation of
the passages we had been studying would be given me, with instruction as to how we were
to labor and teach effectively. Thus light was given that helped us to understand the scriptures
in regard to Christ, His mission, and His priesthood. A line of truth extending from that time
to the time when we shall enter the city of God, was made plain to me, and I gave to others
the instruction that the Lord had given me. - 1SM 206.4
During this whole time I could not understand the reasoning of the brethren. My mind was
locked, as it were, and I could not comprehend the meaning of the scriptures we were
studying. This was one of the greatest sorrows of my life. I was in this condition of mind until
all the principal points of our faith were made clear to our minds, in harmony with the Word
of God. The brethren knew that when not in vision, I could not understand these matters, and
they accepted as light direct from heaven the revelations given. - 1SM 207.1
For two or three years my mind continued to be locked to an understanding of the Scriptures.
In the course of our labors, my husband and I visited Father Andrews, [See note on page 206.]
who was suffering intensely with inflammatory rheumatism. We prayed for him. I laid my
hands on his head, and said, “Father Andrews, the Lord Jesus maketh thee whole.” He was
healed instantly. He got up, and walked about the room, praising God, and saying, “I never
saw it on this wise before. Angels of God are in this room.” The glory of the Lord was revealed.
Light seemed to shine all through the house, and an angel’s hand was laid upon my head.
From that time to this I have been able to understand the Word of God. - 1SM 207.2
*What influence is it would lead men at this stage of our history to work in an underhand,
powerful way to tear down the foundation of our faith*—the foundation that was laid at
the beginning of our work by prayerful study of the Word and by revelation? *Upon this
foundation we have been building for the past fifty years.* Do you wonder that when I see
the beginning of a work that would remove some of the pillars of our faith, I have something
to say? *I must obey the command, “Meet it!”*... - 1SM 207.3
I must bear the messages of warning that God gives me to bear, and then leave with the Lord
the results. I must now present the matter in all its bearings; for the people of God must not
be despoiled. - 1SM 208.1
We are God’s commandment-keeping people. For the past fifty years every phase of heresy
has been brought to bear upon us, to becloud our minds regarding the teaching of the Word—
especially concerning *the* *ministration of Christ in the heavenly sanctuary, and the
message of* *Heaven for these last days, as given by the angels of the fourteenth chapter of
Revelation.* Messages of every order and kind have been urged upon Seventh-day
Adventists, to take the place of the truth which, point by point, has been sought out by
prayerful study, and testified to by the miracle-working power of the Lord. But the waymarks
which have made us what we are, are to be preserved, and they will be preserved, as God has
signified through His Word and the testimony of His Spirit. He calls upon us to hold firmly,
with the grip of faith, to the fundamental principles that are based upon unquestionable
authority. - 1SM 208.2
“Satan is striving continually to bring in fanciful suppositions in regard to the sanctuary,
degrading the wonderful representations of God and the ministry of Christ for our salvation
into something that suits the carnal mind. He removes its presiding power from the hearts of

343 | P a g e
believers, and supplies its place with fantastic theories invented to make void the truths of
the atonement, and destroy our confidence in the doctrines which we have held sacred since
the third angel’s message was first given. Thus he would rob us of our faith in the very
message that has made us a separate people, and has given character and power to our
work.”—Special Testimonies, Series B, No. 7, pp. 16, 17. - CIHS 10.4
It was in the setting of this pantheistic crisis that Ellen White, attending the General
Conference session of 1905, declared in words significant to us today: - CIHS 11.1
*“In the future, deception of every kind is to arise, and we want solid ground for our feet.
We want solid pillars for the building. Not one pin is to be removed from that which the
Lord has established. The enemy will bring in false theories, such as the doctrine that there
is no sanctuary. This is one of the points on which there will be a departing from the faith.
Where shall we find safety unless it be in the truths that the Lord has been giving for the
last fifty years?”*—Counsels to Writers and Editors, 53. - CIHS 11.2
Notice a change came, Edward Heppenstall
was teaching a new theology. He was paving
way for a new generation of readers who were
not have a full understanding of the message
One time the T. Unruh President of East
Pennyslavia conference in North America, Was
listening to Donald grey Barnhouse
(evangelical) who was Pastor of the Tenth
Presbyterian Church
And Barnhouse is what we would today call
T.D. Jakes or Creflo dollar or Joel Osteen
They were influential evangelicals. Barnhouse was presenting the evangelical version of the
righteousness of Christ, we all know they end at righteousness by faith is just to believe in
God thus all
It is very different from what we believe. So T Unruh so loved this message on the radio and
decided to write Barnhouse a letter 28 Nov 1949. Barnhouse rebuffed T Unruh saying he was
an Adventist and not knowing anything a this time there was great enemity between SDAs
and evangelicals, and in the end T Unruh sent the book steps to Christ by E. G. White to
Barnhouse, and BarnHouse trashed the book in his Magazine Eternity Magazine of which he
was the Editor.
Barnhouse said Ellen White is a “founder of the cult” and in regards to the book Steps to
Christ He said “…half truths introducing satanic error, like a worm on a hook, ‘the first bite is
all worm, the second bite is all hook, That is the way the devil works.’ ”—Unruh, “The
Seventh-day Adventist Evangelical Conferences, 1955-1956,” Adventist Heritage, Vol. 4, No. 2,
1977
The above response made T Unruh very wroth and all further communications were halted,
and years passed before there was any communication between the Adventists and
Evangelicals.
What we must understand is by the 1950s

344 | P a g e
T Unruh and that generation of leaders were so influenced by the new theology that they saw
the evangelical gospel appealing
Many years later a Man by the name Walter
Martin was commissioned to write a book called
Kingdom of the cults
So in this book they wanted to include Jehovah’s
witnesses and other churches including the
seventh day Adventist church
So it was Walter Martin upon reading saw some
of the letter between T Unruh and Barnhouse
So he saw maybe he must meet with the
leadership of SDA and give them a chance to
explain themselves
It was then Martin and Barnhouse met our leaders: below is a brief preview on the evangelical
conferences.
Go through the book. Our Evangelical Earthquake, by Vance Farrell all the things are there
described clearly.
• Walter Martin was a researcher and wrote a book Rise of the Cults which was talking
about Christian churches which are really Satanic (cults) and in there he also wrote
about the Seventh Day Adventist as among the 5 Churches of a similar nature (The
others were Unity, Jehovah’s witness, Mormonism and Christian Science)
• Then Martin in 1954 wanted to write another book, The Kingdom of the Cults, but
since he was friends with Barnhouse, Barnhouse told Martin to write more regarding
SDA and also gave him the letter from T. Unruh.
• Martin wanted to be fair and give the Adventist a chance to voice their concerns “fair”
to the SDAs “this time” and Martin gave a call to T. Unruh so that they should organize
a meeting with the “SDA leadership” so that they can give answers to questions he
had.
• Unruh took the issue to the General Conference where there was Reuben Fighur
(President), Allen Anderson (Head of Ministerial Association of GC), Walter Read (Field
Secretary of GC) and Dr. Leroy Froom (Editor of Ministry magazine, historian, and
research) – This committee would be the one to answer.
March 1955
• The first meeting, they met but were highly suspicious of each others motives, but the
surprising thing was Francis Nichol (Senior Editor of the Review) “was prohibited from
making contact” with Martin (Martin interview, Adventist Currents, July 1983, p. 18).
Nichol was “a strict adhearance of the histroric Adventist beliefs” (traditionalist) and
he wrote the book Ellen White and Her Critics, 1952 and Why I Believe in Mrs. E. G.
White, 1964; and also the leadership were having secret meetings with the
evangelicals and were denying if asked if they were having meetings with the
evangelicals

345 | P a g e
 • Martin and Barnhouse came up with 40 questions regarding the SDA church beliefs
and its position on Ellen G White.
“Martin came armed with a formidable list of definitely hostile and slanted questions, most
of them drawn from well-known critics of Seventh-day Adventists—among them the
inevitable Canright, on to the late defector E.B. Jones.”—L.E. Froom, Movement of Destiny
(1971), p. 478. Froom went to write a response to Martin.
Change in Relations
“The second day will never be forgotten by those who participated in the conferences.
Anderson was present. And as the morning session began Martin announced that, as the
result of the first round of discussion and the reading matter he had been given, he was
admitting that he had been wrong about Seventh-day Adventism on several important
points and had become persuaded that Adventists who believed as did the conferees were
truly born-again Christians and his brethren in Christ. In a dramatic gesture he extended his
hand in fellowship.”—T.E. Unruh, “The Seventh-day Adventist Evangelical Conferences of
1955-1956”
Walter Martin Reports
“Now we learned early on in our discussions that there was a division in Seventh-day
Adventism that had to be recognized. There was a lunatic fringe that believed doctrines that
appalled even the Adventists. And I came in one day with a suitcase, literally a suitcase, full
of publications from Adventist publishing houses.
“Before I opened the suitcase, I said to my brothers on the committee, ‘Do you know that
your denomination teaches these things?’ And I listed them, and they were appalled. I said ‘I
have the mark of the beast,’ and they looked at each other and said, ‘Impossible!’ I said, ‘Well
I have.’ I said, ‘I have been told that by three Adventist publishing houses.’ ‘No!’ [they
answered].
“I said, ‘Yes.’ I said, ‘It gets even worse brothers. It says here in your [non-Spirit of Prophecy]
publications that Jesus didn’t complete the atonement on the cross. It says here in your
publications—and I went down the line on the subject. ‘Impossible!’ [they replied]. “I said,
‘All right, look in the suitcase.’ So I put the suitcase up on the table and spread out about two
hundred documents. And they spent a couple of days going through the documents.
“When they came back, they said, ‘Who would ever have believed that all of this was in
print?’ ‘We certainly have to do something about it immediately.’ I said, ‘Good! —But this is
what is confusing the whole Evangelical world and this is what is confusing the Seventh-day
Adventist denomination. You’ve got to speak with one voice on the great foundations of the
gospel. You’ve got to speak with one voice so the sheep—the people— can hear it. And there
are problems. You must face them.’ They were very responsive, and we entered into work
in earnest.”—Walter Martin, “We Must Help the Adventists Solve Their Problem,” address at
Napa, California, February 22, 1983
Martin and Barnhouse: Eternity Article
“On a second visit he [Martin] was presented with scores of pages of detailed theological
answers to his questions. Immediately it was perceived that the Adventists were
strenuously denying certain doctrinal positions, which had been previously attributed to
them.

346 | P a g e
“As Mr. Martin read their answers he came, for example, upon a statement that they
repudiated absolutely the thought that seventh-day Sabbathkeeping was a basis for
salvation and a denial of any teaching that the keeping of the first day of the week is as yet
considered to be the receiving of the anti-Christian ‘mark of the beast.’
“He pointed out to them that in their bookstore, adjoining the building in which these
meetings were taking place, a certain volume published by them and written by one of their
ministers categorically stated the contrary to what they were now asserting.
The leaders sent for the book, discovered that Mr. Martin was correct, and immediately
brought this fact to the attention of the General Conference Officers, that this situation
might be remedied and such publications be corrected.
“This same procedure was repeated regarding the nature of Christ while in the flesh which
the majority of the denomination has always held to be sinless, holy, and perfect despite
the fact that certain of their writers have occasionally gotten into print with contrary views
completely repugnant to the church at large.
“They further explained to Mr. Martin that they had among their number certain members of
their ‘lunatic fringe’ even as there are similar wild-eyed irresponsibles in every field of
fundamental Christianity. This action of the Seventh-day Adventists was indicative of similar
steps that were taken subsequently.”—Barnhouse, Are Seventh-day Adventists Christians?
Eternity magazine, pp. 6-7.
Barnhouse on SDA doctrine
“. . The latter doctrine [the investigative judgment], to me, is the most colossal,
psychological, face-saving phenomenon in religious history! . .
“The position of the Adventists seems to some of us in certain cases to be a new position;
to them it may be merely the position of the majority group of sane leadership which is
determined to put the brakes on any members who seek to hold views divergent from that
of the responsible leadership of the denomination.
“(1) Notably, the Adventist leadership proclaims that the writings of Ellen G. White, the
great counselor of the Adventist movement, are not on a parity with Scripture.
“(2) While the Adventists keep Saturday as the Sabbath, they specifically repudiate the idea
that Sabbathkeeping is in any way a means of salvation . . It is to my mind, therefore, nothing
more than a human, face-saving idea! It should also be realized that some uninformed
Seventh-day Adventists took this idea and carried it to fantastic literalistic extremes. Mr.
Martin and I heard the Adventist leaders say, flatly, that they repudiate all such extremes.
“Further, they do not believe, as some of their earlier teachers taught, that Jesus’ atoning
work was not completed on Calvary but instead that He was still carrying on a second
ministering work since 1844. This idea is also totally repudiated. They believe that since His
ascension Christ has been ministering the benefits of the atonement which He completed
on Calvary. Since the Sanctuary doctrine is based on the type of the Jewish high priest going
into the Holy of Holies to complete his atoning work, it can be seen that what remains is most
certainly exegetically untenable and theological speculation of a highly imaginative order.”
“. . We personally do not believe that there is even a suspicion of a verse in Scripture to
sustain such a peculiar position, and we further believe that any effort to establish it is stale,
flat, and unprofitable! . .
347 | P a g e
“To sum up, I would say that the differences between other Evangelicals and the Seventh-day
Adventist position are three:
“(1) The unimportant and almost naive doctrine of the ‘investigative judgment.’
“(2) The more serious doctrine of Sabbath keeping, which is not sufficient to bar Seventh-day
Adventists from the fellowship of true Christians but which makes such fellowship very
difficult because of the overtones of legalism that has a tendency to gnaw at the roots of the
truth of sovereign grace to unworthy sinners.
“(3) And, finally, the most serious difference, to me, is their belief in conditional immortality
(i.e., soul-sleeping and the annihilation of the lost).”—“Are Seventh-day Adventists
Christians?” Donald Grey Barnhouse,Eternity, September 1956, pp. 6, 7, 43-45.
Aftermath of the Evangelical conferences:
The General conference committee asked Martin not to list the SDA church in The Kingdom
of the Cults because it has been seen that SDAs are Christians just as evangelicals are christians
• Martin in response said, there was a need for the leaders to voice out their position
to the people, so it can be seen that what they were saying was true:
– They must change “statements” in the Great controversy that show that
Sunday is the Mark of the beast; That the Atonement is still ongoing; Jesus took
the nature of Adam after the fall; etc
– They must remove all SDA books in Adventist book shops which still advocate
the old position of Adventists.
– They must publish a book which shows the official position as discussed in the
evangelical conferences
– When the book published by SDAS, then Martin, will write a book titled The
Truth About Seventh-Day Adventists
The General conference Committee published a book called Seventh-Day Adventists Answer
Questions on Doctrine
• In the book was outlined all the New Theology
• The book was sold to people not of SDA faith “at a subsidized fee”, at times even for
free distribution to non SDAs, but to the SDAs the book was sold at a higher expensive
price ($5) so as to discourage many Adventist from having it.
• The General conference also made (edited) a book called Bible Readings for the Home
Circle so that it must be in agreement with the statements found in Questions on
Doctrines (QOD)
• The General Conference published the book Seventh-Day Adventists Believe where the
new theology is also advocated.
• The General conference sent representatives to the Ellen G. White Estate that they
must ‘edit’ and put side notes ‘side notes’ in the books Ellen White. But the ‘trustee’
of Ellen G. White Estate refused.
• Books written by Andreasen, Nichol, Joe Crews, MacGuire, Wilcox, A.T. Jones, Haskell,
etc, were removed from the ABC and they are nolonger found in the Adventist book
348 | P a g e
 shops, instead we find books by liberals who don’t realy touch on the historic
Adventist beliefs
Compare the Bible and Spirit of prophecy quotes below with a section from the Seventh day
Adventist believe book (27 fundamental beliefs ).
Read the above quotation and compare with the section experience of salvation page 142-
145. Where perfection is said to be “mature, fully grown, fully developed” and the use of the
word perefect “in the Old testament, when used of Humans, the word has a relative sence.
Noah, Abraham and Job were each described as perfect or blameless.”
“in the new testament perfect often describes mature persons who have lived up to the best
available light and attained to the potential of their spiritual, mental and physical powers”
Seventh day Adventist believe Second Edition, 2006. page 142
Not the following statement on page 144 ibid. under the title “The experience of Salvation
and the future”
“Our salvation is finally and fully accomplished when we are either glorified in the resurrection
or translated to heaven.”
Note the following statement on page 145 ibid and in the secne glorification represents the
transformation to happen at the second coming. read under the section “Glorification and
perfection” “some incorrectly believe that the ultimate perfection that glorification will
bring is already available to humans. But of himself, Paul , that dedicated man of God, wrote
near the end of his life Philippians 2 Not as though I had already attained, either were already
perfect: but I follow after, if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended of
Christ Jesus. 13 Brethren, I count not myself to have apprehended: but this one thing I do,
forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are
before, 14 I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.”
The quotation follows on page 145 ibid
“sanctification is a long life process. Perfection now is ours only in Christ, but the ultimate, all-
comprehensive transformation of our lives into the image of God will take place at the Second
Advent.”
The above statements are connected with scripture but they are misrepresentations of the
scriptural meaning. Biblical perfection is simple, Adam and Eve were perfect, sin came and
made the imperfect, and therefore the victory over sin that God has promised is the only thing
that can make man perfect.
1Peter 2:21 For even hereunto were ye called: because Christ also suffered for us, leaving us
an example, that ye should follow his steps:22 Who did no sin, neither was guile found in his
mouth: 23 Who, when he was reviled, reviled not again; when he suffered, he threatened
not; but committed himself to him that judgeth righteously:
Jesus did no sin, He was just like you and me, He partook of the nature of Adam after the fall,
Jesus overcame sin and his life declares that if we tie into Him we can also overcome sin.
The Saviour took upon Himself the infirmities of humanity and lived a sinless life, that men
might have no fear that because of the weakness of human nature they could not
overcome. Christ came to make us "partakers of the divine nature," and His life declares that
humanity, combined with divinity, does not commit sin. {MH 180.5}

349 | P a g e
And Enoch walked with God: and he was not; for God took him. Genesis 5:24. {OHC 278.1}
Enoch's life and character, which were so holy that he was translated to heaven without
seeing death, represent what the lives and characters of all must be, if, like Enoch, they are
to be translated when Christ shall come. His life was what the life of every individual may be
if he closely connects with God. We should remember that Enoch was surrounded with
influences so depraved that God brought a flood of waters on the world to destroy its
inhabitants for their corruption.... {OHC 278.2}
When Christ shall come, our vile bodies are to be changed, and made like His glorious body;
but the vile character will not be made holy then. The transformation of character must take
place before His coming. Our natures must be pure and holy; we must have the mind of Christ,
that He may behold with pleasure His image reflected upon our souls. . . . {OHC 278.3}
Joseph preserved his integrity when surrounded by idolaters in Egypt, in the midst of sin
and blasphemy and corrupting influences. When tempted to turn from the path of virtue, his
answer was, "How can I do this great wickedness, and sin against God?" Genesis 39:9. Enoch,
Joseph, and Daniel depended upon a strength that was infinite. This is the only course of
safety for Christians to pursue in our day. . . . {OHC 278.4}
The lives of these marked men were hid with Christ in God. They were loyal to God amidst
infidelity, pure amidst depravity, devout and fervent when brought in contact with atheism
and idolatry. By faith they gathered to themselves only those properties which are favorable
to the development of pure and holy characters. Thus may it be with us; whatever our
position, however repulsive or fascinating our surroundings, faith can reach above it all and
find the Holy Spirit. {OHC 278.5}
The spirit which Enoch, Joseph, and Daniel possessed, we may have. We may draw from
the same source of strength, and realize the same power of self-control; and the same graces
may shine out in our lives. {OHC 278.6}
Below are some quotations from Ministry Magazine and also the book questions on Doctrine.

Around the same time of the Evangelical conferences:

350 | P a g e
“It would appear that in your numerous conversations with Walter Martin, you have been
insidiously led to compromise the truth, so as to state it in terms acceptable to the popular
Evangelical churches. You have evidently endeavored to give the doctrine of the
atonement ‘a new look’; but it appears as a doubtful, dubious look, and one which our
heavenly Father cannot approve.”—Raymond F. Cottrell, Letter to L.E. Froom, February 23,
1958
“I remember it as if it were yesterday when the QD trio finally told the Review and Herald
editing committee on January 30, 1957, that ‘no more editing would be permitted.’ From
that time forward, the publishing house ‘accepted the manuscript on a text basis,’ that is,
the publishing house would not be providing any editorial oversight, but simply would serve
as a printer and distributor. Thus they would not be held responsible for its content…That
morning in the Commentary office, Raymond Cottrell left the room and returned with a
towel over his left arm and a basin of water in his right. Then each of us on the
Commentary staff took turns washing our hands of anymore input or responsibility for
QD. We didn’t know then the full implications of what we were doing together around that
basin!””—H.E. Douglass, A Fork in the Road, p. 37
Introducing Milian Lauritz Andreasen
• Andreasen was the leading SDA Professor of Theology and the foremost authority on
the Sanctuary doctrine at this time
• When Andreasen heard of the evangelical conferences he began writing letters to
the leaders of the General conference rebuking them of the direction they were
taking. But in the end the Leadership of the Church forbade him from doing so
• In the end Andreasen gave an ‘ultimatum’ to Fighur the General conference
President at the time, that if they would continue with the meetings, ‘he would go
public’, Letters to the Churches.
You may also refer to the compilation of the letters in a book entitled “Letters by M.L.
Andreasen”
“If the officers condone the action of these men, if these men are permitted to author or
approve of the book to be published, I must protest, and shall feel justified by voice or
pen to reveal this conspiracy against God and His people . . It is in your hand to split the
denomination or heal it.”—M.L. Andreasen, June 21,1957, letter to R.R. Figuhr, QDAE, p. xxi
Below are some quotations from the letters Andreasen sent to the leadership
"God spared not His own Son." Romans 8:32. "No child of humanity will ever be called to
live a holy life amid so fierce a conflict with temptation as was our Savior." Desire of Ages, p.
71. "It was necessary for Him to be constantly on guard to preserve His purity." Ibid. A man
may not have cancer, but does that mean that he is immune from it, exempt from it? Not
at all. Next year he may be afflicted with it. Sr. White does not say that Christ
was exempt from passions. She says He did not have passions, did not possess passions,
not that He was immune from them.
“Why did Christ not have passions? Because "the soul must purpose the sinful act before
passion can dominate over reason, or iniquity triumph over conscience." 5T, p. 177. And
Christ did not purpose any sinful act. Not for a moment was there in Him a sinful propensity.
He was pure, holy, undefiled. But this did not mean that He was exempt from temptation or

351 | P a g e
sin. "He could have sinned, He could have fallen." Bible Commentary, V. 5, p. 1128. I am still
puzzled how any one can make Sr. White say that Christ was exempt, when she says just
the opposite, and does not use the word exempt.” (Letters to the Church p78, 79
Andreasen)
Andreasen was living in the Loma Linda area at the time, retired. The brethren cut off his
sustentation [denominational retirement pay] for opposing that book. Finally things became
so tight that he was forced to go to the welfare office [in Riverside, California, close to
Loma Linda] for help. [Back at that time, ministers on denominational sustentation did not
receive Social Security benefits.]
The poor guy asked if they would let him get on welfare. They asked him, ‘Aren’t you an
Adventist minister?’ He was well-known among Adventists generally, and among non-
Adventists in that Loma Linda area. ‘Yes, but they cut me off,’ he replied. So the welfare
people got their lawyer to check what was going on, and pretty soon Andreasen was back
on denominational sustentation again. Vance Ferrell, Evangelical Earthquake p170, 171

Death of Andreasen
“That summer, two former students came to visit him, resolved not to mention his troubles.
The first thing he said was, ‘Well, they’ve suspended my credentials.’ With tears in his eyes
he added, ‘I’ve not left the church. I have no intention of leaving the church.’
“But in spite of his second wife’s devotion in giving him the best possible physical care,
M.L.’s body could not withstand the grief that assailed him, especially during the long
nights. He even wrote letters to God. No longer was he permitted to preach even one
sermon on Sabbath. That his zeal for what he understood to be the Lord’s cause should
have gotten him into this predicament was more than he could take. He developed a
duodenal ulcer that eventually began to hemorrhage. Less than a week before his death,
which occurred on February 19, 1962, he was taken to the hospital. His heart was not strong
enough for surgery.
“His wife sent word to the General Conference president [R.R. Figuhr], who was in the
vicinity at the time, explaining that M.L. wanted to see him. He went, accompanied by the
president of the Pacific Union Conference [R.R. Bietz].
“…M.L. made it plain that although he differed regarding some of the procedures followed
in the handling of his case, he wanted to be at peace with his brethren and with God. He
wanted no animosities. The president responded in kind. Then each prayed. The bitterness
was eliminated. At last the old warrior was ready to leave the whole matter in the Lord’s
care. There were tears of gratitude in his eyes as the visitors left. ‘Now I can die in peace,’
he told his wife.
“On March 1, 1962, the General Conference Committee voted to restore M.L.’s ministerial
credentials and to list his name in the Yearbook along with the other sustentees. But M.L.
never learned of this action; he had already gone to his rest.”—Virginia Steinweg, Without
Fear or Favor, pp. 180-183
Later on a Man by the Name Joe crews, founded the Ministry we now know as AmazingFacts
ministry, it is now run by Dough Batchellor, he has the following things to say. Joes crews
was a very well know evangelist and strong supported of the Spirit of Prophecy.

352 | P a g e
He wrote many books for evangelism and then he began to write three books for the
denomination, enemy at the gate, Enemy within the Gate, Reaping the whirl wind.
Joe Crews Speaks: Reaping the Whirlwind
“Did the death of Christ finish the work of atonement in behalf of the transgressor? No, it
did not. It provided a perfect sacrifice. The offering of the unblemished Lamb was finished
forever, but the final atonement was not completed until the blood had been sprinkled in
the most holy place and the record of sins blotted out. The book of Hebrews proves
beyond question that Jesus returned to the heavenly sanctuary to minister His own blood in
fulfillment of the types carried out in the two apartments on earth. That work is going on
today. What is involved in that work? Why was it needed? How did it excel the work which
was carried out in the earthly sanctuary?
“Chiefly, in this respect, the earthly services could only provide for the forgiveness of sin,
but never for the power to stop sinning. Those offerings of lambs and goats could not make
anyone perfect. “For the law…can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by
year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.” Hebrews 10:1.
Reaping the Whirlwind: Chapter 7
“On the other hand, Paul declared that the true High Priest in the heavenly sanctuary would
remove sins and make people perfect. “For by one offering He hath perfected forever them
that are sanctified.” Hebrews 10:14…
The fact is that there is no intimation in the Bible that anyone should stop certain sins
only, or diminish the amount of other sins he commits. Jesus said to the woman caught in
adultery, “Go and sin no more.” He did not tell her to cut back on the amount of adultery
she was committing. If I believe some sins are impossible to overcome, I certainly will not
waste any time attempting to put them out of my life. Can’t you see how dangerous it is to
conclude that ANY sin cannot be overcome in the strength of the Lord?”
The aftermath
• Andreasen, MacGuire, Cottrell Because of their opposition to what was going on
they were forced to go on an early retirement but after a vote the “motion” was
rescinded and they were not forced to retire early
• Andreasen lost his ‘credentials’ only to have them reinstated after his death. Books
written by Joe Crews were no longer sold in the ABC
“To me, Brother Figuhr, this is the greatest apostasy this denomination has ever faced,
and it will surely divide the people. It is not one or two men who are advocating this
monstrous proposition, but a ‘group’ of General Conference men, plus a number of ‘Bible
students’ with whom they are conferring.”—M.L. Andreasen, July 4, 1957, letter to R.R.
Figuhr, QDAE, p. xxi.
The greatest want of the world is the want of men--men who will not be bought or sold,
men who in their inmost souls are true and honest, men who do not fear to call sin by its
right name, men whose conscience is as true to duty as the needle to the pole, men who
will stand for the right though the heavens fall. {Ed 57.3}
And we hear why Ellen white died

353 | P a g e
“In talking with Elder John Burden shortly before his death, he told me that, during his last
visit with Sister White, she made the statement that God was going to lay her to rest in
order to save her the heartbreaking experience of seeing her message to the church
rejected.”—S.A. Nagel, Newsletter, July 1961
The very last deception of Satan will be to make of none effect the testimony of the Spirit
of God. "Where there is no vision, the people perish" (Proverbs 29:18). Satan will work
ingeniously, in different ways and through different agencies, to unsettle the confidence
of God's remnant people in the true testimony.--1SM 48 (1890).
And in conclusion we see by 1955 the omega has sprung on the scene
A new organization would be established. Books of a new order would be written.
A system of intellectual philosophy would be introduced. The founders of this system would
go into the cities, and do a wonderful work. The Sabbath of course, would be lightly
regarded, as also the God who created it. Nothing would be allowed to stand in the way of
the new movement. The leaders would teach that virtue is better than vice, but God being
removed, they would place their dependence on human power, which, without God, is
worthless. Their foundation would be built on the sand, and storm and tempest would
sweep away the structure. {1SM 204.2}
A Law in Intellectual and Spiritual Worlds—It is a law both of the intellectual and the spiritual
nature that by beholding we become changed. The mind gradually adapts itself to the subjects
upon which it is allowed to dwell. It becomes assimilated to that which it is accustomed to
love and reverence.—The Great Controversy, 555 (1888). - 1MCP 331.1
Brethren by 1957 we gave up all the pillars of our faith, This was the reformation Ellen white
prophesied about, a reformation where we gave up the pillars of our faith. We saw that the
fundamental principles that lead the work in the past 50 years were all error
*And a new organisation was set up, a new theology was setup*
By 1957 there was wheat and tares in the church and two organisations
The old structure and the new structure. We saw how only the final visitations of God would
save the church of God
This is why today we no longer hear evangelistic efforts of 4 weeks, but rather two weeks.
Many go through Adventist institutions from primary up to college level not ever once hearing
about victory over sin nor the pillars of our faith nothing of the firm platform is mentioned
A new system of intellectual philosophy has been created and established
And today we are no longer preaching the gospel of the kingdom: which is victory over sin
embedded in the three angel’s messages
We think finishing the work is baptising thousands, “One member one soul” slogans. We
lower the standard so low that we baptised more and think by doing so we are finishing the
work. To finish the work a people on earth must overcome sin and Jesus can come out of the
most holy place. This has been completely lost sight of
So we have seen from the ministry magazine that, Books of a new order were indeed written
A system of intellectually philosophy was introduced

354 | P a g e
A certain family wrote Barnhouse that their daughter was marrying an Adventist and how the
SDAs were a cult, Barnhouse replied: He and Dr Marti were working to bring Seventh Day
Adventist in harmony with Evangelical Protestantism by actually *changing their doctrines*
and he encouraged the couple with the assurance that He and Mr Martin were succeeding
Thus the principles that God gave in his great wisdom were discarded as error
Donald grey Barnhouse later wrote in Eternity Magazine 1957
Further they do not believe as some of their earlier teachers taught, that Jesus atoning work
was not completed on Calvary, but instead He was carrying on a second ministering work
since 1844. This idea is also totally repudiated. They believe that since his ascension Christ
has been ministering the benefits of the atonement which he completed on the cross
This by 1957 a new organisation was created
The second angel’s message of Revelation 14 was first preached in the summer of 1844, and
it then had a more direct application to the churches of the United States, where the warning
of the judgment had been most widely proclaimed and most generally rejected, and where
the declension in the churches had been most rapid. But the message of the second angel did
not reach its complete fulfillment in 1844. The churches then experienced a moral fall, in
consequence of their refusal of the light of the Advent message; but that fall was not
complete. As they have continued to reject the special truths for this time, they have fallen
lower and lower. Not yet, however, can it be said that “Babylon is fallen, ... because she made
all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.” She has not yet made all nations
do this.... The work of apostasy has not yet reached its culmination. - FLB 285.2
In explaining Daniel 8:14, “Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the
sanctuary be cleansed,” Miller, as has been stated, adopted the generally received view that
the earth is the sanctuary, and he believed that the cleansing of the sanctuary represented
the purification of the earth by fire at the coming of the Lord. When, therefore, he found that
the close of the 2300 days was definitely foretold, he concluded that this revealed the time
of the second advent. His error resulted from accepting the popular view as to what
constitutes the sanctuary. - GC 352.1
In the typical system, which was a shadow of the sacrifice and priesthood of Christ, the
cleansing of the sanctuary was the last service performed by the high priest in the yearly
round of ministration. It was the closing work of the atonement—a removal or putting away
of sin from Israel. It prefigured the closing work in the ministration of our High Priest in
heaven, in the removal or blotting out of the sins of His people, which are registered in the
heavenly records. This service involves a work of investigation, a work of judgment; and it
immediately precedes the coming of Christ in the clouds of heaven with power and great
glory; for when He comes, every case has been decided. Says Jesus: “My reward is with Me,
to give every man according as his work shall be.” Revelation 22:12. It is this work of judgment,
immediately preceding the second advent, that is announced in the first angel’s message of
Revelation 14:7: “Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come.” -
GC 352.2
Those who proclaimed this warning gave the right message at the right time. But as the early
disciples declared, “The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand,“ based on the
prophecy of Daniel 9, while they failed to perceive that the death of the Messiah was foretold
in the same scripture, so Miller and his associates preached the message based on Daniel 8:14

355 | P a g e
and Revelation 14:7, and failed to see that there were still other messages brought to view in
Revelation 14, which were also to be given before the advent of the Lord. As the disciples
were mistaken in regard to the kingdom to be set up at the end of the seventy weeks, so
Adventists were mistaken in regard to the event to take place at the expiration of the 2300
days. In both cases there was an acceptance of, or rather an adherence to, popular errors that
blinded the mind to the truth. Both classes fulfilled the will of God in delivering the message
which He desired to be given, and both, through their own misapprehension of their message,
suffered disappointment. - GC 352.3
Yet God accomplished His own beneficent purpose in permitting the warning of the judgment
to be given just as it was. The great day was at hand, and in His providence the people were
brought to the test of a definite time, in order to reveal to them what was in their hearts. The
message was designed for the testing and purification of the church. They were to be led to
see whether their affections were set upon this world or upon Christ and heaven. They
professed to love the Saviour; now they were to prove their love. Were they ready to
renounce their worldly hopes and ambitions, and welcome with joy the advent of their Lord?
The message was designed to enable them to discern their true spiritual state; it was sent in
mercy to arouse them to seek the Lord with repentance and humiliation. - GC 353.1
The disappointment also, though the result of their own misapprehension of the message
which they gave, was to be overruled for good. It would test the hearts of those who had
professed to receive the warning. In the face of their disappointment would they rashly give
up their experience and cast away their confidence in God’s word? or would they, in prayer
and humility, seek to discern where they had failed to comprehend the significance of the
prophecy? How many had moved from fear, or from impulse and excitement? How many
were halfhearted and unbelieving? Multitudes professed to love the appearing of the Lord.
When called to endure the scoffs and reproach of the world, and the test of delay and
disappointment, would they renounce the faith? Because they did not immediately
understand the dealings of God with them, would they cast aside truths sustained by the
clearest testimony of His word? - GC 353.2
This test would reveal the strength of those who with real faith had obeyed what they
believed to be the teaching of the word and the Spirit of God. It would teach them, as only
such an experience could, the danger of accepting the theories and interpretations of men,
instead of making the Bible its own interpreter. To the children of faith the perplexity and
sorrow resulting from their error would work the needed correction. They would be led to a
closer study of the prophetic word. They would be taught to examine more carefully the
foundation of their faith, and to reject everything, however widely accepted by the Christian
world, that was not founded upon the Scriptures of truth. - GC 354.1
With these believers, as with the first disciples, that which in the hour of trial seemed dark to
their understanding would afterward be made plain. When they should see the “end of the
Lord” they would know that, notwithstanding the trial resulting from their errors, His
purposes of love toward them had been steadily fulfilling. They would learn by a blessed
experience that He is “very pitiful, and of tender mercy;” that all His paths “are mercy and
truth unto such as keep His covenant and His testimonies.” - GC 354.2
*The Saviour took upon Himself the infirmities of humanity and lived a sinless life, that men
might have no fear that because of the weakness of human nature they could not
overcome. Christ came to make us “partakers of the divine nature,” and His life declares
that humanity, combined with divinity, does not commit sin. - MH 180.5*
356 | P a g e
What a marked contrast to the truths that were taught then
By the 1990s General conference session we had so moved away from the truth and could
hardly be recognised as the same church
KJV Revelation 12: 17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war
with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the
testimony of Jesus Christ.
The devil is trying to make war on the church. The devil has sowed tares, but this is still the
Church of God brothers and Sisters
We shall see if God does not strike his visitations this church will be just like any other church
and God cannot allow that to happen
Men Arose: R. F. Cotrell

Below are quotations of what Cottrell believed in

357 | P a g e
What did Desmond ford do?

358 | P a g e
 Among the Adventist doctrines that Dr.
Ford opposes are the sanctuary, 1844,
the investigative judgement, the
remnant church and the role of the
Spirit of Prophecy. In 1979 he publicly
announced that he had not believed
some of these doctrines for the past
35years because he could not reconcile
the writings of Ellen G White with the
book of Hebrews. In 2002, Ford at last
publicly admitted he did not believe in the “creation of the world in six literal days a few
thousand years ago Pg 27
After Dr Ford was dismissed from denominational employment in 1980, a staggering
180ministers left the ministry within the next decade. However most of his followers andy
sympathisers remained in the church. He urged them to do this, so they could use their
influence more effectively to change the church. Many have since enjoyed positions of trust
and responsibility pg 27
As men seek to come into harmony with God, they will find that the offense of the cross has
not ceased.
Principalities and
powers and wicked
spirits in high places are
arrayed against all who
yield obedience to the
law of heaven.
Therefore, so far from
causing grief,
persecution should
bring joy to the
disciples of Christ, for it
is an evidence that they
are following in the
steps of their
Master.{MB 29.3}
KJV Ephesians 6: 12 For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities,
against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness
in high places. 13 Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to
withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand.
We wish to study the war the enemy has waged upon us as seventh day Adventist
The enemy is preparing for his last campaign against the church. He has so concealed himself
from view that many can hardly believe that he exists, much less can they be convinced of his
amazing activity and power.... - Mar 64.2

359 | P a g e
But remember why God raised up this church
God’s purpose in giving the third angel’s message to the world is to prepare a people to
*stand true to Him during the investigative judgment*. This is the purpose for which we
establish and maintain our publishing houses, our schools, our sanitariums, hygienic
restaurants, treatment rooms, and food factories. *This is our purpose in carrying forward
every line of work in the cause*.—Manuscript 154, 1902, 4. (“Instruction to Men in Positions
of Responsibility,” October 24, 1902.) - 1MR 228.2
By the fourth generation the church had completely turned away from this
Our sanitariums have been established for the purpose of preparing a people for the second
coming of our Lord and Saviour. Letter 284, 1906, pp. 2, 3. (To Dr. O. G. Place, August 29,
1906.) - 1MR 228.4
The whole world is the Lord’s vineyard, and He would have every part of it worked. Those
who have been placed as stewards of the Lord’s goods should see that everything is managed
in such a way as to bring the Lord the greatest revenue. A wise steward will not select a few
portions of the vineyard and absorb in them the means which God has intended for the entire
field. He will open the eyes of his understanding to see the necessity of equalizing the work,
that beauty and harmony and solidity may be seen in every part. - 1MR 229.1
The time has come for us to have a decided understanding of what shall be comprehended in
medical missionary work,—what shall go forth by pen or voice to be discredited, and what to
be exalted. As the train of human reasoning is heard, it will be made apparent that the
character must be determined by the inward work of grace upon the heart. If the law of God
is written in the heart, men will prove the excellence of their resolutions. Their conduct will
be after the divine similitude.... - 1MR 230.2
Amen so what did the fourth generation do when they took over the mantle of leadership in
1984
Can you believe the above account by ford? Just like Ezekiel there were more abominations.
1965: Since 1965 Bert Beverly Beach has been the SDA ecumenical liaison with other
denominations.
1968: The Vatican Secretariat for the Christian Unity of the Faith said that Seventh-day
Adventists became regular participants in the Conference (Secretaries of the World
Confessional Families) in 1968. Religious New Service, May 18, 1977.
1970: B. B. Beach became secretary of the Conference of General Secretaries of the Christian
World Communion. [C. MAU, representing the 70 million member Lutheran World Federation
is quoted at the 1990 Gen. Conference in Indianapolis. C. MAU: We have admired your
leadership through the years and think especially of B. B. Beach, who has served as secretary
of the Conference of General Secretaries of the Christian World Communion for more than
20 years. Adventist Review, July,10, 1990.
1973: In 1973, the World Council of Churches (WCC) published a paperback book entitled, So
Much in
Common. This book contained “Documents of Interest in the Conversations Between the
World Council of Churches and the Seventh-day Adventist Church.” One of these
“Documents” outlines the history of the conversations from their inception in

360 | P a g e
1965 through 1969. It will be seen that the events which transpired during these years finally
led to the meeting of the
Conference of Secretaries of the World Confessional Families in Rome, which in turn provided
the setting for the audience which Dr. B. B. Beach had with the Pope as an official
representative of the Seventh-day Adventist Church.
1975: Robert Welsh of the Commission on Faith and Order of the WCC wrote on April 1, 1975
from Geneva, Switzerland: “With regard to Dr. Beach, he is the Secretary of the Annual
Conference of Secretaries of the World Confessional Families. Faith and Order relates to that
conference inaconsultative manner.”
1976: Neal Wilson, President of the North American
Division of SDA, gives this Sworn statement in the Silver-
Tobler legal case involving the Seventh-day Adventist
Church: Although it is true that there was a period in the
life of the Seventh-day Adventist Church when the
denomination took a distinctly anti-Roman Catholic
viewpoint, and the term, hierarchy was used in a
perjorative sense to refer to the papal form of church
governance, that attitude on the Church’s part was
nothing more than a manifestation of widespread anti-
popery among conservative protestant denominations in
the early part of this century and the latter part of the last, and which has now been assigned
to the historical trash heap so far as the Seventh-day Adventist Church is concerned. Merikay
McLeod lawsuit (P. 4, footnote #2, Docket Entry #84: EEOC vs PPPA C-74-2025 CBR). Sworn
statement dated Feb.6, 1976.
Further in the same brief: While, however, Adventist doctrine continues to teach that church
government by one man is contrary to the Word of God, it is not good Seventh-day Adventism
to express… an aversion to Roman Catholicism as such. (p. 30)
“It is a backsliding church that lessens the distance between itself and the papacy.” Ellen
White, Signs, Feb. 19, 1894.
1977: B. B. Beach writes: “The bodies represented there [at the Conference of World
Communions]15 world organizations such as the Lutheran World Federation, the Baptist
World Alliance, the World Methodist Council, the World Reformed Alliance, the Roman
Catholic Church, the Salvation Army, and the Anglican Consultative Council.
I have been representing our church at this meeting for 9 years now and our involvement
consists simply in attending the meeting and participating in the discussions and exchange of
information. For the past few years I have served as Secretary of the Conference (this means
that I am responsible for preparing the agenda and handling the minutes or report of the
Conference). There is no useful purpose in giving any publicity to this fact, but I do mention
it for your information. Since this year’s meeting [1977] was held in Rome, it was felt that it
might be appropriate to have a meeting with the Pope, who is the head of Vatican State and
the religious leader of well over 500 million people in the world.” (Letter to Pastor A. G. Brito,
dated, Nov. 15, 1977)
MAY 18, 1977: On Wednesday, the 18th of May, Pope Paul received in separate audience
participants of the Secretarial Conference of the United Church World.
361 | P a g e
B. B. Beach has a private audience with Pope Paul VI in the Vatican and presents him with
gold medallion confirming friend-ship of the SDA Church with the Vatican. RH, Aug 11, 1977.
THE POPE’S GREETING: Under the title, “Seeking the Objectives of Complete Unity”, a Catholic
newspaper
reported this: “After the general audience of Wednesday, the 18th inst., the Holy Father
received the participants of the Conference of Secretaries of World Confessional Families.
The group was accompanied by Bishop John Howe, General Secretary of the Anglican
Consultative Council, and Mr. B. B. Beach, General Secretary of the Seventh-day Adventists.
This was the first time that representatives of the Seventh-day Adventists met the Pope. To
commemorate this significant moment, they offered an artistic gold medal to the Holy Father.
The Holy Father directed the following discourse to them:
Dear brethren in Christ: We rejoice to be able to receive such an important group today, and
we welcome you to Peter’s See. In you we greet the representatives of a considerable portion
of the Christian people, and through you we send our wishes of grace and peace in the Lord
to your Confessional Families. [Beach represented the whole church!]
We are happy to express, in your presence, our common faith in Jesus Christ, the Son of God
[the Christ in immaculate flesh], the only Mediator with the Father, the Saviour of the world.
Yes, brethren, together with the Apostle Peter, we proclaim that Neither is there salvation in
any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must
be saved. Acts 4:12.
On her part, the Catholic Church is solemnly engaged, through Vatican Council II, in an
ecumenism based on increased fidelity to Christ the Lord and on heart conversion. At the
same time, she is conscious that nothing is more alien to ecumenism than that false irenicism
[methods of securing unity among Christians or harmony and union among the churches; -
called also Irenical theology] that would harm the Catholic doctrine and obscure its genuine
and precise meaning.
Reinforced by the power of the word of God, let us therefore pursue, despite all difficulties,
the objective of full unity in Christ and in the Church.
And, with humbleness and love, let us direct our thoughts and our hopes to our Lord Jesus
Christ. Glory be given to Him, as well as to the Father and to the Holy Spirit, for ever and ever.”
Osservatore Romano (Catholic paper, Portuguese edition), May 29, 1977.
[The Pope here recognizes the full import and significance of a “corporate” entity. He was
saying that through the representative of the Seventh-day Adventist Church, there present,
he was receiving every Seventh-day Adventist, and via that representative, he was sending
greetings of grace and peace to each. Thus every member of the Church received a greeting
from the Pope, scripturally, “the man of sin”—the antichrist! AND, not only that, every
member of the church gave through their representative a gold plated medallion to the Pope!
See next article.]
B.B. BEACH’S RESPONSE: Another Catholic newspaper reported this: “The Conference of
Secretaries of World Confessional Families was organized twenty years ago, and its founder
was the First Secretary of the Anglican Advisory Council, Bishop John
Howe. The present Secretary of the Conference and at the same time the First Secretary of
the Seventh-day Adventist Church, Mr.
362 | P a g e
Beach, made a statement at the Vatican Radio emphasizing the importance of this first
meeting of Adventists with the Pope. Word for word, this is what he said: “It was a great
honor for me, as the Secretary of the Conference, to be present here in Rome, in audience
with the Holy Father. On this occasion I presented to the Pope a book about the world-wide
work of the Adventist Church.” Glas Koncila (Catholic paper in Yugoslavia), June 5, 1977.
B. B. Beach, a Seventh-day Adventist, representing the Seventh-day Adventist church, in an
interview over Vatican radio used the term “Holy Father” in referring to the Pope, the
representative of the beast of Rev. 13 and 14!
In the Vatican Radio interviews, two officers of the Conference of Secretaries of the World
Confessional Families, expressed satisfaction with the Rome meeting. Bishop John Howe,
secretary general of the Anglican Consultative Council, who is president of the Conference,
said “It was a brotherly discussion, we have been able to decide how we shall work together
more with the
World Council of Churches in understanding the ecumenical role that all of us have.“
Bert Beach said that it had been a pleasure to be able to attend the Conference meeting in
Rome, and that the meeting
had provided a good opportunity for reflecting on ‘the work that has been accomplished’ by
the Conference since its founding.
A GOLD MEDAL PRESENTED TO THE POPE (THE MAN OF SIN)
Beach presented the Pope with a conference-issued gold medal. The 8-11-77 Review said it
was a “symbol of the Seventh-day Adventist church.” It was felt that it was of interest to meet
with the man who is the religious leader of some 700 million people….[Beach] gave him one
of the medallions that…are given from time to time to statesmen.

Notice next what happened in 1990

363 | P a g e
Soon after 1984 when the 4th generation took over the mantle of leadership
At the 1990 General conference session in Indianapolis, *a catholic priest spoke and prayed
from the pulpit* the conference communications director told a local newspaper that:
*we nolonger believe what we did a hundred years ago concerning the comments in the
Great Controversy about the papacy*
Someone had passed out a small tract of inserts from the great controversy at the Indianapolis
sessions
Shirley Burton, a spokesperson for the denomination, told the Indianapolis Star Daily
newspaper the *TRACT WAS TRASH*
The main body of the church has moved away from an Anti-Christ position. The new position
of co-operation with the catholic church was exemplified by the invitation from the *seventh
day Adventist to the Vatican to send an official observer to the conference*
1990 - At the General Conference Session in Indianapolis, a Catholic priest spoke and prayed
from the pulpit. The conference communications director told a local newspaper that we no
longer believe what we did a hundred years ago concerning comments in the Great
Controversy about the papacy.
A condensation of "The Great Controversy" was handed out in Indianapolis. "Shirley Burton,
a spokesperson for the denomination, told the Indianapolis Star Daily newspaper the tract
was 'trash.'...The main body of the Church has moved away from an anti-Catholic position.
The new position of co-operation with the Catholic Church was exemplified by the invitation
from the Seventh-day Adventists to the Vatican to send an official observer to the
conference." Arkansas Catholic 7-29-90.
The following are further comments found in The Indianapolis Star, July 14, 1990, "Though
Adventist officials conceded the history of the denomination has an anti-Catholic bent, they
said the modern church is trying to move from that stance. 'They (the dissidents) want us to
be like we were 100 years ago.' said Herbert Ford, news director for the 6.2 million-member
church. 'But, the church has to move not away from the eternal principles of God, but things
do have to change. 'These people are a thorn in the flesh, but the church tolerates them.
United States in Prophecy [Great Controversy] which was sponsored by Adventist Layworkers
Affiliate of Tennessee, calls Catholicism a pagan religion and refers to the pope as a beast.
Adventists who want to cling to the church's historic anti-Catholic beliefs represent only about
1,000 in the North American division of 750,000 members,
Notice the stupendous events that happened in 1995

364 | P a g e
*A company was presented before me under the name of Seventh-day Adventists*, who
were advising that the *banner or sign which makes us a distinctive people should not be held
out so strikingly*; for they claimed it was not the best policy in securing success to our
institutions. This distinctive banner is to be borne through the world to the close of probation.
In describing the remnant people of God, John says, “Here is the patience of the saints: here
are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus” (Revelation 14:12). This
is the law and the gospel. - 2SM 385.2
Notice here Ellen White saw that a time would come when the people who were leading us..
would wish that we change the Logo saying its too distinct
In describing the remnant people of God, John says, “Here is the patience of the saints: here
are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus” (Revelation 14:12). This
is the law and the gospel. The world and the churches are uniting in harmony in transgressing
the law of God, in tearing away God’s memorial, and in exalting a sabbath that bears the
signature of the man of sin. But the Sabbath of the Lord thy God is to be a sign to show the
difference between the obedient and the disobedient. I saw some reaching out their hands
to remove the banner, and to obscure its significance.... - 2SM 385.2
Notice that these people would be instrumental in changing our Church

365 | P a g e
*I was told that men will employ every policy to make less prominent the difference
between the faith of Seventh-day Adventists and those who observe the first day of the
week.* In this controversy the whole world will be engaged, and the time is short. *This is no
time to haul down our colors.* - 2SM 385.1
1995 – G.C World Session in Utrecht, Netherlands. The Vatican flag is carried through
the meeting hall in a singular fashion amidst an unusually loud ovation. “...the
Pope and I descended from the same Father, that makes us brothers who should not go
around making personal attacks on each other.... differences, no matter how legitimate,
would not justify the alienation of a member of the family....After all, the Pope and I are
brothers.” Columbia Union Visitor, June 1, 1995, quoting Mitchell Tyner, the associate
general counsel for the General Conference.

Notice here that the people who lead us will wish that there be no difference between us
and those who worship on Sunday. They will wish to change our colours or logo
In 1995 the leadership of this Church turned their back on the truth. All that was represented
by the logo of the three angels messages was denied
We nolonger believed in the firm platform

 1st angels message

 2nd angels message
 3rd angels message
We nolonger believed the pillars of our faith

 Second coming tied into

 Victory over sin
 Righteousness by faith
 Sanctuary
 Sabbath (lightly regarded)
 State of the dead
 Spirit of Prophecy
We nolonger believed in preparing for Jesus coming. We believe we going to be sinning until
Jesus comes. We nolonger believe we need to observe the Sabbath all we do is just go to
church. We don’t respect and nolonger require believe in the spirit of prophecy essential for
baptism. We threw out all the truths! and by this our leaders turned their backs towards the
Most Holy place
More than this, the pope has been given the very titles of Deity. He has been
styled “Lord God the Pope”, and has been declared infallible. He demands the homage of
all men. The same claim urged by Satan in the wilderness of temptation is still urged by
him through the Church of Rome, and vast numbers are ready to yield him homage. But
those who fear and reverence God meet this heavendaring assumption as Christ met
the solicitations of the wily foe: “Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only
shalt thou serve.” Luke 4:8. God has never given a hint in His word that He has
appointed any man to be the head of the church. The doctrine of papal supremacy is
directly opposed to the teachings of the Scriptures. The pope can have no power over
Christ’s church except by usurpation.” Great Controversy 51, 52.

366 | P a g e
 The pope is not regarded by God as anything more than a man who is acting out in
our world the character of the man of sin, representing in his claims that power and
authority which Satan claimed in the heaven-ly courts. Manuscript Releases, Vol. 5, p.102.

Notice by the year 2000, we were so deep in apostacy that the Adventist review put a picture
of the Pope with his friend an Adventist.
In 2016
Ganoune Diop is the Director
of Public Affairs and Religious
liberty for the SDA church… he

was at ecumenical meeting,

where the pope was present/

Below is a connection between Beach and Diop.

367 | P a g e
We learn the startling fact that “For decades, the Secretary General of the annual conference
of secretaries of the Christian World communions have been Seventh day Adventist. Dr Bert
B. Beach was in office from 1970-2003, and Dr John Graz from 2003-2014” thus from 2014.
G. Diop was voted the new Secretary General of the Christian world communions. This is
where we are as a people.
Diop had this to say,

368 | P a g e
KJV Ezekiel 8: 15 Then said he unto me, Hast thou seen this, O son of man? turn thee yet
again, and thou shalt see greater abominations than these. 16 And he brought me into the
inner court of the LORD'S house, and, behold, at the door of the temple of the LORD, between
the porch and the altar, were about five and twenty men, with their backs toward the temple
of the LORD, and their faces toward the east; and they worshipped the sun toward the east.
17 Then he said unto me, Hast thou seen this, O son of man? Is it a light thing to the house of
Judah that they commit the abominations which they commit here? for they have filled the
land with violence, and have returned to provoke me to anger: and, lo, they put the branch
to their nose. 18 Therefore will I also deal in fury: mine eye shall not spare, neither will I have
pity: and though they cry in mine ears with a loud voice, yet will I not hear them.
By 1995 we came to this point: Our leadership and the church and its members turned their
backs against the firm platform as well as the pillars..and were now worshiping towards the
east.
In Ezekiel 8 the men are standing between the porch which are the posts into the holy place
The alter is the altar of burnt offering
So in Ezekiel’s vision its anti-type is 1995. When the church fully turned its back from the
truth. In the east what would they see. They would see
A flickering flame from the burning alter ( which represents the state of the dead, a fat
offering, the fat was burnt on the alter and smoke would arise. So too here they would still
emphasise the state of the dead the flickering flame)

369 | P a g e
And also symbolically see the cross. That is where Jesus died, And this is the very same stuff
that is in the logo. Then you would see the door, they will still emphasise a need to accept
Jesus as the means to salvation. But if they are facing the east then the sun would arise
And they would eventually worship the Sun god Baal or go on and keep Sunday. This the exact
this that will happen to this church as we shall see. By the Fourth Generation we have reached
a point of no remedy in 1995. If we turn our backs towards the truth there is no remedy for
that. The truth us in the sanctuary
Scorning the unusual privileges granted him, Judah’s king willfully followed a way of his own
choosing....Within a few years he closed his disastrous reign in ignominy, rejected of Heaven,
unloved by his people, and despised by the rulers of Babylon whose confidence he had
betrayed—and all as the result of his fatal mistake in turning from the purpose of God as
revealed through His appointed messenger. {PK 438}
KJV 2 Chronicles 36: 15 And the LORD God of their fathers sent to them by his messengers,
rising up betimes, and sending; because he had compassion on his people, and on his dwelling
place: 16 But they mocked the messengers of God, and despised his words, and misused his
prophets, until the wrath of the LORD arose against his people, *till there was no remedy.*
Brothers and sisters, we saw how M. L. Andreasen came out full force in 1957 to see that the
church was still be in truth but all messengers God sent they were treated with Spite. And we
see in 1995 we reached a point of No remedy. Instead we are commmiting all the
abominations of the heathens.

The North American Division of the

Seventh-day Adventist Church
proposed a “Statement on Human
Sexuality” at its year-end meeting on
Oct. 29. After more than two hours of
discussion, several revisions were
incorporated into the statement, and the
statement was approved on Nov. 2 by a
vote of 74-17.
“Practical and compassionate
theology,” one executive committee
member said in describing the
statement.
The document says the Adventist
Church in North America seeks to
“follow the model of Jesus” and offer “unconditional love and compassion to everyone.”

370 | P a g e
And when we reach this point what happens?
KJV Psalms 74: 3 Lift up thy feet unto the perpetual desolations; even all that *the enemy
hath done wickedly in the sanctuary.* 4 Thine enemies roar in the midst of thy
congregations; *they set up their ensigns for signs.*
Notice by 1995 the enemy had set up ensigns his logo in the church
KJV Psalms 74: 7 *They have cast fire into thy sanctuary*, they have defiled by casting down
the dwelling place of thy name to the ground. 8 They said in their hearts, Let us destroy them
together: they have burned up all the synagogues of God in the land. 9 We see not our signs:
there is no more any prophet: *neither is there among us any that knoweth how long*.
Notice that they cast fire a logo with a flickering flame. Notice due to this the people have lost
the vision. No one knows how long. eople don’t know the time. The vision of 2300 days is lost
And people shaking hands with the pope the enemy
KJV Psalms 74: 10 *O God, how long shall the adversary reproach? shall the enemy blaspheme
thy name for ever?*
Notice after 1995 how long was this to continue. What was God going to do after 1995
In the time of the end the people of God will sigh and cry for the abominations done in the
land. With tears they will warn the wicked of their danger in trampling upon the divine law,
and with unutterable sorrow they will humble themselves before the Lord in penitence. The
wicked will mock their sorrow and ridicule their solemn appeals. But the anguish and

371 | P a g e
humiliation of God's people is unmistakable evidence that they are regaining the strength and
nobility of character lost in consequence of sin. It is because they are drawing nearer to Christ,
because their eyes are fixed on His perfect purity, that they discern so clearly the exceeding
sinfulness of sin. Meekness and lowliness are the conditions of success and victory. A crown
of glory awaits those who bow at the foot of the cross.{PK 590.2}
Notice the glory of God was lifted and dwelt on the thresh hold, the entrance to the Holy
Place. By 1995 God chose others to do the work
KJV Ezekiel 9:1 He cried also in mine ears with a loud voice, saying, Cause them that have
charge over the city to draw near, even every man with his destroying weapon in his hand. 2
And, behold, six men came from the way of the higher gate, which lieth toward the north,
and every man a slaughter weapon in his hand; and one man among them was clothed with
linen, with a writer's inkhorn by his side: and they went in, and stood beside the brasen altar.
3 *And the glory of the God of Israel was gone up from the cherub, whereupon he was, to the
threshold of the house. And he called to the man clothed with linen, which had the writer's
inkhorn by his side*;
By 1957 there were two structures
1 The new theology
2 those who subscribe to the historic Adventism
By 1995 God chose not to work any longer with the leadership. Those who were denying the
truths God chose to nolonger work with them. But he chose others
The mark of deliverance has been set upon those "that sigh and that cry for all the
abominations that be done." Now the angel of death goes forth, represented in Ezekiel's
vision by the men with the slaughtering weapons, to whom the command is given: "Slay
utterly old and young, both maids, and little children, and women: but come not near any
man upon whom is the mark; and begin at My sanctuary." Says the prophet: "They began at
the ancient men which were before the house." Ezekiel 9:1-6. The work of destruction begins
among those who have professed to be the spiritual guardians of the people. The false
watchmen are the first to fall. There are none to pity or to spare. Men, women, maidens, and
little children perish together.{GC 656.2}
KJV Ezekiel 9: 5 And to the others he said in mine hearing, Go ye after him through the city,
and smite: let not your eye spare, neither have ye pity: 6 Slay utterly old and young, both
maids, and little children, and women: but come not near any man upon whom is the mark;
and begin at my sanctuary. Then they began at the ancient men which were before the house.
7 And he said unto them, Defile the house, and fill the courts with the slain: go ye forth. And
they went forth, and slew in the city. 8 And it came to pass, while they were slaying them, and
I was left, that I fell upon my face, and cried, and said, Ah Lord GOD! wilt thou destroy all the
residue of Israel in thy pouring out of thy fury upon Jerusalem? 9 Then said he unto me, The
iniquity of the house of Israel and Judah is exceeding great, and the land is full of blood, and
the city full of perverseness: for they say, The LORD hath forsaken the earth, and the LORD
seeth not. 10 And as for me also, mine eye shall not spare, neither will I have pity, but I will
recompense their way upon their head.
Notice after 1995, God is to visit his people for their iniquities.

372 | P a g e
God has to visit the iniquities upon this church. And this is what is represented by the writer
and the ink horn. We shall see that this shall be the passing of the national Sunday law, when
the faithful overcome the final test and are sealed.
KJV Ezekiel 9:8 And it came to pass, while they were slaying them, and I was left, that I fell
upon my face, and cried, and said, Ah Lord GOD! wilt thou destroy all the residue of Israel in
thy pouring out of thy fury upon Jerusalem?
Notice that Ezekiel cried as the great majority were involved in sun worship. So too at the end
the majority will keep Sunday. All the abominations of the Heaven have entered. We have
another Jesus or Tammuz where we teach Jesus came in the Nature of Adam before the fall,
and this prepares people to receive the mark of the beast enforced Sunday worship, because
the people believe they cannot obtain victory over sin, therefore donot plead and agonise for
it
KJV Ezekiel 11: 22 Then did the cherubims lift up their wings, and the wheels beside them;
and the glory of the God of Israel was over them above. 23 And the glory of the LORD went
up from the midst of the city, and stood upon the mountain which is on the east side of the
city.
Notice the glory of God went up on the east mountain which is Mt olive. Jesus did the same
thing
KJV Matthew 23: 37 O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them
which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a
hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! 38 Behold, your house is left
unto you desolate. 39 For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say,
Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.
Notice Jesus who was the glory of Israel
KJV Haggai 2: 7 And I will shake all nations, and the desire of all nations shall come: and I will
fill this house with glory, saith the LORD of hosts. 9 The glory of this latter house shall be
greater than of the former, saith the LORD of hosts: and in this place will I give peace, saith
the LORD of hosts.
Jesus the glory of God went up from the temple and dwelt on Mt Olivet
The ruin of Jerusalem was a symbol of the final ruin that shall overwhelm the world. The
prophecies that received a partial fulfillment in the overthrow of Jerusalem have a more direct
application to the last days. We are now standing on the threshold of great and solemn
events. A crisis is before us, such as the world has never witnessed. {MB 120,121}
KJV Matthew 24: 2 And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? verily I say unto
you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. 3
And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us,
when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the
world?
Jesus chose the disciples amen
The leaders in the Jewish nation had signally failed of fulfilling God’s purpose for His chosen
people. Those whom the Lord had made the depositaries of truth had proved unfaithful to
their trust, and God chose others to do His work. In their blindness these leaders now gave

373 | P a g e
full sway to what they called righteous indignation against the ones who were setting aside
their cherished doctrines. They would not admit even the possibility that they themselves did
not rightly understand the word, or that they had misinterpreted or misapplied the Scriptures.
They acted like men who had lost their reason. What right have these teachers, they said,
some of them mere fishermen, to present ideas contrary to the doctrines that we have taught
the people? Being determined to suppress the teaching of these ideas, they imprisoned those
who were presenting them. - AA 78.3
1995 lines up with the crucifixion of Jesus, Jesus the truth was crucified in 31 AD, The
sanctuary truth was crucified in 1995
And God has chosen others to do the work... below is type and antitype
31 A.D. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------34 A.D.
The leaders in the Jewish nation had signally failed of fulfilling
God's purpose for His chosen people. Those whom the Lord
had made the depositaries of truth had proved unfaithful to
their trust, and God chose others to do His work. In their
blindness these leaders now gave full sway to what they called
righteous indignation against the ones who were setting aside
their cherished doctrines. They would not admit even the
possibility that they themselves did not rightly understand the
word, or that they had misinterpreted or misapplied the
Scriptures. They acted like men who had lost their reason.
What right have these teachers, they said, some of them mere
fishermen, to present ideas contrary to the doctrines that we
have taught the people? Being determined to suppress the
teaching of these ideas, they imprisoned those who were
presenting them. {AA 78.3}
1995---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------National Sunday law
And we see that the visitations were spoke of by Jesus as well
KJV Matthew 24: 15 When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by
Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:)
The destruction of the temple in 70 AD. So both times the glory of God was removed Or when
God chose others destruction followers. Is it the same for the remnant church?
What will happen?
*A new organization would be established. Books of a new order would be written*. A
system of intellectual philosophy would be introduced. The founders of this system would go
into the cities, and do a wonderful work. The Sabbath of course, would be lightly regarded, as
also the God who created it. Nothing would be allowed to stand in the way of the new
movement. The leaders would teach that virtue is better than vice, but God being removed,
they would place their dependence on human power, which, without God, is worthless.
*Their foundation would be built on the sand, and storm and tempest would sweep away
the structure.* - 1SM 204.2
Notice the final visitations of God shall be a storm

374 | P a g e
You mean to say God shall allow a national sunday law to sweep away the tares from his
church?
As the storm approaches, a large class who have professed faith in the third angel’s message,
but have not been sanctified through obedience to the truth, abandon their position and join
the ranks of the opposition. By uniting with the world and partaking of its spirit, they have
come to view matters in nearly the same light; and when the test is brought, they are
prepared to choose the easy, popular side. - GC 608.2
God will allow the national Sunday law to pass
Character is revealed by a crisis. When the earnest voice proclaimed at midnight, “Behold,
the bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet him,” the sleeping virgins roused from their
slumbers, and it was seen who had made preparation for the event. Both parties were taken
unawares, but one was prepared for the emergency, and the other was found without
preparation. Character is revealed by circumstances. Emergencies bring out the true metal of
character. Some sudden and unlooked-for calamity, bereavement, or crisis, some unexpected
sickness or anguish, something that brings the soul face to face with death, will bring out the
true inwardness of the character. It will be made manifest whether or not there is any real
faith in the promises of the word of God. It will be made manifest whether or not the soul is
sustained by grace, whether there is oil in the vessel with the lamp. - RH September 17, 1895
KJV Matthew 7: 24 Therefore whosoever heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them, I
will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock: 25 And the rain descended,
and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was
founded upon a rock. 26 And every one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them
not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand:27 And the rain
descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell:
and great was the fall of it.28 And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the
people were astonished at his doctrine: 29 For he taught them as one having authority, and
not as the scribes.
Notice today we have two structures
1 building on new theology
2 those who keep to the firm platform and keep the pillars of our faith
When the national Sunday law passes, God will only have the structure build on a firm
foundation. This shall be the mystic stone that will then face the beast and his image and
overcome. Amen
So these visitations, the passing of the national Sunday law must happen before our church is
completely run over by tares. The church must be purified. Because as it is in the character of
God. Our church has committed abomination after abomination, God cannot just sit... if this
is to continue our church will be like any other church. God cannot allow that
He has to send his judgements his visitations. We recall Hezekiah after he had sinned against
the Lord in just being pompous after being healed. Instead of showing the Babylonians the
light. It was said he would be carried forth into captivity but this did not just happen in his
time.

375 | P a g e
Hezekiah 1st Generation
Manasseh 2nd Generation
Amon 3rd Generation
Josiah 4th Generation
It was to happen to his children in the 4th generation because the 2nd and 3rd generational
did evil in the sight of the Lord
KJV 2 Kings 22:1 Josiah was eight years old when he began to reign, and he reigned thirty and
one years in Jerusalem. And his mother's name was Jedidah, the daughter of Adaiah of
Boscath. 2 And he did that which was right in the sight of the LORD, and walked in all the way
of David his father, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left. 3 And it came to pass
in the eighteenth year of king Josiah, that the king sent Shaphan the son of Azaliah, the son
of Meshullam, the scribe, to the house of the LORD, saying,
KJV 2 Kings 22: 14 So Hilkiah the priest, and Ahikam, and Achbor, and Shaphan, and Asahiah,
went unto Huldah the prophetess, the wife of Shallum the son of Tikvah, the son of Harhas,
keeper of the wardrobe; (now she dwelt in Jerusalem in the college;) and they communed
with her.
Because of the repentance the visitations never came in his (Josiah) generation
KJV 2 Kings 22: 16 Thus saith the LORD, Behold, I will bring evil upon this place, and upon the
inhabitants thereof, even all the words of the book which the king of Judah hath read: 17
Because they have forsaken me, and have burned incense unto other gods, that they might
provoke me to anger with all the works of their hands; therefore my wrath shall be kindled
against this place, and shall not be quenched. 18 But to the king of Judah which sent you to
enquire of the LORD, thus shall ye say to him, Thus saith the LORD God of Israel, As touching
the words which thou hast heard; 19 Because thine heart was tender, and thou hast humbled
thyself before the LORD, when thou heardest what I spake against this place, and against the
inhabitants thereof, that they should become a desolation and a curse, and hast rent thy
clothes, and wept before me; I also have heard thee, saith the LORD. 20 Behold therefore, I
will gather thee unto thy fathers, and thou shalt be gathered into thy grave in peace; and
thine eyes shall not see all the evil which I will bring upon this place. And they brought the
king word again.
After Josiah you can read in 2 chronicles chapter 36
1st Generation Jehoaz.
2nd Generation jehoiakim
3rd Generation jehoiachin
4th Generation zedekiah
So we see the visitations came indeed in the 4th Generation as prophesied. notice Babylon
came three times, and each time it took some vessels, and the third time completed
destruction, The reached a point of no remedy

376 | P a g e
KJV 2 Chronicles 36: 15 And the LORD God of their fathers sent to them by his messengers,
rising up betimes, and sending; because he had compassion on his people, and on his dwelling
place: 16 But they mocked the messengers of God, and despised his words, and misused his
prophets, until the wrath of the LORD arose against his people, till there was no remedy. 17
Therefore he brought upon them the king of the Chaldees, who slew their young men with
the sword in the house of their sanctuary, and had no compassion upon young man or
maiden, old man, or him that stooped for age: he gave them all into his hand. 18 And all the
vessels of the house of God, great and small, and the treasures of the house of the LORD, and
the treasures of the king, and of his princes; all these he brought to Babylon. 19 And they
burnt the house of God, and brake down the wall of Jerusalem, and burnt all the palaces
thereof with fire, and destroyed all the goodly vessels thereof.
Notice here that a National Sunday law shall be passed, in the forms of the Chaldeans coming
to Jerusalem.
All these Adventists schools we see in the cities will be brought to a halt… Our hospitals in the
cities will be halted, we were never to build these institutions in the cities, and all this news
structures shall be broken down, when God sends the Chaldeans the passing of the national
Sunday law...
*Hold Distinctive Features Prominent*—The religion of Jesus is endangered. It is being
mingled with worldliness. Worldly policy is taking the place of the true piety and wisdom that
comes from above, and God will remove His prospering hand from the conference. *Shall the
ark of the covenant be removed from this people? Shall idols be smuggled in? Shall false
principles and false precepts be brought into the sanctuary? Shall antichrist be respected?*
Shall the true doctrines and principles given us by God, *which have made us what we are,
be ignored?* Shall God’s instrumentality, the *publishing house, become a mere political,*
worldly institution? This is directly where *the enemy, through blinded, unconsecrated men,
is leading us*. - CW 95.3
God cannot allow this foolishness to go on
Notice what Sad things were taking place in hunts vile SDA church, (refer to the 4th Angle
Message Manual)
Isaiah 13:19 And Babylon, the glory of kingdoms, the beauty of the Chaldees' excellency, shall
be as when God overthrew
Sodom and Gomorrah. God spoke explicitly for Babylon to fall she must come to the same
state as Sodom and Gomorrah we are at the end of time
We saw how in 2015 we reached the sodomite conditions (refer to the country living manual
and redemption and relief) and how this would later make inroads in the Adventist church
Then we had movements such as the Seventh Gay Adventist. Brethren God cannot allow this
to go on. Notice what we as a church wrote in 2015, North America Division
An Understanding of the Biblical View on
Homosexual Practice and Pastoral Care
Seventh-day Adventist Theological Seminary Position Paper Voted on October 9, 2015

377 | P a g e
If I accept myself as a gay or lesbian person, do I have a place in the Church?” We are a
Church made up of sinners saved by grace with love as its foundation (Matt 22:36–40) and
such love should be shown equally to all members.
Gay and lesbian members who choose to, and remain abstinent should be given the
opportunity to participate in all church activities including leadership positions in the
Church. Those who struggle with temptation to sin should be treated the same way as other
members who struggle with sexual sin (Matt 18:4; Mark 2:17; Luke 5:31; 19:10).
We strongly affirm that homosexual persons have a place in the Seventh-day Adventist
Church.
Can you believe we as a church believe this, can you believe this. What has become of us?
And the same year a documentary on seventh gay Adventist came out, God cannot allow this
foolishness to continue
KJV Romans 9: 27 Esaias also crieth concerning Israel, Though the number of the children of
Israel be as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved: 28 For he will finish the work, and
cut it short in righteousness: because a short work will the Lord make upon the earth. 29 And
as Esaias said before, Except the Lord of Sabaoth had left us a seed, we had been as Sodoma,
and been made like unto Gomorrha.
we shall study this God needs to have the last remnant and God cannot allow this church to
go on, for it has already reached the point of turning its back from the sanctuary. If God does
nothing for our Church, if God does not purify the church shall be as Sodom and Gomorrah
But God cannot allow his church to be like Sodom and Gomorrah he still has a remnant.
Though there are many worshipers of Baal. But God still has 7000 who have not bowed their
knees to Baal. They have not kept the new theology and God now needs a cutting truth not a
tame testimony
The Lord has a controversy with his professed people in these last days. In this controversy
men in responsible positions will take a course directly opposite to that pursued by
Nehemiah. They will not only ignore and despise the Sabbath themselves, but they will try to
keep it from others by burying it beneath the rubbish of custom and tradition. In churches
and in large gatherings in the open air, ministers will urge upon the people the necessity of
keeping the first day of the week. There are calamities on sea and land: and these calamities
will increase, one disaster following close upon another; and the little band of conscientious
Sabbath-keepers will be pointed out as the ones who are bringing the wrath of God upon
the world by their disregard of Sunday. {RH, March 18, 1884 par. 8}
Brethren recall Nehemiah was an Israelite, but we are Adventist his professed people. Our
leaders will tell us to keep Sunday. I never thought this would be but we are here.

378 | P a g e
Thus we see that this Pastor, Elder Debleaire Snell started a first seventh day Adventist church
that was to meet on Sunday, the main reason for this he said was to reach the unchurched.
This happened in 2015 and in 2014 this same pastor was given an award. Below is a quote
that he used to further his purposes.
Sunday can be used for carrying forward various lines of work that will accomplish much for
the Lord. On this day open-air meetings and cottage meetings can be held. House-to-house
work can be done. Those who write can devote this day to writing their articles. Whenever it
is possible, let religious services be held on Sunday. Make these meetings intensely
interesting. Sing genuine revival hymns, and speak with power and assurance of the Saviour's
love. Speak on temperance and on true religious experience. --Testimonies, vol. 9, p. 233.
{ChS 164.2}
But remember that we need to study everything in its proper context, so let us look at the
context of this quote.

379 | P a g e
I will try to answer your question as to what you should do in the case of Sunday laws being
enforced. - LDE 139.4
The light given me by the Lord at a time when we were expecting just such a crisis as you
seem to be approaching, was that when people were moved by a power from beneath to
enforce Sunday observance, Seventh-day Adventists were to show their wisdom by refraining
from their ordinary work on that day, devoting it to missionary effort. - LDE 139.5
To defy the Sunday laws will but strengthen in their persecution the religious zealots who are
seeking to enforce them. Give them no occasion to call you lawbreakers.... One does not
receive the mark of the beast because he shows that he realizes the wisdom of keeping the
peace by refraining from work that gives offense.... - LDE 140.1
Sunday can be used for carrying forward various lines of work that will accomplish much for
the Lord. On this day open-air meetings and cottage meetings can be held. House-to-house
work can be done. Those who write can devote this day to writing their articles. Whenever it
is possible, let religious services be held on Sunday. Make these meetings intensely
interesting. Sing genuine revival hymns, and speak with power and assurance of the Saviour’s
love.—Testimonies for the Church 9:232, 233 (1909). - LDE 140.2
Take the students out to hold meetings in different places, and to do medical missionary work.
They will find the people at home and will have a splendid opportunity to present the truth.
This way of spending Sunday is always acceptable to the Lord.—Testimonies for the Church
9:238 (1909). - LDE 140.3
Notice these quotes are during the National Sunday law crisis. But listen it does not end here
There are more a large number of Seventh day Adventist Pastors who desire to worship on
Sunday and hold church service on Sundays
It’s so clear now that God cannot allow the sins of Laodicea to go unpunished. For if that is to
happen, then we shall be as Sodom and Gomorrah and God cannot allow that to happen
It must not happen, so by 1844-1888 the first Generation of Adventist were on the scene,
from here we see they were at war.
Let us count the generations
Notice you cannot be arrested if you are healing the people on Sunday. This is why we need
the medical missionary work
The 4th Generation kicked in from 1964-2004. But they took the mantle of leadership in 1984.
We saw the 5th generation kicked in in 2004 all the way to 2044
If the 5th generation is to take the mantle of leadership in 2024. There is none of the following
doctrines:
No 2300 day prophecy
No investigative judgement
No victory over sin
No sanctuary
No 1844

380 | P a g e
No mark of the beast
No seal of God
No 538 nor 1798
Basically in *2024* we shall be as Sodom and Gomorrah, we shall be like the world but God
cannot allow this. He has to send his judgements his visitations and punish the sins of Laodicea

“He that sowed the good seed is the Son of man.... The good seed are the children of the
kingdom; but the tares are the children of the wicked one.” The good seed represents those
who are born of the word of God, the truth. *The tares represent a class who are the fruit or
embodiment of error, of false principles*. “The enemy that sowed them is the devil.” Neither
God nor His angels ever sowed a seed that would produce a tare. *The tares are always sown
by Satan, the enemy of God and man*. - COL 70.3
Has God no living church? He has a church, but it is the church militant, not the church
triumphant. We are sorry that there are defective members, that there are tares amid the
wheat. Jesus said: “The kingdom of heaven is likened unto a man which sowed good seed in
his field: but while men slept, his enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat, and went
his way.... So the servants of the householder came and said unto him, Sir, didst not thou sow
good seed in thy field? from whence then hath it tares? He said unto them, An enemy hath
done this. The servants said unto him, Wilt thou then that we go and gather them up? But he
said, Nay; lest while ye gather up the tares, ye root up also the wheat with them. Let both
grow together until the harvest: and in the time of harvest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye
together first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them: but gather the wheat into
my barn.” - TM 45.1
In the parable of the wheat and the tares, we see the reason why the tares were not to be
plucked up; it was lest the wheat be rooted up with the tares. Human opinion and judgment
would make grave mistakes. But rather than have a mistake made, and one single blade of
wheat rooted up, the Master says, “Let both grow together until the harvest;” then the angels
will gather out the tares, which will be appointed to destruction. Although in our churches,
that claim to believe advanced truth, there are those who are faulty and erring, as tares
among the wheat, God is long-suffering and patient. He reproves and warns the erring, but
381 | P a g e
He does not destroy those who are long in learning the lesson He would teach them; He does
not uproot the tares from the wheat. Tares and wheat are to grow together till the harvest;
when the wheat comes to its full growth and development, and because of its character when
ripened, it will be fully distinguished from the tares. - TM 45.2
*The church of Christ on earth will be imperfect*, but *God does not destroy His church
because of its imperfection*. There have been and will be those who are filled with zeal not
according to knowledge, who would purify the church, and uproot the tares from the midst
of the wheat. But Christ has given special light as to how to deal with those who are erring,
and with those who are unconverted in the church. There is to be no spasmodic, zealous,
hasty action taken by *church members in cutting off those they may think defective in
character.* Tares will appear among the wheat; but *it would do more harm to weed out
the tares, unless in God’s appointed way*, than to leave them alone. While the Lord brings
into the church those who are truly converted, *Satan at the same time brings persons who
are not converted into its fellowship.* While *Christ is sowing the good seed, Satan is
sowing the tares*. There are *two opposing influences continually exerted on the members
of the church.* One influence is working for the purification of the church, and *the other for
the corrupting of the people of God*. - TM 46.1
Notice there are wheat and tares! God will not destroy his church but he will shake it so much
with his judgements. That those who stand are those who have had victory over sin

382 | P a g e
Chapter 16 The 11th Hour Labourers

The Jews had forged their own fetters; they had filled for themselves the cup of vengeance.
In the utter destruction that befell them as a nation, and in all the woes that followed them
in their dispersion, they were but reaping the harvest which their own hands had sown. {GC
35}
KJV Hosea 13: 7 Therefore I will be unto them as a lion: as a leopard by the way will I observe
them: 8 I will meet them as a bear that is bereaved of her whelps, and will rend the caul of
their heart, and there will I devour them like a lion: the wild beast shall tear them. 9 *O Israel,
thou hast destroyed thyself; but in me is thine help.*
Notice God had told the Jews to be faithful and they would reign and conquer other nations
They would be the head and not the tail
But they were disobedient and thus God would send the following beasts to chastise them:

 Literal Israel to meet

1st Head Lion Babylon
2nd Head Bear Medo persia
3rd Head Leopard Greece
4th Head Pagan Rome

 Spiritual Israel to meet

5th Head ambulated beast Pagan Rome
6ths Head Beast from bottomless pit Atheism
7ths Head lamb like beast America
We shall see that we shall have to meet the 8th Head
More on the 7 heads in Redemption and relief work manual. We as a people have to prepare
for the last crisis
The battle of Armageddon. This will weed out those whom God has not called
On every occasion that persecution takes place, the witnesses make decisions, either for
Christ or against Him. Those who show sympathy for the men wrongly condemned, who are
not bitter against them, show their attachment for Christ.—The Signs of the Times, February
20, 1901. - LDE 181.2
The great issue so near at hand [enforcement of Sunday laws] will weed out those whom God
has not appointed and He will have a pure, true, sanctified ministry prepared for the latter
rain.—Selected Messages 3:385 (1886). - LDE 179.2
Many will stand in our pulpits with the torch of false prophecy in their hands, kindled from
the hellish torch of Satan.... - LDE 179.3
We are here, many are kindling a new theology

383 | P a g e
Some will go out from among us who will bear the ark no longer. But these can not make walls
to obstruct the truth; for it will go onward and upward to the end.—Testimonies to Ministers
and Gospel Workers, 409, 411 (1898). - LDE 179.4
The truth will go upward Amen
Ministers and doctors may depart from the faith, as the Word declares they will, and as the
messages that God has given His servant declare they will.—Manuscript Releases 7:192
(1906). - LDE 179.5
The shaking of God blows away multitudes like dry leaves.—Testimonies for the Church 4:89
(1876). - LDE 180.1
Soon God’s people will be tested by fiery trials, and the great proportion of those who now
appear to be genuine and true will prove to be base metal.... - LDE 180.3
The church may appear as about to fall, but it does not fall. It remains, while the sinners in
Zion will be sifted out—the chaff separated from the precious wheat. This is a terrible ordeal,
but nevertheless it must take place.—Selected Messages 2:380 (1886). - LDE 180.5
God will soon send his visitations upon us and when that happens multitudes will leave the
church it will be so bad that it will appear as it seventh day Adventism is dead
But oh Yes the Church will not fall But the sinners the unrepentant the tares will be sifted out
It’s a terrible order but it *must take place*
*The church may appear as about to fall, but it does not fall. It remains, while the sinners
in Zion will be sifted out—the chaff separated from the precious wheat. This is a terrible
ordeal, but nevertheless it must take place.*—Selected Messages 2:380 (1886). - LDE 180.5
Some had been shaken out and left by the way. The careless and indifferent, who did not join
with those who prized victory and salvation enough to perseveringly plead and agonize for it,
did not obtain it, and they were left behind in darkness, and their places were immediately
filled by others taking hold of the truth and coming into the ranks.—Early Writings, 271
(1858). - LDE 182.1
As God sends his visitations many will come into the fold. The sheep of other fold
The broken ranks will be filled up by those represented by Christ as coming in at the eleventh
hour. There are many with whom the Spirit of God is striving. The time of God’s destructive
judgments is the time of mercy for those who [now] have no opportunity to learn what is
truth. Tenderly will the Lord look upon them. His heart of mercy is touched, His hand is still
stretched out to save, while the door is closed to those who would not enter. Large numbers
will be admitted who in these last days hear the truth for the first time.—Letter 103, 1903. -
LDE 182.2
Standard after standard was left to trail in the dust as company after company from the Lord’s
army joined the foe and tribe after tribe from the ranks of the enemy united with the
commandment-keeping people of God.—Testimonies for the Church 8:41 (1904). - LDE 182.3
The situation is so bad today, God has to keep his sheep in Babylon
*The subject of health reform has been presented in the churches; but the light has not
been heartily received*. The selfish, health-destroying indulgences of men and women have
counteracted the influence of the message that is to prepare a people for the great day of
384 | P a g e
God. *If the churches expect strength, they must live the truth which God has given them.*
If the members of our churches disregard the light on this subject, they will reap the sure
result in both spiritual and physical degeneracy. And the influence of these older church
members will leaven those newly come to the faith. *The Lord does not now work to bring
many souls into the truth, because of the church members who have never been converted,
and those who were once converted, but who have backslidden. What influence would
these unconsecrated members have on new converts?* Would they not make of no effect
the God-given message which His people are to bear?—Testimonies for the Church 6:370,
371, 1900 - CD 455.2
This is why we baptise few people these days we are in apostasy and if we baptise multitudes
it must be noted, It is largely because we have lowered the standard. So the wheat and tares
are to grow together until the harvest… When is the harvest?
Many who think themselves Christians will at last be found wanting. Many will be in heaven
who their neighbors supposed would never enter there. Man judges from appearance, but
God judges the heart. *The tares and the wheat are to grow together until the harvest; and
the harvest is the end of probationary time*. - COL 71.3
Notice for Adventist probation closes at the passing of the national Sunday law. It is a sad
ordeal
I saw that the strong hand of the enemy is set against the work of God, and the help and
strength of everyone who loves the cause of truth should be enlisted; great interest should
be manifested by them to uphold the hands of those who advocate the truth, that by steady
watchcare they may shut out the enemy. All should stand as one, united in the work. Every
energy of the soul should be awake, for what is done must be done quickly. - EW 117.3
I then saw the third angel. Said my accompanying angel, “Fearful is his work. Awful is his
mission. He is the angel that is to select the wheat from the tares, and seal, or bind, the wheat
for the heavenly garner. *These things should engross the whole mind, the whole attention.”*
- EW 118.1
The Church Triumphant—The work is soon to close. *The members of the church militant
who have proved faithful will become the church triumphant.*—Letter 32, 1892. - Ev 707.1
Those who are faithful will make up Church triumphant that mystic stone
The Comforter is to reveal Himself, not in any specified, precise way that man may mark out,
but in the order of God—in unexpected times and ways that will honor His own name.—
EGW’88 1478 (1896). - LDE 204.1
God chose others to finish the work, He shall work in those who need his power and strength
He will raise up from among the common people men and women to do His work, even as of
old He called fishermen to be His disciples. There will soon be an awakening that will surprise
many. Those who do not realize the necessity of what is to be done will be passed by, and the
heavenly messengers will work with those who are called the common people, fitting them
to carry the truth to many places.—Manuscript Releases 15:312 (1905). - LDE 204.2
In the last solemn work few great men will be engaged.... God will work a work in our day that
but few anticipate. He will raise up and exalt among us those who are taught rather by the
unction of His Spirit than by the outward training of scientific institutions. These facilities are
not to be despised or condemned; they are ordained of God, but they can furnish only the
385 | P a g e
exterior qualifications. God will manifest that He is not dependent on learned, self-important
mortals.—Testimonies for the Church 5:80, 82 (1882). - LDE 204.3
The trouble with those in Battle Creek is that they have forgotten that God is not dependent
on their fluency or on their business ability. God could do more for them were their hearts
humble and contrite; for He can use such workers, while the self-sufficient He cannot use.
God will select whom He will for His work. The Lord Jesus when on earth selected fishermen,
whom He knew would be willing to be molded. He did not measure their efficiency by their
knowledge of grammar or by their business ability, but He prayed to His Father, “This is life
eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast
sent.” - 17MR 205.2
Below is a quote:
About 1908, with SR. McInther her secretary and Brother D.E. Robinson (her granddaughter’s
husband) present, and myself. Sister White told us that a terrible STORM of persecution was
coming, like a windstorm that would blow down every standing object. Not one Seventh-day
Adventist was to be seen. They, like the disciples, all forsook Christ and fled. All who had sough
positions were never seen anymore. After the storm there was a great calm. Then the Seventh
day Adventist arose like a flock of sheep, but without shepherds. They all united in earnest
prayer to God who answered by helping them choose leaders of their number who had never
sough positions. They prayed most earnestly again for God’s Holy Spirit, which was poured
upon them, making them fully ready for service. They then unitedly went forth “as an army
with banners” fearless and fully to give the message to the world-- Related by W.E. Ross
So we see that many will be shaken out of the denomination by the passing of the Sunday
law, those that will be left will be the 11th Hour labourers to finish the work.
We saw how in Ezekiel’s time it was the Chaldeans that swept away the new structure of
apostasy, and we saw how the Romans in Jesus time swept away the structure in apostasy,
the antitype has to be fulfilled, the passing of the national Sunday law will be a terrible ordeal,
the church will appear as about to fall, whilst sinners are being sifted out, but the church
remains.
Habakuk 1:5 Behold ye among the heathen, and regard, and wonder marvellously: for I will
work a work in your days, which ye will not believe, though it be told you. 6 For, lo, I raise up
the Chaldeans, that bitter and hasty nation, which shall march through the breadth of the
land, to possess the dwellingplaces that are not theirs. 13 Thou art of purer eyes than to
behold evil, and canst not look on iniquity: wherefore lookest thou upon them that deal
treacherously, and holdest thy tongue when the wicked devoureth the man that is more
righteous than he?
We saw here just as in Ezekiel’s time, God allowed the Chaldean’s to march up to Jerusalem,
He shall also allow spiritual Babylon to pass a Sunday law, so as to the persecution comes God
has a pure ministry.
We have seen how the work has failed to progress.
Numbers 14:34 After the number of the days in which ye searched the land, even forty days,
each day for a year, shall ye bear your iniquities, even forty years, and ye shall know my breach
of promise.35 I the LORD have said, I will surely do it unto all this evil congregation, that are
gathered together against me: in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall
die. 36 And the men, which Moses sent to search the land, who returned, and made all the
386 | P a g e
congregation to murmur against him, by bringing up a slander upon the land, 37 Even those
men that did bring up the evil report upon the land, died by the plague before the LORD.38
But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, which were of the men that went
to search the land, lived still. 39 And Moses told these sayings unto all the children of Israel:
and the people mourned greatly.
Above we see the account of which because of disbelief, God told the children of Israel that
they were to wonder in the wilderness for 40 years, notice what they wanted to do below.
Numbers 14:40 And they rose up early in the morning, and gat them up into the top of the
mountain, saying, Lo, we be here, and will go up unto the place which the LORD hath
promised: for we have sinned. 41 And Moses said, Wherefore now do ye transgress the
commandment of the LORD? but it shall not prosper. 42 Go not up, for the LORD is not among
you; that ye be not smitten before your enemies. 43 For the Amalekites and the Canaanites
are there before you, and ye shall fall by the sword: because ye are turned away from the
LORD, therefore the LORD will not be with you. 44 But they presumed to go up unto the hill
top: nevertheless the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and Moses, departed not out of the
camp. 45 Then the Amalekites came down, and the Canaanites which dwelt in that hill, and
smote them, and discomfited them, even unto Hormah.
From the above account we see a prophecy, those men after God has pronounced judgement
on them wanted now to do the work in their own power, they wanted to go into Canaan
without Moses and without the ark, but notice they were smitten and were very unsuccessful.
We cannot finish the work by lowering the Standard, we cannot finish the work by turning
our backs towards the temple.
Joshua 3:7 And the LORD said unto Joshua, This day will I begin to magnify thee in the sight
of all Israel, that they may know that, as I was with Moses, so I will be with thee. 8 And thou
shalt command the priests that bear the ark of the covenant, saying, When ye are come to
the brink of the water of Jordan, ye shall stand still in Jordan. 9 And Joshua said unto the
children of Israel, Come hither, and hear the words of the LORD your God.
From the above account we see how we can finish the work and enter heavenly Canaan, we
have to uplift the standard, as God was with the pioneers and Ellen G White, God will do
miracles among us so to may be seen that God is with us.
Jos 3:14 And it came to pass, when the people removed from their tents, to pass over Jordan,
and the priests bearing the ark of the covenant before the people;
Jos 3:15 And as they that bare the ark were come unto Jordan, and the feet of the priests
that bare the ark were dipped in the brim of the water, (for Jordan overfloweth all his banks
all the time of harvest,) 16 That the waters which came down from above stood and rose up
upon an heap very far from the city Adam, that is beside Zaretan: and those that came down
toward the sea of the plain, even the salt sea, failed, and were cut off: and the people passed
over right against Jericho. 17 And the priests that bare the ark of the covenant of the LORD
stood firm on dry ground in the midst of Jordan, and all the Israelites passed over on dry
ground, until all the people were passed clean over Jordan.
We are here, after wondering since 1888, we are also on the borders of the river Jordan and
we need the spirit of prophecy now than ever before, we need to study and adher to the
testimonies of God’s Spirit, we need a stronger relationship with Jesus than ever before, and
we need to listen to His voice which says bear the ark and move forward.

387 | P a g e
Joshua 6:2 And the LORD said unto Joshua, See, I have given into thine hand Jericho, and the
king thereof, and the mighty men of valour. 3 And ye shall compass the city, all ye men of
war, and go round about the city once. Thus shalt thou do six days.4 And seven priests shall
bear before the ark seven trumpets of rams' horns: and the seventh day ye shall compass the
city seven times, and the priests shall blow with the trumpets.
By reading Joshua chapter 6 we see so clearly how important it was to bear the ark. Jericho
was conquered because God was with them, his presence was marked by the presence of the
ark, and in the ark was the pot of Manna, 10 commandments, and the book of the law

In this manual we have looked much at the problem within our denomination and have also
seen the cut-off point, we shall see the solution to the problem, please go through the manual
redemption and relief work, to understand what we as a people must do practically to bear
the ark as Joshua did. For Joshua and those who entered Caanan are a type of those who will
be sealed and enter heavenly Canaan.

388 | P a g e